1 # Japanese translations for util-linux package
2 # Linux JM project <linuxjm-discuss@lists.osdn.me>, 2021-2022
3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the util-linux package.
7 "Project-Id-Version: util-linux 2.37.3\n"
8 "POT-Creation-Date: 2022-01-25 09:00+0900\n"
9 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-02-08 10:50+0900\n"
10 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
11 "Language-Team: Linux JM project <linuxjm-discuss@lists.osdn.me>\n"
14 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
15 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
18 #: original/man8/addpart.8:10
24 #: original/man8/addpart.8:10 original/man8/blockdev.8:10
25 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:10 original/man8/chmem.8:10
26 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:10 original/man8/delpart.8:10
27 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:10 original/man8/findfs.8:10
28 #: original/man8/fsck.8:10 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:10
29 #: original/man8/isosize.8:10 original/man8/ldattach.8:10
30 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:10 original/man8/mkfs.8:10
31 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:10 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:10
32 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:10 original/man8/nologin.8:10
33 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:10 original/man8/readprofile.8:10
34 #: original/man8/resizepart.8:10 original/man8/setarch.8:10
35 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:10 original/man8/swaplabel.8:10
36 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:10 original/man8/tunelp.8:10
37 #: original/man8/vipw.8:10
43 #: original/man8/addpart.8:10 original/man8/agetty.8:10
44 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:10 original/man8/blkid.8:10
45 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:10 original/man8/blockdev.8:10
46 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:10 original/man8/chcpu.8:10 original/man8/chmem.8:10
47 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:10 original/man8/delpart.8:10
48 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:10 original/man8/fdisk.8:10
49 #: original/man8/findfs.8:10 original/man8/findmnt.8:10 original/man8/fsck.8:10
50 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:10 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:10
51 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:10 original/man8/fstrim.8:10
52 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:10 original/man8/isosize.8:10
53 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:10 original/man8/losetup.8:10
54 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:10 original/man8/lslocks.8:10 original/man8/lsns.8:10
55 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:10 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:10
56 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:10 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:10
57 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:10 original/man8/mount.8:10
58 #: original/man8/nologin.8:10 original/man8/partx.8:10
59 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:10 original/man8/raw.8:10
60 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:10 original/man8/resizepart.8:10
61 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:10 original/man8/rtcwake.8:10
62 #: original/man8/setarch.8:10 original/man8/sfdisk.8:10
63 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:10 original/man8/swaplabel.8:10
64 #: original/man8/swapon.8:10 original/man8/switch_root.8:10
65 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:10 original/man8/umount.8:10 original/man8/uuidd.8:10
66 #: original/man8/vipw.8:10 original/man8/wdctl.8:10 original/man8/wipefs.8:10
67 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:10
69 msgid "util-linux 2.37.3"
70 msgstr "util-linux 2.37.3"
73 #: original/man8/addpart.8:10 original/man8/agetty.8:10
74 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:10 original/man8/blkid.8:10
75 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:10 original/man8/blockdev.8:10
76 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:10 original/man8/chcpu.8:10 original/man8/chmem.8:10
77 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:10 original/man8/delpart.8:10
78 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:10 original/man8/fdisk.8:10
79 #: original/man8/findfs.8:10 original/man8/findmnt.8:10 original/man8/fsck.8:10
80 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:10 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:10
81 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:10 original/man8/fstrim.8:10
82 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:10 original/man8/isosize.8:10
83 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:10 original/man8/losetup.8:10
84 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:10 original/man8/lslocks.8:10 original/man8/lsns.8:10
85 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:10 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:10
86 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:10 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:10
87 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:10 original/man8/mount.8:10
88 #: original/man8/nologin.8:10 original/man8/partx.8:10
89 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:10 original/man8/raw.8:10
90 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:10 original/man8/resizepart.8:10
91 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:10 original/man8/rtcwake.8:10
92 #: original/man8/setarch.8:10 original/man8/sfdisk.8:10
93 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:10 original/man8/swaplabel.8:10
94 #: original/man8/swapon.8:10 original/man8/switch_root.8:10
95 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:10 original/man8/umount.8:10 original/man8/uuidd.8:10
96 #: original/man8/vipw.8:10 original/man8/wdctl.8:10 original/man8/wipefs.8:10
97 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:10
99 msgid "System Administration"
103 #: original/man8/addpart.8:30 original/man8/agetty.8:30
104 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:30 original/man8/blkid.8:30
105 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:30 original/man8/blockdev.8:30
106 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:30 original/man8/chcpu.8:30 original/man8/chmem.8:30
107 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:30 original/man8/delpart.8:30
108 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:30 original/man8/fdisk.8:30
109 #: original/man8/findfs.8:30 original/man8/findmnt.8:30 original/man8/fsck.8:30
110 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:30 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:30
111 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:30 original/man8/fstrim.8:30
112 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:30 original/man8/isosize.8:30
113 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:30 original/man8/losetup.8:30
114 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:30 original/man8/lslocks.8:30 original/man8/lsns.8:30
115 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:30 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:30
116 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:30 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:30
117 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:30 original/man8/mount.8:30
118 #: original/man8/nologin.8:30 original/man8/partx.8:30
119 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:30 original/man8/raw.8:30
120 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:30 original/man8/resizepart.8:30
121 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:30 original/man8/rtcwake.8:30
122 #: original/man8/setarch.8:30 original/man8/sfdisk.8:30
123 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:30 original/man8/swaplabel.8:30
124 #: original/man8/swapon.8:30 original/man8/switch_root.8:30
125 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:30 original/man8/umount.8:30 original/man8/uuidd.8:30
126 #: original/man8/vipw.8:30 original/man8/wdctl.8:30 original/man8/wipefs.8:30
127 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:30
133 #: original/man8/addpart.8:32
134 msgid "addpart - tell the kernel about the existence of a partition"
135 msgstr "addpart - パーティションの存在をカーネルに通知する"
138 #: original/man8/addpart.8:32 original/man8/agetty.8:32
139 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:32 original/man8/blkid.8:32
140 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:32 original/man8/blockdev.8:32
141 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:32 original/man8/chcpu.8:32 original/man8/chmem.8:32
142 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:32 original/man8/delpart.8:32
143 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:32 original/man8/fdisk.8:32
144 #: original/man8/findfs.8:32 original/man8/findmnt.8:32 original/man8/fsck.8:32
145 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:32 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:32
146 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:32 original/man8/fstrim.8:32
147 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:32 original/man8/isosize.8:32
148 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:32 original/man8/losetup.8:32
149 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:32 original/man8/lslocks.8:32 original/man8/lsns.8:32
150 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:32 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:32
151 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:32 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:32
152 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:32 original/man8/mount.8:32
153 #: original/man8/nologin.8:32 original/man8/partx.8:32
154 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:32 original/man8/raw.8:32
155 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:32 original/man8/resizepart.8:32
156 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:32 original/man8/rtcwake.8:32
157 #: original/man8/setarch.8:32 original/man8/sfdisk.8:32
158 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:32 original/man8/swaplabel.8:32
159 #: original/man8/swapon.8:32 original/man8/switch_root.8:32
160 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:32 original/man8/umount.8:32 original/man8/uuidd.8:32
161 #: original/man8/vipw.8:32 original/man8/wdctl.8:32 original/man8/wipefs.8:32
162 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:32
168 #: original/man8/addpart.8:35
169 msgid "B<addpart> I<device partition start length>"
170 msgstr "B<addpart> I<device partition start length>"
173 #: original/man8/addpart.8:35 original/man8/agetty.8:35
174 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:35 original/man8/blkid.8:41
175 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:35 original/man8/blockdev.8:39
176 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:35 original/man8/chcpu.8:39 original/man8/chmem.8:35
177 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:35 original/man8/delpart.8:35
178 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:35 original/man8/fdisk.8:37
179 #: original/man8/findfs.8:35 original/man8/findmnt.8:39 original/man8/fsck.8:35
180 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:35 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:35
181 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:35 original/man8/fstrim.8:35
182 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:35 original/man8/isosize.8:35
183 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:35 original/man8/losetup.8:57
184 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:35 original/man8/lslocks.8:35 original/man8/lsns.8:35
185 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:35 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:35
186 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:35 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:35
187 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:35 original/man8/mount.8:47
188 #: original/man8/nologin.8:35 original/man8/partx.8:37
189 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:35 original/man8/raw.8:41
190 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:38 original/man8/resizepart.8:35
191 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:35 original/man8/rtcwake.8:35
192 #: original/man8/setarch.8:39 original/man8/sfdisk.8:37
193 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:35 original/man8/swaplabel.8:35
194 #: original/man8/swapon.8:37 original/man8/switch_root.8:37
195 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:35 original/man8/umount.8:39 original/man8/uuidd.8:35
196 #: original/man8/vipw.8:37 original/man8/wdctl.8:35 original/man8/wipefs.8:39
197 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:53
203 #: original/man8/addpart.8:38
205 "B<addpart> tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified "
206 "partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" "
209 "B<addpart> は Linux カーネルに対して、 指定されたパーティションが存在するかど"
210 "うかを通知する。 このコマンドは、 \"add partition\" ioctl を用いる単純なラッ"
214 #: original/man8/addpart.8:40 original/man8/delpart.8:40
215 #: original/man8/resizepart.8:40
216 msgid "This command doesn\\(cqt manipulate partitions on a block device."
218 "このコマンドは、 ブロックデバイス上のパーティションを操作するものではない。 "
221 #: original/man8/addpart.8:40 original/man8/resizepart.8:40
227 #: original/man8/addpart.8:43 original/man8/resizepart.8:43
232 #: original/man8/addpart.8:45 original/man8/resizepart.8:45
233 msgid "The disk device."
237 #: original/man8/addpart.8:48 original/man8/resizepart.8:48
239 msgstr "I<partition>"
242 #: original/man8/addpart.8:50 original/man8/resizepart.8:50
243 msgid "The partition number."
247 #: original/man8/addpart.8:53
252 #: original/man8/addpart.8:55
253 msgid "The beginning of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
254 msgstr "パーティションの先頭 (512 バイトセクター単位)。"
257 #: original/man8/addpart.8:58 original/man8/resizepart.8:53
262 #: original/man8/addpart.8:60
263 msgid "The length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
264 msgstr "パーティション長 (512バイトセクター単位)。 "
267 #: original/man8/addpart.8:61 original/man8/blkdiscard.8:95
268 #: original/man8/blkid.8:257 original/man8/blkzone.8:240
269 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:203 original/man8/chcpu.8:119
270 #: original/man8/chmem.8:163 original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:69
271 #: original/man8/delpart.8:40 original/man8/fdformat.8:109
272 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:281 original/man8/findfs.8:101
273 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:350 original/man8/fsck.8:230
274 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:95 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:184
275 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:78 original/man8/fstrim.8:133
276 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:569 original/man8/ldattach.8:187
277 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:254 original/man8/lslocks.8:157
278 #: original/man8/lsns.8:110 original/man8/mkfs.8:80 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:84
279 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:121 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:130
280 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:140 original/man8/mount.8:2371
281 #: original/man8/nologin.8:88 original/man8/partx.8:208
282 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:98 original/man8/resizepart.8:56
283 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:136 original/man8/rtcwake.8:245
284 #: original/man8/setarch.8:144 original/man8/sfdisk.8:588
285 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:70 original/man8/swapon.8:235
286 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:72 original/man8/umount.8:219
287 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:126 original/man8/vipw.8:51 original/man8/wipefs.8:155
288 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:148
294 #: original/man8/addpart.8:68
295 msgid "B<delpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8)"
296 msgstr "B<delpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8)"
299 #: original/man8/addpart.8:68 original/man8/agetty.8:586
300 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:98 original/man8/blkid.8:263
301 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:243 original/man8/blockdev.8:179
302 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:210 original/man8/chcpu.8:122
303 #: original/man8/chmem.8:166 original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:73
304 #: original/man8/delpart.8:47 original/man8/fdformat.8:116
305 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:287 original/man8/findfs.8:106
306 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:354 original/man8/fsck.8:243
307 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:99 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:192
308 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:81 original/man8/fstrim.8:137
309 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:582 original/man8/isosize.8:72
310 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:191 original/man8/losetup.8:233
311 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:259 original/man8/lslocks.8:162
312 #: original/man8/lsns.8:117 original/man8/mkfs.8:95 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:87
313 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:125 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:135
314 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:144 original/man8/mount.8:2392
315 #: original/man8/nologin.8:93 original/man8/partx.8:215
316 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:105 original/man8/raw.8:86
317 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:183 original/man8/resizepart.8:64
318 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:141 original/man8/rtcwake.8:249
319 #: original/man8/setarch.8:148 original/man8/sfdisk.8:595
320 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:82 original/man8/swaplabel.8:75
321 #: original/man8/swapon.8:245 original/man8/switch_root.8:78
322 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:104 original/man8/umount.8:225
323 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:130 original/man8/wdctl.8:107
324 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:159 original/man8/zramctl.8:151
326 msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
330 #: original/man8/addpart.8:71 original/man8/agetty.8:589
331 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:101 original/man8/blkid.8:266
332 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:246 original/man8/blockdev.8:182
333 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:213 original/man8/chcpu.8:125
334 #: original/man8/chmem.8:169 original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:76
335 #: original/man8/delpart.8:50 original/man8/fdformat.8:119
336 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:290 original/man8/findfs.8:109
337 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:357 original/man8/fsck.8:246
338 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:102 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:195
339 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:84 original/man8/fstrim.8:140
340 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:585 original/man8/isosize.8:75
341 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:194 original/man8/losetup.8:236
342 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:262 original/man8/lslocks.8:165
343 #: original/man8/lsns.8:120 original/man8/mkfs.8:98 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:90
344 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:128 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:138
345 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:147 original/man8/mount.8:2395
346 #: original/man8/nologin.8:96 original/man8/partx.8:218
347 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:108 original/man8/raw.8:89
348 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:186 original/man8/resizepart.8:67
349 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:144 original/man8/rtcwake.8:252
350 #: original/man8/setarch.8:151 original/man8/sfdisk.8:598
351 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:85 original/man8/swaplabel.8:78
352 #: original/man8/swapon.8:248 original/man8/switch_root.8:81
353 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:107 original/man8/umount.8:228
354 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:133 original/man8/wdctl.8:110
355 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:162 original/man8/zramctl.8:154
356 msgid "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at"
357 msgstr "バグ報告は、 以下に示す issue トラッカーを利用すること。"
360 #: original/man8/addpart.8:72 original/man8/agetty.8:590
361 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:102 original/man8/blkid.8:267
362 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:247 original/man8/blockdev.8:183
363 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:214 original/man8/chcpu.8:126
364 #: original/man8/chmem.8:170 original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:77
365 #: original/man8/delpart.8:51 original/man8/fdformat.8:120
366 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:291 original/man8/findfs.8:110
367 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:358 original/man8/fsck.8:247
368 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:103 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:196
369 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:85 original/man8/fstrim.8:141
370 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:586 original/man8/isosize.8:76
371 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:195 original/man8/losetup.8:237
372 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:263 original/man8/lslocks.8:166
373 #: original/man8/lsns.8:121 original/man8/mkfs.8:99 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:91
374 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:129 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:139
375 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:148 original/man8/mount.8:2396
376 #: original/man8/nologin.8:97 original/man8/partx.8:219
377 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:109 original/man8/raw.8:90
378 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:187 original/man8/resizepart.8:68
379 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:145 original/man8/rtcwake.8:253
380 #: original/man8/setarch.8:152 original/man8/sfdisk.8:599
381 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:86 original/man8/swaplabel.8:79
382 #: original/man8/swapon.8:249 original/man8/switch_root.8:82
383 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:108 original/man8/umount.8:229
384 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:134 original/man8/vipw.8:57 original/man8/wdctl.8:111
385 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:163 original/man8/zramctl.8:155
391 #: original/man8/addpart.8:75
393 "The B<addpart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
396 "B<addpart> コマンドは、 util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
400 #: original/man8/agetty.8:10
406 #: original/man8/agetty.8:10 original/man8/blkdiscard.8:10
407 #: original/man8/blkid.8:10 original/man8/blkzone.8:10
408 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:10 original/man8/fdisk.8:10
409 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:10 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:10
410 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:10 original/man8/fstrim.8:10
411 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:10 original/man8/losetup.8:10
412 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:10 original/man8/lsns.8:10 original/man8/mkswap.8:10
413 #: original/man8/mount.8:10 original/man8/partx.8:10 original/man8/raw.8:10
414 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:10 original/man8/rtcwake.8:10
415 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:10 original/man8/swapon.8:10
416 #: original/man8/umount.8:10 original/man8/uuidd.8:10 original/man8/wdctl.8:10
417 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:10 original/man8/zramctl.8:10
423 #: original/man8/agetty.8:32
424 msgid "agetty - alternative Linux getty"
425 msgstr "agetty - もう一つの Linux getty"
428 #: original/man8/agetty.8:35
429 msgid "B<agetty> [options] I<port> [I<baud_rate>...] [I<term>]"
430 msgstr "B<agetty> [options] I<port> [I<baud_rate>...] [I<term>]"
433 #: original/man8/agetty.8:38
435 "B<agetty> opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/"
436 "login command. It is normally invoked by B<init>(8)."
438 "B<agetty> は tty ポートをオープンして、 ログイン名の入力プロンプトを表示す"
439 "る。 そして /bin/login コマンドを起動する。 通常は B<init>(8) から呼び出され"
443 #: original/man8/agetty.8:40
445 "B<agetty> has several I<non-standard> features that are useful for hardwired "
446 "and for dial-in lines:"
450 #: original/man8/agetty.8:50
452 "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and "
453 "uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-"
454 "bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters "
455 "with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: Control-U "
456 "(kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of "
457 "line). See also the B<--erase-chars> and B<--kill-chars> options."
461 #: original/man8/agetty.8:61
463 "Optionally deduces the baud rate from the CONNECT messages produced by "
464 "Hayes(tm)-compatible modems."
466 "オプションとして、 Hayes(tm) 互換モデムによって生成される CONNECT メッセージ"
470 #: original/man8/agetty.8:72
472 "Optionally does not hang up when it is given an already opened line (useful "
473 "for call-back applications)."
477 #: original/man8/agetty.8:83
478 msgid "Optionally does not display the contents of the I</etc/issue> file."
479 msgstr "オプションとして、 I</etc/issue> ファイルの内容を表示しない。"
482 #: original/man8/agetty.8:94
484 "Optionally displays an alternative issue files or directories instead of I</"
485 "etc/issue> or I</etc/issue.d>."
489 #: original/man8/agetty.8:105
490 msgid "Optionally does not ask for a login name."
494 #: original/man8/agetty.8:116
496 "Optionally invokes a non-standard login program instead of I</bin/login>."
500 #: original/man8/agetty.8:127
501 msgid "Optionally turns on hardware flow control."
505 #: original/man8/agetty.8:138
506 msgid "Optionally forces the line to be local with no need for carrier detect."
510 #: original/man8/agetty.8:141
512 "This program does not use the I</etc/gettydefs> (System V) or I</etc/"
513 "gettytab> (SunOS 4) files."
517 #: original/man8/agetty.8:141 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:44
523 #: original/man8/agetty.8:144
528 #: original/man8/agetty.8:146
530 "A path name relative to the I</dev> directory. If a \"-\" is specified, "
531 "B<agetty> assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty port "
532 "and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
536 #: original/man8/agetty.8:148
538 "Under System V, a \"-\" I<port> argument should be preceded by a \"--\"."
542 #: original/man8/agetty.8:151
543 msgid "I<baud_rate>,..."
544 msgstr "I<baud_rate>,..."
547 #: original/man8/agetty.8:153
549 "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time B<agetty> "
550 "receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated as "
551 "if it were circular."
555 #: original/man8/agetty.8:155
557 "Baud rates should be specified in descending order, so that the null "
558 "character (Ctrl-@) can also be used for baud-rate switching."
562 #: original/man8/agetty.8:157
563 msgid "This argument is optional and unnecessary for B<virtual terminals>."
567 #: original/man8/agetty.8:159
569 "The default for B<serial terminals> is keep the current baud rate (see B<--"
570 "keep-baud>) and if unsuccessful then default to \\(aq9600\\(aq."
574 #: original/man8/agetty.8:162
579 #: original/man8/agetty.8:164
581 "The value to be used for the B<TERM> environment variable. This overrides "
582 "whatever B<init>(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
586 #: original/man8/agetty.8:166
588 "The default is \\(aqvt100\\(aq, or \\(aqlinux\\(aq for Linux on a virtual "
589 "terminal, or \\(aqhurd\\(aq for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
593 #: original/man8/agetty.8:167 original/man8/blkdiscard.8:44
594 #: original/man8/blkid.8:59 original/man8/blkzone.8:198
595 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:42 original/man8/cfdisk.8:48
596 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:44 original/man8/chmem.8:88
597 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:52 original/man8/fdformat.8:72
598 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:48 original/man8/findmnt.8:48 original/man8/fsck.8:88
599 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:38 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:85
600 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:46 original/man8/fstrim.8:44
601 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:162 original/man8/isosize.8:38
602 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:113 original/man8/losetup.8:66
603 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:46 original/man8/lslocks.8:40 original/man8/lsns.8:44
604 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:44 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:40
605 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:49 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:55
606 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:51 original/man8/nologin.8:42
607 #: original/man8/partx.8:53 original/man8/pivot_root.8:54
608 #: original/man8/raw.8:54 original/man8/readprofile.8:41
609 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:42 original/man8/rtcwake.8:48
610 #: original/man8/setarch.8:46 original/man8/sfdisk.8:192
611 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:48 original/man8/swaplabel.8:42
612 #: original/man8/swapon.8:46 original/man8/switch_root.8:42
613 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:38 original/man8/umount.8:44 original/man8/uuidd.8:38
614 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:42 original/man8/wipefs.8:52
615 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:60
621 #: original/man8/agetty.8:170
622 msgid "B<-8>, B<--8bits>"
623 msgstr "B<-8>, B<--8bits>"
626 #: original/man8/agetty.8:172
627 msgid "Assume that the tty is 8-bit clean, hence disable parity detection."
631 #: original/man8/agetty.8:175
632 msgid "B<-a>, B<--autologin> I<username>"
633 msgstr "B<-a>, B<--autologin> I<username>"
636 #: original/man8/agetty.8:177
638 "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or "
639 "password. Using this option causes an B<-f> I<username> option and argument "
640 "to be added to the B</bin/login> command line. See B<--login-options>, which "
641 "can be used to modify this option\\(cqs behavior."
645 #: original/man8/agetty.8:179
647 "Note that B<--autologin> may affect the way in which B<getty> initializes "
648 "the serial line, because on auto-login B<agetty> does not read from the line "
649 "and it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
653 #: original/man8/agetty.8:182
654 msgid "B<-c>, B<--noreset>"
655 msgstr "B<-c>, B<--noreset>"
658 #: original/man8/agetty.8:184
660 "Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes). See B<termios>(3) for more "
665 #: original/man8/agetty.8:187
666 msgid "B<-E>, B<--remote>"
667 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--remote>"
670 #: original/man8/agetty.8:189
672 "Typically the B<login>(1) command is given a remote hostname when called by "
673 "something such as B<telnetd>(8). This option allows B<agetty> to pass what "
674 "it is using for a hostname to B<login>(1) for use in B<utmp>(5). See B<--"
675 "host>, B<login>(1), and B<utmp>(5)."
679 #: original/man8/agetty.8:191
681 "If the B<--host> I<fakehost> option is given, then an B<-h> I<fakehost> "
682 "option and argument are added to the I</bin/login> command line."
686 #: original/man8/agetty.8:193
688 "If the B<--nohostname> option is given, then an B<-H> option is added to the "
689 "B</bin/login> command line."
693 #: original/man8/agetty.8:195
694 msgid "See B<--login-options>."
695 msgstr "B<--login-options> を参照。"
698 #: original/man8/agetty.8:198
699 msgid "B<-f>, B<--issue-file> I<path>"
700 msgstr "B<-f>, B<--issue-file> I<path>"
703 #: original/man8/agetty.8:200
705 "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
706 "instead of I</etc/issue> (or other). All specified files and directories are "
707 "displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the specified "
708 "path is a directory then display all files with .issue file extension in "
709 "version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom messages to be "
710 "displayed on different terminals. The B<--noissue> option will override this "
715 #: original/man8/agetty.8:203
716 msgid "B<--show-issue>"
717 msgstr "B<--show-issue>"
720 #: original/man8/agetty.8:205
722 "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and exit. "
723 "Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed for any "
724 "other purpose. Note that output may use some default or incomplete "
725 "information as proper output depends on terminal and agetty command line."
729 #: original/man8/agetty.8:208
730 msgid "B<-h, --flow-control>"
731 msgstr "B<-h, --flow-control>"
734 #: original/man8/agetty.8:210
736 "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application to "
737 "disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
741 #: original/man8/agetty.8:213
742 msgid "B<-H>, B<--host> I<fakehost>"
743 msgstr "B<-H>, B<--host> I<fakehost>"
746 #: original/man8/agetty.8:215
748 "Write the specified I<fakehost> into the utmp file. Normally, no login host "
749 "is given, since B<agetty> is used for local hardwired connections and "
750 "consoles. However, this option can be useful for identifying terminal "
751 "concentrators and the like."
755 #: original/man8/agetty.8:218
756 msgid "B<-i>, B<--noissue>"
757 msgstr "B<-i>, B<--noissue>"
760 #: original/man8/agetty.8:220
762 "Do not display the contents of I</etc/issue> (or other) before writing the "
763 "login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become confused when "
764 "receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up scripts may fail if "
765 "the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
769 #: original/man8/agetty.8:223
770 msgid "B<-I>, B<--init-string> I<initstring>"
771 msgstr "B<-I>, B<--init-string> I<initstring>"
774 #: original/man8/agetty.8:225
776 "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending anything "
777 "else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable characters may "
778 "be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a backslash (\\(rs). For "
779 "example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, octal 012), write \\(rs12."
783 #: original/man8/agetty.8:228
784 msgid "B<-J>, B<--noclear>"
785 msgstr "B<-J>, B<--noclear>"
788 #: original/man8/agetty.8:230
790 "Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name. By default the "
795 #: original/man8/agetty.8:233
796 msgid "B<-l>, B<--login-program> I<login_program>"
797 msgstr "B<-l>, B<--login-program> I<login_program>"
800 #: original/man8/agetty.8:235
802 "Invoke the specified I<login_program> instead of /bin/login. This allows the "
803 "use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for example, ask "
804 "for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See B<--login-"
809 #: original/man8/agetty.8:238
810 msgid "B<-L>, B<--local-line>[=I<mode>]"
811 msgstr "B<-L>, B<--local-line>[=I<mode>]"
814 #: original/man8/agetty.8:240
816 "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional I<mode> argument is \\(aqauto"
817 "\\(aq, \\(aqalways\\(aq or \\(aqnever\\(aq. If the I<mode> argument is "
818 "omitted, then the default is \\(aqalways\\(aq. If the B<--local-line> option "
819 "is not given at all, then the default is \\(aqauto\\(aq."
823 #: original/man8/agetty.8:242
828 #: original/man8/agetty.8:244
830 "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can "
831 "be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line "
832 "does not set the carrier-detect signal."
836 #: original/man8/agetty.8:247
841 #: original/man8/agetty.8:249
843 "Explicitly clears the CLOCAL flag from the line setting and the carrier-"
844 "detect signal is expected on the line."
848 #: original/man8/agetty.8:252
853 #: original/man8/agetty.8:254
855 "The B<agetty> default. Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows the "
856 "setting enabled by the kernel."
860 #: original/man8/agetty.8:258
861 msgid "B<-m>, B<--extract-baud>"
862 msgstr "B<-m>, B<--extract-baud>"
865 #: original/man8/agetty.8:260
867 "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by "
868 "Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: "
869 "\"E<lt>junkE<gt>E<lt>speedE<gt>E<lt>junkE<gt>\". B<agetty> assumes that the "
870 "modem emits its status message at the same speed as specified with (the "
871 "first) I<baud_rate> value on the command line."
875 #: original/man8/agetty.8:262
877 "Since the B<--extract-baud> feature may fail on heavily-loaded systems, you "
878 "still should enable BREAK processing by enumerating all expected baud rates "
879 "on the command line."
883 #: original/man8/agetty.8:265
884 msgid "B<--list-speeds>"
885 msgstr "B<--list-speeds>"
888 #: original/man8/agetty.8:267
889 msgid "Display supported baud rates. These are determined at compilation time."
893 #: original/man8/agetty.8:270
894 msgid "B<-n>, B<--skip-login>"
895 msgstr "B<-n>, B<--skip-login>"
898 #: original/man8/agetty.8:272
900 "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with "
901 "the B<--login-program> option to invoke a non-standard login process such as "
902 "a BBS system. Note that with the B<--skip-login> option, B<agetty> gets no "
903 "input from the user who logs in and therefore will not be able to figure out "
904 "parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It "
905 "defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line "
906 "character. Beware that the program that B<agetty> starts (usually /bin/"
907 "login) is run as root."
911 #: original/man8/agetty.8:275
912 msgid "B<-N>, B<--nonewline>"
913 msgstr "B<-N>, B<--nonewline>"
916 #: original/man8/agetty.8:277
917 msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out I</etc/issue>."
918 msgstr "I</etc/issue> の書き込み前に、 新たな行は出力しない。 "
921 #: original/man8/agetty.8:280
922 msgid "B<-o>, B<--login-options> I<login_options>"
923 msgstr "B<-o>, B<--login-options> I<login_options>"
926 #: original/man8/agetty.8:282
928 "Options and arguments that are passed to B<login>(1). Where \\(rsu is "
929 "replaced by the login name. For example:"
933 #: original/man8/agetty.8:284
934 msgid "B<--login-options \\(aq-h darkstar \\(em \\(rsu\\(aq>"
935 msgstr "B<--login-options \\(aq-h darkstar \\(em \\(rsu\\(aq>"
938 #: original/man8/agetty.8:286
939 msgid "See B<--autologin>, B<--login-program> and B<--remote>."
943 #: original/man8/agetty.8:288
944 msgid "Please read the SECURITY NOTICE below before using this option."
948 #: original/man8/agetty.8:291
949 msgid "B<-p>, B<--login-pause>"
950 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--login-pause>"
953 #: original/man8/agetty.8:293
955 "Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt. Can be combined with "
956 "B<--autologin> to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
960 #: original/man8/agetty.8:296
961 msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<directory>"
962 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<directory>"
965 #: original/man8/agetty.8:298
966 msgid "Change root to the specified directory."
970 #: original/man8/agetty.8:301
971 msgid "B<-R>, B<--hangup>"
972 msgstr "B<-R>, B<--hangup>"
975 #: original/man8/agetty.8:303
976 msgid "Call B<vhangup>(2) to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal."
980 #: original/man8/agetty.8:306
981 msgid "B<-s>, B<--keep-baud>"
982 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--keep-baud>"
985 #: original/man8/agetty.8:308
987 "Try to keep the existing baud rate. The baud rates from the command line are "
988 "used when B<agetty> receives a BREAK character. If another baud rates "
989 "specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the wanted "
990 "baud rates list. This can be used to return to the original baud rate after "
995 #: original/man8/agetty.8:311
996 msgid "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<timeout>"
997 msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<timeout>"
1000 #: original/man8/agetty.8:313
1002 "Terminate if no user name could be read within I<timeout> seconds. Use of "
1003 "this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
1007 #: original/man8/agetty.8:316
1008 msgid "B<-U>, B<--detect-case>"
1009 msgstr "B<-U>, B<--detect-case>"
1012 #: original/man8/agetty.8:318
1014 "Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal. This setting will "
1015 "detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an uppercase-only "
1016 "terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case conversions. Note that this "
1017 "has no support for any Unicode characters."
1021 #: original/man8/agetty.8:321
1022 msgid "B<-w>, B<--wait-cr>"
1023 msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wait-cr>"
1026 #: original/man8/agetty.8:323
1028 "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
1029 "character before sending the I</etc/issue> file (or others) and the login "
1030 "prompt. This is useful with the B<--init-string> option."
1034 #: original/man8/agetty.8:326
1035 msgid "B<--nohints>"
1036 msgstr "B<--nohints>"
1039 #: original/man8/agetty.8:328
1040 msgid "Do not print hints about Num, Caps and Scroll Locks."
1044 #: original/man8/agetty.8:331
1045 msgid "B<--nohostname>"
1046 msgstr "B<--nohostname>"
1049 #: original/man8/agetty.8:333
1051 "By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no "
1052 "hostname at all will be shown."
1056 #: original/man8/agetty.8:336
1057 msgid "B<--long-hostname>"
1058 msgstr "B<--long-hostname>"
1061 #: original/man8/agetty.8:338
1063 "By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot. With this "
1064 "option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by B<gethostname>(3P) or (if "
1065 "not found) by B<getaddrinfo>(3) is shown."
1069 #: original/man8/agetty.8:341
1070 msgid "B<--erase-chars> I<string>"
1071 msgstr "B<--erase-chars> I<string>"
1074 #: original/man8/agetty.8:343
1076 "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
1077 "backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the login "
1078 "name. The default additional \\(aqerase\\(aq has been \\(aq#\\(aq, but since "
1079 "util-linux 2.23 no additional erase characters are enabled by default."
1083 #: original/man8/agetty.8:346
1084 msgid "B<--kill-chars> I<string>"
1085 msgstr "B<--kill-chars> I<string>"
1088 #: original/man8/agetty.8:348
1090 "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
1091 "kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login "
1092 "name. The default additional \\(aqkill\\(aq has been \\(aq@\\(aq, but since "
1093 "util-linux 2.23 no additional kill characters are enabled by default."
1097 #: original/man8/agetty.8:351
1098 msgid "B<--chdir> I<directory>"
1099 msgstr "B<--chdir> I<directory>"
1102 #: original/man8/agetty.8:353
1103 msgid "Change directory before the login."
1107 #: original/man8/agetty.8:356
1108 msgid "B<--delay> I<number>"
1109 msgstr "B<--delay> I<number>"
1112 #: original/man8/agetty.8:358
1113 msgid "Sleep seconds before open tty."
1117 #: original/man8/agetty.8:361
1118 msgid "B<--nice> I<number>"
1119 msgstr "B<--nice> I<number>"
1122 #: original/man8/agetty.8:363
1123 msgid "Run login with this priority."
1127 #: original/man8/agetty.8:366
1129 msgstr "B<--reload>"
1132 #: original/man8/agetty.8:368
1134 "Ask all running agetty instances to reload and update their displayed "
1135 "prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the "
1136 "command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without "
1137 "Linux B<inotify>(7)."
1141 #: original/man8/agetty.8:371 original/man8/fsck.8:178
1142 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:75
1143 msgid "B<--version>"
1144 msgstr "B<--version>"
1147 #: original/man8/agetty.8:373 original/man8/blkdiscard.8:86
1148 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:230 original/man8/cfdisk.8:73
1149 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:89 original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:57
1150 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:97 original/man8/fdisk.8:147
1151 #: original/man8/fsck.8:180 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:68
1152 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:125 original/man8/fsfreeze.8:63
1153 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:100 original/man8/hwclock.8:156
1154 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:178 original/man8/losetup.8:178
1155 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:177 original/man8/lslocks.8:92
1156 #: original/man8/lsns.8:101 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:109
1157 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:103 original/man8/mount.8:548
1158 #: original/man8/nologin.8:76 original/man8/partx.8:158
1159 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:59 original/man8/raw.8:74
1160 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:91 original/man8/rfkill.8:77
1161 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:219 original/man8/setarch.8:121
1162 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:306 original/man8/sulogin.8:75
1163 #: original/man8/swapon.8:147 original/man8/switch_root.8:52
1164 #: original/man8/umount.8:141 original/man8/wdctl.8:97
1165 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:124 original/man8/zramctl.8:112
1166 msgid "Display version information and exit."
1167 msgstr "バージョン情報を表示して終了する。"
1170 #: original/man8/agetty.8:376 original/man8/rfkill.8:70
1175 #: original/man8/agetty.8:378 original/man8/blkdiscard.8:91
1176 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:235 original/man8/blockdev.8:62
1177 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:53 original/man8/chcpu.8:94
1178 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:62 original/man8/fdformat.8:102
1179 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:103 original/man8/fsck.8:175
1180 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:73 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:130
1181 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:68 original/man8/fstrim.8:105
1182 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:161 original/man8/ldattach.8:183
1183 #: original/man8/losetup.8:183 original/man8/lsblk.8:88
1184 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:97 original/man8/lsns.8:106 original/man8/mkfs.8:69
1185 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:75 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:104
1186 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:105 original/man8/mkswap.8:98
1187 #: original/man8/mount.8:553 original/man8/nologin.8:71
1188 #: original/man8/partx.8:163 original/man8/pivot_root.8:64
1189 #: original/man8/raw.8:69 original/man8/readprofile.8:96
1190 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:72 original/man8/rfkill.8:83
1191 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:224 original/man8/setarch.8:126
1192 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:311 original/man8/sulogin.8:70
1193 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:47 original/man8/swapon.8:83
1194 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:47 original/man8/umount.8:146
1195 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:102 original/man8/wipefs.8:72
1196 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:117
1197 msgid "Display help text and exit."
1198 msgstr "ヘルプテキストを表示して終了する。"
1201 #: original/man8/agetty.8:379 original/man8/chmem.8:142
1202 #: original/man8/losetup.8:210 original/man8/partx.8:170
1203 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:65 original/man8/readprofile.8:122
1204 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:109 original/man8/setarch.8:127
1205 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:109 original/man8/zramctl.8:127
1211 #: original/man8/agetty.8:382
1213 "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the I</etc/"
1214 "inittab> file. You\\(cqll have to prepend appropriate values for the other "
1215 "fields. See B<inittab>(5) for more details."
1219 #: original/man8/agetty.8:384
1220 msgid "For a hardwired line or a console tty:"
1224 #: original/man8/agetty.8:388
1225 msgid "B</sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1>"
1226 msgstr "B</sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1>"
1229 #: original/man8/agetty.8:393
1231 "For a directly connected terminal without proper carrier-detect wiring (try "
1232 "this if your terminal just sleeps instead of giving you a password: prompt):"
1236 #: original/man8/agetty.8:397
1237 msgid "B</sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100>"
1238 msgstr "B</sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100>"
1241 #: original/man8/agetty.8:402
1242 msgid "For an old-style dial-in line with a 9600/2400/1200 baud modem:"
1246 #: original/man8/agetty.8:406
1247 msgid "B</sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200>"
1248 msgstr "B</sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200>"
1251 #: original/man8/agetty.8:411
1253 "For a Hayes modem with a fixed 115200 bps interface to the machine (the "
1254 "example init string turns off modem echo and result codes, makes modem/"
1255 "computer DCD track modem/modem DCD, makes a DTR drop cause a disconnection, "
1256 "and turns on auto-answer after 1 ring):"
1260 #: original/man8/agetty.8:415
1262 "B</sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string \\(aqATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\(rs015\\(aq "
1265 "B</sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string \\(aqATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\(rs015\\(aq "
1269 #: original/man8/agetty.8:418
1271 msgid "SECURITY NOTICE"
1275 #: original/man8/agetty.8:421
1277 "If you use the B<--login-program> and B<--login-options> options, be aware "
1278 "that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, which "
1279 "then get passed to the used login program. Agetty does check for a leading "
1280 "\"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so embedded "
1281 "spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on how the "
1282 "login binary parses the command line that might not be sufficient. Check "
1283 "that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
1287 #: original/man8/agetty.8:423
1289 "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line "
1290 "should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by "
1291 "passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\(rsu."
1295 #: original/man8/agetty.8:423
1301 #: original/man8/agetty.8:426
1303 "The default issue file is I</etc/issue>. If the file exists, then B<agetty> "
1304 "also checks for I</etc/issue.d> directory. The directory is optional "
1305 "extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is printed "
1306 "after I</etc/issue> content. If the I</etc/issue> does not exist, then the "
1307 "directory is ignored. All files B<with .issue extension> from the directory "
1308 "are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be used to maintain 3rd-"
1309 "party messages independently on the primary system I</etc/issue> file."
1313 #: original/man8/agetty.8:428
1315 "Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are "
1316 "supported. If the default I</etc/issue> does not exist, then B<agetty> "
1317 "checks for I</run/issue> and I</run/issue.d>, thereafter for I</usr/lib/"
1318 "issue> and I</usr/lib/issue.d>. The directory I</etc> is expected for host "
1319 "specific configuration, I</run> is expected for generated stuff and I</usr/"
1320 "lib> for static distribution maintained configuration."
1324 #: original/man8/agetty.8:430
1326 "The default path maybe overridden by B<--issue-file> option. In this case "
1327 "specified path has to be file or directory and all the default issue file "
1328 "and directory locations are ignored."
1332 #: original/man8/agetty.8:432
1334 "The issue file feature can be completely disabled by B<--noissue> option."
1338 #: original/man8/agetty.8:434
1340 "It is possible to review the current issue file by B<agetty --show-issue> on "
1341 "the current terminal."
1345 #: original/man8/agetty.8:436
1347 "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, "
1348 "date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\(rs) "
1349 "immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
1353 #: original/man8/agetty.8:438
1354 msgid "4 or 4{I<interface>}"
1355 msgstr "4 または 4{I<interface>}"
1358 #: original/man8/agetty.8:440
1360 "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
1361 "\\(rs4{eth0}). If the I<interface> argument is not specified, then select "
1362 "the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If not "
1363 "any configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the machine"
1368 #: original/man8/agetty.8:443
1369 msgid "6 or 6{I<interface>}"
1370 msgstr "6 または 6{I<interface>}"
1373 #: original/man8/agetty.8:445
1374 msgid "The same as \\(rs4 but for IPv6."
1378 #: original/man8/agetty.8:448
1383 #: original/man8/agetty.8:450
1384 msgid "Insert the baudrate of the current line."
1388 #: original/man8/agetty.8:453
1393 #: original/man8/agetty.8:455
1394 msgid "Insert the current date."
1395 msgstr "現在日付を挿入する。 "
1398 #: original/man8/agetty.8:458
1399 msgid "e or e{I<name>}"
1400 msgstr "e または e{I<name>}"
1403 #: original/man8/agetty.8:460
1405 "Translate the human-readable I<name> to an escape sequence and insert it "
1406 "(for example: \\(rse{red}Alert text.\\(rse{reset}). If the I<name> argument "
1407 "is not specified, then insert \\(rs033. The currently supported names are: "
1408 "black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
1409 "lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
1410 "magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown names are "
1415 #: original/man8/agetty.8:463
1420 #: original/man8/agetty.8:465
1422 "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as "
1423 "\\(aquname -s\\(aq. See also the \\(rsS escape code."
1427 #: original/man8/agetty.8:468
1428 msgid "S or S{VARIABLE}"
1429 msgstr "S または S{VARIABLE}"
1432 #: original/man8/agetty.8:470
1434 "Insert the VARIABLE data from I</etc/os-release>. If this file does not "
1435 "exist then fall back to I</usr/lib/os-release>. If the VARIABLE argument is "
1436 "not specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name (see "
1437 "\\(rss). This escape code can be used to keep I</etc/issue> distribution and "
1438 "release independent. Note that \\(rsS{ANSI_COLOR} is converted to the real "
1439 "terminal escape sequence."
1443 #: original/man8/agetty.8:473
1448 #: original/man8/agetty.8:475
1449 msgid "Insert the name of the current tty line."
1453 #: original/man8/agetty.8:478
1458 #: original/man8/agetty.8:480
1459 msgid "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine. Same as B<uname -m>."
1460 msgstr "マシンのアーキテクチャー識別子を挿入する。 B<uname -m> と同じ。"
1463 #: original/man8/agetty.8:483
1468 #: original/man8/agetty.8:485
1470 "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as "
1475 #: original/man8/agetty.8:488
1480 #: original/man8/agetty.8:490
1481 msgid "Insert the NIS domainname of the machine. Same as B<hostname -d>."
1482 msgstr "マシンの NIS ドメイン名を挿入する。 B<hostname -d> と同じ。 "
1485 #: original/man8/agetty.8:493
1490 #: original/man8/agetty.8:495
1491 msgid "Insert the DNS domainname of the machine."
1492 msgstr "マシンの DNS ドメイン名を挿入する。 "
1495 #: original/man8/agetty.8:498
1500 #: original/man8/agetty.8:500
1501 msgid "Insert the release number of the OS. Same as B<uname -r>."
1502 msgstr "OS のリリース番号を挿入する。 B<uname -r> と同じ。 "
1505 #: original/man8/agetty.8:503
1510 #: original/man8/agetty.8:505
1511 msgid "Insert the current time."
1512 msgstr "現在時刻を挿入する。 "
1515 #: original/man8/agetty.8:508
1520 #: original/man8/agetty.8:510
1521 msgid "Insert the number of current users logged in."
1522 msgstr "現在ログインしているユーザー数を挿入する。 "
1525 #: original/man8/agetty.8:513
1530 #: original/man8/agetty.8:515
1532 "Insert the string \"1 user\" or \"E<lt>nE<gt> users\" where E<lt>nE<gt> is "
1533 "the number of current users logged in."
1537 #: original/man8/agetty.8:518
1542 #: original/man8/agetty.8:520
1543 msgid "Insert the version of the OS, that is, the build-date and such."
1547 #: original/man8/agetty.8:523
1548 msgid "An example. On my system, the following I</etc/issue> file:"
1549 msgstr "例として、 私のシステム上の以下のような I</etc/issue> ファイル、 "
1552 #: original/man8/agetty.8:528
1554 msgid "This is \\(rsn.\\(rso (\\(rss \\(rsm \\(rsr) \\(rst\n"
1555 msgstr "This is \\(rsn.\\(rso (\\(rss \\(rsm \\(rsr) \\(rst\n"
1558 #: original/man8/agetty.8:533
1559 msgid "displays as:"
1560 msgstr "では、 以下のような表示になる。 "
1563 #: original/man8/agetty.8:538
1565 msgid "This is thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n"
1566 msgstr "This is thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n"
1569 #: original/man8/agetty.8:541 original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:63
1570 #: original/man8/fsck.8:223 original/man8/hwclock.8:551
1571 #: original/man8/losetup.8:199 original/man8/mount.8:2319
1572 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:97 original/man8/rtcwake.8:228
1573 #: original/man8/swapon.8:202 original/man8/tunelp.8:95
1574 #: original/man8/umount.8:200 original/man8/zramctl.8:121
1580 #: original/man8/agetty.8:544
1581 msgid "I</var/run/utmp>"
1582 msgstr "I</var/run/utmp>"
1585 #: original/man8/agetty.8:546
1586 msgid "the system status file."
1587 msgstr "システムの状態ファイル。 "
1590 #: original/man8/agetty.8:549
1591 msgid "I</etc/issue>"
1592 msgstr "I</etc/issue>"
1595 #: original/man8/agetty.8:551
1596 msgid "printed before the login prompt."
1597 msgstr "ログインプロンプトの手前に表示される。 "
1600 #: original/man8/agetty.8:554
1601 msgid "I</etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release>"
1602 msgstr "I</etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release>"
1605 #: original/man8/agetty.8:556
1606 msgid "operating system identification data."
1607 msgstr "オペレーティングシステムの識別データ。 "
1610 #: original/man8/agetty.8:559
1611 msgid "I</dev/console>"
1612 msgstr "I</dev/console>"
1615 #: original/man8/agetty.8:561
1616 msgid "problem reports (if B<syslog>(3) is not used)."
1620 #: original/man8/agetty.8:564
1621 msgid "I</etc/inittab>"
1622 msgstr "I</etc/inittab>"
1625 #: original/man8/agetty.8:566
1626 msgid "B<init>(8) configuration file for SysV-style init daemon."
1627 msgstr "SysV 風の init デーモンに対する B<init>(8) 設定ファイル。 "
1630 #: original/man8/agetty.8:567 original/man8/mkfs.8:70
1631 #: original/man8/mount.8:2355 original/man8/raw.8:78
1632 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:113
1638 #: original/man8/agetty.8:570
1640 "The baud-rate detection feature (the B<--extract-baud> option) requires that "
1641 "B<agetty> be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in call "
1642 "(within 30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, always "
1643 "use the B<--extract-baud> option in combination with a multiple baud rate "
1644 "command-line argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
1648 #: original/man8/agetty.8:572
1650 "The text in the I</etc/issue> file (or other) and the login prompt are "
1651 "always output with 7-bit characters and space parity."
1655 #: original/man8/agetty.8:574
1657 "The baud-rate detection feature (the B<--extract-baud> option) requires that "
1658 "the modem emits its status message I<after> raising the DCD line."
1662 #: original/man8/agetty.8:574 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:131
1668 #: original/man8/agetty.8:577
1670 "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written to "
1671 "the console device or reported via the B<syslog>(3) facility. Error messages "
1672 "are produced if the I<port> argument does not specify a terminal device; if "
1673 "there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V only); and so on."
1677 #: original/man8/agetty.8:577 original/man8/blkdiscard.8:92
1678 #: original/man8/blkid.8:254 original/man8/blkzone.8:236
1679 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:176 original/man8/cfdisk.8:197
1680 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:113 original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:66
1681 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:106 original/man8/fdisk.8:275
1682 #: original/man8/findfs.8:95 original/man8/findmnt.8:347
1683 #: original/man8/fsck.8:226 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:169
1684 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:75 original/man8/fstrim.8:129
1685 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:577 original/man8/ldattach.8:184
1686 #: original/man8/losetup.8:228 original/man8/lsblk.8:250
1687 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:154 original/man8/lsns.8:107 original/man8/mkfs.8:73
1688 #: original/man8/mount.8:2368 original/man8/nologin.8:85
1689 #: original/man8/partx.8:201 original/man8/raw.8:83 original/man8/rfkill.8:121
1690 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:234 original/man8/setarch.8:139
1691 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:583 original/man8/sulogin.8:79
1692 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:64 original/man8/switch_root.8:67
1693 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:103 original/man8/wipefs.8:152
1694 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:144
1700 #: original/man8/agetty.8:583
1701 msgid "The original B<agetty> for serial terminals was written by"
1702 msgstr "シリアル端末向けに B<agetty> の最初のバージョンを書いたのは、 "
1705 #: original/man8/agetty.8:585
1706 msgid "and ported to Linux by"
1707 msgstr "そして Linux のポートを行ったのは "
1710 #: original/man8/agetty.8:593
1712 "The B<agetty> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
1715 "B<agetty> コマンドは、 util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
1719 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:10
1725 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:32
1726 msgid "blkdiscard - discard sectors on a device"
1727 msgstr "blkdiscard - デバイス上のセクターを破棄する"
1730 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:35
1731 msgid "B<blkdiscard> [options] [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] I<device>"
1732 msgstr "B<blkdiscard> [options] [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] I<device>"
1735 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:38
1737 "B<blkdiscard> is used to discard device sectors. This is useful for solid-"
1738 "state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage. Unlike B<fstrim>(8), "
1739 "this command is used directly on the block device."
1741 "B<blkdiscard> はデバイスセクターの破棄を行う。 これはソリッドステートドライ"
1742 "ブ (SSD) やシンプロビジョニングストレージに対して用いることができる。 "
1743 "B<fstrim>(8) とは異なり、 このコマンドはブロックデバイス上において直接用いら"
1747 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:40
1749 "By default, B<blkdiscard> will discard all blocks on the device. Options may "
1750 "be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
1752 "デフォルトで B<blkdiscard> は、 デバイス上のブロックすべてを破棄する。 オプ"
1753 "ションを用いれば、 その動作を変更して、 範囲指定やサイズ指定を行うことができ"
1757 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:42 original/man8/blkzone.8:40
1758 msgid "The I<device> argument is the pathname of the block device."
1759 msgstr "I<device> 引数はブロックデバイスのパス名である。"
1762 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:44
1764 "B<WARNING: All data in the discarded region on the device will be lost!>"
1765 msgstr "B<警告: デバイス上において破棄した範囲のデータはすべて失われる。>"
1768 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:47
1770 "The I<offset> and I<length> arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
1771 "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
1772 "ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
1773 "\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
1774 "PB, EB, ZB and YB."
1776 "引数 I<offset> と I<length> には、 KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) のような乗数"
1777 "を表すサフィックスをつけることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB も同様"
1778 "に使うことができる。 (\"iB\" を続けるのは任意であり、 たとえば、 \"K\" は "
1779 "\"KiB\" と同じ意味である)。 あるいは、 KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000) といったサ"
1780 "フィックスをつけてもよい。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様に使うことができる。 "
1783 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:49 original/man8/blkzone.8:218
1784 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:118 original/man8/mkswap.8:59
1785 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:212 original/man8/umount.8:76
1786 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:65
1787 msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
1788 msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>"
1791 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:51
1793 "Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode "
1794 "(O_EXCL) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another "
1795 "kernel subsystem. The B<--force> option disables the exclusive access mode."
1797 "チェックをすべて無効にする。 v2.36 以降ブロックデバイスは、 デフォルトで排他"
1798 "的モード (O_EXCL) により開かれる。 こうしてマウントされたファイルシステムと別"
1799 "のカーネルサブシステムの間での競合が避けられる。 B<--force> オプションは、 そ"
1800 "の排他的なアクセスモードを無効にする。"
1803 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:54 original/man8/losetup.8:106
1804 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:100
1805 msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<offset>"
1806 msgstr "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<offset>"
1809 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:56
1811 "Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided "
1812 "value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero."
1814 "デバイス上の破棄開始位置を表すバイトオフセット。 指定する値は、 デバイスセク"
1815 "ターサイズに合わせる必要がある。 デフォルト値はゼロである。"
1818 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:59
1819 msgid "B<-l>, B<--length> I<length>"
1820 msgstr "B<-l>, B<--length> I<length>"
1823 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:61
1825 "The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The "
1826 "provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified "
1827 "value extends past the end of the device, B<blkdiscard> will stop at the "
1828 "device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device."
1830 "破棄するバイト数 (開始位置からのカウント)。 指定する値は、 デバイスセクターサ"
1831 "イズに合わせる必要がある。 指定した値がデバイス終端を超えて拡張された場合、 "
1832 "B<blkdiscard> はデバイスサイズ境界において処理終了する。 デフォルトは、 デバ"
1836 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:64
1837 msgid "B<-p>, B<--step> I<length>"
1838 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--step> I<length>"
1841 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:66
1843 "The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to "
1844 "discard all by one ioctl call."
1846 "1 回の処理において破棄するバイト数。 デフォルトは 1 つの ioctl 呼び出しにつ"
1850 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:69
1851 msgid "B<-s>, B<--secure>"
1852 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--secure>"
1855 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:71
1857 "Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard "
1858 "except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by "
1859 "garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the "
1862 "安全に破棄を行う。 安全な破棄とは通常の破棄と同様であるが、 ガーベージコレク"
1863 "ションが生成する可能性のある廃棄ブロックのコピーも、 必ず廃棄します。 この機"
1864 "能はデバイスにおけるサポートが必要です。"
1867 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:74
1868 msgid "B<-z>, B<--zeroout>"
1869 msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zeroout>"
1872 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:76
1873 msgid "Zero-fill rather than discard."
1874 msgstr "破棄ではなくゼロ埋めを行う。"
1877 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:79 original/man8/blkzone.8:223
1878 #: original/man8/chmem.8:116 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:41
1879 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:103 original/man8/hwclock.8:286
1880 #: original/man8/losetup.8:141 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:58
1881 #: original/man8/mount.8:532 original/man8/partx.8:151
1882 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:84 original/man8/rtcwake.8:212
1883 #: original/man8/setarch.8:59 original/man8/swapon.8:140
1884 #: original/man8/umount.8:134
1885 msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
1886 msgstr "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
1889 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:81
1891 "Display the aligned values of I<offset> and I<length>. If the B<--step> "
1892 "option is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
1894 "指定された I<offset> と I<length> の値を表示する。 B<--step> オプションが指定"
1895 "された場合、 1 秒ごとに破棄処理の進捗を表示する。"
1898 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:84 original/man8/blkid.8:221
1899 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:228 original/man8/blockdev.8:65
1900 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:71 original/man8/chcpu.8:87 original/man8/chmem.8:121
1901 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:55 original/man8/fdformat.8:95
1902 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:145 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:66
1903 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:123 original/man8/fsfreeze.8:61
1904 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:98 original/man8/hwclock.8:154
1905 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:176 original/man8/losetup.8:176
1906 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:175 original/man8/lslocks.8:90 original/man8/lsns.8:99
1907 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:62 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:78
1908 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:107 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:98
1909 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:101 original/man8/mount.8:546
1910 #: original/man8/nologin.8:74 original/man8/partx.8:156
1911 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:57 original/man8/raw.8:72
1912 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:89 original/man8/rtcwake.8:217
1913 #: original/man8/setarch.8:119 original/man8/sulogin.8:73
1914 #: original/man8/swapon.8:145 original/man8/umount.8:139
1915 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:101 original/man8/wdctl.8:95
1916 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:122 original/man8/zramctl.8:110
1917 msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
1918 msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>"
1921 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:89 original/man8/blkid.8:84
1922 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:233 original/man8/blockdev.8:60
1923 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:51 original/man8/chcpu.8:92 original/man8/chmem.8:111
1924 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:60 original/man8/fdformat.8:100
1925 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:66 original/man8/findmnt.8:101
1926 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:71 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:128
1927 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:66 original/man8/fstrim.8:103
1928 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:159 original/man8/ldattach.8:181
1929 #: original/man8/losetup.8:181 original/man8/lsblk.8:86
1930 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:95 original/man8/lsns.8:104 original/man8/mkfs.8:67
1931 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:73 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:102
1932 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:103 original/man8/mkswap.8:96
1933 #: original/man8/mount.8:551 original/man8/nologin.8:69
1934 #: original/man8/partx.8:161 original/man8/pivot_root.8:62
1935 #: original/man8/raw.8:67 original/man8/readprofile.8:94
1936 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:222 original/man8/setarch.8:124
1937 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:309 original/man8/sulogin.8:68
1938 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:45 original/man8/swapon.8:81
1939 #: original/man8/umount.8:144 original/man8/uuidd.8:106
1940 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:100 original/man8/wipefs.8:70
1941 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:115
1942 msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>"
1943 msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"
1946 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:98
1947 msgid "B<fstrim>(8)"
1948 msgstr "B<fstrim>(8)"
1951 #: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:105
1953 "The B<blkdiscard> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
1956 "B<blkdiscard> コマンドは、 util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
1960 #: original/man8/blkid.8:10
1966 #: original/man8/blkid.8:32
1967 msgid "blkid - locate/print block device attributes"
1968 msgstr "blkid - ブロックデバイスの属性を検索/表示する"
1971 #: original/man8/blkid.8:35
1972 msgid "B<blkid> B<--label> I<label> | B<--uuid> I<uuid>"
1973 msgstr "B<blkid> B<--label> I<label> | B<--uuid> I<uuid>"
1976 #: original/man8/blkid.8:37
1978 "B<blkid> [B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect> B<--list-one> B<--cache-"
1979 "file> I<file>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-"
1980 "token> I<NAME=value>] [I<device>...]"
1982 "B<blkid> [B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect> B<--list-one> B<--cache-"
1983 "file> I<file>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-"
1984 "token> I<NAME=value>] [I<device>...]"
1987 #: original/man8/blkid.8:39
1989 "B<blkid> B<--probe> [B<--offset> I<offset>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--"
1990 "size> I<size>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-types> I<list>] [B<--"
1991 "usages> I<list>] [B<--no-part-details>] I<device>..."
1993 "B<blkid> B<--probe> [B<--offset> I<offset>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--"
1994 "size> I<size>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-types> I<list>] [B<--"
1995 "usages> I<list>] [B<--no-part-details>] I<device>..."
1998 #: original/man8/blkid.8:41
2000 "B<blkid> B<--info> [B<--output format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] I<device>..."
2002 "B<blkid> B<--info> [B<--output format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] I<device>..."
2005 #: original/man8/blkid.8:44
2007 "The B<blkid> program is the command-line interface to working with the "
2008 "B<libblkid>(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., "
2009 "filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes "
2010 "(tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID "
2013 "B<blkid> プログラムは、 B<libblkid>(3) ライブラリを利用するためのコマンドライ"
2014 "ンインターフェースである。 B<blkid> は、 ブロックデバイスの中身がどんなタイプ"
2015 "か (たとえば、 ファイルシステムか、 スワップか) を判定することができる。 ま"
2016 "た、 ブロックデバイスの中身のメタデータ (たとえば、 LABEL や UUID といった"
2017 "フィールド) を調べて、 どんな属性 (トークン、 NAME=value ペア) を持っているか"
2021 #: original/man8/blkid.8:46
2023 "B<It is recommended to use> B<lsblk>(8) B<command to get information about "
2024 "block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or> "
2025 "B<findmnt>(8) B<to search in already mounted filesystems.>"
2027 "B<ブロックデバイスについて情報を取得するには、 >B<lsblk>(8) B<の使用をお勧め"
2028 "する。 デバイス中のファイルシステム群の概要を知るには、 lsblk --fs が便利であ"
2029 "る。 すでにマウント済みのファイルシステムを調べるには、 >B<findmnt>(8) B<を使"
2033 #: original/man8/blkid.8:50
2035 "B<lsblk>(8) provides more information, better control on output formatting, "
2036 "easy to use in scripts and it does not require root permissions to get "
2037 "actual information. B<blkid> reads information directly from devices and for "
2038 "non-root users it returns cached unverified information. B<blkid> is mostly "
2039 "designed for system services and to test B<libblkid>(3) functionality."
2041 "B<lsblk>(8) の方が提供する情報も多いし、 出力形式の制御もしやすく、 スクリプ"
2042 "ト中でも使いやすい。 また、 現時点での情報を得るのに、 ルート権限を必要としな"
2043 "い。 B<blkid> の方は、 情報をデバイスから直接読み込むので、 ルート以外のユー"
2044 "ザーに対しては、 キャッシュした情報、 すなわち、 最新であることの保証のない情"
2045 "報を返すことになる。 B<blkid> の主な用途は、 システム管理で使用することと、 "
2046 "B<libblkid>(3) の機能をテストすることなのである。 "
2049 #: original/man8/blkid.8:55
2051 "When I<device> is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It "
2052 "is possible to specify multiple I<device> arguments on the command line. If "
2053 "none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in I</"
2054 "proc/partitions> are shown, if they are recognized."
2056 "I<device> を指定すると、 そのデバイスのトークンのみが表示される。 複数の "
2057 "I<device> をコマンドラインで引数に指定してもよい。 I<device> を一つも指定しな"
2058 "い場合は、 I</proc/partitions> に記載されている、 すべてのパーティションや"
2059 "パーティション分割されていないデバイスのうち、 認識されたものが表示される。 "
2062 #: original/man8/blkid.8:57
2064 "B<blkid> has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with "
2065 "a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more "
2066 "specified devices."
2068 "B<blkid> には、 主な仕事が二つある。 特定の NAME=value ペアを属性に持つデバイ"
2069 "スを探し出すことと、 指定された一つ以上のデバイスについて NAME=value ペアを表"
2073 #: original/man8/blkid.8:59
2075 "For security reasons B<blkid> silently ignores all devices where the probing "
2076 "result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-"
2077 "level probing mode (B<-p>) provides more information and extra exit status "
2078 "in this case. It\\(cqs recommended to use B<wipefs>(8) to get a detailed "
2079 "overview and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device."
2081 "セキュリティ上の理由から、 B<blkid> は、 検出結果に相反するものがあった場合に"
2082 "は (複数の相矛盾するファイルシステムが検出された場合などは)、 警告も出さず"
2083 "に、 そうしたデバイスをすべて無視する。 そうした場合に low-level 精査モード "
2084 "(B<-p>) を使用すると、 より多くの情報が得られるし、 終了ステータスも特別なも"
2085 "のになる。 デバイスの詳しい全体像をつかんだり、 デバイスから古くなったもの "
2086 "(古いマジックストリング) を削除したりするには、 B<wipefs>(8) を使用するとよ"
2090 #: original/man8/blkid.8:62
2092 "The I<size> and I<offset> arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
2093 "suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, "
2094 "EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning "
2095 "as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, "
2096 "TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
2098 "I<size> や I<offset> という引数の後ろには、 KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) の"
2099 "ような乗数を表すサフィックスを続けることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, "
2100 "YiB も同様である (\"iB\" をつけるのは任意であり、 たとえば、 \"K\" は \"KiB"
2101 "\" と同じ意味である)。 あるいは、 KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000) といったサ"
2102 "フィックスをつけてもよい。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様である。 "
2105 #: original/man8/blkid.8:64
2106 msgid "B<-c>, B<--cache-file> I<cachefile>"
2107 msgstr "B<-c>, B<--cache-file> I<cachefile>"
2110 #: original/man8/blkid.8:66
2112 "Read from I<cachefile> instead of reading from the default cache file (see "
2113 "the CONFIGURATION FILE section for more details). If you want to start with "
2114 "a clean cache (i.e., don\\(cqt report devices previously scanned but not "
2115 "necessarily available at this time), specify I</dev/null>."
2117 "デフォルトのキャッシュファイルではなく、 I<cachefile> から情報を読み込む (詳"
2118 "細は「設定ファイル」のセクションを参照)。 キャッシュを白紙の状態にして、 コマ"
2119 "ンドを実行したいのなら (すなわち、 以前スキャンしたことがあっても、 現時点で"
2120 "使用できるとはかぎらないデバイスについて、 報告しないようにするには)、 "
2121 "I<cashefile> に I</dev/null> を指定する。 "
2124 #: original/man8/blkid.8:69
2125 msgid "B<-d>, B<--no-encoding>"
2126 msgstr "B<-d>, B<--no-encoding>"
2129 #: original/man8/blkid.8:71
2131 "Don\\(cqt encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are "
2132 "encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the B<--output udev> "
2133 "output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
2135 "非表示文字をエンコードしない。 デフォルトで非表示文字は ^ や M- を使う表記法"
2136 "でエンコードされる。 なお、 B<--output udev> の出力フォーマットでは、 別のエ"
2137 "ンコード方式を使っていて、 これを無効にすることはできない。 "
2140 #: original/man8/blkid.8:74
2141 msgid "B<-D>, B<--no-part-details>"
2142 msgstr "B<-D>, B<--no-part-details>"
2145 #: original/man8/blkid.8:76
2147 "Don\\(cqt print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-"
2148 "level probing mode."
2150 "低レベル精査モードのとき、 パーティションテーブルから取得した情報 "
2151 "(PART_ENTRY_* タグ) を表示しない。 "
2154 #: original/man8/blkid.8:79
2155 msgid "B<-g>, B<--garbage-collect>"
2156 msgstr "B<-g>, B<--garbage-collect>"
2159 #: original/man8/blkid.8:81
2161 "Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which "
2164 "blkid キャッシュに対してガベージコレクション処理を行ない、 すでに存在していな"
2168 #: original/man8/blkid.8:86
2169 msgid "Display a usage message and exit."
2170 msgstr "使用方法を表示して終了する。"
2173 #: original/man8/blkid.8:89
2174 msgid "B<-H>, B<--hint> I<setting>"
2175 msgstr "B<-H>, B<--hint> I<setting>"
2178 #: original/man8/blkid.8:93
2180 "Set probing hint. The hints are optional way how to force probing functions "
2181 "to check for example another location. The currently supported is "
2182 "\"session_offset=I<number>\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF."
2184 "精査ヒント (probing hint) を設定する。 このヒントは任意に選ぶものであり、 た"
2185 "とえば別の場所に対して精査機能を実現するものである。 現在サポートされているの"
2186 "は \"session_offset=I<number>\" であり、 マルチセッション UDF においてセッ"
2190 #: original/man8/blkid.8:96 original/man8/readprofile.8:54
2191 msgid "B<-i>, B<--info>"
2192 msgstr "B<-i>, B<--info>"
2195 #: original/man8/blkid.8:98
2197 "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The \\(aqexport"
2198 "\\(aq output format is automatically enabled. This option can be used "
2199 "together with the B<--probe> option."
2201 "I/O リミット (I/O トポロジーとも言う) について情報を表示する。 \\(aqexport"
2202 "\\(aq 出力フォーマットが自動的に有効になる。 このオプションは、 B<--probe> オ"
2203 "プションと合わせて使うことができる。 "
2206 #: original/man8/blkid.8:101
2207 msgid "B<-k>, B<--list-filesystems>"
2208 msgstr "B<-k>, B<--list-filesystems>"
2211 #: original/man8/blkid.8:103
2212 msgid "List all known filesystems and RAIDs and exit."
2214 "フィルシステムと RAID について、 既知のタイプをすべて列挙して、 終了する。"
2217 #: original/man8/blkid.8:106
2218 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list-one>"
2219 msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list-one>"
2222 #: original/man8/blkid.8:108
2224 "Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the "
2225 "B<--match-token> option. If there are multiple devices that match the "
2226 "specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is "
2227 "returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below "
2228 "note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device "
2229 "Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is "
2230 "not specified, B<blkid> will print all of the devices that match the search "
2233 "B<--match-token> オプションで指定した検索パラメーターに一致するデバイスを、 "
2234 "一つだけ見つけ出す。 検索パラメーターに一致するデバイスがいくつもあった場合"
2235 "は、 最も優先順位が高いデバイスを報告し、 同じ優先順位の中では、 最初に見つ"
2236 "かったデバイスを報告する (ただし、 検索に udev を使用する場合もあるため、 こ"
2237 "れ以降を参照のこと)。 デバイスのタイプを優先順位の高い方から並べると、 "
2238 "Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD の順になり、 最後に普通のブロックデバイスが来"
2239 "る。 このオプションが指定されていない場合、 B<blkid> は、 検索パラメーターに"
2240 "一致したデバイスをすべて表示することになる。 "
2243 #: original/man8/blkid.8:110
2245 "This option forces B<blkid> to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens "
2246 "in B<--match-token>. The goal is to provide output consistent with other "
2247 "utils (like B<mount>(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for "
2250 "このオプションを B<--match-token> で LABEL や UUID のトークンを指定した場合に"
2251 "使うと、 強制的に B<blkid> に udev を使用させることになる。 そのように、 検索"
2252 "に udev を使用させるのは、 システムが複数のデバイスに対して同名のタグを使用し"
2253 "ている場合に、 出力を他のユーティリティ (たとえば B<mount>(8) など) と矛盾し"
2257 #: original/man8/blkid.8:113 original/man8/mkswap.8:66
2258 #: original/man8/mount.8:393 original/man8/swaplabel.8:50
2259 msgid "B<-L>, B<--label> I<label>"
2260 msgstr "B<-L>, B<--label> I<label>"
2263 #: original/man8/blkid.8:115
2265 "Look up the device that uses this filesystem I<label>; this is equal to B<--"
2266 "list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=>I<label>. This lookup method "
2267 "is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a "
2268 "setting in I</etc/blkid.conf>). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not "
2269 "reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The B<--label> option "
2270 "works on systems with and without udev."
2272 "ファイルシステムのラベルに I<label> を使用しているデバイスを見つけ出す。 これ"
2273 "は、 B<--list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=>I<label> と同じことで"
2274 "ある。 ここで使われる検索メソッドでは、 /dev/disk/by-label にある udev のシム"
2275 "リンクを信用して使用することができる (ただし I</etc/blkid.conf> の設定次"
2276 "第)。 一般にこうしたシムリンクを不用意に使うのは避けた方がよい。 現状を確認せ"
2277 "ずに、 こうしたシンボリックリンクを使用するのは、 信用できないからである。 こ"
2278 "の B<--label> オプションは、 システムが udev を使っているかいないかにかかわら"
2282 #: original/man8/blkid.8:117
2284 "Unfortunately, the original B<blkid>(8) from e2fsprogs uses the B<-L> option "
2285 "as a synonym for B<-o list>. For better portability, use B<-l -o device -t "
2286 "LABEL=>I<label> and B<-o list> in your scripts rather than the B<-L> option."
2288 "困ったことに e2fsprogs 所収のオリジナルの B<blkid>(8) は、 B<-L> オプション"
2289 "を B<-o list> の同義語として使っている。 スクリプトの使い回しが利くようにした"
2290 "いのなら、 スクリプト中では B<-L> オプションよりも B<-l -o device -t "
2291 "LABEL=>I<label> や B<-o list> を使った方がよい。 "
2294 #: original/man8/blkid.8:120
2295 msgid "B<-n>, B<--match-types> I<list>"
2296 msgstr "B<-n>, B<--match-types> I<list>"
2299 #: original/man8/blkid.8:122
2301 "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) I<list> of "
2302 "superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to "
2303 "specify the types which should be ignored. For example:"
2305 "精査機能の使用を、 カンマ区切りのリスト I<list> で指定したスーパーブロックの"
2306 "タイプ (名前) に限定する。 リストの項目の前に \"no\" をつければ、 無視すべき"
2307 "タイプを指定することになる。 例を挙げよう。 "
2310 #: original/man8/blkid.8:124
2311 msgid "B<blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1>"
2312 msgstr "B<blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1>"
2315 #: original/man8/blkid.8:126
2316 msgid "probes for vfat, ext3 and ext4 filesystems, and"
2318 "上のコマンドは、 vfat, ext3, ext4 のファイルシステムに対して low-level 精査を"
2322 #: original/man8/blkid.8:128
2323 msgid "B<blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1>"
2324 msgstr "B<blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1>"
2327 #: original/man8/blkid.8:130
2329 "probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is "
2330 "only useful together with B<--probe>."
2332 "こちらは、 minix ファイルシステム以外の、 サポートされているすべてのファイル"
2333 "システムに対して low-level 精査を行う。 なお、 この B<--match-types> オプショ"
2334 "ンが役に立つのは、 B<--probe> と一緒に使ったときだけである。 "
2337 #: original/man8/blkid.8:133
2338 msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<format>"
2339 msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<format>"
2342 #: original/man8/blkid.8:135
2344 "Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and "
2345 "devices is not fixed. See also option B<-s>. The I<format> parameter may be:"
2347 "指定した出力フォーマットを使用する。 なお、 変数やデバイスの出力順は固定して"
2348 "いない。 B<-s> オプションも参照していただきたい。 パラメーター I<format> に"
2352 #: original/man8/blkid.8:137
2357 #: original/man8/blkid.8:139
2358 msgid "print all tags (the default)"
2359 msgstr "すべてのタグを表示する (デフォルト)"
2362 #: original/man8/blkid.8:142
2367 #: original/man8/blkid.8:144
2368 msgid "print the value of the tags"
2369 msgstr "タグの値のみを表示する"
2372 #: original/man8/blkid.8:147
2377 #: original/man8/blkid.8:149
2379 "print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is "
2380 "unsupported for low-level probing (B<--probe> or B<--info>)."
2382 "デバイスの情報をユーザーに読みやすいフォーマットで表示する。 この出力フォー"
2383 "マットは low-level 精査 (B<--probe> や B<--info>) では使用できない。 "
2386 #: original/man8/blkid.8:151
2388 "This output format is B<DEPRECATED> in favour of the B<lsblk>(8) command."
2390 "この出力フォーマットは B<非推奨>である。 B<lsblk> コマンドの使用をお勧めす"
2394 #: original/man8/blkid.8:154
2399 #: original/man8/blkid.8:156
2401 "print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the B<--"
2402 "label> and B<--uuid> options"
2404 "デバイス名しか表示しない。 この出力フォーマットは、 B<--label> や B<--uuid> "
2408 #: original/man8/blkid.8:159
2413 #: original/man8/blkid.8:161
2415 "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the "
2416 "keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified "
2417 "to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and "
2418 "valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with \\(aq_"
2419 "\\(aq. The keys with I<_ENC> postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe chars."
2421 "key=value ペアを udev 環境にインポートしやすいように表示する。 キー (key) に"
2422 "は、 ID_FS か ID_PART というプレフィックスがつく。 値 (value) は、 udev 環境"
2423 "で問題を起こさないように修正されることがある。 値に使用できるのは、 プレーン "
2424 "ASCII と 16 進数エスケープ表記、 それに有効な UTF-8 であり、 それ以外はすべ"
2425 "て (ホワイトスペースも含めて) \\(aq_\\(aq で置き換えられる。 なお、 I<_ENC> "
2426 "というサフィックスがついたキーでは、 問題を起こしそうな文字に対して 16 進数エ"
2430 #: original/man8/blkid.8:163
2432 "The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are "
2433 "detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions "
2434 "including empty partitions."
2436 "udev 出力フォーマットでは、 複数の矛盾するスーパーブロックが検出された場合に"
2437 "は、 ID_FS_AMBIVALENT というタグが返される。 また、 ID_PART_ENTRY_* タグが、 "
2438 "空のパーティションも含めて、 すべてのパーティションに対して常に返される。 "
2441 #: original/man8/blkid.8:165
2442 msgid "This output format is B<DEPRECATED>."
2443 msgstr "この出力フォーマットは、 B<非推奨>である。"
2446 #: original/man8/blkid.8:168
2451 #: original/man8/blkid.8:170
2453 "print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output "
2454 "format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (B<--info> option) are "
2457 "key=value ペアを環境にインポートしやすいように表示する。 この出力フォーマット"
2458 "は、 I/O リミットの情報が求められた場合には (すなわち、 B<--info> オプション"
2459 "が指定された場合は)、 自動的に有効になる。 "
2462 #: original/man8/blkid.8:172
2464 "The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all "
2465 "potentially unsafe characters are escaped."
2467 "非表示文字は、 ^ や M- を使う表記法でエンコードされ、 問題を起こしそうな文字"
2471 #: original/man8/blkid.8:176
2472 msgid "B<-O>, B<--offset> I<offset>"
2473 msgstr "B<-O>, B<--offset> I<offset>"
2476 #: original/man8/blkid.8:178
2478 "Probe at the given I<offset> (only useful with B<--probe>). This option can "
2479 "be used together with the B<--info> option."
2481 "指定された I<offset> 位置を調べる (B<--probe> と一緒に使ったときのみ効果があ"
2482 "る)。 このオプションは、 B<--info> とともに使うことができる。 "
2485 #: original/man8/blkid.8:181
2486 msgid "B<-p>, B<--probe>"
2487 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--probe>"
2490 #: original/man8/blkid.8:183
2491 msgid "Switch to low-level superblock probing mode (bypassing the cache)."
2493 "low-level なスーパーブロック精査モードに切り換える (キャッシュはバイパスす"
2497 #: original/man8/blkid.8:185
2499 "Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table "
2500 "type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced "
2501 "by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it "
2502 "may be different than when executed without B<--probe> (for example "
2503 "PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also B<--no-part-details>."
2505 "なお、 low-level 精査では、 パーティションテーブルのタイプ (PTTYPE タグ) や"
2506 "パーティションに関する情報 (PART_ENTRY_* タグ) もやはり報告される。 low-"
2507 "level 精査によって生成されるタグ名は、 libblkid によって内的に使用される名前"
2508 "に基づいているので、 B<--probe> をつけずに実行したときのタグ名と異なっている"
2509 "こともある (たとえば、 PART_ENTRY_UUID= と PARTUUID=)。 B<--no-part-details> "
2513 #: original/man8/blkid.8:188
2514 msgid "B<-s>, B<--match-tag> I<tag>"
2515 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--match-tag> I<tag>"
2518 #: original/man8/blkid.8:190
2520 "For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match I<tag>. It is "
2521 "possible to specify multiple B<--match-tag> options. If no tag is specified, "
2522 "then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just "
2523 "refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use B<--match-tag none> with "
2526 "(指定された) 各デバイスについて、 I<tag> に一致するタグのみを表示する。 B<--"
2527 "match-tag> オプションは、 複数回指定することもできる。 タグの指定を全くしな"
2528 "かった場合は、 (指定された) すべてのデバイスについて、 すべてのトークンが表示"
2529 "される。 いかなるトークンも表示せず、 ただキャッシュを更新するだけなら、 B<--"
2530 "match-tag none> を、 他のオプションをつけずに、 使用すればよい。 "
2533 #: original/man8/blkid.8:193
2534 msgid "B<-S>, B<--size> I<size>"
2535 msgstr "B<-S>, B<--size> I<size>"
2538 #: original/man8/blkid.8:195
2539 msgid "Override the size of device/file (only useful with B<--probe>)."
2541 "デバイス/ファイルのサイズを変更する (B<--probe> と一緒に使ったときのみ役に立"
2545 #: original/man8/blkid.8:198
2546 msgid "B<-t>, B<--match-token> I<NAME=value>"
2547 msgstr "B<-t>, B<--match-token> I<NAME=value>"
2550 #: original/man8/blkid.8:200
2552 "Search for block devices with tokens named I<NAME> that have the value "
2553 "I<value>, and display any devices which are found. Common values for I<NAME> "
2554 "include B<TYPE>, B<LABEL>, and B<UUID>. If there are no devices specified on "
2555 "the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the "
2556 "specified devices are searched."
2558 "名前が I<NAME> で、 値が I<value> のトークンを持つブロックデバイスを探して、 "
2559 "見つかったすべてのデバイスを表示する。 I<NAME> によく使われるものには、 "
2560 "B<TYPE>, B<LABEL>, B<UUID> がある。 コマンドラインでデバイスを一つも指定しな"
2561 "いと、 すべてのブロックデバイスが検索される。 デバイスを指定した場合は、 その"
2565 #: original/man8/blkid.8:203
2566 msgid "B<-u>, B<--usages> I<list>"
2567 msgstr "B<-u>, B<--usages> I<list>"
2570 #: original/man8/blkid.8:205
2572 "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) I<list> of "
2573 "\"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and "
2574 "other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types "
2575 "which should be ignored. For example:"
2577 "精査機能の使用を、 カンマ区切りのリスト I<list> で指定した用途 (\"usage\") の"
2578 "タイプに限定する。 サポートされている用途のタイプには、 filesystem, raid, "
2579 "crypto, other がある。 リストの項目の前に \"no\" をつければ、 無視すべき用途"
2580 "タイプを指定することになる。 以下に例を示す。 "
2583 #: original/man8/blkid.8:207
2584 msgid "B<blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1>"
2585 msgstr "B<blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1>"
2588 #: original/man8/blkid.8:209
2589 msgid "probes for all filesystem and other (e.g., swap) formats, and"
2591 "上のコマンドは、 用途のタイプが filesystem や other (たとえば、 swap) のすべ"
2592 "てに対して low-level 精査を行う。 "
2595 #: original/man8/blkid.8:211
2596 msgid "B<blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1>"
2597 msgstr "B<blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1>"
2600 #: original/man8/blkid.8:213
2602 "probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful "
2603 "together with B<--probe>."
2605 "こちらは、 RAID 以外の、 サポートされている用途タイプのすべてに対して low-"
2606 "level 精査を行う。 なお、 この B<--usages> オプションが役に立つのは、 B<--"
2607 "probe> と一緒に使ったときだけである。 "
2610 #: original/man8/blkid.8:216 original/man8/mount.8:527
2611 msgid "B<-U>, B<--uuid> I<uuid>"
2612 msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uuid> I<uuid>"
2615 #: original/man8/blkid.8:218
2617 "Look up the device that uses this filesystem I<uuid>. For more details see "
2618 "the B<--label> option."
2620 "ファイルシステム UUID に I<uuid> を使用しているデバイスを見つけ出す。 詳しい"
2621 "ことは、 B<--label> オプションを参照のこと。 "
2624 #: original/man8/blkid.8:223
2625 msgid "Display version number and exit."
2626 msgstr "バージョン番号を表示して終了する。"
2629 #: original/man8/blkid.8:224 original/man8/chcpu.8:95 original/man8/chmem.8:124
2630 #: original/man8/findfs.8:73 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:74
2631 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:136 original/man8/fstrim.8:106
2632 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:527 original/man8/isosize.8:51
2633 #: original/man8/losetup.8:187 original/man8/lsblk.8:198
2634 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:81 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:110
2635 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:112 original/man8/mount.8:2239
2636 #: original/man8/swapon.8:148 original/man8/switch_root.8:53
2637 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:118
2643 #: original/man8/blkid.8:227
2645 "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option B<--"
2646 "match-token>) was found and it\\(cqs possible to gather any information "
2647 "about the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option B<--match-"
2648 "tag> filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
2650 "指定されたデバイス、 または (B<--match-token> オプションで) 指定されたトーク"
2651 "ンによって作業の対象になったデバイスが見つかり、 しかもそのデバイスについて何"
2652 "らかの情報が収集できたときは、 終了ステータス 0 を返す。 なお、 オプション "
2653 "B<--match-tag> は、 出力するタグの限定はするが、 終了ステータスには影響を及ぼ"
2657 #: original/man8/blkid.8:229
2659 "If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be "
2660 "identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device "
2661 "identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned."
2663 "指定されたトークンが見つからなかった場合、 指定されたデバイスが一つも見つから"
2664 "なかった場合、 それにデバイスの識別名やデバイスの内容について情報が全く収集で"
2665 "きなかった場合は、 終了ステータス 2 を返す。 "
2668 #: original/man8/blkid.8:231
2669 msgid "For usage or other errors, an exit status of 4 is returned."
2670 msgstr "使用法の誤りなどに対しては、 終了ステータス 4 を返す。"
2673 #: original/man8/blkid.8:233
2675 "If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (B<-"
2676 "p>), an exit status of 8 is returned."
2678 "low-level 精査モード (B<-p>) で矛盾した検査結果が出たときは、 終了ステータス "
2682 #: original/man8/blkid.8:233
2684 msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE"
2688 #: original/man8/blkid.8:236
2690 "The standard location of the I</etc/blkid.conf> config file can be "
2691 "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_CONF. The following options "
2692 "control the libblkid library:"
2694 "標準の設定ファイルは I</etc/blkid.conf> であるが、 この位置は、 環境変数 "
2695 "BLKID_CONF によって変更することができる。 以下に挙げる設定項目は、 libblkid "
2699 #: original/man8/blkid.8:238
2700 msgid "I<SEND_UEVENT=E<lt>yes|notE<gt>>"
2701 msgstr "I<SEND_UEVENT=E<lt>yes|notE<gt>>"
2704 #: original/man8/blkid.8:240
2706 "Sends uevent when I</dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/> symlink "
2707 "does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. "
2708 "Default is \"yes\"."
2710 "I</dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/> にあるシンボリックリンク"
2711 "が、 デバイスの LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, PARTLABEL と一致していない場合に、 "
2712 "uevent を送出する。 デフォルトは \"yes\" である。 "
2715 #: original/man8/blkid.8:243
2716 msgid "I<CACHE_FILE=E<lt>pathE<gt>>"
2717 msgstr "I<CACHE_FILE=E<lt>pathE<gt>>"
2720 #: original/man8/blkid.8:245
2722 "Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be "
2723 "overridden by the environment variable B<BLKID_FILE>. Default is I</run/"
2724 "blkid/blkid.tab>, or I</etc/blkid.tab> on systems without a I</run> "
2727 "キャッシュファイルの位置を標準から変更する。 この設定は、 環境変数 "
2728 "B<BLKID_FILE> によって上書きすることができる。 デフォルトは、 普通 I</run/"
2729 "blkid/blkid.tab> であるが、 I</run> ディレクトのないシステムでは I</etc/"
2733 #: original/man8/blkid.8:248
2734 msgid "I<EVALUATE=E<lt>methodsE<gt>>"
2735 msgstr "I<EVALUATE=E<lt>methodsE<gt>>"
2738 #: original/man8/blkid.8:250
2740 "Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library "
2741 "supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be "
2742 "specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" "
2743 "method uses udev I</dev/disk/by-*> symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans "
2744 "all block devices from the I</proc/partitions> file."
2746 "LABEL や UUID からデバイスを特定するためのメソッド (LABEL and UUID "
2747 "evaluation method) を指定する。 現在のところ、 libblkid ライブラリは、 \"udev"
2748 "\" と \"scan\" という二つのメソッドをサポートしている。 一つ以上のメソッド"
2749 "を、 カンマで区切ったリスト形式で指定してもよい。 デフォルトは、 \"udev,scan"
2750 "\" である。 \"udev\" メソッドが、 I</dev/disk/by-*> にある udev のシンボリッ"
2751 "クリンクを使用するのに対して、 \"scan\" メソッドは、 ファイル I</proc/"
2752 "partitions> にあるブロックデバイスをすべてスキャンする。 "
2755 #: original/man8/blkid.8:251 original/man8/cfdisk.8:166
2756 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:244 original/man8/findfs.8:89
2757 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:280 original/man8/fsck.8:190
2758 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:540 original/man8/losetup.8:193
2759 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:219 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:106
2760 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:104 original/man8/mount.8:2293
2761 #: original/man8/partx.8:164 original/man8/sfdisk.8:552
2762 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:76 original/man8/swaplabel.8:58
2763 #: original/man8/swapon.8:191 original/man8/umount.8:184
2764 #: original/man8/vipw.8:40 original/man8/wipefs.8:125
2770 #: original/man8/blkid.8:254
2771 msgid "Setting I<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all> enables debug output."
2772 msgstr "I<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all> と設定すると、 デバッグ出力が有効になる。"
2775 #: original/man8/blkid.8:257
2777 "B<blkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by Theodore "
2778 "Ts\\(cqo and Karel Zak."
2780 "B<blkid> は libblkid のために Andreas Dilger によって書かれ、 Theodore Ts"
2781 "\\(cqo と Karel Zak によって改良された。 "
2784 #: original/man8/blkid.8:263
2785 msgid "B<libblkid>(3), B<findfs>(8), B<lsblk>(8), B<wipefs>(8)"
2786 msgstr "B<libblkid>(3), B<findfs>(8), B<lsblk>(8), B<wipefs>(8)"
2789 #: original/man8/blkid.8:270
2791 "The B<blkid> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
2794 "B<blkid> コマンドは、 util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
2798 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:10
2804 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:32
2805 msgid "blkzone - run zone command on a device"
2806 msgstr "blkzone - デバイスに対する zone コマンド実行"
2809 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:35
2810 msgid "B<blkzone> I<command> [options] I<device>"
2811 msgstr "B<blkzone> I<command> [options] I<device>"
2814 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:38
2816 "B<blkzone> is used to run zone command on device that support the Zoned "
2817 "Block Commands (ZBC) or Zoned-device ATA Commands (ZAC). The zones to "
2818 "operate on can be specified using the offset, count and length options."
2822 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:40 original/man8/blockdev.8:68
2823 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:79 original/man8/rfkill.8:78
2824 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:54
2830 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:41
2836 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:44
2838 "The command B<blkzone report> is used to report device zone information."
2842 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:46
2844 "By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block "
2845 "device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting "
2846 "zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
2850 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:48
2851 msgid "Report output:"
2852 msgstr "Report output:"
2855 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:52 original/man8/blkzone.8:55
2856 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:59 original/man8/blkzone.8:62
2857 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:66 original/man8/blkzone.8:69
2858 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:73 original/man8/blkzone.8:76
2859 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:80 original/man8/blkzone.8:83
2860 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:87 original/man8/blkzone.8:90
2861 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:94 original/man8/blkzone.8:97
2862 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:101 original/man8/blkzone.8:104
2863 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:115 original/man8/blkzone.8:118
2864 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:122 original/man8/blkzone.8:125
2865 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:129 original/man8/blkzone.8:132
2866 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:136 original/man8/blkzone.8:139
2867 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:143 original/man8/blkzone.8:146
2868 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:150 original/man8/blkzone.8:153
2869 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:157 original/man8/blkzone.8:160
2870 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:164 original/man8/blkzone.8:167
2871 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:171 original/man8/blkzone.8:174
2872 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:48 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:51
2873 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:55 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:58
2874 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:62 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:65
2875 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:69 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:72
2876 #: original/man8/mount.8:877 original/man8/mount.8:880
2877 #: original/man8/mount.8:884 original/man8/mount.8:887
2878 #: original/man8/mount.8:891 original/man8/mount.8:894
2879 #: original/man8/mount.8:898 original/man8/mount.8:901
2880 #: original/man8/mount.8:905 original/man8/mount.8:908
2881 #: original/man8/mount.8:912 original/man8/mount.8:915
2882 #: original/man8/mount.8:919 original/man8/mount.8:922
2883 #: original/man8/mount.8:926 original/man8/mount.8:929
2884 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:68 original/man8/rtcwake.8:71
2885 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:75 original/man8/rtcwake.8:78
2886 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:82 original/man8/rtcwake.8:85
2887 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:89 original/man8/rtcwake.8:92
2888 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:96 original/man8/rtcwake.8:99
2889 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:103 original/man8/rtcwake.8:106
2890 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:110 original/man8/rtcwake.8:113
2891 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:117 original/man8/rtcwake.8:120
2897 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:54
2903 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:57
2905 msgid "Zone start sector"
2909 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:61
2915 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:64
2917 msgid "Zone length in number of sectors"
2921 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:68
2927 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:71
2929 msgid "Zone capacity in number of sectors"
2933 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:75
2939 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:78
2941 msgid "Zone write pointer position"
2945 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:82 original/man8/blkzone.8:184
2951 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:85
2953 msgid "Reset write pointer recommended"
2957 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:89
2963 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:92
2965 msgid "Non-sequential write resources active"
2969 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:96
2975 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:99
2977 msgid "Zone condition"
2981 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:103
2987 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:106
2993 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:111
2994 msgid "Zone conditions:"
2995 msgstr "Zone conditions:"
2998 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:117
3004 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:120
3010 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:124
3016 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:127
3018 msgid "Not write pointer"
3022 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:131
3028 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:134
3034 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:138
3040 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:141
3046 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:145
3052 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:148
3054 msgid "Explicitly opened"
3058 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:152
3064 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:155
3066 msgid "Implicitly opened"
3070 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:159
3076 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:162
3082 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:166
3088 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:169
3094 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:173
3100 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:176
3102 msgid "Reserved conditions (should not be reported)"
3106 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:179
3112 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:182
3114 "The command B<blkzone capacity> is used to report device capacity "
3119 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:184
3121 "By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all "
3122 "zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, "
3123 "changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
3127 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:187
3129 "The command B<blkzone reset> is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike "
3130 "B<sg_reset_wp>(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset "
3135 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:187
3141 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:190
3143 "The command B<blkzone open> is used to explicitly open one or more zones. "
3144 "Unlike B<sg_zone>(8), open action, this command operates from the block "
3145 "layer and can open a range of zones."
3149 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:190
3155 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:193
3157 "The command B<blkzone close> is used to close one or more zones. Unlike "
3158 "B<sg_zone>(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and "
3159 "can close a range of zones."
3163 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:193
3169 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:196
3171 "The command B<blkzone finish> is used to finish (transition to full "
3172 "condition) one or more zones. Unlike B<sg_zone>(8), finish action, this "
3173 "command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones."
3177 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:198
3179 "By default, the reset, open, close and finish commands will operate from the "
3180 "zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be used to "
3181 "modify this behavior as explained below."
3185 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:201
3187 "The I<offset> and I<length> option arguments may be followed by the "
3188 "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
3189 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
3190 "meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
3191 "for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to "
3192 "specify I<offset> and I<length> in hex."
3194 "引数 I<offset> と I<length> には、 KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) のような乗数"
3195 "を表すサフィックスをつけることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB も同様"
3196 "である。 (\"iB\" をつけるのは任意であり、 たとえば、 \"K\" は \"KiB\" と同じ"
3197 "意味である)。 あるいは、 KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000) といったサフィックスをつ"
3198 "けてもよい。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様である。 "
3201 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:203
3202 msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<sector>"
3203 msgstr "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<sector>"
3206 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:205
3208 "The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in "
3209 "sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value "
3214 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:208
3215 msgid "B<-l>, B<--length> I<sectors>"
3216 msgstr "B<-l>, B<--length> I<sectors>"
3219 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:210
3221 "The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default "
3222 "value is the number of sectors remaining after I<offset>. This option cannot "
3223 "be used together with the option B<--count>."
3227 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:213
3228 msgid "B<-c>, B<--count> I<count>"
3229 msgstr "B<-c>, B<--count> I<count>"
3232 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:215
3234 "The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value "
3235 "is the number of zones starting from I<offset>. This option cannot be used "
3236 "together with the option B<--length>."
3240 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:220
3242 "Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system."
3246 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:225
3248 "Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors "
3253 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:243
3254 msgid "B<sg_rep_zones>(8)"
3255 msgstr "B<sg_rep_zones>(8)"
3258 #: original/man8/blkzone.8:250
3260 "The B<blkzone> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
3263 "B<blkzone> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
3267 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:10
3273 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:32
3274 msgid "blockdev - call block device ioctls from the command line"
3275 msgstr "blockdev - コマンドラインからブロックデバイスの ioctl を呼び出す"
3278 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:35
3280 "B<blockdev> [B<-q>] [B<-v>] I<command> [I<command>...] I<device> "
3283 "B<blockdev> [B<-q>] [B<-v>] I<command> [I<command>...] I<device> "
3287 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:37
3288 msgid "B<blockdev> B<--report> [I<device>...]"
3289 msgstr "B<blockdev> B<--report> [I<device>...]"
3292 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:39
3293 msgid "B<blockdev> B<-h>|B<-V>"
3294 msgstr "B<blockdev> B<-h>|B<-V>"
3297 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:42
3299 "The utility B<blockdev> allows one to call block device ioctls from the "
3302 "B<blockdev> ユーティリティを使えば、 コマンドラインからブロックデバイスの "
3303 "ioctl を呼び出すことができる。"
3306 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:45
3311 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:47
3313 msgstr "メッセージを出力しない。 "
3316 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:50 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:52
3321 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:52 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:105
3322 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:214 original/man8/setarch.8:61
3323 #: original/man8/swapon.8:142
3328 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:55
3330 msgstr "B<--report>"
3333 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:57
3335 "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple "
3336 "devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in I</proc/partitions> "
3337 "are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
3339 "指定したデバイスの情報を表示する。 複数のデバイスを指定することもできる。 何"
3340 "も指定しない場合は、 I</proc/partitions> に記載されているすべてのデバイスが表"
3341 "示される。 パーティションの開始セクター (StartSec) は 512-byte セクターによる"
3345 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:67
3346 msgid "Print version and exit."
3347 msgstr "バージョンを表示して、 終了する。"
3350 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:71
3351 msgid "It is possible to give multiple devices and multiple commands."
3352 msgstr "デバイスもコマンドも複数指定できる。"
3355 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:73
3356 msgid "B<--flushbufs>"
3357 msgstr "B<--flushbufs>"
3360 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:75
3361 msgid "Flush buffers."
3362 msgstr "バッファをフラッシュする。"
3365 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:78
3366 msgid "B<--getalignoff>"
3367 msgstr "B<--getalignoff>"
3370 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:80
3371 msgid "Get alignment offset."
3372 msgstr "アラインメントオフセット (alignment offset) を取得する。"
3375 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:83
3377 msgstr "B<--getbsz>"
3380 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:85
3382 "Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. It"
3383 "\\(cqs the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for "
3384 "example) by filesystem driver on mount."
3386 "ブロックサイズをバイト単位で表示する。 このサイズが示しているのは、 デバイス"
3387 "のトポロジーではない。 これは、 カーネルによって内部的に使用されるサイズであ"
3388 "り、 マウント時に (たとえば) ファイルシステムドライバーによって変更されること"
3392 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:88
3393 msgid "B<--getdiscardzeroes>"
3394 msgstr "B<--getdiscardzeroes>"
3397 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:90
3398 msgid "Get discard zeroes support status."
3399 msgstr "discard zeroes サポートの状態を取得する。"
3402 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:93
3404 msgstr "B<--getfra>"
3407 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:95
3408 msgid "Get filesystem readahead in 512-byte sectors."
3410 "ファイルシステムの先読み (readahead) の大きさを 512 バイトセクター単位で取得"
3414 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:98
3415 msgid "B<--getiomin>"
3416 msgstr "B<--getiomin>"
3419 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:100
3420 msgid "Get minimum I/O size."
3421 msgstr "最小 I/O サイズを取得する。"
3424 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:103
3425 msgid "B<--getioopt>"
3426 msgstr "B<--getioopt>"
3429 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:105
3430 msgid "Get optimal I/O size."
3431 msgstr "最適 I/O サイズを取得する。"
3434 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:108
3435 msgid "B<--getmaxsect>"
3436 msgstr "B<--getmaxsect>"
3439 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:110
3440 msgid "Get max sectors per request."
3441 msgstr "1 リクエストあたりの最大セクター数を取得する。"
3444 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:113
3445 msgid "B<--getpbsz>"
3446 msgstr "B<--getpbsz>"
3449 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:115
3450 msgid "Get physical block (sector) size."
3451 msgstr "物理ブロック (セクター) サイズを取得する。"
3454 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:118
3459 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:120
3460 msgid "Print readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
3461 msgstr "先読みの大きさを (512 バイトセクター単位で) 表示する。"
3464 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:123
3469 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:125
3470 msgid "Get read-only. Print 1 if the device is read-only, 0 otherwise."
3472 "読み込み専用か否かを検出する。 デバイスが読み込み専用ならば 1 を、 さもなけれ"
3476 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:128
3477 msgid "B<--getsize64>"
3478 msgstr "B<--getsize64>"
3481 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:130
3482 msgid "Print device size in bytes."
3483 msgstr "デバイスのサイズをバイト単位で表示する。"
3486 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:133
3487 msgid "B<--getsize>"
3488 msgstr "B<--getsize>"
3491 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:135
3493 "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the B<--"
3496 "デバイスのサイズをセクター単位で表示する (32 ビットまでしか対応していな"
3497 "い!)。 これは非推奨であり、 B<--getsz> オプションを使った方がよい。 "
3500 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:138
3505 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:140
3506 msgid "Print logical sector size in bytes - usually 512."
3507 msgstr "論理セクターサイズをバイト単位で表示する。 通常は 512 バイトである。"
3510 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:143
3515 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:145
3516 msgid "Get size in 512-byte sectors."
3517 msgstr "デバイスのサイズを 512 バイトセクター単位で取得する。"
3520 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:148
3521 msgid "B<--rereadpt>"
3522 msgstr "B<--rereadpt>"
3525 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:150
3526 msgid "Reread partition table"
3527 msgstr "パーティションテーブルの再読み込みを行う。"
3530 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:153
3531 msgid "B<--setbsz> I<bytes>"
3532 msgstr "B<--setbsz> I<bytes>"
3535 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:155
3537 "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file "
3538 "descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only "
3539 "persists for as long as B<blockdev> has the device open, and is lost once "
3540 "B<blockdev> exits."
3542 "ブロックサイズを設定する。 なお、 このブロックサイズは、 ブロックデバイスを"
3543 "オープンしている現在のファイルディスクリプターに限定されたものである。 そのた"
3544 "め、 ブロックサイズの変更は B<blockdev> がデバイスをオープンしている間だけ続"
3545 "き、 blockdev が終了すると失われる。 "
3548 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:158
3549 msgid "B<--setfra> I<sectors>"
3550 msgstr "B<--setfra> I<sectors>"
3553 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:160
3554 msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same as B<--setra> on 2.6 kernels)."
3556 "ファイルシステムの先読みの大きさを設定する (2.6 カーネルの B<--setra> と同"
3560 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:163
3561 msgid "B<--setra> I<sectors>"
3562 msgstr "B<--setra> I<sectors>"
3565 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:165
3566 msgid "Set readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
3567 msgstr "先読みの大きさを (512 バイトセクター単位で) 設定する。"
3570 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:168
3575 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:170
3577 "Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected "
3578 "by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode "
3579 "will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
3581 "読み込み専用に設定する。 デバイスへの現在のアクティブなアクセスは、 この変更"
3582 "の影響を受けないかもしれない。 たとえば、 既に読み書きモードでマウントされて"
3583 "いるファイルシステムは、 影響を受けない。 変更は再マウント後に適用される。"
3586 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:173
3591 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:175
3592 msgid "Set read-write."
3593 msgstr "読み書き可に設定する。"
3596 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:179
3598 "B<blockdev> was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak."
3600 "blockdev を書いたのは Andries E. Brouwer であり、 それを Karel Zak が書き直し"
3604 #: original/man8/blockdev.8:186
3606 "The B<blockdev> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
3609 "B<blockdev> コマンドは、 util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
3613 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:10
3619 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:32
3620 msgid "cfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
3621 msgstr "cfdisk - ディスクパーティションテーブルの表示や操作を行う"
3624 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:35
3625 msgid "B<cfdisk> [options] [I<device>]"
3626 msgstr "B<cfdisk> [options] [I<device>]"
3629 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:38
3631 "B<cfdisk> is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device. The "
3632 "default device is I</dev/sda>."
3634 "B<cfdisk> は、 ブロックデバイスのパーティション操作を行う、 curses ベースのプ"
3635 "ログラムである。 デフォルトのデバイスは I</dev/sda> である。 "
3638 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:40
3640 "Note that B<cfdisk> provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-"
3641 "friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use B<fdisk>(8) instead."
3643 "ここで B<cfdisk> は、 パーティション操作の基本的な機能をわかりやすいインター"
3644 "フェースで提供するものである。 より高度な機能が必要な場合は、 代わりに "
3645 "B<fdisk>(8) を使用すること。"
3648 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:42
3650 "All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be "
3651 "unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using "
3652 "the write command."
3654 "ディスクラベルの変更は、 メモリ内においてのみ行われるので、 変更内容を書き込"
3655 "むまでは、ディスクは変更されないままである。 write コマンドの利用時には注意す"
3659 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:44
3661 "Since version 2.25 B<cfdisk> supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
3662 "labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
3663 "Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
3664 "addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
3666 "B<cfdisk> は、 バージョン 2.25 以来、 MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN, SGI のディスクラベ"
3667 "ルをサポートしているが、 CHS (シリンダー/ヘッド/セクター) によるアドレシング"
3668 "の機能はもはや提供していない。 CHS が Linux にとって重要だったことは一度もな"
3669 "かったし、 このアドレシング方法は、 最近のデバイスでは全く無意味なのである。 "
3672 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:46
3674 "Since version 2.25 B<cfdisk> also does not provide a \\(aqprint\\(aq command "
3675 "any more. This functionality is provided by the utilities B<partx>(8) and "
3676 "B<lsblk>(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
3678 "B<cfdisk> は、 バージョン 2.25 以来、 \\(aqprint\\(aq コマンドももう提供して"
3679 "いない。 その機能は、 B<partx>(8) や B<lsblk>(8) といったユーティリティによっ"
3680 "て、 ごく使いやすく、 機能的にも豊富な形で提供されている。 "
3683 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:48
3685 "If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use B<wipefs>(8)."
3687 "デバイスから古いパーティションテーブルを消去したい場合は、 B<wipefs>(8) を使"
3691 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:56
3692 msgid "B<-L>, B<--color>[B<=>I<when>]"
3693 msgstr "B<-L>, B<--color>[B<=>I<when>]"
3696 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:58
3698 "Colorize the output. The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, B<never> "
3699 "or B<always>. If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults to B<auto>. "
3700 "The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see B<--help> "
3701 "output. See also the COLORS section."
3703 "出力をカラー表示にする。 指定が任意の引数 I<when> には B<auto>, B<never>, "
3704 "B<always> が使える。 引数 I<when> を省略すると、 デフォルトの B<auto> にな"
3705 "る。 カラー表示は無効にすることもできる。 プログラムに埋め込まれた現在のデ"
3706 "フォルトが有効か無効かを知りたければ、 B<--help> の出力を見ればよい。 「B<カ"
3707 "ラー表示>」セクションも参照していただきたい。 "
3710 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:61 original/man8/fdisk.8:88
3711 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:68 original/man8/mkswap.8:71
3712 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:222 original/man8/wipefs.8:80
3713 msgid "B<--lock>[=I<mode>]"
3714 msgstr "B<--lock>[=I<mode>]"
3717 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:63 original/man8/fdisk.8:90
3718 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:70 original/man8/mkswap.8:73
3719 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:224 original/man8/wipefs.8:82
3721 "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument "
3722 "I<mode> can be B<yes>, B<no> (or 1 and 0) or B<nonblock>. If the I<mode> "
3723 "argument is omitted, it defaults to B<\"yes\">. This option overwrites "
3724 "environment variable B<$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>. The default is not to use any "
3725 "lock at all, but it\\(cqs recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or "
3728 "操作するデバイスやファイルに対して、 排他 BSD ロックを用いる。 I<mode> は任意"
3729 "の引数であり、 B<yes>, B<no> (あるいは 1 か 0) または B<nonblock> の指定が可"
3730 "能である。 I<mode> 引数が省略された場合、 そのデフォルトは B<\"yes\"> であ"
3731 "る。 このオプションは、 環境変数 B<$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE> を上書きする。 デフォ"
3732 "ルトは、 ロックを一切利用しない。 ただし、 udevd と他のツールを用いる際の衝突"
3736 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:66 original/man8/losetup.8:131
3737 #: original/man8/mount.8:468 original/man8/umount.8:124
3738 msgid "B<-r>, B<--read-only>"
3739 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--read-only>"
3742 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:68
3743 msgid "Forced open in read-only mode."
3744 msgstr "読み込み専用モードで開く。"
3747 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:76
3748 msgid "B<-z>, B<--zero>"
3749 msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zero>"
3752 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:78
3754 "Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero "
3755 "the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program "
3756 "without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to "
3757 "create a new partition table from scratch or from an B<sfdisk>(8)-compatible "
3760 "メモリ中の 0 で初期化されたパーティションテーブルに対して作業を開始する。 こ"
3761 "のオプションは、 ディスク上のパーティションテーブルを 0 で初期化するわけでは"
3762 "ない。 そうではなくて、 既存のパーティションテーブルを読み込まずに、 プログラ"
3763 "ムを起動するだけである。 このオプションを使用すれば、 白紙の状態から新しい"
3764 "パーティションテーブルを作成できるし、 B<sfdisk>(8) 互換のスクリプトを使って"
3765 "新しいパーティションテーブルを作ることもできる。 "
3768 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:82
3770 "The commands for B<cfdisk> can be entered by pressing the corresponding key "
3771 "(pressing I<Enter> after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of "
3772 "the available commands:"
3774 "B<cfdisk> のコマンドは、 対応するキーを押すことで入力することができる (コマン"
3775 "ドのキーに続けて、 I<Enter> を押す必要はない)。 使用できるコマンドのリストを"
3779 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:84
3784 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:86
3786 "Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select "
3787 "which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be "
3788 "available for all partition label types."
3790 "選択しているパーティションのブート可能フラグの有効/無効を切り換える。 このコ"
3791 "マンドを使えば、 ディスクドライブ上のどの基本パーティション (primary "
3792 "partition) をブート可能にするかを選択できる。 このコマンドは、 パーティション"
3793 "のラベルのタイプによっては、 使えないかもしれない。 "
3796 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:89
3801 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:91
3803 "Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into "
3804 "free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the "
3805 "current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as "
3806 "unusable cannot be deleted."
3808 "選択しているパーティションを削除する。 このコマンドは、 選択しているパーティ"
3809 "ションを空き領域に変更し、 そのパーティションのすぐ前後に空き領域があれば、 "
3810 "それとひとつに結合する。 パーティションにすでに空き領域、 あるいは使用不可の"
3811 "指標がついている場合は、 削除できない。 "
3814 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:94
3819 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:96
3820 msgid "Show the help screen."
3821 msgstr "ヘルプ画面を表示する。"
3824 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:99
3829 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:101
3831 "Create a new partition from free space. B<cfdisk> then prompts you for the "
3832 "size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the "
3833 "entire available free space at the current position."
3835 "空き領域から新しいパーティションを作成する。 B<cfdisk> はその際、 作成したい"
3836 "パーティションのサイズを問い合わせてくる。 デフォルトのサイズは、 現在位置か"
3837 "ら利用できる空き領域のすべてである。 "
3840 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:103
3842 "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB "
3843 "(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is "
3844 "optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
3846 "サイズの後ろには、 KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) のような乗数を表すサフィック"
3847 "スをつけることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB も同様に使える (\"iB\" "
3848 "を続けるのは任意であり、 たとえば、 \"K\" は \"KiB\" と同じ意味である)。 "
3851 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:106
3856 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:108
3858 "Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the "
3861 "プログラムを中止する。 このコマンドは、 ディスクにデータを全く書き込むことな"
3865 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:111
3870 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:113
3872 "Reduce or enlarge the current partition. B<cfdisk> then prompts you for the "
3873 "new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition "
3874 "marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
3876 "現在のパーティションを縮小または拡張する。 B<cfdisk>は、 新たなパーティション"
3877 "サイズの入力を求めてくる。 デフォルトサイズは、 現在のサイズである。 フリース"
3878 "ペース (free space) または利用不可 (unusable) として印がつけられているパー"
3879 "ティションは、 サイズ変更することはできない。"
3882 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:115
3884 "B<Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that "
3887 "B<なお、 パーティションサイズを縮小すると、 そのパーティション内のデータを破"
3888 "壊することがあるため注意すること。>"
3891 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:118
3896 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:120
3898 "Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and "
3899 "adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no "
3900 "longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match."
3902 "パーティションをその開始セクターが昇順になるようにソートする。 パーティション"
3903 "の削除と追加を行っていると、 パーティションの番号が、 ディスク上の順番と一致"
3904 "しなくなるということが起きがちである。 このコマンドは、 その一致を修復する。 "
3907 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:123
3912 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:125
3914 "Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as "
3915 "I<Linux> partitions."
3917 "パーティションのタイプを変更する。 デフォルトでは、 新規パーティションは "
3918 "I<Linux> パーティション (Linux filesystem) として作成される。 "
3921 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:128
3926 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:130
3928 "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an sfdisk-compatible script "
3931 "現在メモリ中にあるパーティションテーブルを sfdisk 互換のスクリプトファイルに"
3935 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:132
3937 "The script files are compatible between B<cfdisk>, B<fdisk>(8) B<sfdisk>(8) "
3938 "and other libfdisk applications. For more details see B<sfdisk>(8)."
3940 "このスクリプトファイルは、 B<cfdisk>, B<fdisk>, B<sfdisk> などの libfdisk ア"
3941 "プリケーション間で互換である。 詳細については、 B<sfdisk>(8) を参照していただ"
3945 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:134
3947 "It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into B<cfdisk> if there is no "
3948 "partition table on the device or when you start B<cfdisk> with the B<--zero> "
3949 "command-line option."
3951 "デバイス上にパーティションテーブルが存在しない場合や、 B<cfdisk> にコマンドラ"
3952 "インオプション B<--zero> をつけて起動した場合には、 sfdisk のスクリプトを "
3953 "B<cfdisk> にロードすることも可能である。 "
3956 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:137
3961 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:139
3963 "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since "
3964 "this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the "
3965 "write by entering `yes\\(aq or `no\\(aq. If you enter `yes\\(aq, B<cfdisk> "
3966 "will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read "
3967 "the partition table from the disk."
3969 "パーティションテーブルをディスクに書き込む (大文字の W を入力しなければならな"
3970 "い)。 このコマンドは、 ディスク上のデータを破壊することになるかもしれないの"
3971 "で、 書き込みを承認するか、 否認するかを、 'yes\\(aq または 'no\\(aq と打ち込"
3972 "んで明らかにしなければならない。 'yes\\(aq と打ち込んだ場合は、 B<cfdisk> は"
3973 "パーティションテーブルをディスクに書き込んでから、 カーネルに対してディスクか"
3974 "らパーティションテーブルを再読み込みするように指示を出す。 "
3977 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:141
3979 "The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case "
3980 "you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using "
3981 "B<partprobe>(8) or B<partx>(8), or by rebooting the system."
3983 "パーティションテーブルの再読み込みは常に成功するとはかぎらない。 うまく行かな"
3984 "かった場合には、 B<partprobe>(8) や B<partx>(8) を使うなり、 システムをリブー"
3985 "トするなりして、 新しいパーティション情報をカーネルに教えてやる必要がある。 "
3988 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:144
3993 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:146
3994 msgid "Toggle extra information about a partition."
3995 msgstr "パーティションについて追加情報の表示/不表示を切り換える。"
3998 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:149
3999 msgid "I<Up Arrow>, I<Down Arrow>"
4000 msgstr "I<上矢印キー>, I<下矢印キー>"
4003 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:151
4005 "Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more "
4006 "partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next "
4007 "(previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) "
4008 "partition displayed on the screen."
4010 "カーソルを前の、 または次のパーティションに移動する。 ひとつの画面に表示し切"
4011 "れないほどのパーティションがあるときは、 画面に表示されている最後の (最初の) "
4012 "パーティションの位置で、 カーソルを下に (上に) 動かせば、 パーティションの次"
4013 "の (前の) 一団を表示することができる。 "
4016 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:154
4017 msgid "I<Left Arrow>, I<Right Arrow>"
4018 msgstr "I<左矢印キー>, I<右矢印キー>"
4021 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:156
4023 "Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting I<Enter> will execute "
4024 "the currently selected item."
4026 "前の、 または次のメニュー項目を選択する。 I<Enter> を押すと、 現在選択してい"
4030 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:159
4032 "All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters "
4033 "(except for B<W>rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the "
4034 "I<Esc> key to return to the main menu."
4036 "すべてのコマンドの入力は、 (ディスクに書き込む B<W> を除いて) 大文字でも、 小"
4037 "文字でももよい。 サブメニューにいるときや、 プロンプトが出ているときは、 "
4038 "I<Esc> キーを押せば、 メインメニューに戻ることができる。 "
4041 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:159 original/man8/fdisk.8:219
4042 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:532
4048 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:162
4050 "Implicit coloring can be disabled by creating the empty file I</etc/terminal-"
4051 "colors.d/cfdisk.disable>."
4053 "自動的なカラー表示は、 I</etc/terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable> という空ファ"
4057 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:164
4059 "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5) for more details about colorization "
4062 "カラー表示の設定についての詳細は B<terminal-colors.d>(5) を参照のこと。"
4065 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:166
4067 "B<cfdisk> does not support color customization with a color-scheme file."
4069 "B<cfdisk> は、 カラースキームファイルによるカラー表示のカスタマイズに対応して"
4073 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:169
4074 msgid "B<CFDISK_DEBUG>=all"
4075 msgstr "B<CFDISK_DEBUG>=all"
4078 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:171
4079 msgid "enables cfdisk debug output."
4080 msgstr "cfdisk のデバッグ出力を有効にする。"
4083 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:174 original/man8/fdisk.8:252
4084 msgid "B<LIBFDISK_DEBUG>=all"
4085 msgstr "B<LIBFDISK_DEBUG>=all"
4088 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:176 original/man8/fdisk.8:254
4089 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:562
4090 msgid "enables libfdisk debug output."
4091 msgstr "libfdisk デバッグ出力を有効にする。 "
4094 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:179 original/man8/fdisk.8:257
4095 msgid "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG>=all"
4096 msgstr "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG>=all"
4099 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:181 original/man8/fdisk.8:259
4100 #: original/man8/findfs.8:94 original/man8/fsck.8:217
4101 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:109 original/man8/partx.8:169
4102 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:567 original/man8/swaplabel.8:63
4103 msgid "enables libblkid debug output."
4104 msgstr "libblkid デバッグ出力を有効にする。 "
4107 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:184 original/man8/fdisk.8:262
4108 msgid "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG>=all"
4109 msgstr "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG>=all"
4112 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:186 original/man8/fdisk.8:264
4113 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:572
4114 msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output."
4115 msgstr "libsmartcols デバッグ出力を有効にする。"
4118 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:189 original/man8/fdisk.8:267
4119 msgid "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING>=on"
4120 msgstr "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING>=on"
4123 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:191
4124 msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG>."
4126 "目に見える埋め文字 (padding characters) を使用する。 LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG を有"
4130 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:194 original/man8/fdisk.8:272
4131 msgid "B<LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>=E<lt>modeE<gt>"
4132 msgstr "B<LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>=E<lt>modeE<gt>"
4135 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:196 original/man8/fdisk.8:274
4136 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:111 original/man8/mkswap.8:114
4137 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:577 original/man8/wipefs.8:135
4139 "use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See B<--lock> for more "
4142 "排他 BSD ロックを用いる。 モードには \"1\" または \"0\" がある。 詳しくは "
4143 "B<--lock> を参照のこと。 "
4146 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:202
4148 "The current B<cfdisk> implementation is based on the original B<cfdisk> from"
4150 "現在の B<sfdisk> の実装は、 最初の B<sfdisk> を元にしている。 作者は以下であ"
4154 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:210
4155 msgid "B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8), B<sfdisk>(8)"
4156 msgstr "B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8), B<sfdisk>(8)"
4159 #: original/man8/cfdisk.8:217
4161 "The B<cfdisk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
4164 "B<cfdisk> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
4168 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:10
4174 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:32
4175 msgid "chcpu - configure CPUs"
4176 msgstr "chcpu - CPU を設定する"
4179 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:35
4180 msgid "B<chcpu> B<-c>|B<-d>|B<-e>|B<-g> I<cpu-list>"
4181 msgstr "B<chcpu> B<-c>|B<-d>|B<-e>|B<-g> I<cpu-list>"
4184 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:37
4185 msgid "B<chcpu> B<-p> I<mode>"
4186 msgstr "B<chcpu> B<-p> I<mode>"
4189 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:39
4190 msgid "B<chcpu> B<-r>|B<-h>|B<-V>"
4191 msgstr "B<chcpu> B<-r>|B<-h>|B<-V>"
4194 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:42
4196 "B<chcpu> can modify the state of CPUs. It can enable or disable CPUs, scan "
4197 "for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching I<mode> of the underlying "
4198 "hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return CPUs "
4199 "to the hypervisor (deconfigure)."
4201 "B<chcpu> は CPU の状態を修正する。 CPU の有効無効を指定し、 新たな CPU のス"
4202 "キャン、 ハイパーバイザーのディスパッチ I<mode> の変更、 ハイパーバイザーから"
4203 "の CPU の要求 (設定)、 ハイパーバイザーへの CPU の返却 (設定解除) を行う。"
4206 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:44
4208 "Some options have a I<cpu-list> argument. Use this argument to specify a "
4209 "comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses "
4210 "or ranges of addresses. For example, B<0,5,7,9-11> makes the command "
4211 "applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
4213 "オプションの中には、 引数 I<cpu-list> を取るものがある。 この引数は、 CPU を"
4214 "カンマ区切りで指定する。 このリストでは、 CPU アドレスを個々に指定するか、 ア"
4215 "ドレスの範囲を指定する。 たとえば B<0,5,7,9-11> と指定すると、 このコマンドに"
4216 "おいて CPU アドレス 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 を指定することになる。"
4219 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:47
4220 msgid "B<-c>, B<--configure> I<cpu-list>"
4221 msgstr "B<-c>, B<--configure> I<cpu-list>"
4224 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:49
4226 "Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor "
4227 "takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on "
4228 "which your kernel runs."
4230 "指定された CPU の設定を行う。 CPU の設定とは、 ハイパーバイザーが CPU プール"
4231 "の中から 1 つの CPU を取り出して、 稼働しているカーネル上の仮想ハードウェアに"
4235 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:52
4236 msgid "B<-d>, B<--disable> I<cpu-list>"
4237 msgstr "B<-d>, B<--disable> I<cpu-list>"
4240 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:54
4242 "Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
4245 "指定された CPU を無効化する。 CPU の無効化とは、 カーネルがその CPU をオフラ"
4249 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:57
4250 msgid "B<-e>, B<--enable> I<cpu-list>"
4251 msgstr "B<-e>, B<--enable> I<cpu-list>"
4254 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:59
4256 "Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
4257 "online. A CPU must be configured, see B<-c>, before it can be enabled."
4259 "指定された CPU を有効化する。 CPU の有効化とは、 カーネルがその CPU をオンラ"
4260 "インにすることである。 CPU を有効化するためには、 CPU を設定しなければならな"
4264 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:62
4265 msgid "B<-g>, B<--deconfigure> I<cpu-list>"
4266 msgstr "B<-g>, B<--deconfigure> I<cpu-list>"
4269 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:64
4271 "Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the "
4272 "hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux "
4273 "instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see B<-"
4274 "d>, before it can be deconfigured."
4276 "指定された CPU の設定解除を行う。 CPU の設定解除とは、 ハイパーバイザーが、 "
4277 "稼働している Linux インスタンス上の仮想ハードウェアから CPU を削除することを"
4278 "意味する。 削除された CPU は CPU プールに戻される。 CPU の設定解除を行うため"
4279 "には、 CPU はオフラインでなければならない。 B<-d> 参照。"
4282 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:67
4283 msgid "B<-p>, B<--dispatch> I<mode>"
4284 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--dispatch> I<mode>"
4287 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:69
4289 "Set the CPU dispatching I<mode> (polarization). This option has an effect "
4290 "only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. "
4291 "Available I<modes> are:"
4293 "CPU ディスパッチの I<mode> (負荷分散化) を設定する。 このオプションが利用でき"
4294 "るのは、 利用するハードウェアアーキテクチャーとハイパーバイザーが、 CPU 負荷"
4295 "分散化 (polarization) をサポートしている場合のみである。 利用可能な I<mode> "
4299 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:71
4300 msgid "B<horizontal>"
4301 msgstr "B<horizontal>"
4304 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:73
4305 msgid "The workload is spread across all available CPUs."
4306 msgstr "利用可能な CPU すべてに対して負荷を分散する。"
4309 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:76
4311 msgstr "B<vertical>"
4314 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:78
4315 msgid "The workload is concentrated on few CPUs."
4316 msgstr "少数の CPU に負荷を集中させる。"
4319 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:82
4320 msgid "B<-r>, B<--rescan>"
4321 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--rescan>"
4324 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:84
4326 "Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the "
4327 "new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly "
4330 "CPU の再スキャンを実行する。 再スキャンをすることで、 Linux カーネルは新たな "
4331 "CPU を認識する。 新たに追加した CPU の自動検出ができないシステムでは、 このオ"
4335 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:98
4336 msgid "B<chcpu> has the following exit status values:"
4337 msgstr "B<chcpu> が用いる終了ステータス値は以下である。"
4340 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:100 original/man8/chmem.8:129
4341 #: original/man8/findfs.8:76 original/man8/fsck.8:44
4342 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:77 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:141
4343 #: original/man8/isosize.8:54 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:113
4344 #: original/man8/mount.8:2244 original/man8/swapon.8:153
4349 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:102 original/man8/chmem.8:131
4350 #: original/man8/findfs.8:78 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:79
4351 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:111 original/man8/isosize.8:56
4352 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:203 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:115
4353 #: original/man8/mount.8:2246 original/man8/swapon.8:155
4358 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:105 original/man8/chmem.8:134
4359 #: original/man8/findfs.8:81 original/man8/fsck.8:49 original/man8/isosize.8:59
4360 #: original/man8/mount.8:2249
4365 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:107 original/man8/chmem.8:136
4366 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:116 original/man8/lsblk.8:208
4371 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:110 original/man8/chmem.8:139
4372 #: original/man8/isosize.8:69 original/man8/mount.8:2279
4373 #: original/man8/swapon.8:183
4378 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:112 original/man8/chmem.8:141
4379 msgid "partial success"
4383 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:116 original/man8/rtcwake.8:240
4389 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:119
4390 msgid "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011"
4391 msgstr "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011"
4394 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:122
4396 msgstr "B<lscpu>(1)"
4399 #: original/man8/chcpu.8:129
4401 "The B<chcpu> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
4404 "B<chcpu> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
4408 #: original/man8/chmem.8:10
4414 #: original/man8/chmem.8:32
4415 msgid "chmem - configure memory"
4419 #: original/man8/chmem.8:35
4421 "B<chmem> [B<-h] [>-V*] [B<-v>] [B<-e>|B<-d>] [I<SIZE>|I<RANGE> B<-b> "
4422 "I<BLOCKRANGE>] [B<-z> I<ZONE>]"
4424 "B<chmem> [B<-h] [>-V*] [B<-v>] [B<-e>|B<-d>] [I<SIZE>|I<RANGE> B<-b> "
4425 "I<BLOCKRANGE>] [B<-z> I<ZONE>]"
4428 #: original/man8/chmem.8:38
4430 "The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or "
4435 #: original/man8/chmem.8:48
4437 "Specify I<SIZE> as E<lt>sizeE<gt>[m|M|g|G]. With m or M, E<lt>sizeE<gt> "
4438 "specifies the memory size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, "
4439 "E<lt>sizeE<gt> specifies the memory size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). "
4440 "The default unit is MiB."
4444 #: original/man8/chmem.8:59
4446 "Specify I<RANGE> in the form 0xE<lt>startE<gt>-0xE<lt>endE<gt> as shown in "
4447 "the output of the B<lsmem>(1) command. E<lt>startE<gt> is the hexadecimal "
4448 "address of the first byte and E<lt>endE<gt> is the hexadecimal address of "
4449 "the last byte in the memory range."
4453 #: original/man8/chmem.8:70
4455 "Specify I<BLOCKRANGE> in the form E<lt>firstE<gt>-E<lt>lastE<gt> or "
4456 "E<lt>blockE<gt> as shown in the output of the B<lsmem>(1) command. "
4457 "E<lt>firstE<gt> is the number of the first memory block and E<lt>lastE<gt> "
4458 "is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. Alternatively a "
4459 "single block can be specified. I<BLOCKRANGE> requires the B<--blocks> option."
4463 #: original/man8/chmem.8:81
4465 "Specify I<ZONE> as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the "
4466 "B<lsmem -o +ZONES> command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones "
4467 "for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range "
4468 "currently belongs to the first zone. By default, B<chmem> will set memory "
4469 "online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default "
4470 "can be changed by specifying the B<--zone> option with another valid zone. "
4471 "For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for "
4472 "memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more "
4473 "likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary "
4474 "kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page "
4475 "cache pages). Use the B<--help> option to see all available zones."
4479 #: original/man8/chmem.8:84
4481 "I<SIZE> and I<RANGE> must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as "
4482 "shown in the output of the B<lsmem>(1) command."
4486 #: original/man8/chmem.8:86
4488 "Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems "
4489 "it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example "
4490 "because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux "
4491 "cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set "
4492 "online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or "
4493 "offline instead of the requested amount."
4497 #: original/man8/chmem.8:88
4499 "When setting memory online B<chmem> starts with the lowest memory block "
4500 "numbers. When setting memory offline B<chmem> starts with the highest memory "
4505 #: original/man8/chmem.8:91
4506 msgid "B<-b>, B<--blocks>"
4507 msgstr "B<-b>, B<--blocks>"
4510 #: original/man8/chmem.8:93
4512 "Use a I<BLOCKRANGE> parameter instead of I<RANGE> or I<SIZE> for the B<--"
4513 "enable> and B<--disable> options."
4517 #: original/man8/chmem.8:96
4518 msgid "B<-d>, B<--disable>"
4519 msgstr "B<-d>, B<--disable>"
4522 #: original/man8/chmem.8:98
4524 "Set the specified I<RANGE>, I<SIZE>, or I<BLOCKRANGE> of memory offline."
4528 #: original/man8/chmem.8:101
4529 msgid "B<-e>, B<--enable>"
4530 msgstr "B<-e>, B<--enable>"
4533 #: original/man8/chmem.8:103
4534 msgid "Set the specified I<RANGE>, I<SIZE>, or I<BLOCKRANGE> of memory online."
4538 #: original/man8/chmem.8:106
4539 msgid "B<-z>, B<--zone>"
4540 msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zone>"
4543 #: original/man8/chmem.8:108
4545 "Select the memory I<ZONE> where to set the specified I<RANGE>, I<SIZE>, or "
4546 "I<BLOCKRANGE> of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set "
4547 "online to the zone Movable, if possible."
4551 #: original/man8/chmem.8:113
4552 msgid "Print a short help text, then exit."
4553 msgstr "ヘルプテキストを表示して終了する。"
4556 #: original/man8/chmem.8:118
4558 "Verbose mode. Causes B<chmem> to print debugging messages about it\\(cqs "
4563 #: original/man8/chmem.8:123
4564 msgid "Print the version number, then exit."
4565 msgstr "バージョン番号を表示して終了する。"
4568 #: original/man8/chmem.8:127
4569 msgid "B<chmem> has the following exit status values:"
4573 #: original/man8/chmem.8:145
4574 msgid "B<chmem --enable 1024>"
4575 msgstr "B<chmem --enable 1024>"
4578 #: original/man8/chmem.8:147
4579 msgid "This command requests 1024 MiB of memory to be set online."
4583 #: original/man8/chmem.8:150
4584 msgid "B<chmem -e 2g>"
4585 msgstr "B<chmem -e 2g>"
4588 #: original/man8/chmem.8:152
4589 msgid "This command requests 2 GiB of memory to be set online."
4593 #: original/man8/chmem.8:155
4594 msgid "B<chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff>"
4595 msgstr "B<chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff>"
4598 #: original/man8/chmem.8:157
4600 "This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and "
4601 "ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline."
4605 #: original/man8/chmem.8:160
4606 msgid "B<chmem -b -d 10>"
4607 msgstr "B<chmem -b -d 10>"
4610 #: original/man8/chmem.8:162
4611 msgid "This command requests the memory block number 10 to be set offline."
4615 #: original/man8/chmem.8:166
4617 msgstr "B<lsmem>(1)"
4620 #: original/man8/chmem.8:173
4622 "The B<chmem> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
4625 "B<chmem> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
4629 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:10
4635 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:32
4636 msgid "ctrlaltdel - set the function of the Ctrl-Alt-Del combination"
4637 msgstr "ctrlaltdel - Ctrl-Alt-Del キーの機能を設定する"
4640 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:35
4641 msgid "B<ctrlaltdel> B<hard>|B<soft>"
4642 msgstr "B<ctrlaltdel> B<hard>|B<soft>"
4645 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:38
4647 "Based on examination of the I<linux/kernel/reboot.c> code, it is clear that "
4648 "there are two supported functions that the E<lt>Ctrl-Alt-DelE<gt> sequence "
4651 "I<linux/kernel/reboot.c> コードにおける調査によると、 E<lt>Ctrl-Alt-DelE<gt> "
4652 "キーの組み合わせには 2 種類の機能がサポートされていることがわかる。"
4655 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:40
4660 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:42
4662 "Immediately reboot the computer without calling B<sync>(2) and without any "
4663 "other preparation. This is the default."
4665 "B<sync>(2) の呼び出しを行わずに、 すぐにコンピューターを再起動する。 他に準備"
4666 "処理は何も行わない。 これがデフォルトである。"
4669 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:45
4674 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:47
4676 "Make the kernel send the B<SIGINT> (interrupt) signal to the B<init> process "
4677 "(this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the "
4678 "B<init>(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several "
4679 "B<init>(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation "
4680 "for the version that you are currently using."
4684 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:50
4686 "When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current "
4688 msgstr "このコマンドを引数を与えずに実行すると、 現在の設定を表示する。"
4691 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:52
4693 "The function of B<ctrlaltdel> is usually set in the I</etc/rc.local> file."
4695 "B<ctrlaltdel> の機能は、 普通は I</etc/rc.local> ファイル内において設定され"
4699 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:66
4700 msgid "I</etc/rc.local>"
4701 msgstr "I</etc/rc.local>"
4704 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:73
4705 msgid "B<init>(8), B<systemd>(1)"
4706 msgstr "B<init>(8), B<systemd>(1)"
4709 #: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:80
4711 "The B<ctrlaltdel> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
4714 "B<ctrlaltdel> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
4718 #: original/man8/delpart.8:10
4724 #: original/man8/delpart.8:32
4725 msgid "delpart - tell the kernel to forget about a partition"
4726 msgstr "delpart - カーネルに対してパーティション情報の削除を通知する"
4729 #: original/man8/delpart.8:35
4730 msgid "B<delpart> I<device partition>"
4731 msgstr "B<delpart> I<device partition>"
4734 #: original/man8/delpart.8:38
4736 "B<delpart> asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified I<partition> "
4737 "(a number) on the specified I<device>. The command is a simple wrapper "
4738 "around the \"del partition\" ioctl."
4740 "B<delpart> は Linux カーネルに対して、 指定された I<device> 上の、 指定された"
4741 "パーティション (番号) の情報を削除するように通知する。 このコマンドは、 "
4742 "\"del partition\" ioctl を用いる単純なラッパーである。 "
4745 #: original/man8/delpart.8:47
4746 msgid "B<addpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8)"
4747 msgstr "B<addpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8)"
4750 #: original/man8/delpart.8:54
4752 "The B<delpart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
4755 "B<delpart> コマンドは、 util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
4759 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:10
4765 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:32
4766 msgid "fdformat - low-level format a floppy disk"
4767 msgstr "fdformat - フロッピーディスクの低レベルフォーマットを行う"
4770 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:35
4771 msgid "B<fdformat> [options] I<device>"
4772 msgstr "B<fdformat> [options] I<device>"
4775 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:38
4777 "B<fdformat> does a low-level format on a floppy disk. I<device> is usually "
4778 "one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is "
4779 "shown for informational purposes only):"
4781 "B<fdformat> は、 フロッピーディスクの低レベルフォーマットを行う。 I<device> "
4782 "は通常、 以下のいずれかである (フロッピーデバイスでは、 major 番号は 2 であ"
4783 "る。 また以下において示す minor 番号は、 参考のために示すものである)。 "
4786 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:51
4789 "/dev/fd0d360 (minor = 4)\n"
4790 "/dev/fd0h1200 (minor = 8)\n"
4791 "/dev/fd0D360 (minor = 12)\n"
4792 "/dev/fd0H360 (minor = 12)\n"
4793 "/dev/fd0D720 (minor = 16)\n"
4794 "/dev/fd0H720 (minor = 16)\n"
4795 "/dev/fd0h360 (minor = 20)\n"
4796 "/dev/fd0h720 (minor = 24)\n"
4797 "/dev/fd0H1440 (minor = 28)\n"
4799 "/dev/fd0d360 (minor = 4)\n"
4800 "/dev/fd0h1200 (minor = 8)\n"
4801 "/dev/fd0D360 (minor = 12)\n"
4802 "/dev/fd0H360 (minor = 12)\n"
4803 "/dev/fd0D720 (minor = 16)\n"
4804 "/dev/fd0H720 (minor = 16)\n"
4805 "/dev/fd0h360 (minor = 20)\n"
4806 "/dev/fd0h720 (minor = 24)\n"
4807 "/dev/fd0H1440 (minor = 28)\n"
4810 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:67
4813 "/dev/fd1d360 (minor = 5)\n"
4814 "/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n"
4815 "/dev/fd1D360 (minor = 13)\n"
4816 "/dev/fd1H360 (minor = 13)\n"
4817 "/dev/fd1D720 (minor = 17)\n"
4818 "/dev/fd1H720 (minor = 17)\n"
4819 "/dev/fd1h360 (minor = 21)\n"
4820 "/dev/fd1h720 (minor = 25)\n"
4821 "/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n"
4823 "/dev/fd1d360 (minor = 5)\n"
4824 "/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n"
4825 "/dev/fd1D360 (minor = 13)\n"
4826 "/dev/fd1H360 (minor = 13)\n"
4827 "/dev/fd1D720 (minor = 17)\n"
4828 "/dev/fd1H720 (minor = 17)\n"
4829 "/dev/fd1h360 (minor = 21)\n"
4830 "/dev/fd1h720 (minor = 25)\n"
4831 "/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n"
4834 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:72
4836 "The generic floppy devices, I</dev/fd0> and I</dev/fd1>, will fail to work "
4837 "with B<fdformat> when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format "
4838 "has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use B<setfdprm>(8) to load "
4839 "the disk parameters."
4841 "一般的なフロッピーデバイス、 I</dev/fd0> と I</dev/fd1> に対して、 標準ではな"
4842 "いフォーマットを用いた場合や、 あらかじめフォーマットが自動検出できていなかっ"
4843 "た場合、 B<fdformat> の処理は失敗する。 このような場合には、 B<setfdprm>(8) "
4844 "を用いて、 ディスクパラメーターのロードを行うこと。 "
4847 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:75
4848 msgid "B<-f>, B<--from> I<N>"
4849 msgstr "B<-f>, B<--from> I<N>"
4852 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:77
4853 msgid "Start at the track I<N> (default is 0)."
4854 msgstr "トラック I<N> から開始する (デフォルトは 0)。 "
4857 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:80
4858 msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<N>"
4859 msgstr "B<-t>, B<--to> I<N>"
4862 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:82
4863 msgid "Stop at the track I<N>."
4864 msgstr "トラック I<N> において停止する。"
4867 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:85
4868 msgid "B<-r>, B<--repair> I<N>"
4869 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--repair> I<N>"
4872 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:87
4873 msgid "Try to repair tracks failed during the verification (max I<N> retries)."
4874 msgstr "検証処理中に失敗となったトラックの修復を試みる (最大リトライ数 I<N>)"
4877 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:90
4878 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-verify>"
4879 msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-verify>"
4882 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:92
4883 msgid "Skip the verification that is normally performed after the formatting."
4884 msgstr "フォーマット直後に通常行われる検証処理をスキップする。 "
4887 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:103 original/man8/fsfreeze.8:72
4888 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:289 original/man8/losetup.8:190
4889 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:245 original/man8/lslocks.8:149
4890 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:115 original/man8/nologin.8:77 original/man8/raw.8:75
4891 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:225 original/man8/sfdisk.8:578
4892 #: original/man8/swapon.8:213 original/man8/switch_root.8:56
4893 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:99
4899 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:106
4901 "This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use B<ufiformat>(8) "
4904 "このユーティリティーは、 USB フロッピーディスクドライブを取り扱わない。 代わ"
4905 "りに B<ufiformat>(8) を用いること。 "
4908 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:116
4909 msgid "B<fd>(4), B<emkfs>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<setfdprm>(8), B<ufiformat>(8)"
4910 msgstr "B<fd>(4), B<emkfs>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<setfdprm>(8), B<ufiformat>(8)"
4913 #: original/man8/fdformat.8:123
4915 "The B<fdformat> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
4918 "B<fdformat> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
4922 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:10
4928 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:32
4929 msgid "fdisk - manipulate disk partition table"
4930 msgstr "fdisk - ディスクのパーティションテーブルを操作する"
4933 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:35
4934 msgid "B<fdisk> [options] I<device>"
4935 msgstr "B<fdisk> [options] I<device>"
4938 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:37
4939 msgid "B<fdisk> B<-l> [I<device>...]"
4940 msgstr "B<fdisk> B<-l> [I<device>...]"
4943 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:40
4945 "B<fdisk> is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of "
4946 "partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables."
4948 "B<fdisk> は、 パーティションテーブルの作成と操作を行う対話方式のプログラムで"
4949 "ある。 この B<fdisk> は、 GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI, BSD のパーティションテーブルを"
4953 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:42
4955 "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
4956 "I<partitions>. This division is recorded in the I<partition table>, usually "
4957 "found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk slices"
4958 "\\(aq and a `disklabel\\(aq.)"
4960 "ブロックデバイスは、 I<パーティション>と呼ばれる 1 個以上の論理ディスクに分割"
4961 "することができる。 この分割に関する情報は、 通常ディスクのセクター 0 に存在す"
4962 "るI<パーティションテーブル>に記録される。 (BSD の世界では、 「ディスクスライ"
4963 "ス」とか「ディスクラベル」という言い方をする。)"
4966 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:44
4968 "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. "
4969 "B<fdisk> is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an "
4970 "alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea "
4971 "to follow B<fdisk>\\(aqs defaults as the default values (e.g., first and "
4972 "last partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the +/-"
4973 "E<lt>sizeE<gt>{M,G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device "
4976 "すべてのパーティション分割は、 デフォルトではデバイスの I/O リミット (I/O ト"
4977 "ポロジーとも言う) に基づいて行われる。 そのため B<fdisk> は、 4K-sector のサ"
4978 "イズにふさわしくディスクレイアウトを最適化したり、 MBR や GPT のために最近の"
4979 "デバイスで開始点や終了点のオフセットを適切な値に揃えたりできるのである。 だか"
4980 "ら、 デフォルトの値に (たとえば、 パーティションの最初や最後のセクターの値"
4981 "に) B<fdisk> の提示するデフォルトを使うのは、 いつだって賢明なことである。 ま"
4982 "た、 パーティションのサイズを +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{M,G,...} の表記で指定すれ"
4983 "ば、 必ずデバイスのプロパティに合わせて大きさが調整されることになる。 "
4986 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:46
4988 "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. "
4989 "Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with B<fdisk -S "
4990 "E<lt>nE<gt> -H E<lt>nE<gt>> advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices."
4992 "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) アドレシングは非推奨であり、 デフォルトでは使用さ"
4993 "れない。 だから、 SSD や 4K-sector のデバイスを使うときは、 B<fdisk -S "
4994 "E<lt>nE<gt> -H E<lt>nE<gt>> といったアドバイスのある古い記事や助言には、 どう"
4998 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:48
5000 "Note that B<partx>(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk "
5001 "layouts, B<fdisk> is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in "
5002 "the output of B<fdisk> is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should "
5003 "always be backward compatible."
5005 "なお、 ディスクレイアウトを表示するスクリプトのためには、 B<partx>(8) が豊富"
5006 "なインターフェースを提供している。 B<fdisk> の方は、 主として人間が使うことを"
5007 "想定しているのである。 B<fdisk> は、 出力については後方互換を保証していな"
5008 "い。 入力 (コマンド) については、 どれも後方互換のはずである。 "
5011 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:51
5012 msgid "B<-b>, B<--sector-size> I<sectorsize>"
5013 msgstr "B<-b>, B<--sector-size> I<sectorsize>"
5016 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:53
5018 "Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and "
5019 "4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old "
5020 "kernels or to override the kernel\\(cqs ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, "
5021 "B<fdisk> differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This "
5022 "option changes both sector sizes to I<sectorsize>."
5024 "ディスクのセクターサイズを指定する。 有効な値は、 512, 1024, 2048, 4096 であ"
5025 "る。 (最近のカーネルはセクターサイズの情報を持っている。 このオプションを使う"
5026 "のは、 カーネルが古い場合や、 カーネルの持っている情報を変更したい場合のみに"
5027 "すること。) util-linux-2.17 以降 B<fdisk> は、 論理セクターサイズと物理セク"
5028 "ターサイズを区別している。 このオプションは、 両方のセクターサイズを "
5029 "I<sectorsize> に変更する。 "
5032 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:56
5033 msgid "B<-B>, B<--protect-boot>"
5034 msgstr "B<-B>, B<--protect-boot>"
5037 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:58
5039 "Don\\(cqt erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new "
5040 "disk label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
5042 "新しいディスクラベルを作成するとき、 ディスクの最初のセクターの先頭部分を消去"
5043 "しない。 この機能は、 GPT と MBR に対してサポートされている。 "
5046 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:61
5047 msgid "B<-c>, B<--compatibility>[=I<mode>]"
5048 msgstr "B<-c>, B<--compatibility>[=I<mode>]"
5051 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:63
5053 "Specify the compatibility mode, \\(aqdos\\(aq or \\(aqnondos\\(aq. The "
5054 "default is non-DOS mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use "
5055 "the option without the I<mode> argument \\(em then the default is used. Note "
5056 "that the optional I<mode> argument cannot be separated from the B<-c> option "
5057 "by a space, the correct form is for example B<-c>=I<dos>."
5059 "互換モードが \\(aqdos\\(aq か \\(aqnondos\\(aq か指定する。 デフォルトは、 "
5060 "non-DOS モードである。 後方互換のために、 このオプションは、 引数の I<mode> "
5061 "なしで使うこともできる。 その場合は、 デフォルトが使用される。 気をつけてほし"
5062 "いのは、 オプションの B<-c> と、 指定が任意の引数 I<mode> との間を空白で区"
5063 "切ってはいけないことだ。 正しい書式は、 たとえば B<-c>=I<dos> である。"
5066 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:68
5067 msgid "Display a help text and exit."
5068 msgstr "ヘルプテキストを表示して終了する。"
5071 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:71
5072 msgid "B<-L>, B<--color>[=I<when>]"
5073 msgstr "B<-L>, B<--color>[=I<when>]"
5076 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:73 original/man8/sfdisk.8:209
5078 "Colorize the output. The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, B<never> "
5079 "or B<always>. If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults to B<auto>. "
5080 "The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the B<--"
5081 "help> output. See also the B<COLORS> section."
5083 "出力をカラー表示にする。 指定が任意の引数 I<when> には、 B<auto>, B<never>, "
5084 "B<always> が使える。 引数 I<when> を省略すると、 デフォルトの B<auto> にな"
5085 "る。 カラー表示は無効にすることもできる。 プログラムに埋め込まれた現在のデ"
5086 "フォルトが有効か無効かを知りたければ、 B<--help> の出力を見ればよい。 「B<カ"
5087 "ラー表示>」セクションも参照していただきたい。 "
5090 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:76 original/man8/findmnt.8:121
5091 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:88 original/man8/losetup.8:146
5092 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:106 original/man8/lsns.8:52 original/man8/partx.8:76
5093 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>"
5094 msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>"
5097 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:78
5098 msgid "List the partition tables for the specified devices and then exit."
5099 msgstr "指定されたデバイスのパーティションテーブルを一覧表示して終了する。"
5102 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:80
5104 "If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in I</proc/partitions> (if "
5105 "this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which "
5106 "they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in I</proc/"
5109 "デバイス指定がない場合は、 I</proc/partitions> に記述されたデバイスが (この"
5110 "ファイルが存在していれば) 用いられる。 デバイスの順番は常に、 コマンドライン"
5111 "での指定順か、 あるいは I</proc/partitions> に示されたカーネルに従う。"
5114 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:83
5115 msgid "B<-x>, B<--list-details>"
5116 msgstr "B<-x>, B<--list-details>"
5119 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:85
5120 msgid "Like B<--list>, but provides more details."
5121 msgstr "B<--list> と同様であるが、 さらに詳細情報を提供する。"
5124 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:93
5125 msgid "B<-n>, B<--noauto-pt>"
5126 msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noauto-pt>"
5129 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:95
5131 "Don\\(cqt automatically create a default partition table on empty device. "
5132 "The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like "
5133 "\\(aqo\\(aq, \\(aqg\\(aq, etc.)."
5135 "空のデバイス上には、 デフォルトパーティションの自動生成は行わない。 パーティ"
5136 "ションテーブルは、 ユーザーが明示的に (\\(aqo\\(aq, \\(aqg\\(aq などのコマン"
5137 "ドを実行して) 生成しなければならない。"
5140 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:98 original/man8/findmnt.8:151
5141 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:126 original/man8/lslocks.8:63 original/man8/lsns.8:62
5142 #: original/man8/partx.8:106 original/man8/sfdisk.8:267
5143 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:65 original/man8/zramctl.8:78
5144 msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<list>"
5145 msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<list>"
5148 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:100 original/man8/lslocks.8:65 original/man8/lsns.8:64
5149 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:269 original/man8/wipefs.8:92
5151 "Specify which output columns to print. Use B<--help> to get a list of all "
5152 "supported columns."
5154 "出力する項目を指定する。 B<--help> を実行すれば、 サポートされている項目一覧"
5158 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:102 original/man8/sfdisk.8:271
5160 "The default list of columns may be extended if I<list> is specified in the "
5161 "format I<+list> (e.g., B<-o +UUID>)."
5163 "I<list> を I<+list> という書式で指定すれば、 デフォルトの項目一覧を拡張するこ"
5164 "とができる (たとえば B<-o +UUID>)。 "
5167 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:105
5168 msgid "B<-s>, B<--getsz>"
5169 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--getsz>"
5172 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:107
5174 "Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option "
5175 "is DEPRECATED in favour of B<blockdev>(8)."
5177 "指定した各ブロックデバイスについて 512-byte セクターでサイズを表示する。 この"
5178 "オプションは非推奨であり、 B<blockdev>(8) を使った方がよい。"
5181 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:110 original/man8/lsns.8:84 original/man8/mkfs.8:47
5182 #: original/man8/partx.8:131
5183 msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"
5184 msgstr "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"
5187 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:112
5189 "Enable support only for disklabels of the specified I<type>, and disable "
5190 "support for all other types."
5192 "指定したタイプ (I<type>) のディスクラベルに対してのみサポートを有効にし、 ほ"
5193 "かのすべてのタイプに対するサポートは無効にする。 "
5196 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:115
5197 msgid "B<-u>, B<--units>[=I<unit>]"
5198 msgstr "B<-u>, B<--units>[=I<unit>]"
5201 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:117
5203 "When listing partition tables, show sizes in \\(aqsectors\\(aq or in "
5204 "\\(aqcylinders\\(aq. The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward "
5205 "compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the I<unit> argument "
5206 "\\(em then the default is used. Note that the optional I<unit> argument "
5207 "cannot be separated from the B<-u> option by a space, the correct form is "
5208 "for example \\(aq*-u=*I<cylinders>\\(aq."
5210 "パーティションテーブルの一覧表示をするとき、 「セクター数」または「シリンダー"
5211 "数」でサイズを表示する。 デフォルトは、 セクター数でのサイズ表示である。 後方"
5212 "互換を考慮して、 このオプションは、 I<unit> 引数なしでも使えるようになってい"
5213 "る。 その場合は、 デフォルトが使用される。 気をつけてほしいのは、 オプション"
5214 "の B<-u> と、 指定が任意の引数 I<unit> との間を空白で区切ってはいけないこと"
5215 "だ。 すなわち、 正しい書式は、 たとえば \\(aq*-u=*I<cylinders>\\(aq である。 "
5218 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:120
5219 msgid "B<-C>, B<--cylinders> I<number>"
5220 msgstr "B<-C>, B<--cylinders> I<number>"
5223 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:122
5225 "Specify the number of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody "
5226 "would want to do so."
5228 "ディスクのシリンダー数を指定する。 どうしてそんなことをしたがるのか、 筆者に"
5232 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:125
5233 msgid "B<-H>, B<--heads> I<number>"
5234 msgstr "B<-H>, B<--heads> I<number>"
5237 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:127
5239 "Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of "
5240 "course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 "
5243 "ディスクのヘッド数を指定する (もちろん、 物理的なヘッド数ではなく、 パーティ"
5244 "ションテーブルで使うヘッド数である)。 妥当な値は 255 または 16 である。 "
5247 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:130
5248 msgid "B<-S>, B<--sectors> I<number>"
5249 msgstr "B<-S>, B<--sectors> I<number>"
5252 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:132
5254 "Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical "
5255 "number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable "
5258 "ディスクの 1 トラックあたりのセクター数を指定する (もちろん、 物理的なセク"
5259 "ター数ではなく、 パーティションテーブルで使うセクター数である)。 妥当な値は "
5263 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:135 original/man8/sfdisk.8:294
5264 msgid "B<-w>, B<--wipe> I<when>"
5265 msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wipe> I<when>"
5268 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:137
5270 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
5271 "order to avoid possible collisions. The argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
5272 "B<never> or B<always>. When this option is not given, the default is "
5273 "B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. "
5274 "In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a "
5275 "new partition table is created. See also B<wipefs>(8) command."
5277 "デバイスからファイルシステムや RAID やパーティションテーブルのシグナチャーを"
5278 "消去する。 衝突 (collision) が起きないようにするためである。 引数の I<when> "
5279 "には、 B<auto>, B<never>, B<always> が使える。 このオプションが指定されない場"
5280 "合のデフォルトは、 B<auto> であり、 その場合シグナチャーが消去されるのは、 対"
5281 "話モードのときだけである。 いずれの場合でも、 新しいパーティションテーブルが"
5282 "作成される前に、 検出されたシグナチャーが、 警告メッセージとして通知される。 "
5283 "B<wipefs>(8) コマンドの説明も参照のこと。 "
5286 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:140 original/man8/sfdisk.8:299
5287 msgid "B<-W>, B<--wipe-partitions> I<when>"
5288 msgstr "B<-W>, B<--wipe-partitions> I<when>"
5291 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:142
5293 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
5294 "partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument I<when> can "
5295 "be B<auto>, B<never> or B<always>. When this option is not given, the "
5296 "default is B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in "
5297 "interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected "
5298 "signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition is "
5299 "created. See also B<wipefs>(8) command."
5301 "新たに作成するパーティションからファイルシステムや RAID やパーティションテー"
5302 "ブルのシグナチャーを消去する。 衝突 (collision) が起きないようにするためであ"
5303 "る。 引数の I<when> には、 B<auto>, B<never>, B<always>が使える。 このオプ"
5304 "ションが指定されない場合のデフォルトは、 B<auto> であり、 その場合シグナ"
5305 "チャーが消去されるのは、 対話モードのときだけで、 それもユーザーが承認した後"
5306 "である。 いずれの場合でも、 新しいパーティションが作成される前に、 検出された"
5307 "シグナチャーが、 警告メッセージとして通知される。 B<wipefs>(8) コマンドの説明"
5311 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:148
5317 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:151
5319 "The I<device> is usually I</dev/sda>, I</dev/sdb> or so. A device name "
5320 "refers to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside "
5321 "the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a "
5322 "difference between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be "
5323 "I</dev/hd*> (IDE) or I</dev/sd*> (SCSI)."
5325 "I<デバイス>は普通、 I</dev/sda>, I</dev/sdb> などである。 デバイス名は、 ディ"
5326 "スク全体を指している。 libata (ATA ホストコントローラーと ATA デバイスをサ"
5327 "ポートするために Linux カーネルの内部で使われるライブラリ) が存在しない古いシ"
5328 "ステムでは、 IDE と SCSI のディスクを区別している。 その場合は、 デバイス名"
5329 "が I</dev/hd*> (IDE) や I</dev/sd*> (SCSI) となる。"
5332 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:153
5334 "The I<partition> is a device name followed by a partition number. For "
5335 "example, I</dev/sda1> is the first partition on the first hard disk in the "
5336 "system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the I<Documentation/admin-guide/"
5337 "devices.txt> file)."
5339 "「パーティション」は、 デバイス名の後ろにパーティション番号がついたものだ。 "
5340 "たとえば、 I</dev/sda1> は、 そのシステムの最初のハードディスクの最初のパー"
5341 "ティションである。 Linux kernel 文書 (この場合は、 I<Documentation/admin-"
5342 "guide/devices.txt> というファイル) もご覧になっていただきたい。 "
5345 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:153
5351 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:156
5353 "The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of "
5354 "sectors or by +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{K,B,M,G,...} notation."
5356 "\"Last sector (最終セクター)\" という問い合わせに対しては、 パーティションサ"
5357 "イズをセクター数でも +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{K,B,M,G,...} という表記でも指定でき"
5361 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:158
5363 "If the size is prefixed by \\(aq+\\(aq then it is interpreted as relative to "
5364 "the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by \\(aq-\\(aq then it "
5365 "is interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the "
5368 "サイズの前に \\(aq+\\(aq をつけると、 そのパーティションの最初のセクターから"
5369 "の相対的なサイズと解釈される。 サイズの前に \\(aq-\\(aq をつけた場合は、 最"
5370 "大位置 (そのパーティションのために利用できる最後のセクター) からのサイズにな"
5374 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:160
5376 "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed "
5377 "by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, "
5378 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
5379 "meaning as \"KiB\"."
5381 "サイズをバイト数で指定する場合は、 数字の後に KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024 のよう"
5382 "な乗数を表すサフィックスをつけることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB "
5383 "も同様に使える。 \"iB\" を続けるのは任意であり、 たとえば \"K\" は \"KiB\" と"
5387 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:162
5389 "The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The +/-"
5390 "E<lt>sizeE<gt>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended."
5392 "相対的なサイズは、 必ずデバイスの I/O リミットに合わせて大きさが調整される。 "
5393 "+/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{K,B,M,G,...} というこの表記法をお勧めする所以である。 "
5396 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:164
5398 "For backward compatibility fdisk also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, "
5399 "MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes "
5402 "後方互換のため、 fdisk は KB=1000, MB=1000*1000 といったサフィックスも解す"
5403 "る。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様に使える。 ただし、 こういった 10^N を表す"
5407 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:164
5409 msgid "SCRIPT FILES"
5413 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:167
5415 "B<fdisk> allows reading (by \\(aqI\\(aq command) B<sfdisk>(8) compatible "
5416 "script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then "
5417 "it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the "
5420 "B<fdisk> では、 sfdisk 互換のスクリプトファイルを読み込むことができる (\\(aqI"
5421 "\\(aq コマンドを使用する)。 スクリプトはメモリ中のパーティションテーブルに適"
5422 "用されるので、 そのパーティションテーブルに変更を加えてから、 それをデバイス"
5426 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:169
5428 "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to "
5429 "the script file by command \\(aqO\\(aq."
5431 "また逆に、 現在メモリ中にあるディスクレイアウトを、 \\(aqO\\(aq コマンドを"
5432 "使って、 スクリプトファイルに書き出すこともできる。 "
5435 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:171
5437 "The script files are compatible between B<cfdisk>(8), B<sfdisk>(8), B<fdisk> "
5438 "and other libfdisk applications. For more details see B<sfdisk>(8)."
5440 "このスクリプトファイルは、 B<cfdisk>(8), B<sfdisk>(8), B<fdisk> などの "
5441 "libfdisk アプリケーション間で互換である。 詳細については、 B<sfdisk>(8) を参"
5445 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:171
5451 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:174
5452 msgid "B<GPT (GUID Partition Table)>"
5453 msgstr "B<GPT (GUID Partition Table)>"
5456 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:176
5458 "GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-"
5459 "bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and "
5460 "an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is "
5461 "usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
5463 "GPT は、 パーティションテーブルのレイアウトについての最近の規格である。 GPT "
5464 "は、 各パーティションに対して、 64 ビットの論理ブロックアドレス、 チェックサ"
5465 "ム、 UUID、 それに、 どんなパーティションかを示す名前を使用する。 また、 "
5466 "パーティションの数に制限がない (とは言え、 パーティショニングツールの多くで"
5467 "は、 パーティション数の上限をたいてい 128 にしている)。 "
5470 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:178
5472 "Note that the first sector is still reserved for a B<protective MBR> in the "
5473 "GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-"
5474 "recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
5476 "なお GPT の仕様では、 今でも最初のセクターが B<protective MBR> のために留保さ"
5477 "れている。 MBR 専用のパーティショニングツールが、 誤認識して GPT ディスクを上"
5481 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:180
5483 "GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a "
5486 "GPT は、 MBR より常によい選択である。 UEFI のブートローダーを持つ最近のハード"
5490 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:183
5491 msgid "B<DOS-type (MBR)>"
5492 msgstr "B<DOS-type (MBR)>"
5495 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:185
5497 "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. "
5498 "In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called "
5499 "`primary\\(aq). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box "
5500 "holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of "
5501 "sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four "
5502 "primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are "
5503 "numbered starting from 5."
5505 "DOS 形式のパーティションテーブルは、 記述できるパーシションの数に上限がな"
5506 "い。 セクター 0 には、 4 パーティションを記述する余地がある (これらは基本パー"
5507 "ティションと呼ばれる)。 そのうちのひとつは拡張パーティションにすることができ"
5508 "る。 これは、 論理パーティションを入れる容器であり、 セクターの連鎖リストの形"
5509 "になっている記述子 (descriptors) が、 それぞれの対応する論理パーティションの"
5510 "前についている。 4 個の基本パーティションは、 存在するしないにかかわらず、 "
5511 "1-4 の番号を取る。 論理パーティションの番号は 5 から始まる。 "
5514 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:187
5516 "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
5517 "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in "
5518 "32 bits), and as a B<Cylinders/Heads/Sectors> triple (given in 10+8+6 bits). "
5519 "The former is OK \\(em with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 TB. The "
5520 "latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled only when "
5521 "the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. And "
5522 "second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that are "
5523 "available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux "
5524 "never uses C/H/S. The B<C/H/S addressing is deprecated> and may be "
5525 "unsupported in some later B<fdisk> version."
5527 "DOS 形式のパーティションテーブルでは、 各パーティションの開始オフセットとサイ"
5528 "ズは、 2 つの方法で記録される。 すなわち、 セクターの絶対数 (32 ビットで指定"
5529 "される) と、 B<シリンダー数/ヘッド数/セクター数> (B<C/H/S>) の三つ組としてで"
5530 "ある (10+8+6 ビットで指定される)。 前者には問題がない。 512-byte セクターで最"
5531 "大 2 TB まで表現できる。 後者には 2 つの問題がある。 第一に、 こうした C/H/S "
5532 "のフィールドを埋めることができるのは、 ヘッド数や 1 トラックあたりのセクター"
5533 "数が分かっている場合に限られる。 第二に、 そうした数値の妥当な値が分かってい"
5534 "る場合でも、 利用できる 24 ビットでは十分ではない。 DOS は C/H/S のみを使"
5535 "い、 Windows は両方を使う。 Linux は C/H/S を全く使わない。 B<C/H/S 方式のア"
5536 "ドレス指定は非推奨となっている>。 fdisk の将来のバージョンではサポートされな"
5540 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:189
5542 "B<Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions.> "
5543 "B<fdisk> does not care about cylinder boundaries by default."
5545 "B<DOS 互換のパーティションを作成したいなら>、 「B<DOS モード ...>」B<セクショ"
5546 "ンをお読みになるとよい>。 B<fdisk> はデフォルトでは、 シリンダー境界に留意し"
5550 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:192
5551 msgid "B<BSD/Sun-type>"
5552 msgstr "B<BSD/Sun-type>"
5555 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:194
5557 "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be "
5558 "a `whole disk\\(aq partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses "
5559 "its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will "
5560 "destroy the disklabel. Note that a B<BSD label> is usually nested within a "
5563 "BSD/Sun 形式のディスクラベルは、 8 個のパーティションを記述できる。 そのうち"
5564 "の 3 番目は、 ディスク全体を表すパーティションとなる。 パーティションが (ス"
5565 "ワップパーティションのように) その最初のセクターを実際に使用する場合には、 そ"
5566 "のパーティションをシリンダ ー0 から始めてはならない。 ディスクラベルを破壊す"
5567 "ることになるからである。 なお、 B<BSD ラベル> は、 通常 DOS パーティションの"
5571 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:197
5572 msgid "B<IRIX/SGI-type>"
5573 msgstr "B<IRIX/SGI-type>"
5576 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:199
5578 "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which "
5579 "should be an entire `volume\\(aq partition, while the ninth should be "
5580 "labeled `volume header\\(aq. The volume header will also cover the partition "
5581 "table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five "
5582 "cylinders. The remaining space in the volume header may be used by header "
5583 "directory entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do "
5584 "not change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the "
5585 "partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/"
5586 "SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
5588 "IRIX/SGI 形式のディスクラベルは、 16 個のパーティションを記述できる。 そのう"
5589 "ちの 11 番目は、 ボリューム全体を表すパーティションであり、 9 番目は、 ボ"
5590 "リュームヘッダーと名づけられる。 このボリュームヘッダーには、 パーティション"
5591 "テーブルも含まれる。 すなわち、 ブロック 0 から始まって、 デフォルトでは 5 シ"
5592 "リンダー分を占める。 ボリュームヘッダーの残りのスペースは、 ヘッダーのディレ"
5593 "クトリエントリ用に使用することができる。 どのパーティションも、 ボリューム"
5594 "ヘッダーと重なってはいけない。 また、 ボリュームヘッダーのパーティションタイ"
5595 "プを変更してはならないし、 そこにファイルシステムを作ってもいけない。 パー"
5596 "ティションテーブルがなくなってしまうからである。 このタイプのラベルを使うの"
5597 "は、 IRIX/SGI マシンで Linux を動かすときか、 Linux の元で IRIX/SGI のディス"
5601 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:201
5603 "A sync() and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from disk) "
5604 "are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated."
5606 "パーティションテーブルが更新されたときは、 プログラムを終了する前に、 sync() "
5607 "と ioctl(BLKRRPART) (ディスクからパーティションテーブルを再読み込みする) が実"
5611 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:202
5613 msgid "DOS MODE AND DOS 6.X WARNING"
5614 msgstr "DOS モードと DOS 6.x に関する警告"
5617 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:205
5619 "B<Note that all this is deprecated. You don\\(cqt have to care about things "
5620 "like> B<geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really "
5621 "want> B<DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and "
5622 "cylinder> B<units by using the \\(aq-c=dos -u=cylinders\\(aq fdisk command-"
5625 "B<このセクションで述べていることは、 すべて非推奨である点に注意すること。> B<"
5626 "最近のオペレーティングシステムでは、 ジオメトリやシリンダー数といったことに気"
5627 "を使う必要はない。> B<本当に DOS 互換のパーティション分割を行いたいのであれ"
5628 "ば、 fdisk > B<のコマンドラインオプション \\(aq-c=dos -u=cylinders\\(aq を使"
5629 "用して> B<DOS モードと cylinder 単位を有効にしなければならない。> "
5632 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:207
5634 "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of "
5635 "the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable "
5636 "than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to "
5637 "clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size "
5638 "change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U "
5639 "flag is given \\(em we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
5641 "DOS 6.x の FORMAT コマンドは、 パーティションのデータ領域の最初のセクター"
5642 "に、 ある種の情報を探しに行き、 それをパーティションテーブルの情報より信頼で"
5643 "きるものとして扱う。 また DOS の FORMAT は、 DOS の FDISK が、 サイズの変更が"
5644 "あったときには必ず、 パーティションのデータ領域の最初の 512 バイトをクリアす"
5645 "ることを当てにしている。 DOS の FORMAT は、 /U フラグが指定されたときでさ"
5646 "え、 上記の追加情報を見に行こうとする。 これは、 DOS の FORMAT や FDISK のバ"
5650 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:209
5652 "The bottom line is that if you use B<fdisk> or B<cfdisk> to change the size "
5653 "of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd>(1) to B<zero "
5654 "the first 512 bytes> of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the "
5655 "partition. For example, if you were using B<fdisk> to make a DOS partition "
5656 "table entry for I</dev/sda1>, then (after exiting B<fdisk> and rebooting "
5657 "Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the "
5658 "command B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1> to zero the first 512 "
5659 "bytes of the partition."
5661 "要するにこういうことだ。 B<fdisk> や B<cfdisk> を使って、 パーティションテー"
5662 "ブル上の DOS の領域のサイズを変更する場合には、 DOS の FORMAT でそのパーティ"
5663 "ションをフォーマットする前に、 B<dd>(1) コマンドを使って、 そのパーティション"
5664 "のB<最初の 512 バイトを 0 で初期化することも>行わなければならないのである。 "
5665 "たとえば、 B<fdisk> を使って、 パーティションテーブル中の I</dev/sda1> に "
5666 "DOS の領域を作成しているのならば、 (B<fdisk> を終了し、 パーティションテーブ"
5667 "ルの情報が有効になるように Linux をリブートした後で) B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/"
5668 "dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1> というコマンドを実行して、 そのパーティションの最初"
5669 "の 512 バイトを 0 で初期化することになるだろう。 "
5672 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:211
5674 "B<fdisk> usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not "
5675 "necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really "
5676 "have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be "
5677 "described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the "
5678 "disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
5680 "通常 B<fdisk> はディスクジオメトリを自動的に取得する。 それは必ずしも実際の物"
5681 "理的なディスクジオメトリとはかぎらない (そうなのだ。 最近のディスクには、 物"
5682 "理的なジオメトリのようなものは実のところ存在しない。 「シリンダー数/ヘッド数/"
5683 "セクター数」といった単純化された形で記述できるようなものは、 確かに存在しない"
5684 "のだ)。 それでも MS-DOS がパーティションテーブルで使用するのは、 このディスク"
5688 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:213
5690 "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the "
5691 "only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other "
5692 "operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an B<fdisk> from another "
5693 "operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at "
5694 "the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required "
5695 "for good cooperation with other systems."
5697 "たいていの場合、 デフォルトで万事うまく行くし、 Linux がディスク上の唯一のシ"
5698 "ステムなら、 問題はまったく起きない。 それでも、 ディスクを他のオペレーティン"
5699 "グシステムと共有しなければならないのなら、 他の OS の FDISK でパーティション"
5700 "を少なくとも 1 つ作っておくのは、 多くの場合、 よい考えである。 Linux は、 "
5701 "ブートするとき、 パーティションテーブルを調べて、 他のシステムとうまくやって"
5702 "行くためには、 どんな (見せかけの) ジオメトリが必要かを推測しようとと試みるか"
5706 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:215
5708 "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check "
5709 "is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the "
5710 "physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each "
5711 "partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first "
5714 "パーティションテーブルが DOS モードで表示される際には、 パーティションテーブ"
5715 "ルの各領域について、 整合性のチェックが必ず行われる。 このチェックは、 物理開"
5716 "始点と論理開始点、 物理終了点と論理終了点が同じかどうかと、 各パーティション"
5717 "の開始点や終了点が、 シリンダー境界と一致しているかどうかをチェックしている "
5718 "(ただし後者のチェックでは、 最初のパーティションは除外される)。 "
5721 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:217
5723 "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a "
5724 "cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions "
5725 "beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is "
5726 "unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
5728 "MS-DOS のバージョンによっては、 作成する最初のパーティションを、 シリンダー境"
5729 "界ではなく、 先頭シリンダーの第 2 セクターから始めるものがある。 開始点が先頭"
5730 "シリンダー中にあるパーティションでは、 シリンダー境界からパーティションが始ま"
5731 "るわけがないが、 それが問題になることは、 お手元のマシンに OS/2 も入っていな"
5735 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:219
5737 "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
5738 "program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
5739 "program and Linux partitions with the Linux B<fdisk> or Linux B<cfdisk>(8) "
5742 "最善の結果を得るためには、 必ずその OS に固有のパーティションテーブル作成プロ"
5743 "グラムを使うべきである。 たとえば、 DOS のパーティションは、 DOS の FDISK プ"
5744 "ログラムで作り、 Linux のパーティションは、 Linux の B<fdisk> か "
5745 "B<cfdisk>(8) プログラムで作るべきなのだ。 "
5748 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:222
5750 "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file I</etc/terminal-colors.d/"
5753 "自動的なカラー表示は、 I</etc/terminal-colors.d/fdisk.disable> という空ファイ"
5757 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:224
5759 "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5) for more details about colorization "
5760 "configuration. The logical color names supported by B<fdisk> are:"
5762 "カラー表示の設定についての詳細は、 B<terminal-colors.d>(5) を参照のこと。 "
5763 "B<fdisk> は、 以下の論理カラー名をサポートしている。"
5766 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:226 original/man8/sfdisk.8:539
5771 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:228 original/man8/sfdisk.8:541
5772 msgid "The header of the output tables."
5773 msgstr "出力するテーブルのヘッダー。"
5776 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:231
5777 msgid "B<help-title>"
5778 msgstr "B<help-title>"
5781 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:233
5782 msgid "The help section titles."
5783 msgstr "ヘルプセクションのタイトル。"
5786 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:236 original/man8/sfdisk.8:544
5791 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:238 original/man8/sfdisk.8:546
5792 msgid "The warning messages."
5796 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:241 original/man8/sfdisk.8:549
5801 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:243 original/man8/sfdisk.8:551
5802 msgid "The welcome message."
5803 msgstr "ウェルカムメッセージ。"
5806 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:247
5807 msgid "B<FDISK_DEBUG>=all"
5808 msgstr "B<FDISK_DEBUG>=all"
5811 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:249
5812 msgid "enables fdisk debug output."
5813 msgstr "fdisk のデバッグ出力を有効にする。"
5816 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:269 original/man8/findmnt.8:305
5817 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:244
5818 msgid "use visible padding characters."
5819 msgstr "目に見える埋め文字 (padding characters) を使用する。"
5822 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:281
5824 "The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and "
5827 "最初のバージョンを書いたのは、 Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc, その他の人"
5831 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:287
5832 msgid "B<cfdisk>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<partx>(8), B<sfdisk>(8)"
5833 msgstr "B<cfdisk>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<partx>(8), B<sfdisk>(8)"
5836 #: original/man8/fdisk.8:294
5838 "The B<fdisk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
5841 "B<fdisk> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
5845 #: original/man8/findfs.8:10
5851 #: original/man8/findfs.8:32
5852 msgid "findfs - find a filesystem by label or UUID"
5853 msgstr "findfs - ラベルまたは UUID によるファイルシステムの検索"
5856 #: original/man8/findfs.8:35
5857 msgid "B<findfs> B<NAME>=I<value>"
5858 msgstr "B<findfs> B<NAME>=I<value>"
5861 #: original/man8/findfs.8:38
5863 "B<findfs> will search the block devices in the system looking for a "
5864 "filesystem or partition with specified tag. The currently supported tags are:"
5866 "B<findfs> はシステム内のブロックデバイスを調べて、 指定されたタグを用いている"
5867 "ファイルシステムまたはパーティションを検索する。 現在サポートされているタグは"
5871 #: original/man8/findfs.8:40
5872 msgid "B<LABEL>=I<E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
5873 msgstr "B<LABEL>=I<E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
5876 #: original/man8/findfs.8:42
5877 msgid "Specifies filesystem label."
5878 msgstr "ファイルシステムラベルを指定する。"
5881 #: original/man8/findfs.8:45
5882 msgid "B<UUID>=I<E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
5883 msgstr "B<UUID>=I<E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
5886 #: original/man8/findfs.8:47
5887 msgid "Specifies filesystem UUID."
5888 msgstr "ファイルシステムの UUID を指定する。"
5891 #: original/man8/findfs.8:50
5892 msgid "B<PARTUUID>=I<E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
5893 msgstr "B<PARTUUID>=I<E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
5896 #: original/man8/findfs.8:52
5898 "Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example "
5899 "for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables."
5901 "パーティション UUID を指定する。 このパーティション識別子は、 たとえば GUID "
5902 "Partition Table (GPT) パーティションテーブルに対してサポートされている。"
5905 #: original/man8/findfs.8:55
5906 msgid "B<PARTLABEL>=I<E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
5907 msgstr "B<PARTLABEL>=I<E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
5910 #: original/man8/findfs.8:57
5912 "Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for "
5913 "example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables."
5915 "パーティションラベル (名) を指定する。 パーティションラベルは、 たとえば "
5916 "GUID Partition Table (GPT) や MAC パーティションテーブルに対してサポートされ"
5920 #: original/man8/findfs.8:60
5922 "If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on "
5925 "ファイルシステムまたはパーティションが見つかった場合、 そのデバイス名が標準出"
5929 #: original/man8/findfs.8:62
5931 "The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for "
5934 "ファイルシステムやパーティションの全体的な概要は、 たとえば以下を実行して得る"
5938 #: original/man8/findfs.8:66
5939 msgid "B<lsblk --fs>"
5940 msgstr "B<lsblk --fs>"
5943 #: original/man8/findfs.8:68
5944 msgid "B<partx --show E<lt>diskE<gt>>"
5945 msgstr "B<partx --show E<lt>diskE<gt>>"
5948 #: original/man8/findfs.8:70
5953 #: original/man8/findfs.8:83
5954 msgid "label or uuid cannot be found"
5955 msgstr "ラベルまたは UUID が見つからなかった。"
5958 #: original/man8/findfs.8:86 original/man8/fsck.8:54 original/man8/mount.8:1099
5959 #: original/man8/mount.8:2254 original/man8/swapon.8:158
5964 #: original/man8/findfs.8:88
5965 msgid "usage error, wrong number of arguments or unknown option"
5966 msgstr "使用法に関するエラー。 引数の数の誤りや不明なオプション指定など。"
5969 #: original/man8/findfs.8:92 original/man8/lsblk.8:227
5970 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:107 original/man8/mount.8:2311
5971 #: original/man8/partx.8:167 original/man8/sfdisk.8:565
5972 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:61 original/man8/swapon.8:199
5973 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:128
5974 msgid "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
5975 msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
5978 #: original/man8/findfs.8:98
5979 msgid "B<findfs> was originally written by"
5980 msgstr "B<findfs> を元々作成したのは以下である。"
5983 #: original/man8/findfs.8:100
5984 msgid "and re-written for the util-linux package by"
5985 msgstr "また util-linux パッケージ向けに書き直したのは以下である。"
5988 #: original/man8/findfs.8:106
5989 msgid "B<blkid>(8), B<lsblk>(8), B<partx>(8)"
5990 msgstr "B<blkid>(8), B<lsblk>(8), B<partx>(8)"
5993 #: original/man8/findfs.8:113
5995 "The B<findfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
5998 "B<findfs> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
6002 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:10
6008 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:32
6009 msgid "findmnt - find a filesystem"
6013 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:35
6014 msgid "B<findmnt> [options]"
6015 msgstr "B<findmnt> [options]"
6018 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:37
6019 msgid "B<findmnt> [options] I<device>|I<mountpoint>"
6020 msgstr "B<findmnt> [options] I<device>|I<mountpoint>"
6023 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:39
6025 "B<findmnt> [options] [B<--source>] I<device> [B<--target> I<path>|B<--"
6026 "mountpoint> I<mountpoint>]"
6028 "B<findmnt> [options] [B<--source>] I<device> [B<--target> I<path>|B<--"
6029 "mountpoint> I<mountpoint>]"
6032 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:42
6034 "B<findmnt> will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem. The "
6035 "B<findmnt> command is able to search in I</etc/fstab>, I</etc/mtab> or I</"
6036 "proc/self/mountinfo>. If I<device> or I<mountpoint> is not given, all "
6037 "filesystems are shown."
6041 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:44
6043 "The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem "
6044 "label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that B<findmnt> follows "
6045 "B<mount>(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint "
6046 "(and vice versa) if the B<--target>, B<--mountpoint> or B<--source> options "
6047 "are not specified."
6051 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:46
6053 "The command-line option B<--target> accepts any file or directory and then "
6054 "B<findmnt> displays the filesystem for the given path."
6058 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:48
6060 "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by "
6065 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:51
6066 msgid "B<-A>, B<--all>"
6067 msgstr "B<-A>, B<--all>"
6070 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:53
6071 msgid "Disable all built-in filters and print all filesystems."
6075 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:56
6076 msgid "B<-a>, B<--ascii>"
6077 msgstr "B<-a>, B<--ascii>"
6080 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:58
6081 msgid "Use ascii characters for tree formatting."
6082 msgstr "ツリー状の表示にするのに ascii 文字を用いる。"
6085 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:61 original/man8/lsblk.8:54
6086 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:43 original/man8/partx.8:61
6087 msgid "B<-b>, B<--bytes>"
6088 msgstr "B<-b>, B<--bytes>"
6091 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:63
6093 "Print the SIZE, USED and AVAIL columns in bytes rather than in a human-"
6096 "SIZE、 USED、 AVAIL の各項目を、 人間に読みやすい表記ではなく、 バイト単位で"
6100 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:66
6101 msgid "B<-C>, B<--nocanonicalize>"
6102 msgstr "B<-C>, B<--nocanonicalize>"
6105 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:68
6107 "Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths "
6108 "and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
6112 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:71
6113 msgid "B<-c>, B<--canonicalize>"
6114 msgstr "B<-c>, B<--canonicalize>"
6117 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:73
6118 msgid "Canonicalize all printed paths."
6122 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:76
6123 msgid "B<-D>, B<--df>"
6124 msgstr "B<-D>, B<--df>"
6127 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:78
6129 "Imitate the output of B<df>(1). This option is equivalent to B<-o SOURCE,"
6130 "FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET> but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use "
6131 "B<--all> to print all filesystems."
6135 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:81
6136 msgid "B<-d>, B<--direction> I<word>"
6137 msgstr "B<-d>, B<--direction> I<word>"
6140 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:83
6141 msgid "The search direction, either B<forward> or B<backward>."
6145 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:86
6146 msgid "B<-e>, B<--evaluate>"
6147 msgstr "B<-e>, B<--evaluate>"
6150 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:88
6152 "Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding "
6157 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:91
6158 msgid "B<-F>, B<--tab-file> I<path>"
6159 msgstr "B<-F>, B<--tab-file> I<path>"
6162 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:93
6164 "Search in an alternative file. If used with B<--fstab>, B<--mtab> or B<--"
6165 "kernel>, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, "
6166 "then tree-like output is disabled (see the B<--list> option)."
6170 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:96
6171 msgid "B<-f>, B<--first-only>"
6172 msgstr "B<-f>, B<--first-only>"
6175 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:98
6176 msgid "Print the first matching filesystem only."
6180 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:106
6181 msgid "B<-i>, B<--invert>"
6182 msgstr "B<-i>, B<--invert>"
6185 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:108
6186 msgid "Invert the sense of matching."
6190 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:111 original/man8/losetup.8:171
6191 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:101 original/man8/lslocks.8:53 original/man8/lsns.8:47
6192 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:45 original/man8/wipefs.8:75
6193 msgid "B<-J>, B<--json>"
6194 msgstr "B<-J>, B<--json>"
6197 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:113 original/man8/lslocks.8:55
6198 #: original/man8/lsns.8:49 original/man8/rfkill.8:47 original/man8/wipefs.8:77
6199 msgid "Use JSON output format."
6200 msgstr "出力に JSON フォーマットを使用する。"
6203 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:116
6204 msgid "B<-k>, B<--kernel>"
6205 msgstr "B<-k>, B<--kernel>"
6208 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:118
6210 "Search in I</proc/self/mountinfo>. The output is in the tree-like format. "
6211 "This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by "
6212 "kernel (see also B<--mtab)>."
6216 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:123
6218 "Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if "
6219 "the output is restricted by the B<-t>, B<-O>, B<-S> or B<-T> option and the "
6220 "option B<--submounts> is not used or if more that one source file (the "
6221 "option B<-F>) is specified."
6225 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:126
6226 msgid "B<-M>, B<--mountpoint> I<path>"
6227 msgstr "B<-M>, B<--mountpoint> I<path>"
6230 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:128
6232 "Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also B<--target>."
6236 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:131
6237 msgid "B<-m>, B<--mtab>"
6238 msgstr "B<-m>, B<--mtab>"
6241 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:133
6243 "Search in I</etc/mtab>. The output is in the list format by default (see B<--"
6244 "tree>). The output may include user space mount options."
6248 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:136
6249 msgid "B<-N>, B<--task> I<tid>"
6250 msgstr "B<-N>, B<--task> I<tid>"
6253 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:138
6255 "Use alternative namespace I</proc/E<lt>tidE<gt>/mountinfo> rather than the "
6256 "default I</proc/self/mountinfo>. If the option is specified more than once, "
6257 "then tree-like output is disabled (see the B<--list> option). See also the "
6258 "B<unshare>(1) command."
6262 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:141 original/man8/losetup.8:161
6263 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:121 original/man8/lslocks.8:58 original/man8/lsns.8:57
6264 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:50 original/man8/wdctl.8:60
6265 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:73
6266 msgid "B<-n>, B<--noheadings>"
6267 msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noheadings>"
6270 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:143 original/man8/lsblk.8:123
6271 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:60 original/man8/lsns.8:59 original/man8/rfkill.8:52
6272 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:87
6273 msgid "Do not print a header line."
6274 msgstr "ヘッダー行を表示しない。"
6277 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:146
6278 msgid "B<-O>, B<--options> I<list>"
6279 msgstr "B<-O>, B<--options> I<list>"
6282 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:148
6284 "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified "
6285 "in a comma-separated list. The B<-t> and B<-O> options are cumulative in "
6286 "effect. It is different from B<-t> in that each option is matched exactly; a "
6287 "leading I<no> at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can "
6288 "used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can "
6289 "be disabled by \"+\" prefix."
6293 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:153
6295 "Define output columns. See the B<--help> output to get a list of the "
6296 "currently supported columns. The B<TARGET> column contains tree formatting "
6297 "if the B<--list> or B<--raw> options are not specified."
6301 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:155
6303 "The default list of columns may be extended if I<list> is specified in the "
6304 "format I<+list> (e.g., B<findmnt -o +PROPAGATION>)."
6306 "I<list> を I<+list> という書式で指定すれば、 デフォルトの項目一覧を拡張するこ"
6307 "とができる (たとえば B<findmnt -o +PROPAGATION>)。 "
6310 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:158 original/man8/losetup.8:156
6311 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:70 original/man8/lsns.8:69 original/man8/partx.8:111
6312 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:60 original/man8/swapon.8:115
6313 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:83
6314 msgid "B<--output-all>"
6315 msgstr "B<--output-all>"
6318 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:160
6320 "Output almost all available columns. The columns that require B<--poll> are "
6325 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:163 original/man8/lsblk.8:138
6326 #: original/man8/partx.8:116
6327 msgid "B<-P>, B<--pairs>"
6328 msgstr "B<-P>, B<--pairs>"
6331 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:165
6333 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
6334 "value characters are hex-escaped (\\(rsxE<lt>codeE<gt>). The key (variable "
6335 "name) will be modified to contain only characters allowed for a shell "
6336 "variable identifiers, for example, FS_OPTIONS and USE_PCT instead of FS-"
6341 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:168
6342 msgid "B<-p>, B<--poll>[I<=list>]"
6343 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--poll>[I<=list>]"
6346 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:170
6348 "Monitor changes in the I</proc/self/mountinfo> file. Supported actions are: "
6349 "mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a "
6350 "comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default."
6354 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:172
6356 "The time for which B<--poll> will block can be restricted with the B<--"
6357 "timeout> or B<--first-only> options."
6361 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:174
6363 "The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the "
6364 "mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original "
6365 "information cached by B<findmnt>. The poll mode allows using extra columns:"
6369 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:176
6374 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:178
6376 "mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default"
6380 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:181
6381 msgid "B<OLD-TARGET>"
6382 msgstr "B<OLD-TARGET>"
6385 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:183
6386 msgid "available for umount and move actions"
6390 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:186
6391 msgid "B<OLD-OPTIONS>"
6392 msgstr "B<OLD-OPTIONS>"
6395 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:188
6396 msgid "available for umount and remount actions"
6400 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:192
6402 msgstr "B<--pseudo>"
6405 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:194
6406 msgid "Print only pseudo filesystems."
6410 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:197
6412 msgstr "B<--shadow>"
6415 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:199 original/man8/findmnt.8:244
6416 msgid "Print only filesystems over-mounted by another filesystem."
6420 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:202
6421 msgid "B<-R>, B<--submounts>"
6422 msgstr "B<-R>, B<--submounts>"
6425 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:204
6427 "Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The "
6428 "restrictions defined by options B<-t>, B<-O>, B<-S>, B<-T> and B<--"
6429 "direction> are not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in "
6430 "tree-like order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. "
6431 "This option has no effect for B<--mtab> or B<--fstab>."
6435 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:207 original/man8/lsblk.8:148
6436 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:80 original/man8/lsns.8:79 original/man8/partx.8:121
6437 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:65 original/man8/wdctl.8:75
6438 msgid "B<-r>, B<--raw>"
6439 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--raw>"
6442 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:209
6444 "Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
6445 "(\\(rsxE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
6447 "生の (raw) 出力フォーマットを用いる。 問題を起こしそうな文字は、 すべて 16 進"
6448 "数にエスケープされる (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)。"
6451 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:212
6456 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:214
6457 msgid "Print only real filesystems."
6461 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:217
6462 msgid "B<-S>, B<--source> I<spec>"
6463 msgstr "B<-S>, B<--source> I<spec>"
6466 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:219
6468 "Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are I<device>, "
6469 "I<maj>B<:>I<min>, B<LABEL=>I<label>, B<UUID=>I<uuid>, B<PARTLABEL=>I<label> "
6470 "and B<PARTUUID=>I<uuid>."
6474 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:222
6475 msgid "B<-s>, B<--fstab>"
6476 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--fstab>"
6479 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:224
6481 "Search in I</etc/fstab>. The output is in the list format (see B<--list>)."
6485 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:227
6486 msgid "B<-T>, B<--target> I<path>"
6487 msgstr "B<-T>, B<--target> I<path>"
6490 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:229
6492 "Define the mount target. If I<path> is not a mountpoint file or directory, "
6493 "then B<findmnt> checks the I<path> elements in reverse order to get the "
6494 "mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files "
6495 "and unsupported for B<--fstab>). It\\(cqs recommended to use the option B<--"
6496 "mountpoint> when checks of I<path> elements are unwanted and I<path> is a "
6497 "strictly specified mountpoint."
6501 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:232 original/man8/wipefs.8:117
6502 msgid "B<-t>, B<--types> I<list>"
6503 msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<list>"
6506 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:234
6508 "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in "
6509 "a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with "
6510 "B<no> to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. "
6511 "For more details see B<mount>(8)."
6513 "表示、 または消去するシグナチャーを絞り込む。 複数のタイプは、 カンマで区切っ"
6514 "て指定する。 ファイルシステムタイプのリストにおいては、 各タイプの前に B<no> "
6515 "というプレフィックスをつけることができる。 その場合は、 作業の対象にすべきで"
6516 "はないタイプを指定することになる。 詳しくは B<mount>(8) を参照のこと。"
6519 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:237
6524 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:239
6526 "Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for "
6527 "tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., fstab)."
6531 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:242
6532 msgid "B<--shadowed>"
6533 msgstr "B<--shadowed>"
6536 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:247
6537 msgid "B<-U>, B<--uniq>"
6538 msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uniq>"
6541 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:249
6543 "Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping "
6544 "over-mounted mount points."
6548 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:252 original/man8/lslocks.8:85
6549 #: original/man8/lsns.8:89
6550 msgid "B<-u>, B<--notruncate>"
6551 msgstr "B<-u>, B<--notruncate>"
6554 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:254
6556 "Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the "
6557 "B<TARGET>, B<SOURCE>, B<UUID>, B<LABEL>, B<PARTUUID>, B<PARTLABEL> columns. "
6558 "This option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
6562 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:257
6563 msgid "B<-v>, B<--nofsroot>"
6564 msgstr "B<-v>, B<--nofsroot>"
6567 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:259
6569 "Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs "
6574 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:262
6575 msgid "B<-w>, B<--timeout> I<milliseconds>"
6576 msgstr "B<-w>, B<--timeout> I<milliseconds>"
6579 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:264
6581 "Specify an upper limit on the time for which B<--poll> will block, in "
6586 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:267
6587 msgid "B<-x>, B<--verify>"
6588 msgstr "B<-x>, B<--verify>"
6591 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:269
6593 "Check mount table content. The default is to verify I</etc/fstab> "
6594 "parsability and usability. It\\(cqs possible to use this option also with "
6595 "B<--tab-file>. It\\(cqs possible to specify source (device) or target "
6596 "(mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option B<--verbose> forces findmnt "
6597 "to print more details."
6601 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:272 original/man8/mkswap.8:91
6602 msgid "B<--verbose>"
6603 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
6606 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:274
6607 msgid "Force findmnt to print more information (B<--verify> only for now)."
6611 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:277
6612 msgid "B<--vfs-all>"
6613 msgstr "B<--vfs-all>"
6616 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:279
6618 "When used with B<VFS-OPTIONS> column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. "
6619 "This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS "
6620 "kernel mount options which are normally not listed."
6624 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:283 original/man8/mount.8:2296
6625 #: original/man8/umount.8:187
6626 msgid "LIBMOUNT_FSTAB=E<lt>pathE<gt>"
6627 msgstr "LIBMOUNT_FSTAB=E<lt>pathE<gt>"
6630 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:285
6631 msgid "overrides the default location of the fstab file"
6635 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:288 original/man8/mount.8:2301
6636 #: original/man8/umount.8:192
6637 msgid "LIBMOUNT_MTAB=E<lt>pathE<gt>"
6638 msgstr "LIBMOUNT_MTAB=E<lt>pathE<gt>"
6641 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:290
6642 msgid "overrides the default location of the mtab file"
6646 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:293 original/man8/lsblk.8:232
6647 #: original/man8/mount.8:2306 original/man8/swapon.8:194
6648 #: original/man8/umount.8:197
6649 msgid "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
6650 msgstr "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
6653 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:295 original/man8/mount.8:2308
6654 msgid "enables libmount debug output"
6655 msgstr "libmount デバッグ出力を有効にする。"
6658 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:298 original/man8/lsblk.8:237
6659 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:570
6660 msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
6661 msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
6664 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:300
6665 msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output"
6666 msgstr "libsmartcols デバッグ出力を有効にする。"
6669 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:303 original/man8/lsblk.8:242
6670 msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
6671 msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
6674 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:306 original/man8/wipefs.8:136
6680 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:309
6681 msgid "B<findmnt --fstab -t nfs>"
6682 msgstr "B<findmnt --fstab -t nfs>"
6685 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:311
6686 msgid "Prints all NFS filesystems defined in I</etc/fstab>."
6690 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:314
6691 msgid "B<findmnt --fstab /mnt/foo>"
6692 msgstr "B<findmnt --fstab /mnt/foo>"
6695 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:316
6697 "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is I</"
6698 "mnt/foo>. It also prints bind mounts where I</mnt/foo> is a source."
6702 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:319
6703 msgid "B<findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/foo>"
6704 msgstr "B<findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/foo>"
6707 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:321
6709 "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is I</"
6714 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:324
6715 msgid "B<findmnt --fstab --evaluate>"
6716 msgstr "B<findmnt --fstab --evaluate>"
6719 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:326
6721 "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to "
6722 "the real device names."
6726 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:329
6727 msgid "B<findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot>"
6728 msgstr "B<findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot>"
6731 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:331
6733 "Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is "
6738 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:334
6739 msgid "B<findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/foo>"
6740 msgstr "B<findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/foo>"
6743 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:336
6744 msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on I</mnt/foo>."
6748 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:339
6749 msgid "B<findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/foo>"
6750 msgstr "B<findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/foo>"
6753 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:341
6754 msgid "Waits for I</mnt/foo> unmount."
6758 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:344
6759 msgid "B<findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro>"
6760 msgstr "B<findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro>"
6763 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:346
6764 msgid "Monitors remounts to read-only mode on all ext3 filesystems."
6768 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:354
6769 msgid "B<fstab>(5), B<mount>(8)"
6770 msgstr "B<fstab>(5), B<mount>(8)"
6773 #: original/man8/findmnt.8:361
6775 "The B<findmnt> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
6778 "B<findmnt> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
6782 #: original/man8/fsck.8:10
6788 #: original/man8/fsck.8:32
6789 msgid "fsck - check and repair a Linux filesystem"
6790 msgstr "fsck - Linux ファイルシステムのチェックと修復を行う"
6793 #: original/man8/fsck.8:35
6795 "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<fd>]] [B<-C> [I<fd>]] [B<-t> I<fstype>] "
6796 "[I<filesystem>...] [B<-->] [I<fs-specific-options>]"
6798 "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<fd>]] [B<-C> [I<fd>]] [B<-t> I<fstype>] "
6799 "[I<filesystem>...] [B<-->] [I<fs-specific-options>]"
6802 #: original/man8/fsck.8:38
6804 "B<fsck> is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux "
6805 "filesystems. I<filesystem> can be a device name (e.g., I</dev/hdc1>, I</dev/"
6806 "sdb2>), a mount point (e.g., I</>, I</usr>, I</home>), or an filesystem "
6807 "label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or "
6808 "LABEL=root). Normally, the B<fsck> program will try to handle filesystems on "
6809 "different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of "
6810 "time needed to check all of them."
6812 "B<fsck> は、 1 つまたは複数の Linux ファイルシステムに対してのチェックのため"
6813 "に用いられるものであり、 オプション指定があれば修復も行う。 I<filesystem> に"
6814 "指定できるのは、 デバイス名 (たとえば I</dev/hdc1>、 I</dev/sdb2>)、 マウント"
6815 "ポイント (たとえば I</>、 I</usr>、 I</home>)、 ファイルシステムラベル、 "
6816 "UUID 識別子 (たとえば UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd または "
6817 "LABEL=root) である。 通常 B<fsck> プログラムは、 異なる物理ディスクドライブ上"
6818 "にあるファイルシステムを取り扱う際には、 並行処理を行うことで、 すべての"
6819 "チェックに要する時間を短縮するように動作する。 "
6822 #: original/man8/fsck.8:40
6824 "If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the B<-A> option is "
6825 "not specified, B<fsck> will default to checking filesystems in I</etc/fstab> "
6826 "serially. This is equivalent to the B<-As> options."
6828 "コマンドラインからファイルシステムが指定されなかった場合に、 B<-A> オプション"
6829 "が指定されていなければ、 B<fsck> はデフォルトで、 I</etc/fstab> に記述されて"
6830 "いるファイルシステムを順にチェックする。 これは B<-As> オプションを指定するこ"
6834 #: original/man8/fsck.8:42
6836 "The exit status returned by B<fsck> is the sum of the following conditions:"
6837 msgstr "B<fsck> が返す終了ステータスは、 以下の状況を合計したものである。 "
6840 #: original/man8/fsck.8:46 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:143
6841 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:119
6846 #: original/man8/fsck.8:51
6847 msgid "Filesystem errors corrected"
6848 msgstr "ファイルシステムエラーが修復された。"
6851 #: original/man8/fsck.8:56
6852 msgid "System should be rebooted"
6853 msgstr "システムを再起動する必要あり。"
6856 #: original/man8/fsck.8:59 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:82
6857 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:151 original/man8/mount.8:2259
6858 #: original/man8/swapon.8:163
6863 #: original/man8/fsck.8:61 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:153
6864 msgid "Filesystem errors left uncorrected"
6865 msgstr "ファイルシステムエラーが修復されずに残っている。"
6868 #: original/man8/fsck.8:64 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:87
6869 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:161 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:118
6870 #: original/man8/mount.8:2264 original/man8/swapon.8:168
6875 #: original/man8/fsck.8:66 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:163
6876 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:124
6877 msgid "Operational error"
6881 #: original/man8/fsck.8:69 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:92
6882 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:166 original/man8/mount.8:2269
6883 #: original/man8/swapon.8:173
6888 #: original/man8/fsck.8:71 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:168
6889 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:129
6890 msgid "Usage or syntax error"
6891 msgstr "使用方法または文法エラー。"
6894 #: original/man8/fsck.8:74 original/man8/isosize.8:64
6895 #: original/man8/mount.8:2274 original/man8/swapon.8:178
6900 #: original/man8/fsck.8:76
6901 msgid "Checking canceled by user request"
6902 msgstr "ユーザー要求によるチェック処理のキャンセル。"
6905 #: original/man8/fsck.8:79
6910 #: original/man8/fsck.8:81
6911 msgid "Shared-library error"
6912 msgstr "共有ライブラリエラー。"
6915 #: original/man8/fsck.8:84
6917 "The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-"
6918 "wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked."
6920 "複数のファイルシステムをチェックすることで返される終了ステータスは、 各ファイ"
6921 "ルシステムがチェックされた際の終了ステータスを、 ビット単位で論理和を取ったも"
6925 #: original/man8/fsck.8:86
6927 "In actuality, B<fsck> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
6928 "checkers (B<fsck>.I<fstype>) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific "
6929 "checker is searched for in the B<PATH> environment variable. If the B<PATH> "
6930 "is undefined then fallback to I</sbin>."
6934 #: original/man8/fsck.8:88
6936 "Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details."
6938 "詳しくは各ファイルシステム固有のチェックプログラムに対するマニュアルページを"
6942 #: original/man8/fsck.8:91 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:68
6947 #: original/man8/fsck.8:93
6949 "Create an exclusive B<flock>(2) lock file (I</run/fsck/E<lt>disknameE<gt>."
6950 "lock>) for whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only "
6951 "(this means that B<-A> and B<-l> are mutually exclusive). This option is "
6952 "recommended when more B<fsck> instances are executed in the same time. The "
6953 "option is ignored when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. "
6954 "B<fsck> does not lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked "
6955 "devices (e.g. MD or DM) - this feature is not implemented yet."
6959 #: original/man8/fsck.8:96
6960 msgid "B<-r> [I<fd>]"
6961 msgstr "B<-r> [I<fd>]"
6964 #: original/man8/fsck.8:98
6966 "Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics "
6967 "include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the "
6968 "elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck "
6973 #: original/man8/fsck.8:100
6975 "B</dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186>"
6977 "B</dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186>"
6980 #: original/man8/fsck.8:102
6982 "GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor I<fd>, in which case the "
6983 "progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine "
6984 "parsable format. For example:"
6988 #: original/man8/fsck.8:104
6989 msgid "B</dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186>"
6990 msgstr "B</dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186>"
6993 #: original/man8/fsck.8:107 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:92
6994 #: original/man8/mount.8:475
6999 #: original/man8/fsck.8:109
7001 "Serialize B<fsck> operations. This is a good idea if you are checking "
7002 "multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: "
7003 "B<e2fsck>(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make B<e2fsck>(8) "
7004 "run in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the B<-p> or B<-a> "
7005 "option, if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the B<-n> "
7006 "option if you do not.)"
7010 #: original/man8/fsck.8:112
7011 msgid "B<-t> I<fslist>"
7012 msgstr "B<-t> I<fslist>"
7015 #: original/man8/fsck.8:114
7017 "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the B<-A> flag is "
7018 "specified, only filesystems that match I<fslist> are checked. The I<fslist> "
7019 "parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. "
7020 "All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a "
7021 "negation operator \\(aqB<no>\\(aq or \\(aqB<!>\\(aq, which requests that "
7022 "only those filesystems not listed in I<fslist> will be checked. If none of "
7023 "the filesystems in I<fslist> is prefixed by a negation operator, then only "
7024 "those listed filesystems will be checked."
7028 #: original/man8/fsck.8:116
7030 "Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated I<fslist>. They "
7031 "must have the format B<opts=>I<fs-option>. If an options specifier is "
7032 "present, then only filesystems which contain I<fs-option> in their mount "
7033 "options field of I</etc/fstab> will be checked. If the options specifier is "
7034 "prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not "
7035 "have I<fs-option> in their mount options field of I</etc/fstab> will be "
7040 #: original/man8/fsck.8:118
7042 "For example, if B<opts=ro> appears in I<fslist>, then only filesystems "
7043 "listed in I</etc/fstab> with the B<ro> option will be checked."
7047 #: original/man8/fsck.8:120
7049 "For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon "
7050 "an unauthorized UI change to the B<fsck> program, if a filesystem type of "
7051 "B<loop> is found in I<fslist>, it is treated as if B<opts=loop> were "
7052 "specified as an argument to the B<-t> option."
7056 #: original/man8/fsck.8:122
7058 "Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for I<filesys> in the "
7059 "I</etc/fstab> file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be "
7060 "deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the "
7061 "B<-t> option, B<fsck> will use the specified filesystem type. If this type "
7062 "is not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
7066 #: original/man8/fsck.8:125
7071 #: original/man8/fsck.8:127
7073 "Walk through the I</etc/fstab> file and try to check all filesystems in one "
7074 "run. This option is typically used from the I</etc/rc> system initialization "
7075 "file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem."
7079 #: original/man8/fsck.8:129
7081 "The root filesystem will be checked first unless the B<-P> option is "
7082 "specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order "
7083 "specified by the I<fs_passno> (the sixth) field in the I</etc/fstab> file. "
7084 "Filesystems with a I<fs_passno> value of 0 are skipped and are not checked "
7085 "at all. Filesystems with a I<fs_passno> value of greater than zero will be "
7086 "checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest I<fs_passno> number being "
7087 "checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, "
7088 "B<fsck> will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid "
7089 "running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk."
7093 #: original/man8/fsck.8:131
7095 "B<fsck> does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel "
7096 "with any other device. See below for B<FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL> setting. The "
7097 "I</sys> filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices."
7101 #: original/man8/fsck.8:133
7103 "Hence, a very common configuration in I</etc/fstab> files is to set the root "
7104 "filesystem to have a I<fs_passno> value of 1 and to set all other "
7105 "filesystems to have a I<fs_passno> value of 2. This will allow B<fsck> to "
7106 "automatically run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to "
7107 "do so. System administrators might choose not to use this configuration if "
7108 "they need to avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some "
7109 "reason - for example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that "
7110 "excessive paging is a concern."
7114 #: original/man8/fsck.8:135
7116 "B<fsck> normally does not check whether the device actually exists before "
7117 "calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may "
7118 "cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the "
7119 "filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The I</etc/fstab> mount "
7120 "option B<nofail> may be used to have B<fsck> skip non-existing devices. "
7121 "B<fsck> also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem "
7126 #: original/man8/fsck.8:138
7127 msgid "B<-C> [I<fd>]"
7128 msgstr "B<-C> [I<fd>]"
7131 #: original/man8/fsck.8:140
7133 "Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently "
7134 "only for ext[234]) which support them. B<fsck> will manage the filesystem "
7135 "checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI "
7136 "front-ends may specify a file descriptor I<fd>, in which case the progress "
7137 "bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
7141 #: original/man8/fsck.8:143
7146 #: original/man8/fsck.8:145
7148 "Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted "
7151 "マウントされているファイルシステムはチェックしない。 マウントされているファイ"
7152 "ルシステムに対しては、 終了ステータス 0 を返す。filesystems."
7155 #: original/man8/fsck.8:148
7160 #: original/man8/fsck.8:150
7161 msgid "Don\\(cqt execute, just show what would be done."
7162 msgstr "実際には実行せず、 どのように行われるかだけを表示する。"
7165 #: original/man8/fsck.8:153
7170 #: original/man8/fsck.8:155
7172 "When the B<-A> flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the "
7173 "other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if "
7174 "the root filesystem is in doubt things like the B<e2fsck>(8) executable "
7175 "might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who "
7176 "don\\(cqt want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact "
7177 "(which is really the right solution)."
7181 #: original/man8/fsck.8:158
7186 #: original/man8/fsck.8:160
7188 "When checking all filesystems with the B<-A> flag, skip the root filesystem. "
7189 "(This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-"
7194 #: original/man8/fsck.8:163
7199 #: original/man8/fsck.8:165
7200 msgid "Don\\(cqt show the title on startup."
7201 msgstr "起動時にタイトル表示を行わない。"
7204 #: original/man8/fsck.8:168
7209 #: original/man8/fsck.8:170
7211 "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
7213 msgstr "詳細表示を行う。 ファイルシステム固有のコマンドはすべて実行される。"
7216 #: original/man8/fsck.8:173
7217 msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>"
7218 msgstr "B<-?>, B<--help>"
7221 #: original/man8/fsck.8:181
7223 msgid "FILESYSTEM SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
7224 msgstr "ファイルシステム固有のオプション"
7227 #: original/man8/fsck.8:184
7229 "B<Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-"
7230 "specific checker!>"
7232 "B<fsck が解釈できないオプションは、 ファイルシステム固有のチェックプログラム"
7236 #: original/man8/fsck.8:186
7238 "These options B<must> not take arguments, as there is no way for B<fsck> to "
7239 "be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don\\(cqt."
7243 #: original/man8/fsck.8:188
7245 "Options and arguments which follow the B<--> are treated as filesystem-"
7246 "specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker."
7250 #: original/man8/fsck.8:190
7252 "Please note that B<fsck> is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
7253 "options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you\\(cqre doing something "
7254 "complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. "
7255 "If you pass B<fsck> some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it "
7256 "doesn\\(cqt do what you expect, B<don\\(cqt bother reporting it as a bug.> "
7257 "You\\(cqre almost certainly doing something that you shouldn\\(cqt be doing "
7258 "with B<fsck>. Options to different filesystem-specific fsck\\(cqs are not "
7263 #: original/man8/fsck.8:193
7265 "The B<fsck> program\\(cqs behavior is affected by the following environment "
7267 msgstr "B<fsck> プログラムの動作は、 以下に示す環境変数に影響される。"
7270 #: original/man8/fsck.8:195
7271 msgid "B<FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL>"
7272 msgstr "B<FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL>"
7275 #: original/man8/fsck.8:197
7277 "If this environment variable is set, B<fsck> will attempt to check all of "
7278 "the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems "
7279 "appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-"
7280 "end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) "
7281 "Note that the I<fs_passno> value is still used."
7285 #: original/man8/fsck.8:200
7286 msgid "B<FSCK_MAX_INST>"
7287 msgstr "B<FSCK_MAX_INST>"
7290 #: original/man8/fsck.8:202
7292 "This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem "
7293 "checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which "
7294 "have a large number of disks to avoid B<fsck> starting too many filesystem "
7295 "checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on "
7296 "the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can "
7297 "be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of B<fsck> "
7298 "may attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run "
7299 "based on gathering accounting data from the operating system."
7303 #: original/man8/fsck.8:205
7308 #: original/man8/fsck.8:207
7309 msgid "The B<PATH> environment variable is used to find filesystem checkers."
7311 "環境変数 B<PATH> は、 ファイルシステムをチェックするプログラムを探すために用"
7315 #: original/man8/fsck.8:210
7316 msgid "B<FSTAB_FILE>"
7317 msgstr "B<FSTAB_FILE>"
7320 #: original/man8/fsck.8:212
7322 "This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the "
7323 "standard location of the I</etc/fstab> file. It is also useful for "
7324 "developers who are testing B<fsck>."
7326 "この環境変数をシステム管理者が設定すれば、 I</etc/fstab> の標準的な場所を上書"
7327 "き設定できる。 開発者が B<fsck> をテストする際にも利用できる。"
7330 #: original/man8/fsck.8:215
7331 msgid "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all>"
7332 msgstr "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all>"
7335 #: original/man8/fsck.8:220
7336 msgid "B<LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all>"
7337 msgstr "B<LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all>"
7340 #: original/man8/fsck.8:222
7341 msgid "enables libmount debug output."
7342 msgstr "libmount デバッグ出力を有効にする。"
7345 #: original/man8/fsck.8:226 original/man8/mount.8:2324
7346 #: original/man8/swapon.8:210 original/man8/umount.8:208
7347 msgid "I</etc/fstab>"
7348 msgstr "I</etc/fstab>"
7351 #: original/man8/fsck.8:243
7353 "B<fstab>(5), B<mkfs>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8) or B<fsck.ext3>(8) or B<e2fsck>(8), "
7354 "B<fsck.cramfs>(8), B<fsck.jfs>(8), B<fsck.nfs>(8), B<fsck.minix>(8), B<fsck."
7355 "msdos>(8), B<fsck.vfat>(8), B<fsck.xfs>(8), B<reiserfsck>(8)"
7357 "B<fstab>(5), B<mkfs>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8) or B<fsck.ext3>(8) or B<e2fsck>(8), "
7358 "B<fsck.cramfs>(8), B<fsck.jfs>(8), B<fsck.nfs>(8), B<fsck.minix>(8), B<fsck."
7359 "msdos>(8), B<fsck.vfat>(8), B<fsck.xfs>(8), B<reiserfsck>(8)"
7362 #: original/man8/fsck.8:250
7364 "The B<fsck> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
7367 "B<fsck> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロードで"
7371 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:10
7374 msgstr "FSCK.CRAMFS"
7377 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:32
7378 msgid "fsck.cramfs - fsck compressed ROM file system"
7379 msgstr "fsck.cramfs - 圧縮された ROM ファイルシステムに対する fsck"
7382 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:35
7383 msgid "B<fsck.cramfs> [options] I<file>"
7384 msgstr "B<fsck.cramfs> [options] I<file>"
7387 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:38
7388 msgid "B<fsck.cramfs> is used to check the cramfs file system."
7389 msgstr "B<fsck.cramfs> は cramfs ファイルシステムのチェックに用いられる。"
7392 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:43 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:54
7393 msgid "Enable verbose messaging."
7394 msgstr "詳細表示を有効にする。"
7397 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:46
7398 msgid "B<-b>, B<--blocksize> I<blocksize>"
7399 msgstr "B<-b>, B<--blocksize> I<blocksize>"
7402 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:48
7404 "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at "
7405 "creation time. Only used for B<--extract>."
7407 "ブロックサイズを用いる。 デフォルトはページサイズである。 これは生成時に設定"
7408 "された値でなければならない。 B<--extract> においてのみ用いられる。"
7411 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:51
7412 msgid "B<--extract>[=I<directory>]"
7413 msgstr "B<--extract>[=I<directory>]"
7416 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:53
7418 "Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the "
7419 "I<file> to I<directory>."
7421 "ファイルシステム全体の伸長処理をテストする。 任意指定として I<file> の内容を "
7422 "I<directory> へ抽出する。"
7425 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:56
7430 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:58 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:63
7431 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:65 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:70
7432 msgid "This option is silently ignored."
7433 msgstr "このオプションは無視されます。"
7436 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:61
7441 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:84
7442 msgid "file system was left uncorrected"
7443 msgstr "ファイルシステムが不適切であることを示す。"
7446 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:89 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:120
7447 msgid "operation error, such as unable to allocate memory"
7448 msgstr "メモリ割り当て不能などの操作エラーを示す。"
7451 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:94
7452 msgid "usage information was printed"
7453 msgstr "使用方法に関する情報が表示されたことを示す。"
7456 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:99
7457 msgid "B<mount>(8), B<mkfs.cramfs>(8)"
7458 msgstr "B<mount>(8), B<mkfs.cramfs>(8)"
7461 #: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:106
7463 "The B<fsck.cramfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
7466 "B<fsck.cramfs> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
7470 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:10
7476 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:32
7477 msgid "fsck.minix - check consistency of Minix filesystem"
7481 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:35
7482 msgid "B<fsck.minix> [options] I<device>"
7483 msgstr "B<fsck.minix> [options] I<device>"
7486 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:38
7488 "B<fsck.minix> performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem."
7490 "B<fsck.minix> はperforms a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem."
7493 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:40
7495 "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. B<fsck.minix> should not be "
7496 "used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. "
7497 "Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files."
7501 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:42
7502 msgid "The I<device> name will usually have the following form:"
7503 msgstr "I<device> 名は通常、以下のような書式で表される。"
7506 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:50
7508 msgid "/dev/hda[1-63]"
7509 msgstr "/dev/hda[1-63]"
7512 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:53
7518 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:57
7520 msgid "/dev/hdb[1-63]"
7521 msgstr "/dev/hdb[1-63]"
7524 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:60
7530 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:64
7532 msgid "/dev/sda[1-15]"
7533 msgstr "/dev/sda[1-15]"
7536 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:67
7539 msgstr "SCSI ディスク 1"
7542 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:71
7544 msgid "/dev/sdb[1-15]"
7545 msgstr "/dev/sdb[1-15]"
7548 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:74
7551 msgstr "SCSI ディスク 2"
7554 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:82
7556 "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then B<fsck.minix> will print "
7557 "\"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2) three times before exiting. "
7558 "There is I<no> need to reboot after check."
7562 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:82 original/man8/mkswap.8:44
7568 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:85
7570 "B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem. Using B<fsck."
7571 "minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility "
7572 "that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly "
7573 "good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck.minix> on a mounted "
7574 "filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the "
7575 "disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion."
7579 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:90
7580 msgid "List all filenames."
7581 msgstr "ファイル名すべてを一覧表示する。"
7584 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:93
7585 msgid "B<-r>, B<--repair>"
7586 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--repair>"
7589 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:95
7590 msgid "Perform interactive repairs."
7594 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:98 original/man8/rtcwake.8:56
7595 msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto>"
7596 msgstr "B<-a>, B<--auto>"
7599 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:100
7601 "Perform automatic repairs. This option implies B<--repair> and serves to "
7602 "answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be "
7603 "extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
7607 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:108
7608 msgid "B<-s>, B<--super>"
7609 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--super>"
7612 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:110
7613 msgid "Output super-block information."
7617 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:113
7618 msgid "B<-m>, B<--uncleared>"
7619 msgstr "B<-m>, B<--uncleared>"
7622 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:115
7623 msgid "Activate MINIX-like \"mode not cleared\" warnings."
7627 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:120
7629 "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking "
7630 "is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
7634 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:134
7636 "There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most "
7637 "commonly seen in normal usage."
7641 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:136
7643 "If the device does not exist, B<fsck.minix> will print \"unable to read "
7644 "super block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, B<fsck."
7645 "minix> will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
7649 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:139
7650 msgid "The exit status returned by B<fsck.minix> is the sum of the following:"
7652 "B<fsck.minix> によって返される終了ステータスは、 以下を組み合わせたものであ"
7656 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:146
7661 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:148
7663 "Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was "
7666 "合わせられたファイルシステムのエラー。 ファイルシステムがマウントされているも"
7667 "のであれば、 システムの起動を必要とする。"
7670 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:156
7675 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:158
7676 msgid "Combination of exit statuses 3 and 4"
7677 msgstr "終了ステータス 3 と 4 の組み合わせ。"
7680 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:173
7681 msgid "Exit status values by"
7682 msgstr "終了ステータス値の対応"
7685 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:175
7686 msgid "Added support for filesystem valid flag:"
7687 msgstr "ファイルシステムの正常フラグに対するサポート追加"
7690 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:177
7691 msgid "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by"
7692 msgstr "マウント済ファイルシステムの fsck 防止チェック"
7695 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:179
7696 msgid "Minix v2 fs support by"
7697 msgstr "Minix v2 fs 対応"
7700 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:181
7705 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:183
7706 msgid "Portability patch by"
7710 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:192
7712 "B<fsck>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<mkfs.ext2>(8), B<mkfs.minix>(8), "
7715 "B<fsck>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<mkfs.ext2>(8), B<mkfs.minix>(8), "
7719 #: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:199
7721 "The B<fsck.minix> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
7724 "B<mkfs.minix> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
7728 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:10
7734 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:32
7735 msgid "fsfreeze - suspend access to a filesystem (Ext3/4, ReiserFS, JFS, XFS)"
7739 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:35
7740 msgid "B<fsfreeze> B<--freeze>|B<--unfreeze> I<mountpoint>"
7741 msgstr "B<fsfreeze> B<--freeze>|B<--unfreeze> I<mountpoint>"
7744 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:38
7745 msgid "B<fsfreeze> suspends or resumes access to a filesystem."
7749 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:40
7751 "B<fsfreeze> halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable "
7752 "image on disk. B<fsfreeze> is intended to be used with hardware RAID devices "
7753 "that support the creation of snapshots."
7757 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:42
7759 "B<fsfreeze> is unnecessary for B<device-mapper> devices. The device-mapper "
7760 "(and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a snapshot "
7761 "creation is requested. For more details see the B<dmsetup>(8) man page."
7765 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:44
7767 "The I<mountpoint> argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
7768 "filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see "
7773 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:46
7775 "Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is "
7776 "mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option B<strictatime>, "
7777 "for more details see B<mount>(8))."
7781 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:49
7782 msgid "B<-f>, B<--freeze>"
7783 msgstr "B<-f>, B<--freeze>"
7786 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:51
7788 "This option requests the specified a filesystem to be frozen from new "
7789 "modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the "
7790 "filesystem are allowed to complete, new write system calls are halted, other "
7791 "calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, metadata, "
7792 "and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to write to "
7793 "the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be unfrozen."
7797 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:53
7799 "Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain "
7800 "information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files "
7801 "will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of "
7802 "the snapshot is complete."
7806 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:56
7807 msgid "B<-u>, B<--unfreeze>"
7808 msgstr "B<-u>, B<--unfreeze>"
7811 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:58
7813 "This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to "
7814 "continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are "
7815 "unblocked and allowed to complete."
7819 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:69
7821 msgid "FILESYSTEM SUPPORT"
7825 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:72
7827 "This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. "
7828 "List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) B<btrfs>, B<ext2/3/4>, "
7829 "B<f2fs>, B<jfs>, B<nilfs2>, B<reiserfs>, and B<xfs>. Previous list may be "
7830 "incomplete, as more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know "
7831 "if a filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test "
7836 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:75
7837 msgid "This man page is based on B<xfs_freeze>(8)."
7841 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:78
7842 msgid "Written by Hajime Taira."
7846 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:81
7848 msgstr "B<mount>(8)"
7851 #: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:88
7853 "The B<fsfreeze> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
7856 "B<fsfreeze> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
7860 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:10
7866 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:32
7867 msgid "fstrim - discard unused blocks on a mounted filesystem"
7871 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:35
7873 "B<fstrim> [B<-Aa>] [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] [B<-m> I<minimum-"
7874 "size>] [B<-v> I<mountpoint>]"
7876 "B<fstrim> [B<-Aa>] [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] [B<-m> I<minimum-"
7877 "size>] [B<-v> I<mountpoint>]"
7880 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:38
7882 "B<fstrim> is used on a mounted filesystem to discard (or \"trim\") blocks "
7883 "which are not in use by the filesystem. This is useful for solid-state "
7884 "drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage."
7888 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:40
7890 "By default, B<fstrim> will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem. "
7891 "Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as "
7896 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:42
7898 "The I<mountpoint> argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
7899 "filesystem is mounted."
7903 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:44
7905 "Running B<fstrim> frequently, or even using B<mount -o discard>, might "
7906 "negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices. For most desktop "
7907 "and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a week. Note that "
7908 "not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim command incurs a "
7909 "performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to use the disk at the "
7914 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:47
7916 "The I<offset>, I<length>, and I<minimum-size> arguments may be followed by "
7917 "the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for "
7918 "GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the "
7919 "same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so "
7920 "on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
7922 "引数 I<offset>, I<length>, I<minimum-size> には、 KiB (=1024), MiB "
7923 "(=1024*1024) のような乗数を表すサフィックスをつけることができる。 GiB, TiB, "
7924 "PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB も同様に使える。 (\"iB\" を続けるのは任意であり、 たとえ"
7925 "ば \"K\" は \"KiB\" と同じ意味である)。 あるいは KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000) "
7926 "といったサフィックスをつけてもよい。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様に使える。"
7929 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:49
7930 msgid "B<-A, --fstab>"
7931 msgstr "B<-A, --fstab>"
7934 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:51
7936 "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in I</etc/fstab> on devices that "
7937 "support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from kernel "
7938 "command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, like B<--"
7939 "offset>, B<--length> and B<--minimum>, are applied to all these devices. "
7940 "Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only "
7941 "devices and read-only filesystems are silently ignored."
7945 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:54
7946 msgid "B<-a, --all>"
7947 msgstr "B<-a, --all>"
7950 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:56
7952 "Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard operation. "
7953 "The other supplied options, like B<--offset>, B<--length> and B<--minimum>, "
7954 "are applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not "
7955 "support the discard operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems "
7956 "are silently ignored."
7960 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:59
7961 msgid "B<-n, --dry-run>"
7962 msgstr "B<-n, --dry-run>"
7965 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:61
7966 msgid "This option does everything apart from actually call B<FITRIM> ioctl."
7970 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:64
7971 msgid "B<-o, --offset> I<offset>"
7972 msgstr "B<-o, --offset> I<offset>"
7975 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:66
7977 "Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free blocks "
7978 "to discard. The default value is zero, starting at the beginning of the "
7983 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:69
7984 msgid "B<-l, --length> I<length>"
7985 msgstr "B<-l, --length> I<length>"
7988 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:71
7990 "The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks to "
7991 "discard. If the specified value extends past the end of the filesystem, "
7992 "B<fstrim> will stop at the filesystem size boundary. The default value "
7993 "extends to the end of the filesystem."
7997 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:74
7998 msgid "B<-I, --listed-in> I<list>"
7999 msgstr "B<-I, --listed-in> I<list>"
8002 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:76
8004 "Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo "
8005 "format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored. The evaluation of "
8006 "the I<list> stops after first non-empty file. For example:"
8010 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:78
8011 msgid "B<--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo>."
8012 msgstr "B<--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo>."
8015 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:81
8016 msgid "B<-m, --minimum> I<minimum-size>"
8017 msgstr "B<-m, --minimum> I<minimum-size>"
8020 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:83
8022 "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
8023 "internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free "
8024 "ranges smaller than this will be ignored and fstrim will adjust the minimum "
8025 "if it\\(cqs smaller than the device\\(cqs minimum, and report that "
8026 "(fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the "
8027 "fstrim operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly "
8028 "fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The default "
8029 "value is zero, discarding every free block."
8033 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:86
8034 msgid "B<-v, --verbose>"
8035 msgstr "B<-v, --verbose>"
8038 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:88
8040 "Verbose execution. With this option B<fstrim> will output the number of "
8041 "bytes passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for "
8042 "potential discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the storage "
8043 "device\\(cqs perspective, because I<FITRIM> ioctl called repeated will keep "
8044 "sending the same sectors for discard repeatedly."
8048 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:90
8050 "B<fstrim> will report the same potential discard bytes each time, but only "
8051 "sectors which had been written to between the discards would actually be "
8052 "discarded by the storage device. Further, the kernel block layer reserves "
8053 "the right to adjust the discard ranges to fit raid stripe geometry, non-trim "
8054 "capable devices in a LVM setup, etc. These reductions would not be reflected "
8055 "in fstrim_range.len (the B<--length> option)."
8059 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:93
8060 msgid "B<--quiet-unsupported>"
8061 msgstr "B<--quiet-unsupported>"
8064 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:95
8066 "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This "
8067 "option is meant to be used in systemd service file or in cron scripts to "
8068 "hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
8069 "reporting I<Bad file descriptor> when device is mounted read-only, or lack "
8070 "of file system support for ioctl FITRIM call. This option also cleans exit "
8071 "status when unsupported filesystem specified on fstrim command line."
8075 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:109 original/man8/lsblk.8:201
8076 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:117
8081 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:114 original/man8/hwclock.8:449
8082 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:206
8087 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:119 original/man8/lsblk.8:211
8092 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:121 original/man8/isosize.8:66
8097 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:124 original/man8/lsblk.8:216
8102 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:126
8103 msgid "some filesystem discards have succeeded, some failed"
8107 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:129
8109 "The command B<fstrim --all> returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed) or 64 "
8110 "(some failed, some succeeded)."
8114 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:137
8115 msgid "B<blkdiscard>(8), B<mount>(8)"
8116 msgstr "B<blkdiscard>(8), B<mount>(8)"
8119 #: original/man8/fstrim.8:144
8121 "The B<fstrim> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
8124 "B<fstrim> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
8128 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:10
8134 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:32
8135 msgid "hwclock - time clocks utility"
8139 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:35
8140 msgid "B<hwclock> [I<function>] [I<option>...]"
8141 msgstr "B<hwclock> [I<function>] [I<option>...]"
8144 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:38
8146 "B<hwclock> is an administration tool for the time clocks. It can: display "
8147 "the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified time; set the "
8148 "Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock from the Hardware "
8149 "Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct the System Clock "
8150 "timescale; set the kernel\\(cqs timezone, NTP timescale, and epoch (Alpha "
8151 "only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based on its drift rate."
8155 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:40
8157 "Since v2.26 important changes were made to the B<--hctosys> function and the "
8158 "B<--directisa> option, and a new option B<--update-drift> was added. See "
8159 "their respective descriptions below."
8163 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:40
8169 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:43
8171 "The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at a "
8172 "time. If none is given, the default is B<--show>."
8176 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:45
8177 msgid "B<-a, --adjust>"
8178 msgstr "B<-a, --adjust>"
8181 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:47
8183 "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift "
8184 "since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the discussion below, "
8185 "under B<The Adjust Function>."
8189 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:50
8190 msgid "B<--getepoch>; B<--setepoch>"
8191 msgstr "B<--getepoch>; B<--setepoch>"
8194 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:52
8196 "These functions are for Alpha machines only, and are only available through "
8197 "the Linux kernel RTC driver."
8201 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:54
8203 "They are used to read and set the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch value. "
8204 "Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the "
8205 "Hardware Clock refers. For example, if the machine\\(cqs BIOS sets the year "
8206 "counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since "
8207 "1952, then the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
8211 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:56
8213 "The B<--setepoch> function requires using the B<--epoch> option to specify "
8214 "the year. For example:"
8218 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:58
8219 msgid "B<hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952>"
8220 msgstr "B<hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952>"
8223 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:60
8225 "The RTC driver attempts to guess the correct epoch value, so setting it may "
8230 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:62
8232 "This epoch value is used whenever B<hwclock> reads or sets the Hardware "
8233 "Clock on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the fixed "
8234 "Hardware Clock epoch of 1900."
8238 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:65
8239 msgid "B<--predict>"
8240 msgstr "B<--predict>"
8243 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:67
8245 "Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the time "
8246 "given by the B<--date> option and the information in I</etc/adjtime>. This "
8247 "is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting a Hardware Clock "
8248 "wakeup (aka alarm). See B<rtcwake>(8)."
8252 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:69
8254 "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything "
8255 "other than the current operating system\\(cqs B<hwclock> command, such as "
8256 "\\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq or from dual-booting another OS."
8260 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:72
8261 msgid "B<-r>, B<--show>; B<--get>"
8262 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--show>; B<--get>"
8265 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:74
8267 "Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the B<ISO "
8268 "8601> format. The time shown is always in local time, even if you keep your "
8269 "Hardware Clock in UTC. See the B<--localtime> option."
8273 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:76
8275 "Showing the Hardware Clock time is the default when no function is specified."
8279 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:78
8281 "The B<--get> function also applies drift correction to the time read, based "
8282 "upon the information in I</etc/adjtime>. Do not use this function if the "
8283 "Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current "
8284 "operating system\\(cqs B<hwclock> command, such as \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq "
8285 "or from dual-booting another OS."
8289 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:81
8290 msgid "B<-s>, B<--hctosys>"
8291 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--hctosys>"
8294 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:83
8296 "Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock. The time read from the "
8297 "Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before using "
8298 "it to set the System Clock. See the discussion below, under B<The Adjust "
8303 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:85
8305 "The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time "
8306 "applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone configured "
8307 "for the system. If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time then the time "
8308 "read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before using it to set the "
8309 "System Clock. The B<--hctosys> function does this based upon the information "
8310 "in the I</etc/adjtime> file or the command line arguments B<--localtime> and "
8311 "B<--utc>. Note: no daylight saving adjustment is made. See the discussion "
8312 "below, under B<LOCAL vs UTC>."
8316 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:87
8318 "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the B<--hctosys> function sets it to "
8319 "the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is configured by "
8320 "the TZ environment variable or the I</etc/localtime> file, as B<tzset>(3) "
8321 "would interpret them. The obsolete I<tz_dsttime> field of the kernel\\(cqs "
8322 "timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this field used to mean, "
8323 "see B<settimeofday>(2).)"
8327 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:89
8329 "When used in a startup script, making the B<--hctosys> function the first "
8330 "caller of B<settimeofday>(2) from boot, it will set the NTP \\(aq11 minute "
8331 "mode\\(aq timescale via the I<persistent_clock_is_local> kernel variable. If "
8332 "the Hardware Clock\\(cqs timescale configuration is changed then a reboot is "
8333 "required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, under B<Automatic "
8334 "Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel>."
8338 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:91
8340 "This is a good function to use in one of the system startup scripts before "
8341 "the file systems are mounted read/write."
8345 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:93
8347 "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system time "
8348 "will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, if "
8349 "something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP\\(cqs \\(aq11 minute mode"
8350 "\\(aq, then B<--hctosys> will set the time incorrectly by including drift "
8355 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:95
8357 "Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in I</etc/"
8358 "adjtime> to zero. This setting will be persistent as long as the B<--update-"
8359 "drift> option is not used with B<--systohc> at shutdown (or anywhere else). "
8360 "Another way to inhibit this is by using the B<--noadjfile> option when "
8361 "calling the B<--hctosys> function. A third method is to delete the I</etc/"
8362 "adjtime> file. B<Hwclock> will then default to using the UTC timescale for "
8363 "the Hardware Clock. If the Hardware Clock is ticking local time it will need "
8364 "to be defined in the file. This can be done by calling B<hwclock --localtime "
8365 "--adjust>; when the file is not present this command will not actually "
8366 "adjust the Clock, but it will create the file with local time configured, "
8367 "and a drift factor of zero."
8371 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:97
8373 "A condition under which inhibiting B<hwclock>\\(aqs drift correction may be "
8374 "desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this "
8375 "instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock\\(cqs "
8376 "value, then when this instance is started again the drift correction applied "
8377 "will be incorrect."
8381 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:99
8383 "For B<hwclock>\\(aqs drift correction to work properly it is imperative that "
8384 "nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not running."
8388 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:102
8393 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:104
8395 "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the B<--date> option, and update "
8396 "the timestamps in I</etc/adjtime>. With the B<--update-drift> option also "
8397 "(re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if B<--set> fails. "
8398 "See B<--update-drift> below."
8402 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:107
8407 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:109
8409 "This is an alternate to the B<--hctosys> function that does not read the "
8410 "Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not any drift "
8411 "correction. It is intended to be used in a startup script on systems with "
8412 "kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock has been set from "
8413 "the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
8417 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:111
8419 "It does the following things that are detailed above in the B<--hctosys> "
8424 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:121
8426 "Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed. Only instead of "
8427 "accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, B<hwclock> simply informs "
8428 "the kernel and it handles the change."
8432 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:132
8433 msgid "Sets the kernel\\(cqs NTP \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq timescale."
8437 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:143
8438 msgid "Sets the kernel\\(cqs timezone."
8442 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:147
8444 "The first two are only available on the first call of B<settimeofday>(2) "
8445 "after boot. Consequently this option only makes sense when used in a startup "
8446 "script. If the Hardware Clocks timescale configuration is changed then a "
8447 "reboot would be required to inform the kernel."
8451 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:149
8452 msgid "B<-w>, B<--systohc>"
8453 msgstr "B<-w>, B<--systohc>"
8456 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:151
8458 "Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps in "
8459 "I</etc/adjtime>. With the B<--update-drift> option also (re)calculate the "
8460 "drift factor. Try it without the option if B<--systohc> fails. See B<--"
8461 "update-drift> below."
8465 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:165
8466 msgid "B<--adjfile=>I<filename>"
8470 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:167
8471 msgid "Override the default I</etc/adjtime> file path."
8472 msgstr "デフォルトの I</etc/adjtime> のファイルパスを上書きする。"
8475 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:170
8476 msgid "B<--date=>I<date_string>"
8477 msgstr "B<--date=>I<date_string>"
8480 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:172
8482 "This option must be used with the B<--set> or B<--predict> functions, "
8483 "otherwise it is ignored."
8487 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:174
8488 msgid "B<hwclock --set --date=\\(aq16:45\\(aq>"
8489 msgstr "B<hwclock --set --date=\\(aq16:45\\(aq>"
8492 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:176
8493 msgid "B<hwclock --predict --date=\\(aq2525-08-14 07:11:05\\(aq>"
8494 msgstr "B<hwclock --predict --date=\\(aq2525-08-14 07:11:05\\(aq>"
8497 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:178
8499 "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in "
8500 "UTC. See the B<--localtime> option. Therefore, the argument should not "
8501 "include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time like "
8502 "\"+5 minutes\", because B<hwclock>\\(aqs precision depends upon correlation "
8503 "between the argument\\(cqs value and when the enter key is pressed. "
8504 "Fractional seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable of "
8505 "understanding many time and date formats, but the previous parameters should "
8510 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:181
8511 msgid "B<--delay=>I<seconds>"
8512 msgstr "B<--delay=>I<seconds>"
8515 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:183
8517 "This option can be used to overwrite the internally used delay when setting "
8518 "the clock time. The default is 0.5 (500ms) for rtc_cmos, for another RTC "
8519 "types the delay is 0. If RTC type is impossible to determine (from sysfs) "
8520 "then it defaults also to 0.5 to be backwardly compatible."
8524 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:185
8526 "The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) "
8527 "hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time plus "
8528 "one half second. The integer time is required because there is no interface "
8529 "to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second delay is "
8530 "because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second precisely 500 ms "
8531 "after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior is hardware "
8532 "specific and in same cases another delay is required."
8536 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:188
8537 msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>"
8538 msgstr "B<-D>, B<--debug>"
8541 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:190
8543 "Use B<--verbose>. The B<--debug> option has been deprecated and may be "
8544 "repurposed or removed in a future release."
8548 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:193
8549 msgid "B<--directisa>"
8550 msgstr "B<--directisa>"
8553 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:195
8555 "This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and x86_64 "
8556 "family. For other machines, it has no effect. This option tells B<hwclock> "
8557 "to use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware Clock. Without this "
8558 "option, B<hwclock> will use the rtc device file, which it assumes to be "
8559 "driven by the Linux RTC device driver. As of v2.26 it will no longer "
8560 "automatically use directisa when the rtc driver is unavailable; this was "
8561 "causing an unsafe condition that could allow two processes to access the "
8562 "Hardware Clock at the same time. Direct hardware access from userspace "
8563 "should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, and as a last resort when "
8564 "all other methods fail. See the B<--rtc> option."
8568 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:198
8569 msgid "B<--epoch=>I<year>"
8570 msgstr "B<--epoch=>I<year>"
8573 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:200
8575 "This option is required when using the B<--setepoch> function. The minimum "
8576 "I<year> value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent (B<ULONG_MAX - 1>)."
8580 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:203
8581 msgid "B<-f>, B<--rtc=>I<filename>"
8582 msgstr "B<-f>, B<--rtc=>I<filename>"
8585 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:205
8587 "Override B<hwclock>\\(aqs default rtc device file name. Otherwise it will "
8588 "use the first one found in this order: I</dev/rtc0>, I</dev/rtc>, I</dev/"
8589 "misc/rtc>. For B<IA-64:> I</dev/efirtc> I</dev/misc/efirtc>"
8593 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:208
8594 msgid "B<-l>, B<--localtime>; B<-u>, B<--utc>"
8595 msgstr "B<-l>, B<--localtime>; B<-u>, B<--utc>"
8598 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:210
8599 msgid "Indicate which timescale the Hardware Clock is set to."
8603 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:212
8605 "The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local "
8606 "timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is being "
8607 "used. The B<--localtime> or B<--utc> options give this information to the "
8608 "B<hwclock> command. If you specify the wrong one (or specify neither and "
8609 "take a wrong default), both setting and reading the Hardware Clock will be "
8614 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:214
8616 "If you specify neither B<--utc> nor B<--localtime> then the one last given "
8617 "with a set function (B<--set>, B<--systohc>, or B<--adjust>), as recorded in "
8618 "I</etc/adjtime>, will be used. If the adjtime file doesn\\(cqt exist, the "
8623 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:216
8625 "Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware "
8626 "Clock is kept in local time. See the discussion below, under B<LOCAL vs UTC>."
8630 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:219
8631 msgid "B<--noadjfile>"
8632 msgstr "B<--noadjfile>"
8635 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:221
8637 "Disable the facilities provided by I</etc/adjtime>. B<hwclock> will not read "
8638 "nor write to that file with this option. Either B<--utc> or B<--localtime> "
8639 "must be specified when using this option."
8643 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:224
8648 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:226
8650 "Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or I</etc/"
8651 "adjtime> (B<--verbose> is implicit with this option)."
8655 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:229
8656 msgid "B<--update-drift>"
8657 msgstr "B<--update-drift>"
8660 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:231
8662 "Update the Hardware Clock\\(cqs drift factor in I</etc/adjtime>. It can only "
8663 "be used with B<--set> or B<--systohc>."
8667 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:233
8669 "A minimum four hour period between settings is required. This is to avoid "
8670 "invalid calculations. The longer the period, the more precise the resulting "
8671 "drift factor will be."
8675 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:235
8677 "This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call "
8678 "B<hwclock --systohc> at shutdown; with the old behavior this would "
8679 "automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several problems:"
8683 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:245
8685 "When using NTP with an \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq kernel the drift factor "
8686 "would be clobbered to near zero."
8690 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:256
8692 "It would not allow the use of \\(aqcold\\(aq drift correction. With most "
8693 "configurations using \\(aqcold\\(aq drift will yield favorable results. "
8694 "Cold, means when the machine is turned off which can have a significant "
8695 "impact on the drift factor."
8699 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:267
8701 "(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal results. "
8702 "For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be abnormally hot "
8703 "the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
8707 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:278
8709 "Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using "
8710 "B<--update-drift> the RTC is not read)."
8714 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:282
8716 "Having B<hwclock> calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
8717 "for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
8718 "the I</etc/adjtime> file. For most configurations once a machine\\(cqs "
8719 "optimal drift factor is crafted it should not need to be changed. Therefore, "
8720 "the old behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift was changed and now "
8721 "requires this option to be used. See the discussion below, under B<The "
8726 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:284
8728 "This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it. If it "
8729 "cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail. This "
8730 "can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a power "
8731 "failure. In that case, the clock must first be set without this option. "
8732 "Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor would be "
8737 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:288
8738 msgid "Display more details about what B<hwclock> is doing internally."
8742 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:290
8744 msgid "Clocks in a Linux System"
8748 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:293
8749 msgid "There are two types of date-time clocks:"
8753 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:295
8755 "B<The Hardware Clock:> This clock is an independent hardware device, with "
8756 "its own power domain (battery, capacitor, etc), that operates when the "
8757 "machine is powered off, or even unplugged."
8761 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:297
8763 "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA "
8764 "standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole "
8765 "second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the "
8766 "clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
8770 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:299
8772 "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the "
8773 "RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized "
8774 "form, was coined for use by B<hwclock>. The Linux kernel also refers to it "
8775 "as the persistent clock."
8779 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:301
8781 "Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them "
8782 "having its own power domain. A very low power external I2C or SPI clock chip "
8783 "might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to initialize a "
8784 "more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for most other "
8789 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:303
8791 "B<The System Clock:> This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven by "
8792 "a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the "
8793 "ISA standard.) It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine. "
8794 "The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC "
8795 "(or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC). The System Time "
8796 "is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite precision."
8800 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:305
8802 "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock\\(cqs basic "
8803 "purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System Clock "
8804 "can be initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was "
8805 "designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
8809 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:307
8811 "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
8812 "would happen if you used the B<date>(1) program to set it while the system "
8813 "is running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock "
8814 "while the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do "
8815 "so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. Note: currently this is "
8816 "not possible on most systems because B<hwclock --systohc> is called at "
8821 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:309
8823 "The Linux kernel\\(cqs timezone is set by B<hwclock>. But don\\(cqt be "
8824 "misled \\(em almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in. "
8825 "Instead, programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they want to "
8826 "display a local time for you) almost always use a more traditional method of "
8827 "determining the timezone: They use the B<TZ> environment variable or the I</"
8828 "etc/localtime> file, as explained in the man page for B<tzset>(3). However, "
8829 "some programs and fringe parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use "
8830 "the kernel\\(cqs timezone value. An example is the vfat filesystem. If the "
8831 "kernel timezone value is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the "
8832 "wrong timestamps on files. Another example is the kernel\\(cqs NTP \\(aq11 "
8833 "minute mode\\(aq. If the kernel\\(cqs timezone value and/or the "
8834 "I<persistent_clock_is_local> variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock "
8835 "will be set incorrectly by \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq. See the discussion "
8836 "below, under B<Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel>."
8840 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:311
8842 "B<hwclock> sets the kernel\\(cqs timezone to the value indicated by B<TZ> or "
8843 "I</etc/localtime> with the B<--hctosys> or B<--systz> functions."
8847 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:313
8849 "The kernel\\(cqs timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field "
8850 "tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for DST) "
8851 "lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of Daylight "
8852 "Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality at the "
8853 "present time. This second field is not used under Linux and is always zero. "
8854 "See also B<settimeofday>(2)."
8858 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:313
8860 msgid "Hardware Clock Access Methods"
8864 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:316
8866 "B<hwclock> uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values. "
8867 "The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, which is "
8868 "presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. Also, Linux systems using "
8869 "the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting multiple Hardware "
8870 "Clocks. This may bring about the need to override the default rtc device by "
8871 "specifying one with the B<--rtc> option."
8875 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:318
8877 "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have an "
8878 "rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock "
8879 "depends on the system hardware."
8883 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:320
8885 "On an ISA compatible system, B<hwclock> can directly access the \"CMOS memory"
8886 "\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and 0x71. "
8887 "It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can only do it if "
8888 "running with superuser effective userid. This method may be used by "
8889 "specifying the B<--directisa> option."
8893 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:322
8895 "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
8896 "that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
8897 "disable interrupts. B<hwclock> provides it for testing, troubleshooting, and "
8898 "because it may be the only method available on ISA systems which do not have "
8899 "a working rtc device driver."
8903 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:322
8905 msgid "The Adjust Function"
8909 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:325
8911 "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
8912 "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of "
8913 "time every day. This is called systematic drift. B<hwclock>\\(aqs B<--"
8914 "adjust> function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the Hardware "
8919 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:327
8921 "It works like this: B<hwclock> keeps a file, I</etc/adjtime>, that keeps "
8922 "some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
8926 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:329
8928 "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a B<hwclock --set> command "
8929 "to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. B<hwclock> creates the "
8930 "adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock "
8931 "was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you "
8932 "issue a B<hwclock --set --update-drift> command to set it back 10 seconds. "
8933 "B<hwclock> updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last "
8934 "time the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the "
8935 "systematic drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a B<hwclock --"
8936 "adjust> command. B<hwclock> consults the adjtime file and sees that the "
8937 "clock gains 2 seconds per day when left alone and that it has been left "
8938 "alone for exactly one day. So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware "
8939 "Clock. It then records the current time as the last time the clock was "
8940 "adjusted. Another 24 hours go by and you issue another B<hwclock --adjust>. "
8941 "B<hwclock> does the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime "
8942 "file with the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted."
8946 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:331
8948 "When you use the B<--update-drift> option with B<--set> or B<--systohc>, the "
8949 "systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the fully drift "
8950 "corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, from that it "
8951 "derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated timestamp from "
8952 "the adjtime file. This updated drift factor is then saved in I</etc/adjtime>."
8956 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:333
8958 "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so B<--"
8959 "adjust> refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 second. "
8960 "Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will "
8961 "be more than 1 second and B<--adjust> will make the adjustment including any "
8962 "fractional amount."
8966 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:335
8968 "B<hwclock --hctosys> also uses the adjtime file data to compensate the value "
8969 "read from the Hardware Clock before using it to set the System Clock. It "
8970 "does not share the 1 second limitation of B<--adjust>, and will correct sub-"
8971 "second drift values immediately. It does not change the Hardware Clock time "
8972 "nor the adjtime file. This may eliminate the need to use B<--adjust>, unless "
8973 "something else on the system needs the Hardware Clock to be compensated."
8977 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:335
8979 msgid "The Adjtime File"
8983 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:338
8985 "While named for its historical purpose of controlling adjustments only, it "
8986 "actually contains other information used by B<hwclock> from one invocation "
8991 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:340
8992 msgid "The format of the adjtime file is, in ASCII:"
8996 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:342
8998 "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate in "
8999 "seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of seconds "
9000 "since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) "
9001 "zero (for compatibility with B<clock>(8)) as a floating point decimal."
9005 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:344
9007 "Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most "
9008 "recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known "
9009 "that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware "
9010 "Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). "
9011 "This is a decimal integer."
9015 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:346
9017 "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\". Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to "
9018 "Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value "
9019 "with options on the B<hwclock> command line."
9023 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:348
9025 "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the B<clock>(8) "
9026 "program with B<hwclock>."
9030 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:348
9032 msgid "Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel"
9036 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:351
9038 "You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept "
9039 "synchronized in some systems. The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it copies "
9040 "the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode is a "
9041 "compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability. This is a "
9042 "good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated like NTP to keep "
9043 "your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep your System Time "
9044 "synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the network or to a radio "
9045 "clock hooked up to your system. See RFC 1305.)"
9049 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:353
9051 "If the kernel is compiled with the \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq option it will "
9052 "be active when the kernel\\(cqs clock discipline is in a synchronized state. "
9053 "When in this state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask 0x0040) of the "
9054 "kernel\\(cqs I<time_status> variable is unset. This value is output as the "
9055 "\\(aqstatus\\(aq line of the B<adjtimex --print> or B<ntptime> commands."
9059 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:355
9061 "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel\\(cqs "
9062 "clock discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on \\(aq11 "
9063 "minute mode\\(aq. It can be turned off by running anything that sets the "
9064 "System Clock the old fashioned way, including B<hwclock --hctosys>. However, "
9065 "if the NTP daemon is still running, it will turn \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq "
9066 "back on again the next time it synchronizes the System Clock."
9070 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:357
9072 "If your system runs with \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq on, it may need to use "
9073 "either B<--hctosys> or B<--systz> in a startup script, especially if the "
9074 "Hardware Clock is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the kernel "
9075 "is informed of what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may clobber it "
9076 "with the wrong one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
9080 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:359
9082 "The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel what "
9083 "timescale the Hardware Clock is using. This happens via the "
9084 "I<persistent_clock_is_local> kernel variable. If B<--hctosys> or B<--systz> "
9085 "is the first, it will set this variable according to the adjtime file or the "
9086 "appropriate command-line argument. Note that when using this capability and "
9087 "the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is changed, then a reboot is "
9088 "required to notify the kernel."
9092 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:361
9094 "B<hwclock --adjust> should not be used with NTP \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq."
9098 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:361
9100 msgid "ISA Hardware Clock Century value"
9104 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:364
9106 "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA "
9107 "machine as an indicator of what century it is. B<hwclock> does not use or "
9108 "set that byte because there are some machines that don\\(cqt define the byte "
9109 "that way, and it really isn\\(cqt necessary anyway, since the year-of-"
9110 "century does a good job of implying which century it is."
9114 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:366
9116 "If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the B<hwclock> "
9117 "maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
9121 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:368
9123 "Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct ISA"
9124 "\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock. ACPI provides a standard way to "
9125 "access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
9129 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:368
9131 msgid "DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION"
9135 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:369
9137 msgid "Keeping Time without External Synchronization"
9141 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:372
9142 msgid "This discussion is based on the following conditions:"
9146 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:382
9148 "Nothing is running that alters the date-time clocks, such as NTP daemon or a "
9153 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:393
9155 "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, "
9156 "under B<POSIX vs \\(aqRIGHT\\(aq>."
9160 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:404
9162 "Early during startup the following are called, in this order: B<adjtimex --"
9163 "tick> I<value> B<--frequency> I<value> B<hwclock --hctosys>"
9167 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:415
9168 msgid "During shutdown the following is called: B<hwclock --systohc>"
9172 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:425
9173 msgid "Systems without B<adjtimex> may use B<ntptime>."
9177 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:429
9179 "Whether maintaining precision time with NTP daemon or not, it makes sense to "
9180 "configure the system to keep reasonably good date-time on its own."
9184 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:431
9186 "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of the "
9187 "big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices running at "
9188 "their own speed and drifting away from the \\(aqcorrect\\(aq time at their "
9189 "own rates. The methods and software for drift correction are different for "
9190 "each of them. However, most systems are configured to exchange values "
9191 "between these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the individual device"
9192 "\\(cqs time keeping errors are transferred back and forth between each "
9193 "other. Attempt to configure drift correction for only one of them, and the "
9194 "other\\(cqs drift will be overlaid upon it."
9198 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:433
9200 "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the System "
9201 "Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact that all "
9202 "of B<hwclock>\\(aqs precision (including calculating drift factors) depends "
9203 "upon the System Clock\\(cqs rate being correct, means that configuration of "
9204 "the System Clock should be done first."
9208 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:435
9210 "The System Clock drift is corrected with the B<adjtimex>(8) command\\(cqs "
9211 "B<--tick> and B<--frequency> options. These two work together: tick is the "
9212 "coarse adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment. (For systems that do "
9213 "not have an B<adjtimex> package, B<ntptime -f> I<ppm> may be used instead.)"
9217 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:437
9219 "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System Clock "
9220 "drift with B<adjtimex>\\(aqs compare operation. Trying to correct one "
9221 "drifting clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin to a "
9222 "dog trying to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but great "
9223 "effort and frustration will likely precede it. This automation may yield an "
9224 "improvement over no configuration, but expecting optimum results would be in "
9225 "error. A better choice for manual configuration would be B<adjtimex>\\(aqs "
9230 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:439
9232 "It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with "
9233 "B<sntp>, or B<date -Ins> and a precision timepiece, and then calculate the "
9234 "correction manually."
9238 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:441
9240 "After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine the "
9241 "adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time. See B<adjtimex>(2) for "
9242 "more information and the example demonstrating manual drift calculations."
9246 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:443
9248 "Once the System Clock is ticking smoothly, move on to the Hardware Clock."
9252 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:445
9254 "As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases. This should be true "
9255 "even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot. In that "
9256 "case the drift factor value makes little difference. But on the rare "
9257 "occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then cold "
9258 "drift should yield better results."
9262 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:447
9263 msgid "B<Steps to calculate cold drift:>"
9267 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:451
9268 msgid "B<Ensure that NTP daemon will not be launched at startup.>"
9272 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:454
9277 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:456
9278 msgid "The I<System Clock> time must be correct at shutdown!"
9282 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:459
9287 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:461
9288 msgid "Shut down the system."
9292 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:464
9297 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:466
9298 msgid "Let an extended period pass without changing the Hardware Clock."
9302 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:469
9307 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:471
9308 msgid "Start the system."
9312 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:474
9317 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:476
9319 "Immediately use B<hwclock> to set the correct time, adding the B<--update-"
9324 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:479
9326 "Note: if step 6 uses B<--systohc>, then the System Clock must be set "
9327 "correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
9331 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:481
9333 "Having B<hwclock> calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
9334 "for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
9335 "the I</etc/adjtime> file. Continue to test and refine the drift factor until "
9336 "the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup. To check this, first "
9337 "make sure that the System Time is correct before shutdown and then use "
9338 "B<sntp>, or B<date -Ins> and a precision timepiece, immediately after "
9343 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:481
9345 msgid "LOCAL vs UTC"
9349 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:484
9351 "Keeping the Hardware Clock in a local timescale causes inconsistent daylight "
9352 "saving time results:"
9356 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:494
9358 "If Linux is running during a daylight saving time change, the time written "
9359 "to the Hardware Clock will be adjusted for the change."
9363 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:505
9365 "If Linux is NOT running during a daylight saving time change, the time read "
9366 "from the Hardware Clock will NOT be adjusted for the change."
9370 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:508
9372 "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and time, "
9373 "it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when "
9374 "B<hwclock> is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the "
9375 "\\(aqcorrect\\(aq local time and makes no adjustments to the time read from "
9380 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:510
9382 "Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the "
9383 "Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for "
9384 "system administrators as B<hwclock> uses local time for its output and as "
9385 "the argument to the B<--date> option."
9389 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:512
9391 "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate in "
9392 "the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock\\(cqs purpose is to initialize the "
9393 "System Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
9397 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:514
9399 "Linux does, however, attempt to accommodate the Hardware Clock being in the "
9400 "local timescale. This is primarily for dual-booting with older versions of "
9401 "MS Windows. From Windows 7 on, the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key is "
9402 "supposed to be working properly so that its Hardware Clock can be kept in "
9407 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:514
9409 msgid "POSIX vs \\(aqRIGHT\\(aq"
9413 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:517
9415 "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without "
9416 "addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by B<tzset>(3). One area "
9417 "that seems to have no documentation is the \\(aqright\\(aq directory of the "
9418 "Time Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
9422 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:519
9424 "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and \\(aqright"
9425 "\\(aq. \\(aqRight\\(aq (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and "
9426 "posix does not. To use the \\(aqright\\(aq database the System Clock must be "
9427 "set to (UTC + leap seconds), which is equivalent to (TAI - 10). This allows "
9428 "calculating the exact number of seconds between two dates that cross a leap "
9429 "second epoch. The System Clock is then converted to the correct civil time, "
9430 "including UTC, by using the \\(aqright\\(aq timezone files which subtract "
9431 "the leap seconds. Note: this configuration is considered experimental and is "
9432 "known to have issues."
9436 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:521
9438 "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files located "
9439 "in its directory must be copied to the root of I</usr/share/zoneinfo>. Files "
9440 "are never used directly from the posix or \\(aqright\\(aq subdirectories, e."
9441 "g., TZ=\\(aqI<right/Europe/Dublin>\\(aq. This habit was becoming so common "
9442 "that the upstream zoneinfo project restructured the system\\(cqs file tree "
9443 "by moving the posix and \\(aqright\\(aq subdirectories out of the zoneinfo "
9444 "directory and into sibling directories:"
9448 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:523
9450 "I</usr/share/zoneinfo>, I</usr/share/zoneinfo-posix>, I</usr/share/zoneinfo-"
9455 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:525
9457 "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old tree "
9458 "structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators "
9459 "reaching into the \\(aqright\\(aq subdirectory persists. This causes the "
9460 "system timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the zoneinfo "
9461 "database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an application such "
9462 "as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or an email MTA, or "
9463 "B<hwclock> needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it from the root of I</"
9464 "usr/share/zoneinfo> , because that is what they are supposed to do. Those "
9465 "files exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock now includes them, causing "
9466 "an incorrect time conversion."
9470 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:527
9472 "Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not "
9473 "work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different "
9474 "timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix or "
9475 "\\(aqright\\(aq, as described above, or by assigning a database path to the "
9476 "I<TZDIR> environment variable."
9480 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:530
9481 msgid "One of the following exit values will be returned:"
9485 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:532
9486 msgid "B<EXIT_SUCCESS> (\\(aq0\\(aq on POSIX systems)"
9490 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:534
9491 msgid "Successful program execution."
9495 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:537
9496 msgid "B<EXIT_FAILURE> (\\(aq1\\(aq on POSIX systems)"
9500 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:539
9501 msgid "The operation failed or the command syntax was not valid."
9505 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:543
9510 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:545
9512 "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
9513 "configured timezone."
9517 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:548
9522 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:550
9524 "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
9525 "configured timezone database directory path."
9529 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:554 original/man8/rtcwake.8:231
9530 msgid "I</etc/adjtime>"
9531 msgstr "I</etc/adjtime>"
9534 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:556
9535 msgid "The configuration and state file for hwclock."
9539 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:559
9540 msgid "I</etc/localtime>"
9541 msgstr "I</etc/localtime>"
9544 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:561
9545 msgid "The system timezone file."
9546 msgstr "システムのタイムゾーンファイル。"
9549 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:564
9550 msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo/>"
9551 msgstr "I</usr/share/zoneinfo/>"
9554 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:566
9555 msgid "The system timezone database directory."
9559 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:569
9561 "Device files B<hwclock> may try for Hardware Clock access: I</dev/rtc0> I</"
9562 "dev/rtc> I</dev/misc/rtc> I</dev/efirtc> I</dev/misc/efirtc>"
9566 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:577
9568 "B<date>(1), B<adjtimex>(8), B<gettimeofday>(2), B<settimeofday>(2), "
9569 "B<crontab>(1p), B<tzset>(3)"
9571 "B<date>(1), B<adjtimex>(8), B<gettimeofday>(2), B<settimeofday>(2), "
9572 "B<crontab>(1p), B<tzset>(3)"
9575 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:580
9580 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:582
9582 "September 1996, based on work done on the B<clock>(8) program by Charles "
9583 "Hedrick, Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete "
9584 "history and credits."
9588 #: original/man8/hwclock.8:589
9590 "The B<hwclock> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
9593 "B<hwclock> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
9597 #: original/man8/isosize.8:10
9603 #: original/man8/isosize.8:32
9604 msgid "isosize - output the length of an iso9660 filesystem"
9605 msgstr "isosize - iso9660 ファイルシステムの長さを出力する"
9608 #: original/man8/isosize.8:35
9609 msgid "B<isosize> [options] I<iso9660_image_file>"
9610 msgstr "B<isosize> [options] I<iso9660_image_file>"
9613 #: original/man8/isosize.8:38
9615 "This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained "
9616 "in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e."
9617 "g. I</dev/hdd> or I</dev/sr0>). In the absence of any options (and errors), "
9618 "it will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be "
9619 "a large number (E<gt>E<gt> 4 GB)."
9621 "このコマンドは、 指定されたファイル内に含まれる iso9660 ファイルシステムの長"
9622 "さを出力する。 そのファイルは通常のファイルか、 あるいはブロックデバイス (た"
9623 "とえば I</dev/hdd> や I</dev/sr0>) である。 オプションの指定がない場合 (エ"
9624 "ラーもなければ)、 iso9660 ファイルシステムの長さをバイト単位で出力する。 現状"
9625 "でこの値は、 非常に大きなもの (4 GB 以上) になる場合がある。 "
9628 #: original/man8/isosize.8:41
9629 msgid "B<-x>, B<--sectors>"
9630 msgstr "B<-x>, B<--sectors>"
9633 #: original/man8/isosize.8:43
9635 "Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses "
9636 "the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
9638 "ブロックカウントとブロックサイズを、 読みやすい形式で表示する。 出力におい"
9639 "て、 「ブロック (block)」に対しては「セクター (sector)」という用語が用いられ"
9643 #: original/man8/isosize.8:46
9644 msgid "B<-d>, B<--divisor> I<number>"
9645 msgstr "B<-d>, B<--divisor> I<number>"
9648 #: original/man8/isosize.8:48
9650 "Only has an effect when B<-x> is not given. The value shown (if no errors) "
9651 "is the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by I<number>. So if I<number> is "
9652 "the block size then the shown value will be the block count."
9654 "B<-x> が指定されていない場合に限って、 有効な指定である。 表示される値は (エ"
9655 "ラーがなければ)、 iso9660 ファイルサイズを I<number> で割ったバイト数であ"
9656 "る。 したがって I<number> をブロックサイズにすれば、 表示される値はブロックカ"
9660 #: original/man8/isosize.8:50
9662 "The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be "
9663 "marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason "
9664 "for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the "
9665 "end of an iso9660 image."
9667 "iso9660 ファイルシステムを保持するファイル (あるいはブロックデバイス) は、 "
9668 "iso9660 ファイルシステムの実際のサイズよりも、 やや大きくなる。 この理由の 1 "
9669 "つは、 CD ライターが iso9660 イメージを書き込む際に、 その最後に「ランアウト "
9670 "(run out)」セクターを追加できるようにするためである。 "
9673 #: original/man8/isosize.8:61
9674 msgid "generic failure, such as invalid usage"
9675 msgstr "一般的な処理失敗。 誤った使い方など。 "
9678 #: original/man8/isosize.8:71
9683 #: original/man8/isosize.8:79
9685 "The B<isosize> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
9688 "B<isosize> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
9692 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:10
9698 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:32
9699 msgid "ldattach - attach a line discipline to a serial line"
9703 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:35
9705 "B<ldattach> [B<-1278denoVh>] [B<-i> I<iflag>] [B<-s> I<speed>] I<ldisc "
9708 "B<ldattach> [B<-1278denoVh>] [B<-i> I<iflag>] [B<-s> I<speed>] I<ldisc "
9712 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:38
9714 "The B<ldattach> daemon opens the specified I<device> file (which should "
9715 "refer to a serial device) and attaches the line discipline I<ldisc> to it "
9716 "for processing of the sent and/or received data. It then goes into the "
9717 "background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays loaded."
9721 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:40
9723 "The line discipline I<ldisc> may be specified either by name or by number."
9727 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:42
9729 "In order to detach the line discipline, B<kill>(1) the B<ldattach> process."
9733 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:44
9734 msgid "With no arguments, B<ldattach> prints usage information."
9738 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:44
9740 msgid "LINE DISCIPLINES"
9744 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:47
9746 "Depending on the kernel release, the following line disciplines are "
9751 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:49
9752 msgid "B<TTY>(B<0>)"
9753 msgstr "B<TTY>(B<0>)"
9756 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:51
9758 "The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode) as "
9759 "well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
9763 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:54
9764 msgid "B<SLIP>(B<1>)"
9765 msgstr "B<SLIP>(B<1>)"
9768 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:56
9770 "Serial Line IP (SLIP) protocol processor for transmitting TCP/IP packets "
9771 "over serial lines."
9775 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:59
9776 msgid "B<MOUSE>(B<2>)"
9777 msgstr "B<MOUSE>(B<2>)"
9780 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:61
9781 msgid "Device driver for RS232 connected pointing devices (serial mice)."
9785 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:64
9786 msgid "B<PPP>(B<3>)"
9787 msgstr "B<PPP>(B<3>)"
9790 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:66
9792 "Point to Point Protocol (PPP) processor for transmitting network packets "
9793 "over serial lines."
9797 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:69
9798 msgid "B<STRIP>(B<4>); B<AX25>(B<5>); B<X25>(B<6>)"
9802 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:71
9804 "Line driver for transmitting X.25 packets over asynchronous serial lines."
9808 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:74
9809 msgid "B<6PACK>(B<7>); B<R3964>(B<9>)"
9810 msgstr "B<6PACK>(B<7>); B<R3964>(B<9>)"
9813 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:76
9814 msgid "Driver for Simatic R3964 module."
9818 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:79
9819 msgid "B<IRDA>(B<11>)"
9820 msgstr "B<IRDA>(B<11>)"
9823 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:81
9824 msgid "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see"
9828 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:85
9829 msgid "B<HDLC>(B<13>)"
9830 msgstr "B<HDLC>(B<13>)"
9833 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:87
9834 msgid "Synchronous HDLC driver."
9838 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:90
9839 msgid "B<SYNC_PPP>(B<14>)"
9840 msgstr "B<SYNC_PPP>(B<14>)"
9843 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:92
9844 msgid "Synchronous PPP driver."
9848 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:95
9849 msgid "B<HCI>(B<15>)"
9850 msgstr "B<HCI>(B<15>)"
9853 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:97
9854 msgid "Bluetooth HCI UART driver."
9858 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:100
9859 msgid "B<GIGASET_M101>(B<16>)"
9860 msgstr "B<GIGASET_M101>(B<16>)"
9863 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:102
9864 msgid "Driver for Siemens Gigaset M101 serial DECT adapter."
9868 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:105
9869 msgid "B<PPS>(B<18>)"
9870 msgstr "B<PPS>(B<18>)"
9873 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:107
9874 msgid "Driver for serial line Pulse Per Second (PPS) source."
9878 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:110
9879 msgid "B<GSM0710>(B<21>)"
9880 msgstr "B<GSM0710>(B<21>)"
9883 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:112
9884 msgid "Driver for GSM 07.10 multiplexing protocol modem (CMUX)."
9888 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:116
9889 msgid "B<-1>, B<--onestopbit>"
9890 msgstr "B<-1>, B<--onestopbit>"
9893 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:118
9894 msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to one."
9898 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:121
9899 msgid "B<-2>, B<--twostopbits>"
9900 msgstr "B<-2>, B<--twostopbits>"
9903 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:123
9904 msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to two."
9908 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:126
9909 msgid "B<-7>, B<--sevenbits>"
9910 msgstr "B<-7>, B<--sevenbits>"
9913 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:128
9914 msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 7 bits."
9918 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:131
9919 msgid "B<-8>, B<--eightbits>"
9920 msgstr "B<-8>, B<--eightbits>"
9923 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:133
9924 msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 8 bits."
9928 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:136 original/man8/uuidd.8:41
9929 msgid "B<-d>, B<--debug>"
9930 msgstr "B<-d>, B<--debug>"
9933 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:138
9935 "Keep B<ldattach> in the foreground so that it can be interrupted or "
9936 "debugged, and to print verbose messages about its progress to standard error "
9941 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:141
9942 msgid "B<-e>, B<--evenparity>"
9943 msgstr "B<-e>, B<--evenparity>"
9946 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:143
9947 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to even."
9951 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:146
9952 msgid "B<-i>, B<--iflag> I<value>..."
9953 msgstr "B<-i>, B<--iflag> I<value>..."
9956 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:148
9958 "Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line. The given "
9959 "I<value> may be a number or a symbolic name. If I<value> is prefixed by a "
9960 "minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead. Several comma-separated "
9961 "values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
9965 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:151
9966 msgid "B<-n>, B<--noparity>"
9967 msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noparity>"
9970 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:153
9971 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to none."
9975 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:156
9976 msgid "B<-o>, B<--oddparity>"
9977 msgstr "B<-o>, B<--oddparity>"
9980 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:158
9981 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to odd."
9985 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:161
9986 msgid "B<-s>, B<--speed> I<value>"
9987 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--speed> I<value>"
9990 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:163
9992 "Set the speed (the baud rate) of the serial line to the specified I<value>."
9996 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:166
9997 msgid "B<-c>, B<--intro-command> I<string>"
9998 msgstr "B<-c>, B<--intro-command> I<string>"
10000 #. type: Plain text
10001 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:168
10003 "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
10004 "invocation of ldattach. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, "
10005 "the command \\(aqAT+CMUX=0\\(rsr\\(aq is commonly suitable to switch the "
10006 "modem into the CMUX mode."
10009 #. type: Plain text
10010 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:171
10011 msgid "B<-p>, B<--pause> I<value>"
10012 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pause> I<value>"
10014 #. type: Plain text
10015 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:173
10017 "Sleep for I<value> seconds before the invocation of ldattach. Default is one "
10021 #. type: Plain text
10022 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:191
10023 msgid "B<inputattach>(1), B<ttys>(4)"
10024 msgstr "B<inputattach>(1), B<ttys>(4)"
10026 #. type: Plain text
10027 #: original/man8/ldattach.8:198
10029 "The B<ldattach> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
10032 "B<ldattach> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
10036 #: original/man8/losetup.8:10
10041 #. type: Plain text
10042 #: original/man8/losetup.8:32
10043 msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices"
10044 msgstr "losetup - ループデバイスの設定と制御を行う"
10046 #. type: Plain text
10047 #: original/man8/losetup.8:35 original/man8/zramctl.8:35
10051 #. type: Plain text
10052 #: original/man8/losetup.8:37
10053 msgid "B<losetup> [I<loopdev>]"
10054 msgstr "B<losetup> [I<loopdev>]"
10056 #. type: Plain text
10057 #: original/man8/losetup.8:39
10058 msgid "B<losetup> B<-l> [B<-a>]"
10059 msgstr "B<losetup> B<-l> [B<-a>]"
10061 #. type: Plain text
10062 #: original/man8/losetup.8:41
10063 msgid "B<losetup> B<-j> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]"
10064 msgstr "B<losetup> B<-j> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]"
10066 #. type: Plain text
10067 #: original/man8/losetup.8:43
10068 msgid "Detach a loop device:"
10069 msgstr "ループデバイスをデタッチする:"
10071 #. type: Plain text
10072 #: original/man8/losetup.8:45
10073 msgid "B<losetup> B<-d> I<loopdev> ..."
10074 msgstr "B<losetup> B<-d> I<loopdev> ..."
10076 #. type: Plain text
10077 #: original/man8/losetup.8:47
10078 msgid "Detach all associated loop devices:"
10079 msgstr "関連するループデバイスをすべてデタッチする。 "
10081 #. type: Plain text
10082 #: original/man8/losetup.8:49
10083 msgid "B<losetup> B<-D>"
10084 msgstr "B<losetup> B<-D>"
10086 #. type: Plain text
10087 #: original/man8/losetup.8:51
10088 msgid "Set up a loop device:"
10089 msgstr "ループデバイスを設定する。"
10091 #. type: Plain text
10092 #: original/man8/losetup.8:53
10094 "B<losetup> [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<--sizelimit> I<size>] [B<--sector-size> "
10095 "I<size>] [B<-Pr>] [B<--show>] B<-f> I<loopdev file>"
10097 "B<losetup> [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<--sizelimit> I<size>] [B<--sector-size> "
10098 "I<size>] [B<-Pr>] [B<--show>] B<-f> I<loopdev file>"
10100 #. type: Plain text
10101 #: original/man8/losetup.8:55
10102 msgid "Resize a loop device:"
10103 msgstr "ループデバイスをサイズ変更 (resize) する。"
10105 #. type: Plain text
10106 #: original/man8/losetup.8:57
10107 msgid "B<losetup> B<-c> I<loopdev>"
10108 msgstr "B<losetup> B<-c> I<loopdev>"
10110 #. type: Plain text
10111 #: original/man8/losetup.8:60
10113 "B<losetup> is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block "
10114 "devices, to detach loop devices, and to query the status of a loop device. "
10115 "If only the I<loopdev> argument is given, the status of the corresponding "
10116 "loop device is shown. If no option is given, all loop devices are shown."
10119 #. type: Plain text
10120 #: original/man8/losetup.8:62
10122 "Note that the old output format (i.e., B<losetup -a>) with comma-delimited "
10123 "strings is deprecated in favour of the B<--list> output format."
10126 #. type: Plain text
10127 #: original/man8/losetup.8:64
10129 "It\\(cqs possible to create more independent loop devices for the same "
10130 "backing file. B<This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, corruption "
10131 "and overwrites.> Use B<--nooverlap> with B<--find> during setup to avoid "
10135 #. type: Plain text
10136 #: original/man8/losetup.8:66
10138 "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with B<--find>, "
10139 "and B<losetup> does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of "
10140 "attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended to "
10141 "use for example flock1 to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use cases."
10144 #. type: Plain text
10145 #: original/man8/losetup.8:69
10147 "The I<size> and I<offset> arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
10148 "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
10149 "ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
10150 "\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
10151 "PB, EB, ZB and YB."
10153 "I<size> や I<offset> という引数の後ろには、 KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) の"
10154 "ような乗数を表すサフィックスを続けることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, "
10155 "YiB も同様に使える (\"iB\" を続けるのは任意であり、 たとえば、 \"K\" は \"KiB"
10156 "\" と同じ意味である)。 あるいは、 KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000) といったサ"
10157 "フィックスをつけてもよい。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様に使える。"
10159 #. type: Plain text
10160 #: original/man8/losetup.8:71 original/man8/lsblk.8:49
10161 #: original/man8/mount.8:355 original/man8/raw.8:62
10162 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:44 original/man8/swapon.8:49
10163 #: original/man8/umount.8:47 original/man8/wipefs.8:55
10164 msgid "B<-a>, B<--all>"
10165 msgstr "B<-a>, B<--all>"
10167 #. type: Plain text
10168 #: original/man8/losetup.8:73
10170 "Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is "
10171 "accessible for non-root users. See also B<--list>. The old output format (as "
10172 "printed without B<--list)> is deprecated."
10175 #. type: Plain text
10176 #: original/man8/losetup.8:76
10177 msgid "B<-d>, B<--detach> I<loopdev>..."
10178 msgstr "B<-d>, B<--detach> I<loopdev>..."
10180 #. type: Plain text
10181 #: original/man8/losetup.8:78
10183 "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). Note "
10184 "that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The detach "
10185 "operation does not return B<EBUSY> error anymore if device is actively used "
10186 "by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed later."
10189 #. type: Plain text
10190 #: original/man8/losetup.8:81
10191 msgid "B<-D>, B<--detach-all>"
10192 msgstr "B<-D>, B<--detach-all>"
10194 #. type: Plain text
10195 #: original/man8/losetup.8:83
10196 msgid "Detach all associated loop devices."
10199 #. type: Plain text
10200 #: original/man8/losetup.8:86
10201 msgid "B<-f>, B<--find> [I<file>]"
10202 msgstr "B<-f>, B<--find> [I<file>]"
10204 #. type: Plain text
10205 #: original/man8/losetup.8:88
10207 "Find the first unused loop device. If a I<file> argument is present, use the "
10208 "found device as loop device. Otherwise, just print its name."
10211 #. type: Plain text
10212 #: original/man8/losetup.8:91
10216 #. type: Plain text
10217 #: original/man8/losetup.8:93
10219 "Display the name of the assigned loop device if the B<-f> option and a "
10220 "I<file> argument are present."
10223 #. type: Plain text
10224 #: original/man8/losetup.8:96
10225 msgid "B<-L>, B<--nooverlap>"
10226 msgstr "B<-L>, B<--nooverlap>"
10228 #. type: Plain text
10229 #: original/man8/losetup.8:98
10231 "Check for conflicts between loop devices to avoid situation when the same "
10232 "backing file is shared between more loop devices. If the file is already "
10233 "used by another device then re-use the device rather than a new one. The "
10234 "option makes sense only with B<--find>."
10237 #. type: Plain text
10238 #: original/man8/losetup.8:101
10239 msgid "B<-j>, B<--associated> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]"
10240 msgstr "B<-j>, B<--associated> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]"
10242 #. type: Plain text
10243 #: original/man8/losetup.8:103
10244 msgid "Show the status of all loop devices associated with the given I<file>."
10247 #. type: Plain text
10248 #: original/man8/losetup.8:108
10250 "The data start is moved I<offset> bytes into the specified file or device. "
10251 "The I<offset> may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
10254 #. type: Plain text
10255 #: original/man8/losetup.8:111
10256 msgid "B<--sizelimit> I<size>"
10257 msgstr "B<--sizelimit> I<size>"
10259 #. type: Plain text
10260 #: original/man8/losetup.8:113
10262 "The data end is set to no more than I<size> bytes after the data start. The "
10263 "I<size> may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
10266 #. type: Plain text
10267 #: original/man8/losetup.8:116
10268 msgid "B<-b>, B<--sector-size> I<size>"
10269 msgstr "B<-b>, B<--sector-size> I<size>"
10271 #. type: Plain text
10272 #: original/man8/losetup.8:118
10274 "Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux 4.14). "
10275 "The option may be used when create a new loop device as well as stand-alone "
10276 "command to modify sector size of the already existing loop device."
10279 #. type: Plain text
10280 #: original/man8/losetup.8:121
10281 msgid "B<-c>, B<--set-capacity> I<loopdev>"
10282 msgstr "B<-c>, B<--set-capacity> I<loopdev>"
10284 #. type: Plain text
10285 #: original/man8/losetup.8:123
10287 "Force the loop driver to reread the size of the file associated with the "
10288 "specified loop device."
10291 #. type: Plain text
10292 #: original/man8/losetup.8:126
10293 msgid "B<-P>, B<--partscan>"
10294 msgstr "B<-P>, B<--partscan>"
10296 #. type: Plain text
10297 #: original/man8/losetup.8:128
10299 "Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop device. "
10300 "Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes. The default "
10301 "is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the option B<--sector-"
10302 "size> together with B<--partscan>."
10305 #. type: Plain text
10306 #: original/man8/losetup.8:133
10307 msgid "Set up a read-only loop device."
10310 #. type: Plain text
10311 #: original/man8/losetup.8:136
10312 msgid "B<--direct-io>[B<=on>|B<off>]"
10313 msgstr "B<--direct-io>[B<=on>|B<off>]"
10315 #. type: Plain text
10316 #: original/man8/losetup.8:138
10318 "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument can "
10319 "be either B<on> or B<off>. If the argument is omitted, it defaults to B<off>."
10322 #. type: Plain text
10323 #: original/man8/losetup.8:143 original/man8/mount.8:534
10324 #: original/man8/partx.8:153 original/man8/umount.8:136
10325 msgid "Verbose mode."
10328 #. type: Plain text
10329 #: original/man8/losetup.8:148
10331 "If a loop device or the B<-a> option is specified, print the default columns "
10332 "for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the default is to "
10333 "print info about all devices. See also B<--output>, B<--noheadings>, B<--"
10334 "raw>, and B<--json>."
10337 #. type: Plain text
10338 #: original/man8/losetup.8:151
10339 msgid "B<-O>, B<--output> I<column>[,I<column>]..."
10340 msgstr "B<-O>, B<--output> I<column>[,I<column>]..."
10342 #. type: Plain text
10343 #: original/man8/losetup.8:153
10345 "Specify the columns that are to be printed for the B<--list> output. Use B<--"
10346 "help> to get a list of all supported columns."
10348 "B<--list> において、 出力する項目を指定する。 B<--help> を実行すれば、 サポー"
10349 "トされている項目一覧を見ることができる。"
10351 #. type: Plain text
10352 #: original/man8/losetup.8:158 original/man8/lsblk.8:135
10353 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:72 original/man8/lsns.8:71 original/man8/partx.8:113
10354 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:62 original/man8/swapon.8:117
10355 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:85
10356 msgid "Output all available columns."
10357 msgstr "出力可能な項目すべてを出力する。"
10359 #. type: Plain text
10360 #: original/man8/losetup.8:163
10361 msgid "Don\\(cqt print headings for B<--list> output format."
10362 msgstr "B<--list> による出力にあたって、 ヘッダー行を表示しない。"
10364 #. type: Plain text
10365 #: original/man8/losetup.8:166 original/man8/swapon.8:125
10366 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:88
10370 #. type: Plain text
10371 #: original/man8/losetup.8:168
10372 msgid "Use the raw B<--list> output format."
10373 msgstr "そのままの出力フォーマットを使用する。"
10375 #. type: Plain text
10376 #: original/man8/losetup.8:173
10377 msgid "Use JSON format for B<--list> output."
10378 msgstr "B<--list> の出力に JSON フォーマットを使用する。"
10381 #: original/man8/losetup.8:184
10386 #. type: Plain text
10387 #: original/man8/losetup.8:187
10389 "B<Cryptoloop is no longer supported in favor of dm-crypt.> For more details "
10390 "see B<cryptsetup>(8)."
10393 #. type: Plain text
10394 #: original/man8/losetup.8:190
10396 "B<losetup> returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure. When B<losetup> "
10397 "displays the status of a loop device, it returns 1 if the device is not "
10398 "configured and 2 if an error occurred which prevented determining the status "
10402 #. type: Plain text
10403 #: original/man8/losetup.8:193
10405 "Since version 2.37 B<losetup> uses B<LOOP_CONFIGURE> ioctl to setup a new "
10406 "loop device by one ioctl call. The old versions use B<LOOP_SET_FD> and "
10407 "B<LOOP_SET_STATUS64> ioctls to do the same."
10410 #. type: Plain text
10411 #: original/man8/losetup.8:196 original/man8/mount.8:2316
10412 msgid "LOOPDEV_DEBUG=all"
10413 msgstr "LOOPDEV_DEBUG=all"
10415 #. type: Plain text
10416 #: original/man8/losetup.8:198
10417 msgid "enables debug output."
10418 msgstr "デバッグ出力を有効にする。"
10420 #. type: Plain text
10421 #: original/man8/losetup.8:202
10422 msgid "I</dev/loop[0..N]>"
10423 msgstr "I</dev/loop[0..N]>"
10425 #. type: Plain text
10426 #: original/man8/losetup.8:204
10427 msgid "loop block devices"
10428 msgstr "ループブロックデバイス。"
10430 #. type: Plain text
10431 #: original/man8/losetup.8:207
10432 msgid "I</dev/loop-control>"
10433 msgstr "I</dev/loop-control>"
10435 #. type: Plain text
10436 #: original/man8/losetup.8:209
10437 msgid "loop control device"
10438 msgstr "ループコントロールデバイス。"
10440 #. type: Plain text
10441 #: original/man8/losetup.8:213
10443 "The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
10444 msgstr "以下のコマンドは、 ループデバイスの利用例として用いることができる。"
10446 #. type: Plain text
10447 #: original/man8/losetup.8:225
10450 "# dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
10451 "# losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
10453 "# mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
10454 "# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
10456 "# umount /dev/loop0\n"
10457 "# losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
10459 "# dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
10460 "# losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
10462 "# mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
10463 "# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
10465 "# umount /dev/loop0\n"
10466 "# losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
10468 #. type: Plain text
10469 #: original/man8/losetup.8:232
10470 msgid "based on the original version from"
10471 msgstr "これは以下により作られたオリジナルバージョンに基づく"
10473 #. type: Plain text
10474 #: original/man8/losetup.8:240
10476 "The B<losetup> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
10479 "B<losetup> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
10483 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:10
10488 #. type: Plain text
10489 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:32
10490 msgid "lsblk - list block devices"
10491 msgstr "lsblk - ブロックデバイスを一覧表示する"
10493 #. type: Plain text
10494 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:35
10495 msgid "B<lsblk> [options] [I<device>...]"
10496 msgstr "B<lsblk> [options] [I<device>...]"
10498 #. type: Plain text
10499 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:38
10501 "B<lsblk> lists information about all available or the specified block "
10502 "devices. The B<lsblk> command reads the B<sysfs> filesystem and B<udev db> "
10503 "to gather information. If the udev db is not available or B<lsblk> is "
10504 "compiled without udev support, then it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and "
10505 "filesystem types from the block device. In this case root permissions are "
10508 "B<lsblk> は、 利用できるすべてのブロックデバイス、 または指定されたブロックデ"
10509 "バイスの情報を一覧表示する。 B<lsblk> コマンドは、 B<sysfs> ファイルシステム"
10510 "や B<udev> のデータベースを読んで、 情報を収集する。 udev のデータベースが利"
10511 "用できない場合や、 lsblk が udev のサポートなしでコンパイルされている場合"
10512 "は、 ブロックデバイスから直接 LABEL, UUID, ファイルシステムタイプなどを読み取"
10513 "ろうとする。 その場合は、 ルート権限が必要である。 "
10515 #. type: Plain text
10516 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:40
10518 "The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like "
10519 "format by default. Use B<lsblk --help> to get a list of all available "
10522 "このコマンドは、 デフォルトでは、 すべてのブロックデバイスをツリー状のフォー"
10523 "マットで表示する (RAM ディスクは除く)。 利用できるすべての項目 (columns) のリ"
10524 "ストを見るには、 B<lsblk --help> を使用すればよい。 "
10526 #. type: Plain text
10527 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:42
10529 "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--fs> "
10530 "and B<--topology>, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
10531 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
10532 "expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--list> in "
10533 "environments where a stable output is required."
10535 "デフォルトの出力はもとより、 B<--fs> や B<--topology> といったオプションのデ"
10536 "フォルトの出力も、 バージョンによって違うことがある。 そこで、 スクリプトで"
10537 "使うときは、 デフォルトの出力の使用は、 なるべく避けた方がよい。 いつでも一定"
10538 "の出力が必要な場合には、 B<--output> I<column-list> と B<--list> を使用し"
10539 "て、 表示させたい項目が何と何かを、 必ず明確に指定するべきである。 "
10541 #. type: Plain text
10542 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:44
10544 "Note that B<lsblk> might be executed in time when B<udev> does not have all "
10545 "information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is "
10546 "recommended to use B<udevadm settle> before B<lsblk> to synchronize with "
10549 "B<lsblk> を実行したとき、 デバイスがつい今しがた追加、変更されたばかりで、 そ"
10550 "うしたデバイスについての情報のすべてを、 B<udev> がまだ取得していない、 とい"
10551 "うことがあるかもしれない。 そうした場合には、 現状と B<udev> とを同期させるた"
10552 "めに、 B<lsblk> を使用する前に、 B<udevadm settle> を実行することをお勧めす"
10555 #. type: Plain text
10556 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:46
10558 "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-"
10559 "one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may "
10560 "be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why B<lsblk> provides "
10561 "MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays "
10562 "only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), "
10563 "and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points "
10564 "associated with the device."
10566 "ブロックデバイスとファイルシステムの関係は、 1 対 1 となるわけではない。 ファ"
10567 "イルシステムが複数のブロックデバイスを利用する場合があり、 つまり 1 つのファ"
10568 "イルシステムが、 複数のパスを使ってアクセスできる場合がある。 B<lsblk> におい"
10569 "て、 項目 MOUNTPOINT あるいは MOUNTPOINTS (複数) が設けられているのは、 この"
10570 "ためである。 項目 MOUNTPOINT が表示されるのは、 マウントポイントが 1 つのみ "
10571 "(普通はファイルシステムを最後にマウントしたインスタンス) が表示される。 また"
10572 "項目 MOUNTPOINTS は、 複数行を使って、 そのデバイスに関連づいたマウントポイン"
10575 #. type: Plain text
10576 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:51
10577 msgid "Also list empty devices and RAM disk devices."
10578 msgstr "空のデバイスや RAM ディスクデバイスもリストする。"
10580 #. type: Plain text
10581 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:56 original/man8/lslocks.8:45
10582 msgid "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
10584 "SIZE の項目 (column) を人間に読みやすい表記ではなく、 バイト単位で表示する。"
10586 #. type: Plain text
10587 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:59
10588 msgid "B<-D>, B<--discard>"
10589 msgstr "B<-D>, B<--discard>"
10591 #. type: Plain text
10592 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:61
10594 "Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each "
10597 "各デバイスについて、 そのディスカーディング能力 (discarding capabilities、 "
10598 "TRIM や UNMAP) の情報を表示する。"
10600 #. type: Plain text
10601 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:64
10602 msgid "B<-d>, B<--nodeps>"
10603 msgstr "B<-d>, B<--nodeps>"
10605 #. type: Plain text
10606 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:66
10608 "Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, B<lsblk --nodeps /dev/"
10609 "sda> prints information about the sda device only."
10611 "ホルダーデバイス (holder devices) やスレーブを表示しない。 たとえば、 "
10612 "B<lsblk --nodeps /dev/sda> は、 sda というデバイスの情報しか表示しない。"
10614 #. type: Plain text
10615 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:69
10616 msgid "B<-E>, B<--dedup> I<column>"
10617 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--dedup> I<column>"
10619 #. type: Plain text
10620 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:71
10622 "Use I<column> as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the "
10623 "key is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and "
10624 "parental whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always "
10627 "出力されるツリーの重複をなくすために、 項目 I<column> を重複排除キーとして使"
10628 "用する。 ただし、 そのデバイスでそのキーが利用できない場合や、 そのデバイスが"
10629 "パーティションであり、 ディスク全体である親デバイスが同じキーの値を示している"
10630 "場合には、 そのデバイスはやはり表示されることになる。 "
10632 #. type: Plain text
10633 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:73
10635 "The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, "
10636 "for example by B<-E WWN>."
10638 "よく使われる例としては、 システムのマルチパスデバイスで、 たとえば B<-E WWN> "
10639 "を指定して、 出力の重複をなくすといったことがある。 "
10641 #. type: Plain text
10642 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:76
10643 msgid "B<-e>, B<--exclude> I<list>"
10644 msgstr "B<-e>, B<--exclude> I<list>"
10646 #. type: Plain text
10647 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:78
10649 "Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated I<list> of major device "
10650 "numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if B<--all> "
10651 "is not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This "
10652 "may be confusing for B<--list> output format where hierarchy of the devices "
10655 "I<list> で指定されたデバイスを表示から除外する。 I<list> は、 カンマで区切っ"
10656 "たメジャーデバイス番号のリストである。 なお、 RAM ディスク (major=1) は、 "
10657 "B<--all> が指定されないかぎり、 デフォルトで除外されている。 このフィルターで"
10658 "適用対象に指定されるのは、 トップレベルのデバイスだけである。 そのため、 デバ"
10659 "イスの階層関係をはっきり示さない B<--list> の出力形式では、 パーティションま"
10660 "で表示されなくなることに戸惑うかもしれない。 "
10662 #. type: Plain text
10663 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:81
10664 msgid "B<-f>, B<--fs>"
10665 msgstr "B<-f>, B<--fs>"
10667 #. type: Plain text
10668 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:83
10670 "Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to B<-o NAME,FSTYPE,"
10671 "FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS>. The authoritative information "
10672 "about filesystems and raids is provided by the B<blkid>(8) command."
10674 "ファイルシステムの情報を表示する。 このオプションは、 B<-o NAME,FSTYPE,FSVER,"
10675 "LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS> と等価である。 なお、 ファイルシステム"
10676 "や RAID についての信頼できる確かな情報は、 B<blkid> コマンドが提供している。 "
10678 #. type: Plain text
10679 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:91
10680 msgid "B<-I>, B<--include> I<list>"
10681 msgstr "B<-I>, B<--include> I<list>"
10683 #. type: Plain text
10684 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:93
10686 "Include devices specified by the comma-separated I<list> of major device "
10687 "numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be "
10688 "confusing for B<--list> output format where hierarchy of the devices is not "
10691 "I<list> で指定されたデバイスを表示の対象にする。 I<list> は、 カンマで区切っ"
10692 "たメジャーデバイス番号のリストである。 このフィルターで適用対象に指定されるの"
10693 "は、 トップレベルのデバイスだけである。 そのため、 デバイスの階層関係をはっき"
10694 "り示さない B<--list> の出力形式では、 パーティションまで表示されるようになる"
10697 #. type: Plain text
10698 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:96
10699 msgid "B<-i>, B<--ascii>"
10700 msgstr "B<-i>, B<--ascii>"
10702 #. type: Plain text
10703 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:98
10704 msgid "Use ASCII characters for tree formatting."
10705 msgstr "ツリー状の表示にするのに ASCII 文字を用いる。"
10707 #. type: Plain text
10708 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:103
10710 "Use JSON output format. It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use B<--output> and "
10711 "also B<--tree> if necessary."
10713 "JSON 出力フォーマットを使用する。 B<--output> と必要に応じて B<--tree> をとも"
10716 #. type: Plain text
10717 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:108
10719 "Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide "
10720 "information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every "
10721 "device is printed only once if B<--pairs> or B<--raw> not specified (the "
10722 "parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)."
10724 "一覧形式の出力を生成する。 この出力は、 デバイス間にどんな関係があるかを明示"
10725 "しない。 また、 バージョン 2.34 以降、 B<--pairs> や B<--raw> が指定されてい"
10726 "ない場合、各デバイスは 1 度しか表示されない。 (後方互換性のある方法で、 出力"
10729 #. type: Plain text
10730 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:111
10731 msgid "B<-M>, B<--merge>"
10732 msgstr "B<-M>, B<--merge>"
10734 #. type: Plain text
10735 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:113
10737 "Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and "
10738 "Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required."
10740 "RAID やマルチパスデバイスについて、 出力を読みやすくするために、 サブツリーの"
10741 "ペアレントをグループ化する。 出力はツリー状である必要がある。 "
10743 #. type: Plain text
10744 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:116
10745 msgid "B<-m>, B<--perms>"
10746 msgstr "B<-m>, B<--perms>"
10748 #. type: Plain text
10749 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:118
10751 "Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to "
10752 "B<-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE>."
10754 "デバイスの所有者、 グループ、 許可属性について情報を出力する。 このオプション"
10755 "は、 B<-o\\ NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE> と同じである。 "
10757 #. type: Plain text
10758 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:128
10760 "Specify which output columns to print. Use B<--help> to get a list of all "
10761 "supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is "
10762 "to use tree for the column \\(aqNAME\\(aq (see also B<--tree>)."
10764 "出力にどの項目 (columns) を表示するかを指定する。 使用できる全項目のリストを"
10765 "知るには、 B<--help> オプションを使用すればよい。 選択した項目によっては、 ツ"
10766 "リー状の出力に変化が生ずるかもしれない。 デフォルトでは、 \\(aqNAME\\(aq の項"
10767 "目にツリー出力を使用している (B<--tree> も参照のこと)。"
10769 #. type: Plain text
10770 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:130
10772 "The default list of columns may be extended if I<list> is specified in the "
10773 "format I<+list> (e.g., B<lsblk -o +UUID>)."
10775 "I<list> を I<+list> の形で指定すれば、 デフォルトの項目一覧を拡張することがで"
10776 "きる (たとえば、 B<lsblk -o +UUID>)。 "
10778 #. type: Plain text
10779 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:133
10780 msgid "B<-O>, B<--output-all>"
10781 msgstr "B<-O>, B<--output-all>"
10783 #. type: Plain text
10784 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:140
10786 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are "
10787 "still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are "
10788 "hex-escaped (\\(rsxE<lt>codeE<gt>). The key (variable name) will be modified "
10789 "to contain only characters allowed for a shell variable identifiers, for "
10790 "example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-IO and FSUSE%."
10792 "key=\"value\" ペアの形で出力を生成する。 出力にあたって、 依存関係順は変わら"
10793 "ない。 問題を起こす可能性のある文字は、 すべて 16 進数にエスケープされる "
10794 "(\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)。 キー (変数名) は、シェル変数識別子として利用できる文字"
10795 "のみに修正される。 たとえば MIN-IO や FSUSE% は、 MIN_IO や FSUSE_PCT とな"
10798 #. type: Plain text
10799 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:143
10800 msgid "B<-p>, B<--paths>"
10801 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--paths>"
10803 #. type: Plain text
10804 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:145
10805 msgid "Print full device paths."
10806 msgstr "デバイスのフルパスを表示する。"
10808 #. type: Plain text
10809 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:150
10811 "Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by "
10812 "dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
10813 "(\\(rsxE<lt>codeE<gt>) in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT "
10816 "そのまま (raw) のフォーマットで出力を表示する。 出力行の並びは、 ここでも依存"
10817 "関係順である。 NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL, MOUNTPOINT といった項目におい"
10818 "て、 問題を起こしそうな文字は、 すべて 16 進数にエスケープされる "
10819 "(\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)。 "
10821 #. type: Plain text
10822 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:153
10823 msgid "B<-S>, B<--scsi>"
10824 msgstr "B<-S>, B<--scsi>"
10826 #. type: Plain text
10827 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:155
10829 "Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder "
10830 "devices are ignored."
10832 "SCSI デバイスに関する情報のみを出力する。 すべてのパーティション、 スレー"
10833 "ブ、 ホルダーデバイスは無視される。 "
10835 #. type: Plain text
10836 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:158
10837 msgid "B<-s>, B<--inverse>"
10838 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--inverse>"
10840 #. type: Plain text
10841 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:160
10843 "Print dependencies in inverse order. If the B<--list> output is requested "
10844 "then the lines are still ordered by dependencies."
10846 "依存関係を逆順で表示する。 B<--list> 出力が要求された場合でも、 出力される行"
10847 "は、 やはり依存関係に従って並べられる。 "
10849 #. type: Plain text
10850 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:163
10851 msgid "B<-T>, B<--tree>[B<=>I<column>]"
10852 msgstr "B<-T>, B<--tree>[B<=>I<column>]"
10854 #. type: Plain text
10855 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:165
10857 "Force tree-like output format. If I<column> is specified, then a tree is "
10858 "printed in the column. The default is NAME column."
10860 "強制的にツリー状の出力フォーマットにする。 I<column> が指定されていれば、 そ"
10861 "の項目でツリー表示が行われる。 デフォルトでツリー表示されるのは、 NAME の項目"
10864 #. type: Plain text
10865 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:168
10866 msgid "B<-t>, B<--topology>"
10867 msgstr "B<-t>, B<--topology>"
10869 #. type: Plain text
10870 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:170
10871 msgid "Output info about block-device topology. This option is equivalent to"
10873 "ブロックデバイスのトポロジー情報を出力する。 このオプションは以下と同じであ"
10876 #. type: Plain text
10877 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:172
10879 "B<-o NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,"
10882 "B<-o NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,"
10885 #. type: Plain text
10886 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:180
10887 msgid "B<-w>, B<--width> I<number>"
10888 msgstr "B<-w>, B<--width> I<number>"
10890 #. type: Plain text
10891 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:182
10893 "Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number "
10894 "of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output "
10895 "width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces B<lsblk> "
10896 "to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not "
10897 "allowed. The expected use-case is for example when B<lsblk> is used by the "
10898 "B<watch>(1) command."
10900 "文字数によって出力幅を指定する。 デフォルトは、 端末のカラム数である。 また出"
10901 "力が端末上でない場合、 出力幅はデフォルトで制限されない。 このオプションを指"
10902 "定すると、 B<lsblk> に対して、 端末制御文字や安全ではない文字を表示しないよう"
10903 "にする。 想定される利用例は、 B<lsblk> を B<watch>(1) から利用する場合であ"
10906 #. type: Plain text
10907 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:185
10908 msgid "B<-x>, B<--sort> I<column>"
10909 msgstr "B<-x>, B<--sort> I<column>"
10911 #. type: Plain text
10912 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:187
10914 "Sort output lines by I<column>. This option enables B<--list> output format "
10915 "by default. It is possible to use the option B<--tree> to force tree-like "
10916 "output and than the tree branches are sorted by the I<column>."
10918 "I<column> の項目を使って、 出力行をソートする。 このオプションは、 デフォルト"
10919 "では B<--list> 出力フォーマットを有効にする。 I<--tree> オプションを使用し"
10920 "て、 強制的にツリー状の出力にすることも可能であり、 その場合は、 ツリー表示の"
10921 "枝が、 I<column> の値を元にしてソートされる。 "
10923 #. type: Plain text
10924 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:190
10925 msgid "B<-z>, B<--zoned>"
10926 msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zoned>"
10928 #. type: Plain text
10929 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:192
10930 msgid "Print the zone model for each device."
10931 msgstr "各デバイスについて zone model を表示する。"
10933 #. type: Plain text
10934 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:195
10935 msgid "B<--sysroot> I<directory>"
10936 msgstr "B<--sysroot> I<directory>"
10938 #. type: Plain text
10939 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:197
10941 "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
10942 "B<lsblk> command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of "
10943 "the Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target "
10944 "directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
10946 "B<lsblk> コマンドが実行されているインスタンス以外の Linux インスタンスについ"
10947 "てデータを収集する。 指定するディレクトリは、 調査対象とする Linux インスタン"
10948 "スのシステムルートとする。 対象ディレクトリ内の実際のデバイスノード名は、 "
10949 "udev 属性を指定したテキストファイルに応じて置き換えられる。"
10951 #. type: Plain text
10952 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:213
10953 msgid "none of specified devices found"
10954 msgstr "指定されたデバイスが一つも見つからなかった"
10956 #. type: Plain text
10957 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:218
10958 msgid "some specified devices found, some not found"
10960 "指定されたデバイスのうちに、 見つかったものもあり、 見つからないものもあった"
10962 #. type: Plain text
10963 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:222
10964 msgid "LSBLK_DEBUG=all"
10965 msgstr "LSBLK_DEBUG=all"
10967 #. type: Plain text
10968 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:224
10969 msgid "enables B<lsblk> debug output."
10970 msgstr "B<lsblk> デバッグ出力を有効にする。"
10972 #. type: Plain text
10973 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:229 original/man8/swapon.8:201
10974 msgid "enables B<libblkid> debug output."
10975 msgstr "B<libblkid> デバッグ出力を有効にする。 "
10977 #. type: Plain text
10978 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:234 original/man8/swapon.8:196
10979 msgid "enables B<libmount> debug output."
10980 msgstr "B<libmount> デバッグ出力を有効にする。"
10982 #. type: Plain text
10983 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:239
10984 msgid "enables B<libsmartcols> debug output."
10985 msgstr "B<libsmartcols> デバッグ出力を有効にする。"
10987 #. type: Plain text
10988 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:248
10990 "For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from "
10991 "the parent device."
10993 "個々のパーティションに対して、 ある種の情報 (たとえば、 キュー属性, queue "
10994 "attribures) は、 親デバイスから継承される。 "
10996 #. type: Plain text
10997 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:250
10999 "The B<lsblk> command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:"
11000 "minor numbers, which is done by using I</sys/dev/block>. This sysfs block "
11001 "directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with "
11002 "a new enough kernel, check that CONFIG_SYSFS was enabled at the time of the "
11005 "B<lsblk> コマンドでは、 各ブロックデバイスを major:minor 番号によって検索でき"
11006 "る必要があり、 それは I</sys/dev/block> を使って行われる。 この sysfs の "
11007 "block ディレクトリが登場したのは、 カーネル 2.6.27 (2008 年 10 月) だった。 "
11008 "十分に新しいカーネルで問題が生じる場合は、 カーネルをビルドしたときに、 "
11009 "CONFIG_SYSFS を有効にしたかどうかを確認した方がよい。 "
11011 #. type: Plain text
11012 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:259
11013 msgid "B<ls>(1), B<blkid>(8), B<findmnt>(8)"
11014 msgstr "B<ls>(1), B<blkid>(8), B<findmnt>(8)"
11016 #. type: Plain text
11017 #: original/man8/lsblk.8:266
11019 "The B<lsblk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
11022 "B<lsblk> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
11026 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:10
11031 #. type: Plain text
11032 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:32
11033 msgid "lslocks - list local system locks"
11034 msgstr "lslocks - ローカルシステムのロック (lock) を一覧表示する"
11036 #. type: Plain text
11037 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:35
11038 msgid "B<lslocks> [options]"
11039 msgstr "B<lslocks> [options]"
11041 #. type: Plain text
11042 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:38
11044 "B<lslocks> lists information about all the currently held file locks in a "
11048 #. type: Plain text
11049 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:40
11051 "Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these locks "
11052 "are not associated with any process (PID is -1). OFD locks are associated "
11053 "with the open file description on which they are acquired. This lock type is "
11054 "available since Linux 3.15, see B<fcntl>(2) for more details."
11057 #. type: Plain text
11058 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:48
11059 msgid "B<-i>, B<--noinaccessible>"
11060 msgstr "B<-i>, B<--noinaccessible>"
11062 #. type: Plain text
11063 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:50
11064 msgid "Ignore lock files which are inaccessible for the current user."
11067 #. type: Plain text
11068 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:67
11070 "The default list of columns may be extended if I<list> is specified in the "
11071 "format I<+list> (e.g., B<lslocks -o +BLOCKER>)."
11073 "I<list> を I<+list> の形で指定すれば、 デフォルトの項目一覧を拡張することがで"
11074 "きる (たとえば B<lsblk -o +BLOCKER>)。 "
11076 #. type: Plain text
11077 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:75
11078 msgid "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<pid>"
11079 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<pid>"
11081 #. type: Plain text
11082 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:77
11083 msgid "Display only the locks held by the process with this I<pid>."
11086 #. type: Plain text
11087 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:82 original/man8/lsns.8:81 original/man8/rfkill.8:67
11088 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:77
11089 msgid "Use the raw output format."
11090 msgstr "出力に生のフォーマットを使用する。"
11092 #. type: Plain text
11093 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:87 original/man8/lsns.8:91
11094 msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
11095 msgstr "カラム内のテキストを切り詰めない。"
11098 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:98
11103 #. type: Plain text
11104 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:101
11108 #. type: Plain text
11109 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:103
11110 msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
11113 #. type: Plain text
11114 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:106
11118 #. type: Plain text
11119 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:108
11120 msgid "The process ID of the process which holds the lock or -1 for OFDLCK."
11123 #. type: Plain text
11124 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:111
11128 #. type: Plain text
11129 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:113
11131 "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with B<flock>(2)), POSIX (created "
11132 "with B<fcntl>(2) and B<lockf>(3)) or OFDLCK (created with B<fcntl>(2))."
11135 #. type: Plain text
11136 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:116
11140 #. type: Plain text
11141 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:118
11142 msgid "Size of the locked file."
11145 #. type: Plain text
11146 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:121
11150 #. type: Plain text
11151 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:123
11153 "The lock\\(cqs access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked "
11154 "and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an \\(aq*\\(aq "
11158 #. type: Plain text
11159 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:126
11163 #. type: Plain text
11164 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:128
11166 "Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only "
11167 "advisory), 1 means yes. (See B<fcntl>(2).)"
11170 #. type: Plain text
11171 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:131
11175 #. type: Plain text
11176 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:133
11177 msgid "Relative byte offset of the lock."
11180 #. type: Plain text
11181 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:136
11185 #. type: Plain text
11186 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:138
11187 msgid "Ending offset of the lock."
11190 #. type: Plain text
11191 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:141
11195 #. type: Plain text
11196 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:143
11198 "Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read "
11199 "the path, it will fall back to the device\\(cqs mountpoint and \"...\" is "
11200 "appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use B<--notruncate> to "
11201 "get the full path."
11204 #. type: Plain text
11205 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:146
11209 #. type: Plain text
11210 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:148
11211 msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock."
11214 #. type: Plain text
11215 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:152
11217 "The B<lslocks> command is meant to replace the B<lslk>(8) command, "
11218 "originally written by"
11220 "B<lslocks> コマンドは B<lslk>(8) コマンドに代わるものとして意図されており、"
11223 #. type: Plain text
11224 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:154
11225 msgid "and unmaintained since 2001."
11226 msgstr "2001 以降は保守されていない。"
11228 #. type: Plain text
11229 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:162
11230 msgid "B<flock>(1), B<fcntl>(2), B<lockf>(3)"
11231 msgstr "B<flock>(1), B<fcntl>(2), B<lockf>(3)"
11233 #. type: Plain text
11234 #: original/man8/lslocks.8:169
11236 "The B<lslocks> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
11239 "B<lslocks> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
11243 #: original/man8/lsns.8:10
11248 #. type: Plain text
11249 #: original/man8/lsns.8:32
11250 msgid "lsns - list namespaces"
11251 msgstr "lsns - 名前空間を一覧表示する"
11253 #. type: Plain text
11254 #: original/man8/lsns.8:35
11255 msgid "B<lsns> [options] I<namespace>"
11256 msgstr "B<lsns> [options] I<namespace>"
11258 #. type: Plain text
11259 #: original/man8/lsns.8:38
11261 "B<lsns> lists information about all the currently accessible namespaces or "
11262 "about the given I<namespace>. The I<namespace> identifier is an inode number."
11264 "B<lsns> は、 現時点で利用可能なすべての名前空間、 あるいは指定された "
11265 "I<namespace> についての情報を一覧表示する。 識別子 I<namespace> は i ノード番"
11268 #. type: Plain text
11269 #: original/man8/lsns.8:40 original/man8/rfkill.8:42
11271 "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
11272 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
11273 "expected columns by using the B<--output> option together with a columns "
11274 "list in environments where a stable output is required."
11276 "デフォルトの出力は、 変更されることがある。 したがってスクリプト内で使うとき"
11277 "には、 デフォルト出力の利用は避けること。 一定の出力が必要になる場合には、 "
11278 "B<--output> オプションを用いて、 表示させたい項目を一覧に定義して指定するこ"
11281 #. type: Plain text
11282 #: original/man8/lsns.8:42
11284 "The B<NSFS> column, printed when B<net> is specified for the B<--type> "
11285 "option, is special; it uses multi-line cells. Use the option B<--nowrap> to "
11286 "switch to \",\"-separated single-line representation."
11288 "B<--type> オプションに B<net> を指定することで表示される B<NSFS> カラムは特別"
11289 "である。 これは複数行に表示される。 オプション B<--nowrap> を指定すると、 \","
11290 "\" 区切りによる 1 行表現に切り替わる。"
11292 #. type: Plain text
11293 #: original/man8/lsns.8:44
11295 "Note that B<lsns> reads information directly from the I</proc> filesystem "
11296 "and for non-root users it may return incomplete information. The current I</"
11297 "proc> filesystem may be unshared and affected by a PID namespace (see "
11298 "B<unshare --mount-proc> for more details). B<lsns> is not able to see "
11299 "persistent namespaces without processes where the namespace instance is held "
11300 "by a bind mount to /proc/I<pid>/ns/I<type>."
11302 "なお B<lsns> は直接 I</proc> ファイルシステムから情報を読み込む。したがって "
11303 "root ユーザー以外では、 完全な情報が得られない場合がある。今のところ I</"
11304 "proc> ファイルシステムは共有されるものではなく、 PID 名前空間によって影響され"
11305 "る (詳しくは B<unshare --mount-proc> 参照)。 名前空間インスタンスが /proc/"
11306 "I<pid>/ns/I<type> へのバインドマウントとなっているプロセスが存在しない状態で"
11307 "は、 B<lsns> は永続的な名前空間を参照することはできない。"
11309 #. type: Plain text
11310 #: original/man8/lsns.8:54
11311 msgid "Use list output format."
11312 msgstr "一覧形式の出力とする。"
11314 #. type: Plain text
11315 #: original/man8/lsns.8:66
11317 "The default list of columns may be extended if I<list> is specified in the "
11318 "format B<+>I<list> (e.g., B<lsns -o +PATH>)."
11320 "I<list> を I<+list> という書式で指定すれば、 デフォルトの項目一覧を拡張するこ"
11321 "とができる (たとえば B<lsns -o +PATH>)。 "
11323 #. type: Plain text
11324 #: original/man8/lsns.8:74
11325 msgid "B<-p>, B<--task> I<PID>"
11326 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--task> I<PID>"
11328 #. type: Plain text
11329 #: original/man8/lsns.8:76
11330 msgid "Display only the namespaces held by the process with this I<PID>."
11332 "その I<PID> を持つプロセスによって保持されている名前空間のみを表示する。"
11334 #. type: Plain text
11335 #: original/man8/lsns.8:86
11337 "Display the specified I<type> of namespaces only. The supported types are "
11338 "B<mnt>, B<net>, B<ipc>, B<user>, B<pid>, B<uts>, B<cgroup> and B<time>. This "
11339 "option may be given more than once."
11341 "指定された I<type> の名前空間のみ表示する。 サポートされているタイプは "
11342 "B<mnt>, B<net>, B<ipc>, B<user>, B<pid>, B<uts>, B<cgroup>, B<time> である。 "
11343 "このオプションは複数指定することができる。"
11345 #. type: Plain text
11346 #: original/man8/lsns.8:94
11347 msgid "B<-W>, B<--nowrap>"
11348 msgstr "B<-W>, B<--nowrap>"
11350 #. type: Plain text
11351 #: original/man8/lsns.8:96
11352 msgid "Do not use multi-line text in columns."
11353 msgstr "項目出力において、 複数行表示を行わない。"
11355 #. type: Plain text
11356 #: original/man8/lsns.8:117
11358 "B<nsenter>(1), B<unshare>(1), B<clone>(2), B<namespaces>(7), B<ioctl_ns(2)>"
11360 "B<nsenter>(1), B<unshare>(1), B<clone>(2), B<namespaces>(7), B<ioctl_ns(2)>"
11362 #. type: Plain text
11363 #: original/man8/lsns.8:124
11365 "The B<lsns> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
11368 "B<lsns> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロードで"
11372 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:10
11377 #. type: Plain text
11378 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:32
11379 msgid "mkfs - build a Linux filesystem"
11380 msgstr "mkfs - Linux ファイルシステムを構築する"
11382 #. type: Plain text
11383 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:35
11384 msgid "B<mkfs> [options] [B<-t> I<type>] [I<fs-options>] I<device> [I<size>]"
11385 msgstr "B<mkfs> [options] [B<-t> I<type>] [I<fs-options>] I<device> [I<size>]"
11387 #. type: Plain text
11388 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:38
11390 "B<This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs."
11391 "E<lt>typeE<gt> utils.>"
11393 "B<この mkfs フロントエンドは、 ファイルシステムごとの mkfs.E<lt>typeE<gt> "
11394 "ユーティリティーに置き換わっているため、 非推奨となっている。>"
11396 #. type: Plain text
11397 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:40
11399 "B<mkfs> is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk "
11400 "partition. The I<device> argument is either the device name (e.g., I</dev/"
11401 "hda1>, I</dev/sdb2>), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. "
11402 "The I<size> argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem."
11404 "B<mkfs> はデバイス上に Linux ファイルシステムをビルドするために用いる。 普通"
11405 "はハードディスクパーティション上である。 引数 I<device> はデバイス名 (たとえ"
11406 "ば I</dev/hda1>, I</dev/sdb2>) か、あるいはファイルシステムを含むことになる通"
11407 "常ファイルとする。 引数 I<size> は、 ファイルシステムに用いるブロック数であ"
11410 #. type: Plain text
11411 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:42
11412 msgid "The exit status returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
11413 msgstr "B<mkfs> が返す終了ステータスは、 成功時に 0、 失敗時に 1 である。"
11415 #. type: Plain text
11416 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:44
11418 "In actuality, B<mkfs> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
11419 "builders (B<mkfs.>I<fstype>) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific "
11420 "builder is searched for via your B<PATH> environment setting only. Please "
11421 "see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details."
11423 "実際に B<mkfs> は、 Linux 上において利用可能なさまざまなファイルシステム用の"
11424 "プログラム (B<mkfs.>I<fstype>) に対する、 単なるフロントエンドにすぎない。 "
11425 "ファイルシステムごとのプログラムは、 環境変数 B<PATH> を通じてのみ検索され"
11426 "る。 さらに詳しいことは、ファイルシステムごとのプログラムに対するマニュアル"
11429 #. type: Plain text
11430 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:49
11432 "Specify the I<type> of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default "
11433 "filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
11435 "生成するファイルシステムの I<type> を指定する。 指定されなかった場合は、 デ"
11436 "フォルトのファイルシステムタイプ (現在は ext2) が用いられる。"
11438 #. type: Plain text
11439 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:52
11440 msgid "I<fs-options>"
11441 msgstr "I<fs-options>"
11443 #. type: Plain text
11444 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:54
11446 "Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder."
11448 "ファイルシステム固有のオプション。 これは実際のファイルシステムごとのプログラ"
11451 #. type: Plain text
11452 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:57
11453 msgid "B<-V>, B<--verbose>"
11454 msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verbose>"
11456 #. type: Plain text
11457 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:59
11459 "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
11460 "executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any "
11461 "filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing."
11463 "詳細出力を行う。 実行されるファイルシステム固有のコマンド結果を含む。 このオ"
11464 "プションを 2 つ以上指定した場合は、 ファイルシステム固有のコマンドを実行しな"
11465 "い。 これはテストの際に用いる程度のことである。"
11467 #. type: Plain text
11468 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:64
11470 "Display version information and exit. (Option B<-V> will display version "
11471 "information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as "
11474 "バージョン情報を表示して終了する。 (オプション B<-V> は、ただ 1 つのパラメー"
11475 "ターとして指定した場合には、 バージョン情報表示を行う。 別のパラメーター指定"
11476 "があった場合は B<--verbose> として動作する。)"
11478 #. type: Plain text
11479 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:73
11481 "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-"
11482 "specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically "
11483 "detect the device size and require the I<size> parameter to be specified."
11485 "共通するオプションはすべて、 ファイルシステム固有のオプションよりも手前に指定"
11486 "しなければならず、 組み合わせて指定してはならない。 ファイルシステム固有のプ"
11487 "ログラムの中には、 デバイスサイズを自動検出できないために、 I<size> パラメー"
11488 "ターの指定を必要とするものがある。"
11490 #. type: Plain text
11491 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:80
11493 "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card\\(cqs version for the "
11496 "このマニュアルページは、 Remy Card による ext2 ファイルシステム向けマニュアル"
11499 #. type: Plain text
11500 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:95
11502 "B<fs>(5), B<badblocks>(8), B<fsck>(8), B<mkdosfs>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mkfs."
11503 "bfs>(8), B<mkfs.ext2>(8), B<mkfs.ext3>(8), B<mkfs.ext4>(8), B<mkfs."
11504 "minix>(8), B<mkfs.msdos>(8), B<mkfs.vfat>(8), B<mkfs.xfs>(8)"
11506 "B<fs>(5), B<badblocks>(8), B<fsck>(8), B<mkdosfs>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mkfs."
11507 "bfs>(8), B<mkfs.ext2>(8), B<mkfs.ext3>(8), B<mkfs.ext4>(8), B<mkfs."
11508 "minix>(8), B<mkfs.msdos>(8), B<mkfs.vfat>(8), B<mkfs.xfs>(8)"
11510 #. type: Plain text
11511 #: original/man8/mkfs.8:102
11513 "The B<mkfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
11516 "B<mkfs> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロードで"
11520 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:10
11525 #. type: Plain text
11526 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:32
11527 msgid "mkfs.bfs - make an SCO bfs filesystem"
11530 #. type: Plain text
11531 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:35
11532 msgid "B<mkfs.bfs> [options] I<device> [I<block-count>]"
11533 msgstr "B<mkfs.bfs> [options] I<device> [I<block-count>]"
11535 #. type: Plain text
11536 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:38
11538 "B<mkfs.bfs> creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a disk "
11539 "partition or a file accessed via the loop device)."
11542 #. type: Plain text
11543 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:40
11545 "The I<block-count> parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in "
11546 "blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used."
11549 #. type: Plain text
11550 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:43
11551 msgid "B<-N>, B<--inodes> I<number>"
11552 msgstr "B<-N>, B<--inodes> I<number>"
11554 #. type: Plain text
11555 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:45
11557 "Specify the desired I<number> of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is "
11558 "specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on "
11559 "the size of the partition."
11562 #. type: Plain text
11563 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:48
11564 msgid "B<-V>, B<--vname> I<label>"
11565 msgstr "B<-V>, B<--vname> I<label>"
11567 #. type: Plain text
11568 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:50
11569 msgid "Specify the volume I<label>. I have no idea if/where this is used."
11572 #. type: Plain text
11573 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:53
11574 msgid "B<-F>, B<--fname> I<name>"
11575 msgstr "B<-F>, B<--fname> I<name>"
11577 #. type: Plain text
11578 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:55
11579 msgid "Specify the filesystem I<name>. I have no idea if/where this is used."
11582 #. type: Plain text
11583 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:60
11584 msgid "Explain what is being done."
11587 #. type: Plain text
11588 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:63
11592 #. type: Plain text
11593 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:80
11595 "Display version information and exit. Option B<-V> only works as B<--"
11596 "version> when it is the only option."
11599 #. type: Plain text
11600 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:84
11602 "The exit status returned by B<mkfs.bfs> is 0 when all went well, and 1 when "
11603 "something went wrong."
11606 #. type: Plain text
11607 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:87
11609 msgstr "B<mkfs>(8)"
11611 #. type: Plain text
11612 #: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:94
11614 "The B<mkfs.bfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
11617 "B<mkfs.bfs> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
11621 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:10
11623 msgid "MKFS.CRAMFS"
11624 msgstr "MKFS.CRAMFS"
11626 #. type: Plain text
11627 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:32
11628 msgid "mkfs.cramfs - make compressed ROM file system"
11631 #. type: Plain text
11632 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:35
11633 msgid "B<mkfs.cramfs> [options] I<directory file>"
11634 msgstr "B<mkfs.cramfs> [options] I<directory file>"
11636 #. type: Plain text
11637 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:38
11639 "Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow "
11640 "random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a "
11641 "terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file "
11645 #. type: Plain text
11646 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:40
11648 "The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random "
11649 "write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships "
11650 "with a utility (B<mkcramfs>(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images."
11653 #. type: Plain text
11654 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:42
11655 msgid "File sizes are limited to less than 16 MB."
11658 #. type: Plain text
11659 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:44
11661 "Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the "
11662 "file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)"
11665 #. type: Plain text
11666 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:47
11668 "The I<directory> is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to "
11669 "generate a compressed filesystem out of."
11672 #. type: Plain text
11673 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:49
11675 "The I<file> will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted."
11678 #. type: Plain text
11679 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:57
11683 #. type: Plain text
11684 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:59
11686 "Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status."
11689 #. type: Plain text
11690 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:62
11691 msgid "B<-b> I<blocksize>"
11692 msgstr "B<-b> I<blocksize>"
11694 #. type: Plain text
11695 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:64
11696 msgid "Use defined block size, which has to be divisible by page size."
11699 #. type: Plain text
11700 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:67
11701 msgid "B<-e> I<edition>"
11702 msgstr "B<-e> I<edition>"
11704 #. type: Plain text
11705 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:69
11706 msgid "Use defined file system edition number in superblock."
11709 #. type: Plain text
11710 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:72
11711 msgid "B<-N> I<big, little, host>"
11712 msgstr "B<-N> I<big, little, host>"
11714 #. type: Plain text
11715 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:74
11716 msgid "Use defined endianness. Value defaults to I<host>."
11719 #. type: Plain text
11720 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:77
11721 msgid "B<-i> I<file>"
11722 msgstr "B<-i> I<file>"
11724 #. type: Plain text
11725 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:79
11726 msgid "Insert a I<file> to cramfs file system."
11729 #. type: Plain text
11730 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:82
11731 msgid "B<-n> I<name>"
11732 msgstr "B<-n> I<name>"
11734 #. type: Plain text
11735 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:84
11736 msgid "Set name of the cramfs file system."
11739 #. type: Plain text
11740 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:87
11744 #. type: Plain text
11745 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:89
11746 msgid "Pad by 512 bytes for boot code."
11749 #. type: Plain text
11750 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:94
11752 "This option is ignored. Originally the B<-s> turned on directory entry "
11756 #. type: Plain text
11757 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:97
11761 #. type: Plain text
11762 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:99
11763 msgid "Make explicit holes."
11766 #. type: Plain text
11767 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:125
11768 msgid "B<fsck.cramfs>(8), B<mount>(8)"
11769 msgstr "B<fsck.cramfs>(8), B<mount>(8)"
11771 #. type: Plain text
11772 #: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:132
11774 "The B<mkfs.cramfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
11777 "B<mkfs.cramfs> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
11781 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:10
11784 msgstr "MKFS.MINIX"
11786 #. type: Plain text
11787 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:32
11788 msgid "mkfs.minix - make a Minix filesystem"
11789 msgstr "mkfs.minix - minix ファイルシステムを生成する"
11791 #. type: Plain text
11792 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:35
11793 msgid "B<mkfs.minix> [options] I<device> [I<size-in-blocks>]"
11794 msgstr "B<mkfs.minix> [options] I<device> [I<size-in-blocks>]"
11796 #. type: Plain text
11797 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:38
11799 "B<mkfs.minix> creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk "
11802 "B<mkfs.minix> は Linux MINIX ファイルシステムを、 デバイス上に (通常はディス"
11803 "クパーティションに) 生成する。 "
11805 #. type: Plain text
11806 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:40
11807 msgid "The I<device> is usually of the following form:"
11808 msgstr "I<device> の書式は、 一般的に以下とする。"
11810 #. type: Plain text
11811 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:48
11814 "/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE disk 1)\n"
11815 "/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE disk 2)\n"
11816 "/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI disk 1)\n"
11817 "/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI disk 2)\n"
11819 "/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE ディスク 1)\n"
11820 "/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE ディスク 2)\n"
11821 "/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI ディスク 1)\n"
11822 "/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI ディスク 2)\n"
11824 #. type: Plain text
11825 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:53
11827 "The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not "
11828 "enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
11830 "デバイスは、 ブロックデバイスか、 それを表すイメージファイルとするが、 いずれ"
11831 "かに限定されるものではない。 キャラクターデバイスとすることは、 あまり良いこ"
11834 #. type: Plain text
11835 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:55
11837 "The I<size-in-blocks> parameter is the desired size of the file system, in "
11838 "blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size "
11839 "will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 "
11840 "and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
11843 #. type: Plain text
11844 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:58 original/man8/mkswap.8:54
11845 msgid "B<-c>, B<--check>"
11846 msgstr "B<-c>, B<--check>"
11848 #. type: Plain text
11849 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:60
11851 "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are "
11852 "found, the count is printed."
11855 #. type: Plain text
11856 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:63
11857 msgid "B<-n>, B<--namelength> I<length>"
11858 msgstr "B<-n>, B<--namelength> I<length>"
11860 #. type: Plain text
11861 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:65
11863 "Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable "
11864 "values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only "
11865 "value 60. The default is 30."
11868 #. type: Plain text
11869 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:73
11870 msgid "B<-i>, B<--inodes> I<number>"
11871 msgstr "B<-i>, B<--inodes> I<number>"
11873 #. type: Plain text
11874 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:75
11875 msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem."
11876 msgstr "ファイルシステムの i ノード数を指定する。 "
11878 #. type: Plain text
11879 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:78
11880 msgid "B<-l>, B<--badblocks> I<filename>"
11881 msgstr "B<-l>, B<--badblocks> I<filename>"
11883 #. type: Plain text
11884 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:80
11886 "Read the list of bad blocks from I<filename>. The file has one bad-block "
11887 "number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
11889 "I<filename> から不良ブロックの一覧を読み込む。 The file has one bad-block "
11890 "number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
11892 #. type: Plain text
11893 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:83
11897 #. type: Plain text
11898 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:85
11899 msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem. This is the default."
11901 "Minix ファイルシステム、 バージョン 1 を生成する。 これがデフォルトである。 "
11903 #. type: Plain text
11904 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:88
11905 msgid "B<-2>, B<-v>"
11906 msgstr "B<-2>, B<-v>"
11908 #. type: Plain text
11909 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:90
11910 msgid "Make a Minix version 2 filesystem."
11911 msgstr "Minix ファイルシステム、 バージョン 2 を生成する。 "
11913 #. type: Plain text
11914 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:93
11918 #. type: Plain text
11919 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:95
11920 msgid "Make a Minix version 3 filesystem."
11921 msgstr "Minix ファイルシステム、 バージョン 3 を生成する。 "
11923 #. type: Plain text
11924 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:100
11926 "Display version information and exit. The long option cannot be combined "
11927 "with other options."
11929 "バージョン情報を表示して終了する。 ロングオプションは、 他のオプションととも"
11932 #. type: Plain text
11933 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:109 original/man8/mkswap.8:112
11934 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:575 original/man8/wipefs.8:133
11935 msgid "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=E<lt>modeE<gt>"
11936 msgstr "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=E<lt>modeE<gt>"
11938 #. type: Plain text
11939 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:115
11940 msgid "The exit status returned by B<mkfs.minix> is one of the following:"
11941 msgstr "B<mkfs.minix> が返す終了ステータスは、 以下のいずれかである。"
11943 #. type: Plain text
11944 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:122
11948 #. type: Plain text
11949 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:127
11953 #. type: Plain text
11954 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:135
11955 msgid "B<fsck>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<reboot>(8)"
11956 msgstr "B<fsck>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<reboot>(8)"
11958 #. type: Plain text
11959 #: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:142
11961 "The B<mkfs.minix> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
11964 "B<mkfs.minix> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
11968 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:10
11973 #. type: Plain text
11974 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:32
11975 msgid "mkswap - set up a Linux swap area"
11976 msgstr "mkswap - Linux スワップ領域を設定する"
11978 #. type: Plain text
11979 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:35
11980 msgid "B<mkswap> [options] I<device> [I<size>]"
11981 msgstr "B<mkswap> [options] I<device> [I<size>]"
11983 #. type: Plain text
11984 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:38
11985 msgid "B<mkswap> sets up a Linux swap area on a device or in a file."
11987 "B<mkswap> は、 デバイス上またはファイル内に Linux スワップ領域を設定する。"
11989 #. type: Plain text
11990 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:40
11992 "The I<device> argument will usually be a disk partition (something like I</"
11993 "dev/sdb7>) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at "
11994 "partition IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of "
11995 "hex type 82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (B<Warning: "
11996 "Solaris also uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions."
11999 "引数 I<device> は通常はディスクパーティションとする (I</dev/sdb7> など)。 た"
12000 "だしファイルを指定してもよい。 Linux カーネルがパーティション ID を見ることは"
12001 "ない。 ただしインストールを行うスクリプトでは、 16 進数タイプ 82 "
12002 "(LINUX_SWAP) がスワップパーティションを意味するものとして取り扱うものが多"
12003 "い。 (B<警告: Solaris もこのタイプを利用している。 Solaris のパーティションを"
12006 #. type: Plain text
12007 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:42
12009 "The I<size> parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards "
12010 "compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte "
12011 "blocks. B<mkswap> will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. "
12012 "Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)"
12015 #. type: Plain text
12016 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:44
12018 "After creating the swap area, you need the B<swapon> command to start using "
12019 "it. Usually swap areas are listed in I</etc/fstab> so that they can be taken "
12020 "into use at boot time by a B<swapon -a> command in some boot script."
12022 "スワップ領域を生成した後は、 B<swapon> コマンドを使って使用を開始することが必"
12023 "要になる。 通常スワップ領域は I</etc/fstab> に記述される。 そしてシステム起動"
12024 "時に実行されるスクリプトが、 B<swapon -a> コマンドによって使用できるようにし"
12027 #. type: Plain text
12028 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:47
12030 "The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label "
12031 "can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to "
12032 "use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
12035 #. type: Plain text
12036 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:49
12038 "B<mkswap>, like many others mkfs-like utils, B<erases the first partition "
12039 "block to make any previous filesystem invisible.>"
12042 #. type: Plain text
12043 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:51
12045 "However, B<mkswap> refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk "
12046 "label (SUN, BSD, ...)."
12049 #. type: Plain text
12050 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:56
12052 "Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating "
12053 "the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
12056 #. type: Plain text
12057 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:61
12059 "Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap "
12060 "area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
12063 #. type: Plain text
12064 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:63
12066 "Also, without this option, B<mkswap> will refuse to erase the first block on "
12067 "a device with a partition table."
12070 #. type: Plain text
12071 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:68
12072 msgid "Specify a I<label> for the device, to allow B<swapon> by label."
12075 #. type: Plain text
12076 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:76
12077 msgid "B<-p>, B<--pagesize> I<size>"
12078 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pagesize> I<size>"
12080 #. type: Plain text
12081 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:78
12083 "Specify the page I<size> (in bytes) to use. This option is usually "
12084 "unnecessary; B<mkswap> reads the size from the kernel."
12087 #. type: Plain text
12088 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:81 original/man8/swaplabel.8:55
12089 msgid "B<-U>, B<--uuid> I<UUID>"
12090 msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uuid> I<UUID>"
12092 #. type: Plain text
12093 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:83
12094 msgid "Specify the I<UUID> to use. The default is to generate a UUID."
12097 #. type: Plain text
12098 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:86
12099 msgid "B<-v>, B<--swapversion 1>"
12100 msgstr "B<-v>, B<--swapversion 1>"
12102 #. type: Plain text
12103 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:88
12105 "Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the "
12106 "old B<-v 0> option has become obsolete and now only B<-v 1> is supported. "
12107 "The kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). "
12108 "The new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)"
12111 #. type: Plain text
12112 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:93
12114 "Verbose execution. With this option B<mkswap> will output more details about "
12115 "detected problems during swap area set up."
12118 #. type: Plain text
12119 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:118
12121 "The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the "
12125 #. type: Plain text
12126 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:120
12128 "The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area "
12129 "header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap "
12130 "device is ignored."
12133 #. type: Plain text
12134 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:122
12136 "Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the "
12137 "file I</proc/swaps>."
12140 #. type: Plain text
12141 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:124
12142 msgid "B<mkswap> refuses areas smaller than 10 pages."
12145 #. type: Plain text
12146 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:126
12148 "If you don\\(cqt know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able "
12149 "to look it up with B<cat /proc/cpuinfo> (or you may not - the contents of "
12150 "this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
12153 #. type: Plain text
12154 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:128
12156 "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before "
12157 "initializing it with B<mkswap>, e.g. using a command like"
12160 #. type: Plain text
12161 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:133
12163 msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=swapfile bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"
12164 msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=swapfile bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"
12166 #. type: Plain text
12167 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:138
12168 msgid "to create 8GiB swapfile."
12171 #. type: Plain text
12172 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:140
12174 "Please read notes from B<swapon>(8) about B<the swap file use restrictions> "
12175 "(holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
12178 #. type: Plain text
12179 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:144
12180 msgid "B<fdisk>(8), B<swapon>(8)"
12181 msgstr "B<fdisk>(8), B<swapon>(8)"
12183 #. type: Plain text
12184 #: original/man8/mkswap.8:151
12186 "The B<mkswap> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
12189 "B<mkswap> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
12193 #: original/man8/mount.8:10
12198 #. type: Plain text
12199 #: original/man8/mount.8:32
12200 msgid "mount - mount a filesystem"
12201 msgstr "mount - ファイルシステムをマウントする"
12203 #. type: Plain text
12204 #: original/man8/mount.8:35
12205 msgid "B<mount> [B<-h>|B<-V>]"
12206 msgstr "B<mount> [B<-h>|B<-V>]"
12208 #. type: Plain text
12209 #: original/man8/mount.8:37
12210 msgid "B<mount> [B<-l>] [B<-t> I<fstype>]"
12211 msgstr "B<mount> [B<-l>] [B<-t> I<fstype>]"
12213 #. type: Plain text
12214 #: original/man8/mount.8:39
12215 msgid "B<mount> B<-a> [B<-fFnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"
12216 msgstr "B<mount> B<-a> [B<-fFnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"
12218 #. type: Plain text
12219 #: original/man8/mount.8:41
12220 msgid "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-o> I<options>] I<device>|I<mountpoint>"
12221 msgstr "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-o> I<options>] I<device>|I<mountpoint>"
12223 #. type: Plain text
12224 #: original/man8/mount.8:43
12226 "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-o> I<options>] I<device "
12229 "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-o> I<options>] I<device "
12232 #. type: Plain text
12233 #: original/man8/mount.8:45
12234 msgid "B<mount> B<--bind>|B<--rbind>|B<--move> I<olddir newdir>"
12235 msgstr "B<mount> B<--bind>|B<--rbind>|B<--move> I<olddir newdir>"
12237 #. type: Plain text
12238 #: original/man8/mount.8:47
12240 "B<mount> B<--make>-[B<shared>|B<slave>|B<private>|B<unbindable>|B<rshared>|"
12241 "B<rslave>|B<rprivate>|B<runbindable>] I<mountpoint>"
12243 "B<mount> B<--make>-[B<shared>|B<slave>|B<private>|B<unbindable>|B<rshared>|"
12244 "B<rslave>|B<rprivate>|B<runbindable>] I<mountpoint>"
12246 #. type: Plain text
12247 #: original/man8/mount.8:50
12249 "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file "
12250 "hierarchy, rooted at I</>. These files can be spread out over several "
12251 "devices. The B<mount> command serves to attach the filesystem found on some "
12252 "device to the big file tree. Conversely, the B<umount>(8) command will "
12253 "detach it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is stored on the "
12254 "device or provided in a virtual way by network or other services."
12257 #. type: Plain text
12258 #: original/man8/mount.8:52
12259 msgid "The standard form of the B<mount> command is:"
12260 msgstr "B<mount> コマンドの標準書式は以下のとおりである。"
12262 #. type: Plain text
12263 #: original/man8/mount.8:56
12264 msgid "B<mount -t> I<type device dir>"
12265 msgstr "B<mount -t> I<type device dir>"
12267 #. type: Plain text
12268 #: original/man8/mount.8:61
12270 "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on I<device> (which is "
12271 "of type I<type>) at the directory I<dir>. The option B<-t> I<type> is "
12272 "optional. The B<mount> command is usually able to detect a filesystem. The "
12273 "root permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by default. See section "
12274 "\"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. The previous contents (if "
12275 "any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become invisible, and as long as this "
12276 "filesystem remains mounted, the pathname I<dir> refers to the root of the "
12277 "filesystem on I<device>."
12280 #. type: Plain text
12281 #: original/man8/mount.8:63
12282 msgid "If only the directory or the device is given, for example:"
12285 #. type: Plain text
12286 #: original/man8/mount.8:67
12287 msgid "B<mount /dir>"
12288 msgstr "B<mount /dir>"
12290 #. type: Plain text
12291 #: original/man8/mount.8:72
12293 "then B<mount> looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) in "
12294 "the I</etc/fstab> file. It\\(cqs possible to use the B<--target> or B<--"
12295 "source> options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given argument. For "
12299 #. type: Plain text
12300 #: original/man8/mount.8:76
12301 msgid "B<mount --target /mountpoint>"
12302 msgstr "B<mount --target /mountpoint>"
12304 #. type: Plain text
12305 #: original/man8/mount.8:81
12307 "The same filesystem may be mounted more than once, and in some cases (e.g., "
12308 "network filesystems) the same filesystem may be mounted on the same "
12309 "mountpoint multiple times. The B<mount> command does not implement any "
12310 "policy to control this behavior. All behavior is controlled by the kernel "
12311 "and it is usually specific to the filesystem driver. The exception is B<--"
12312 "all>, in this case already mounted filesystems are ignored (see B<--all> "
12313 "below for more details)."
12317 #: original/man8/mount.8:81
12319 msgid "Listing the mounts"
12322 #. type: Plain text
12323 #: original/man8/mount.8:84
12324 msgid "The listing mode is maintained for backward compatibility only."
12327 #. type: Plain text
12328 #: original/man8/mount.8:86
12330 "For more robust and customizable output use B<findmnt>(8), B<especially in "
12331 "your scripts>. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are "
12332 "replaced with \\(aq?\\(aq."
12335 #. type: Plain text
12336 #: original/man8/mount.8:88
12337 msgid "The following command lists all mounted filesystems (of type I<type>):"
12340 #. type: Plain text
12341 #: original/man8/mount.8:92
12342 msgid "B<mount> [B<-l>] [B<-t> I<type>]"
12343 msgstr "B<mount> [B<-l>] [B<-t> I<type>]"
12345 #. type: Plain text
12346 #: original/man8/mount.8:97
12347 msgid "The option B<-l> adds labels to this listing. See below."
12351 #: original/man8/mount.8:97
12353 msgid "Indicating the device and filesystem"
12356 #. type: Plain text
12357 #: original/man8/mount.8:100
12359 "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like "
12360 "I</dev/sda1>, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of "
12361 "an NFS mount, I<device> may look like I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>."
12363 "ほとんどの場合、 デバイスは (ブロックスペシャルデバイスの) ファイル名で指定す"
12364 "る (例: I</dev/sda1>)。 しかし例外もある。 たとえば NFS を通してマウントする"
12365 "場合には、 I<device> は I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir> のようになる。"
12367 #. type: Plain text
12368 #: original/man8/mount.8:102
12370 "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware reconfiguration, "
12371 "and adding or removing a device can cause changes in names. This is the "
12372 "reason why it\\(cqs strongly recommended to use filesystem or partition "
12373 "identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently supported identifiers (tags):"
12376 #. type: Plain text
12377 #: original/man8/mount.8:104
12378 msgid "LABEL=I<label>"
12379 msgstr "LABEL=I<label>"
12381 #. type: Plain text
12382 #: original/man8/mount.8:106
12383 msgid "Human readable filesystem identifier. See also B<-L>."
12386 #. type: Plain text
12387 #: original/man8/mount.8:109
12388 msgid "UUID=I<uuid>"
12389 msgstr "UUID=I<uuid>"
12391 #. type: Plain text
12392 #: original/man8/mount.8:111
12394 "Filesystem universally unique identifier. The format of the UUID is usually "
12395 "a series of hex digits separated by hyphens. See also B<-U>."
12398 #. type: Plain text
12399 #: original/man8/mount.8:113
12401 "Note that B<mount> uses UUIDs as strings. The UUIDs from the command line or "
12402 "from B<fstab>(5) are not converted to internal binary representation. The "
12403 "string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
12406 #. type: Plain text
12407 #: original/man8/mount.8:116
12408 msgid "PARTLABEL=I<label>"
12409 msgstr "PARTLABEL=I<label>"
12411 #. type: Plain text
12412 #: original/man8/mount.8:118
12414 "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on "
12415 "filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It\\(cqs "
12416 "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
12419 #. type: Plain text
12420 #: original/man8/mount.8:121
12421 msgid "PARTUUID=I<uuid>"
12422 msgstr "PARTUUID=I<uuid>"
12424 #. type: Plain text
12425 #: original/man8/mount.8:123
12427 "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent on "
12428 "filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It\\(cqs "
12429 "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
12432 #. type: Plain text
12433 #: original/man8/mount.8:126
12437 #. type: Plain text
12438 #: original/man8/mount.8:128
12440 "Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd. This identifier is usually "
12441 "based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the hardware "
12442 "manufacturer. See B<ls /dev/disk/by-id> for more details, this directory and "
12443 "running udevd is required. This identifier is not recommended for generic "
12444 "use as the identifier is not strictly defined and it depends on udev, udev "
12445 "rules and hardware."
12448 #. type: Plain text
12449 #: original/man8/mount.8:131
12451 "The command B<lsblk --fs> provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and "
12452 "UUIDs on available block devices. The command B<blkid -p E<lt>deviceE<gt>> "
12453 "provides details about a filesystem on the specified device."
12456 #. type: Plain text
12457 #: original/man8/mount.8:133
12459 "Don\\(cqt forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really "
12460 "unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use B<lsblk -o "
12461 "+UUID,PARTUUID> to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your system."
12464 #. type: Plain text
12465 #: original/man8/mount.8:135
12467 "The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g. B<UUID>=I<uuid>) rather than I</"
12468 "dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}> udev symlinks in the I</etc/"
12469 "fstab> file. Tags are more readable, robust and portable. The B<mount>(8) "
12470 "command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of symlinks in I</etc/"
12471 "fstab> has no advantage over tags. For more details see B<libblkid>(3)."
12474 #. type: Plain text
12475 #: original/man8/mount.8:137
12477 "The I<proc> filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when "
12478 "mounting it, an arbitrary keyword - for example, I<proc> - can be used "
12479 "instead of a device specification. (The customary choice I<none> is less "
12480 "fortunate: the error message \\(aqnone already mounted\\(aq from B<mount> "
12481 "can be confusing.)"
12485 #: original/man8/mount.8:137
12487 msgid "The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts"
12490 #. type: Plain text
12491 #: original/man8/mount.8:140
12493 "The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing what "
12494 "devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default location "
12495 "of the B<fstab>(5) file can be overridden with the B<--fstab> I<path> "
12496 "command-line option (see below for more details)."
12499 #. type: Plain text
12500 #: original/man8/mount.8:142
12501 msgid "The command"
12504 #. type: Plain text
12505 #: original/man8/mount.8:146
12506 msgid "B<mount -a> [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"
12507 msgstr "B<mount -a> [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"
12509 #. type: Plain text
12510 #: original/man8/mount.8:151
12512 "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in I<fstab> "
12513 "(of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper options) to be "
12514 "mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the B<noauto> "
12515 "keyword. Adding the B<-F> option will make B<mount> fork, so that the "
12516 "filesystems are mounted in parallel."
12519 #. type: Plain text
12520 #: original/man8/mount.8:153
12522 "When mounting a filesystem mentioned in I<fstab> or I<mtab>, it suffices to "
12523 "specify on the command line only the device, or only the mount point."
12526 #. type: Plain text
12527 #: original/man8/mount.8:155
12529 "The programs B<mount> and B<umount>(8) traditionally maintained a list of "
12530 "currently mounted filesystems in the file I</etc/mtab>. The support for "
12531 "regular classic I</etc/mtab> is completely disabled at compile time by "
12532 "default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make I</etc/mtab> "
12533 "a symlink to I</proc/mounts> instead. The regular I<mtab> file maintained in "
12534 "userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers and other "
12535 "advanced Linux features. If the regular I<mtab> support is enabled, then it"
12536 "\\(cqs possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
12539 #. type: Plain text
12540 #: original/man8/mount.8:157
12542 "If no arguments are given to B<mount>, the list of mounted filesystems is "
12546 #. type: Plain text
12547 #: original/man8/mount.8:159
12549 "If you want to override mount options from I</etc/fstab>, you have to use "
12550 "the B<-o> option:"
12553 #. type: Plain text
12554 #: original/man8/mount.8:163
12555 msgid "B<mount> I<device>*B<*>|I<dir> B<-o> I<options>"
12556 msgstr "B<mount> I<device>*B<*>|I<dir> B<-o> I<options>"
12558 #. type: Plain text
12559 #: original/man8/mount.8:168
12561 "and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the "
12562 "list of options from I</etc/fstab>. This default behaviour can be changed "
12563 "using the B<--options-mode> command-line option. The usual behavior is that "
12564 "the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
12567 #. type: Plain text
12568 #: original/man8/mount.8:170
12570 "The B<mount> program does not read the I</etc/fstab> file if both I<device> "
12571 "(or LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and I<dir> are specified. For "
12572 "example, to mount device B<foo> at B</dir>:"
12575 #. type: Plain text
12576 #: original/man8/mount.8:174
12577 msgid "B<mount /dev/foo /dir>"
12578 msgstr "B<mount /dev/foo /dir>"
12580 #. type: Plain text
12581 #: original/man8/mount.8:179
12583 "This default behaviour can be changed by using the B<--options-source-force> "
12584 "command-line option to always read configuration from I<fstab>. For non-root "
12585 "users B<mount> always reads the I<fstab> configuration."
12589 #: original/man8/mount.8:179
12591 msgid "Non-superuser mounts"
12594 #. type: Plain text
12595 #: original/man8/mount.8:182
12597 "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when I<fstab> "
12598 "contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding "
12602 #. type: Plain text
12603 #: original/man8/mount.8:184
12604 msgid "Thus, given a line"
12607 #. type: Plain text
12608 #: original/man8/mount.8:188
12609 msgid "B</dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide>"
12610 msgstr "B</dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide>"
12612 #. type: Plain text
12613 #: original/man8/mount.8:193
12615 "any user can mount the iso9660 filesystem found on an inserted CDROM using "
12619 #. type: Plain text
12620 #: original/man8/mount.8:197
12621 msgid "B<mount /cd>"
12622 msgstr "B<mount /cd>"
12624 #. type: Plain text
12625 #: original/man8/mount.8:202
12627 "Note that B<mount> is very strict about non-root users and all paths "
12628 "specified on command line are verified before I<fstab> is parsed or a helper "
12629 "program is executed. It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use a valid mountpoint "
12630 "to specify filesystem, otherwise B<mount> may fail. For example it\\(cqs a "
12631 "bad idea to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
12634 #. type: Plain text
12635 #: original/man8/mount.8:204
12637 "Since util-linux 2.35, B<mount> does not exit when user permissions are "
12638 "inadequate according to libmount\\(cqs internal security rules. Instead, it "
12639 "drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This behavior "
12640 "supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse "
12641 "filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
12644 #. type: Plain text
12645 #: original/man8/mount.8:206
12647 "For more details, see B<fstab>(5). Only the user that mounted a filesystem "
12648 "can unmount it again. If any user should be able to unmount it, then use "
12649 "B<users> instead of B<user> in the I<fstab> line. The B<owner> option is "
12650 "similar to the B<user> option, with the restriction that the user must be "
12651 "the owner of the special file. This may be useful e.g. for I</dev/fd> if a "
12652 "login script makes the console user owner of this device. The B<group> "
12653 "option is similar, with the restriction that the user must be a member of "
12654 "the group of the special file."
12658 #: original/man8/mount.8:206
12660 msgid "Bind mount operation"
12663 #. type: Plain text
12664 #: original/man8/mount.8:209
12665 msgid "Remount part of the file hierarchy somewhere else. The call is:"
12668 #. type: Plain text
12669 #: original/man8/mount.8:213
12670 msgid "B<mount --bind> I<olddir newdir>"
12671 msgstr "B<mount --bind> I<olddir newdir>"
12673 #. type: Plain text
12674 #: original/man8/mount.8:218
12675 msgid "or by using this I<fstab> entry:"
12678 #. type: Plain text
12679 #: original/man8/mount.8:222
12680 msgid "B</>I<olddir> B</>I<newdir> B<none bind>"
12681 msgstr "B</>I<olddir> B</>I<newdir> B<none bind>"
12683 #. type: Plain text
12684 #: original/man8/mount.8:227
12685 msgid "After this call the same contents are accessible in two places."
12688 #. type: Plain text
12689 #: original/man8/mount.8:229
12691 "It is important to understand that \"bind\" does not create any second-class "
12692 "or special node in the kernel VFS. The \"bind\" is just another operation to "
12693 "attach a filesystem. There is nowhere stored information that the filesystem "
12694 "has been attached by a \"bind\" operation. The I<olddir> and I<newdir> are "
12695 "independent and the I<olddir> may be unmounted."
12698 #. type: Plain text
12699 #: original/man8/mount.8:231
12701 "One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It\\(cqs also "
12702 "possible to use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular "
12703 "directory, for example:"
12706 #. type: Plain text
12707 #: original/man8/mount.8:235
12708 msgid "B<mount --bind foo foo>"
12709 msgstr "B<mount --bind foo foo>"
12711 #. type: Plain text
12712 #: original/man8/mount.8:240
12714 "The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not "
12715 "possible submounts. The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be "
12716 "attached a second place by using:"
12719 #. type: Plain text
12720 #: original/man8/mount.8:244
12721 msgid "B<mount --rbind> I<olddir newdir>"
12722 msgstr "B<mount --rbind> I<olddir newdir>"
12724 #. type: Plain text
12725 #: original/man8/mount.8:249
12727 "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will remain "
12728 "the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount options "
12729 "(e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by B<mount> and it\\(cqs necessary to "
12730 "explicitly specify the options on the B<mount> command line."
12733 #. type: Plain text
12734 #: original/man8/mount.8:251
12736 "Since util-linux 2.27 B<mount> permits changing the mount options by passing "
12737 "the relevant options along with B<--bind>. For example:"
12740 #. type: Plain text
12741 #: original/man8/mount.8:255
12742 msgid "B<mount -o bind,ro foo foo>"
12743 msgstr "B<mount -o bind,ro foo foo>"
12745 #. type: Plain text
12746 #: original/man8/mount.8:260
12748 "This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in "
12749 "userspace by an additional B<mount>(2) remounting system call. This solution "
12753 #. type: Plain text
12754 #: original/man8/mount.8:262
12756 "The alternative (classic) way to create a read-only bind mount is to use the "
12757 "remount operation, for example:"
12760 #. type: Plain text
12761 #: original/man8/mount.8:266
12763 "B<mount --bind> I<olddir newdir> B<mount -o remount,bind,ro> I<olddir newdir>"
12765 "B<mount --bind> I<olddir newdir> B<mount -o remount,bind,ro> I<olddir newdir>"
12767 #. type: Plain text
12768 #: original/man8/mount.8:271
12770 "Note that a read-only bind will create a read-only mountpoint (VFS entry), "
12771 "but the original filesystem superblock will still be writable, meaning that "
12772 "the I<olddir> will be writable, but the I<newdir> will be read-only."
12775 #. type: Plain text
12776 #: original/man8/mount.8:273
12778 "It\\(cqs also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime "
12779 "and relatime VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. The other "
12780 "flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently ignored. It\\(cqs "
12781 "impossible to change mount options recursively (for example with B<-o rbind,"
12785 #. type: Plain text
12786 #: original/man8/mount.8:275
12788 "Since util-linux 2.31, B<mount> ignores the B<bind> flag from I</etc/fstab> "
12789 "on a B<remount> operation (if \"-o remount\" is specified on command line). "
12790 "This is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by command line. "
12791 "In previous versions the bind flag has been always applied and it was "
12792 "impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with the bind "
12793 "semantic. This B<mount> behavior does not affect situations when \"remount,"
12794 "bind\" is specified in the I</etc/fstab> file."
12798 #: original/man8/mount.8:275
12800 msgid "The move operation"
12803 #. type: Plain text
12804 #: original/man8/mount.8:278
12805 msgid "Move a B<mounted tree> to another place (atomically). The call is:"
12808 #. type: Plain text
12809 #: original/man8/mount.8:282
12810 msgid "B<mount --move> I<olddir newdir>"
12811 msgstr "B<mount --move> I<olddir newdir>"
12813 #. type: Plain text
12814 #: original/man8/mount.8:287
12816 "This will cause the contents which previously appeared under I<olddir> to "
12817 "now be accessible under I<newdir>. The physical location of the files is not "
12818 "changed. Note that I<olddir> has to be a mountpoint."
12821 #. type: Plain text
12822 #: original/man8/mount.8:289
12824 "Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid and "
12825 "unsupported. Use B<findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION> to see the current "
12826 "propagation flags."
12830 #: original/man8/mount.8:289
12832 msgid "Shared subtree operations"
12835 #. type: Plain text
12836 #: original/man8/mount.8:292
12838 "Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as "
12839 "shared, private, slave or unbindable. A shared mount provides the ability to "
12840 "create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts within any of the "
12841 "mirrors propagate to the other mirror. A slave mount receives propagation "
12842 "from its master, but not vice versa. A private mount carries no propagation "
12843 "abilities. An unbindable mount is a private mount which cannot be cloned "
12844 "through a bind operation. The detailed semantics are documented in "
12845 "I<Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt> file in the kernel source "
12846 "tree; see also B<mount_namespaces>(7)."
12849 #. type: Plain text
12850 #: original/man8/mount.8:294
12851 msgid "Supported operations are:"
12854 #. type: Plain text
12855 #: original/man8/mount.8:302
12858 "mount --make-shared mountpoint\n"
12859 "mount --make-slave mountpoint\n"
12860 "mount --make-private mountpoint\n"
12861 "mount --make-unbindable mountpoint\n"
12863 "mount --make-shared mountpoint\n"
12864 "mount --make-slave mountpoint\n"
12865 "mount --make-private mountpoint\n"
12866 "mount --make-unbindable mountpoint\n"
12868 #. type: Plain text
12869 #: original/man8/mount.8:307
12871 "The following commands allow one to recursively change the type of all the "
12872 "mounts under a given mountpoint."
12875 #. type: Plain text
12876 #: original/man8/mount.8:315
12879 "mount --make-rshared mountpoint\n"
12880 "mount --make-rslave mountpoint\n"
12881 "mount --make-rprivate mountpoint\n"
12882 "mount --make-runbindable mountpoint\n"
12884 "mount --make-rshared mountpoint\n"
12885 "mount --make-rslave mountpoint\n"
12886 "mount --make-rprivate mountpoint\n"
12887 "mount --make-runbindable mountpoint\n"
12889 #. type: Plain text
12890 #: original/man8/mount.8:320
12892 "B<mount>(8) B<does not read> B<fstab>(5) when a B<--make->* operation is "
12893 "requested. All necessary information has to be specified on the command line."
12896 #. type: Plain text
12897 #: original/man8/mount.8:322
12899 "Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation "
12900 "flags with a single B<mount>(2) system call, and the flags cannot be mixed "
12901 "with other mount options and operations."
12904 #. type: Plain text
12905 #: original/man8/mount.8:324
12907 "Since util-linux 2.23 the B<mount> command can be used to do more "
12908 "propagation (topology) changes by one B<mount>(8) call and do it also "
12909 "together with other mount operations. The propagation flags are applied by "
12910 "additional B<mount>(2) system calls when the preceding mount operations were "
12911 "successful. Note that this use case is not atomic. It is possible to specify "
12912 "the propagation flags in B<fstab>(5) as mount options (B<private>, B<slave>, "
12913 "B<shared>, B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, B<rslave>, B<rshared>, "
12917 #. type: Plain text
12918 #: original/man8/mount.8:326
12919 msgid "For example:"
12922 #. type: Plain text
12923 #: original/man8/mount.8:331
12925 msgid "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
12926 msgstr "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
12928 #. type: Plain text
12929 #: original/man8/mount.8:336
12930 msgid "is the same as:"
12933 #. type: Plain text
12934 #: original/man8/mount.8:343
12937 "mount /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
12938 "mount --make-private /foo\n"
12939 "mount --make-unbindable /foo\n"
12941 "mount /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
12942 "mount --make-private /foo\n"
12943 "mount --make-unbindable /foo\n"
12946 #: original/man8/mount.8:346
12948 msgid "COMMAND-LINE OPTIONS"
12951 #. type: Plain text
12952 #: original/man8/mount.8:349
12954 "The full set of mount options used by an invocation of B<mount> is "
12955 "determined by first extracting the mount options for the filesystem from the "
12956 "I<fstab> table, then applying any options specified by the B<-o> argument, "
12957 "and finally applying a B<-r> or B<-w> option, when present."
12960 #. type: Plain text
12961 #: original/man8/mount.8:351
12963 "The B<mount> command does not pass all command-line options to the B</sbin/"
12964 "mount.>I<suffix> mount helpers. The interface between B<mount> and the mount "
12965 "helpers is described below in the section B<EXTERNAL HELPERS>."
12968 #. type: Plain text
12969 #: original/man8/mount.8:353
12970 msgid "Command-line options available for the B<mount> command are:"
12973 #. type: Plain text
12974 #: original/man8/mount.8:357
12976 "Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in I<fstab> (except for "
12977 "those whose line contains the B<noauto> keyword). The filesystems are "
12978 "mounted following their order in I<fstab>. The B<mount> command compares "
12979 "filesystem source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) to detect "
12980 "already mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already mounted "
12981 "filesystems is cached during B<mount --all>. This means that all duplicated "
12982 "I<fstab> entries will be mounted."
12985 #. type: Plain text
12986 #: original/man8/mount.8:359
12988 "The option B<--all> is possible to use for remount operation too. In this "
12989 "case all filters (B<-t> and B<-O>) are applied to the table of already "
12990 "mounted filesystems."
12993 #. type: Plain text
12994 #: original/man8/mount.8:361
12996 "Since version 2.35 is possible to use the command line option B<-o> to alter "
12997 "mount options from I<fstab> (see also B<--options-mode>)."
13000 #. type: Plain text
13001 #: original/man8/mount.8:363
13003 "Note that it is a bad practice to use B<mount -a> for I<fstab> checking. The "
13004 "recommended solution is B<findmnt --verify>."
13007 #. type: Plain text
13008 #: original/man8/mount.8:366
13009 msgid "B<-B>, B<--bind>"
13010 msgstr "B<-B>, B<--bind>"
13012 #. type: Plain text
13013 #: original/man8/mount.8:368
13015 "Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both "
13016 "places). See above, under B<Bind mounts>."
13019 #. type: Plain text
13020 #: original/man8/mount.8:371 original/man8/umount.8:57
13021 msgid "B<-c>, B<--no-canonicalize>"
13022 msgstr "B<-c>, B<--no-canonicalize>"
13024 #. type: Plain text
13025 #: original/man8/mount.8:373
13027 "Don\\(cqt canonicalize paths. The B<mount> command canonicalizes all paths "
13028 "(from the command line or I<fstab>) by default. This option can be used "
13029 "together with the B<-f> flag for already canonicalized absolute paths. The "
13030 "option is designed for mount helpers which call B<mount -i>. It is strongly "
13031 "recommended to not use this command-line option for normal mount operations."
13034 #. type: Plain text
13035 #: original/man8/mount.8:375
13037 "Note that B<mount> does not pass this option to the B</sbin/mount.>I<type> "
13041 #. type: Plain text
13042 #: original/man8/mount.8:378
13043 msgid "B<-F>, B<--fork>"
13044 msgstr "B<-F>, B<--fork>"
13046 #. type: Plain text
13047 #: original/man8/mount.8:380
13049 "(Used in conjunction with B<-a>.) Fork off a new incarnation of B<mount> for "
13050 "each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS "
13051 "servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS "
13052 "timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that the order of the mount "
13053 "operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to "
13054 "mount both I</usr> and I</usr/spool>."
13057 #. type: Plain text
13058 #: original/man8/mount.8:383
13059 msgid "B<-f, --fake>"
13060 msgstr "B<-f, --fake>"
13062 #. type: Plain text
13063 #: original/man8/mount.8:385
13065 "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it\\(cqs "
13066 "not obvious, this \"fakes\" mounting the filesystem. This option is useful "
13067 "in conjunction with the B<-v> flag to determine what the B<mount> command is "
13068 "trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices that were "
13069 "mounted earlier with the B<-n> option. The B<-f> option checks for an "
13070 "existing record in I</etc/mtab> and fails when the record already exists "
13071 "(with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
13074 #. type: Plain text
13075 #: original/man8/mount.8:388
13076 msgid "B<-i, --internal-only>"
13077 msgstr "B<-i, --internal-only>"
13079 #. type: Plain text
13080 #: original/man8/mount.8:390
13082 "Don\\(cqt call the B</sbin/mount.>I<filesystem> helper even if it exists."
13085 #. type: Plain text
13086 #: original/man8/mount.8:395
13087 msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified I<label>."
13089 "全デバイスまたは指定されたデバイスにおける、 パーティション化されていない未使"
13092 #. type: Plain text
13093 #: original/man8/mount.8:398
13094 msgid "B<-l>, B<--show-labels>"
13095 msgstr "B<-l>, B<--show-labels>"
13097 #. type: Plain text
13098 #: original/man8/mount.8:400
13100 "Add the labels in the mount output. B<mount> must have permission to read "
13101 "the disk device (e.g. be set-user-ID root) for this to work. One can set "
13102 "such a label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the B<e2label>(8) utility, or for "
13103 "XFS using B<xfs_admin>(8), or for reiserfs using B<reiserfstune>(8)."
13106 #. type: Plain text
13107 #: original/man8/mount.8:403
13108 msgid "B<-M>, B<--move>"
13109 msgstr "B<-M>, B<--move>"
13111 #. type: Plain text
13112 #: original/man8/mount.8:405
13114 "Move a subtree to some other place. See above, the subsection B<The move "
13118 #. type: Plain text
13119 #: original/man8/mount.8:408 original/man8/umount.8:104
13120 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-mtab>"
13121 msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-mtab>"
13123 #. type: Plain text
13124 #: original/man8/mount.8:410
13126 "Mount without writing in I</etc/mtab>. This is necessary for example when I</"
13127 "etc> is on a read-only filesystem."
13130 #. type: Plain text
13131 #: original/man8/mount.8:413 original/man8/umount.8:95
13132 msgid "B<-N>, B<--namespace> I<ns>"
13133 msgstr "B<-N>, B<--namespace> I<ns>"
13135 #. type: Plain text
13136 #: original/man8/mount.8:415
13138 "Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by I<ns>. I<ns> "
13139 "is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file "
13140 "representing that namespace."
13143 #. type: Plain text
13144 #: original/man8/mount.8:417
13146 "B<mount> switches to the mount namespace when it reads I</etc/fstab>, writes "
13147 "I</etc/mtab: (or writes to _/run/mount>) and calls the B<mount>(2) system "
13148 "call, otherwise it runs in the original mount namespace. This means that the "
13149 "target namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other "
13150 "requirements necessary to execute the B<mount>(2) call."
13153 #. type: Plain text
13154 #: original/man8/mount.8:419 original/man8/umount.8:101
13155 msgid "See B<mount_namespaces>(7) for more information."
13156 msgstr "詳しくは B<mount_namespaces>(7) を参照のこと。"
13158 #. type: Plain text
13159 #: original/man8/mount.8:422
13160 msgid "B<-O>, B<--test-opts> I<opts>"
13161 msgstr "B<-O>, B<--test-opts> I<opts>"
13163 #. type: Plain text
13164 #: original/man8/mount.8:424
13166 "Limit the set of filesystems to which the B<-a> option applies. In this "
13167 "regard it is like the B<-t> option except that B<-O> is useless without B<-"
13168 "a>. For example, the command"
13171 #. type: Plain text
13172 #: original/man8/mount.8:426
13173 msgid "B<mount -a -O no_netdev>"
13174 msgstr "B<mount -a -O no_netdev>"
13176 #. type: Plain text
13177 #: original/man8/mount.8:428
13179 "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option I<netdev> "
13180 "specified in the options field in the I</etc/fstab> file."
13183 #. type: Plain text
13184 #: original/man8/mount.8:430
13186 "It is different from B<-t> in that each option is matched exactly; a leading "
13187 "B<no> at the beginning of one option does not negate the rest."
13190 #. type: Plain text
13191 #: original/man8/mount.8:432
13193 "The B<-t> and B<-O> options are cumulative in effect; that is, the command"
13196 #. type: Plain text
13197 #: original/man8/mount.8:434
13198 msgid "B<mount -a -t ext2 -O _netdev>"
13199 msgstr "B<mount -a -t ext2 -O _netdev>"
13201 #. type: Plain text
13202 #: original/man8/mount.8:436
13204 "mounts all ext2 filesystems with the _netdev option, not all filesystems "
13205 "that are either ext2 or have the _netdev option specified."
13208 #. type: Plain text
13209 #: original/man8/mount.8:439 original/man8/swapon.8:91
13210 msgid "B<-o>, B<--options> I<opts>"
13211 msgstr "B<-o>, B<--options> I<opts>"
13213 #. type: Plain text
13214 #: original/man8/mount.8:441
13216 "Use the specified mount options. The I<opts> argument is a comma-separated "
13217 "list. For example:"
13220 #. type: Plain text
13221 #: original/man8/mount.8:443
13222 msgid "B<mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid>"
13223 msgstr "B<mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid>"
13225 #. type: Plain text
13226 #: original/man8/mount.8:445
13228 "For more details, see the B<FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS> and "
13229 "B<FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS> sections."
13232 #. type: Plain text
13233 #: original/man8/mount.8:448
13234 msgid "B<--options-mode> I<mode>"
13235 msgstr "B<--options-mode> I<mode>"
13237 #. type: Plain text
13238 #: original/man8/mount.8:450
13240 "Controls how to combine options from I<fstab>/I<mtab> with options from the "
13241 "command line. I<mode> can be one of B<ignore>, B<append>, B<prepend> or "
13242 "B<replace>. For example, B<append> means that options from I<fstab> are "
13243 "appended to options from the command line. The default value is B<prepend> "
13244 "\\(em it means command line options are evaluated after I<fstab> options. "
13245 "Note that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
13248 #. type: Plain text
13249 #: original/man8/mount.8:453
13250 msgid "B<--options-source> I<source>"
13251 msgstr "B<--options-source> I<source>"
13253 #. type: Plain text
13254 #: original/man8/mount.8:455
13256 "Source of default options. I<source> is a comma-separated list of B<fstab>, "
13257 "B<mtab> and B<disable>. B<disable> disables B<fstab> and B<mtab> and "
13258 "disables B<--options-source-force>. The default value is B<fstab,mtab>."
13261 #. type: Plain text
13262 #: original/man8/mount.8:458
13263 msgid "B<--options-source-force>"
13264 msgstr "B<--options-source-force>"
13266 #. type: Plain text
13267 #: original/man8/mount.8:460
13269 "Use options from I<fstab>/I<mtab> even if both I<device> and I<dir> are "
13273 #. type: Plain text
13274 #: original/man8/mount.8:463
13275 msgid "B<-R>, B<--rbind>"
13276 msgstr "B<-R>, B<--rbind>"
13278 #. type: Plain text
13279 #: original/man8/mount.8:465
13281 "Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its "
13282 "contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection B<Bind "
13286 #. type: Plain text
13287 #: original/man8/mount.8:470
13288 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only. A synonym is B<-o ro>."
13291 #. type: Plain text
13292 #: original/man8/mount.8:472
13294 "Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, the "
13295 "system may still write to the device. For example, ext3 and ext4 will replay "
13296 "the journal if the filesystem is dirty. To prevent this kind of write "
13297 "access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with the B<ro,"
13298 "noload> mount options or set the block device itself to read-only mode, see "
13299 "the B<blockdev>(8) command."
13302 #. type: Plain text
13303 #: original/man8/mount.8:477
13305 "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
13306 "options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this "
13307 "option. Currently it\\(cqs supported by the B<mount.nfs> mount helper only."
13310 #. type: Plain text
13311 #: original/man8/mount.8:480
13312 msgid "B<--source> I<device>"
13313 msgstr "B<--source> I<device>"
13315 #. type: Plain text
13316 #: original/man8/mount.8:482
13318 "If only one argument for the B<mount> command is given, then the argument "
13319 "might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This "
13320 "option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount source."
13323 #. type: Plain text
13324 #: original/man8/mount.8:485
13325 msgid "B<--target> I<directory>"
13326 msgstr "B<--target> I<directory>"
13328 #. type: Plain text
13329 #: original/man8/mount.8:487
13331 "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument might "
13332 "be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option "
13333 "allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount target."
13336 #. type: Plain text
13337 #: original/man8/mount.8:490
13338 msgid "B<--target-prefix> I<directory>"
13339 msgstr "B<--target-prefix> I<directory>"
13341 #. type: Plain text
13342 #: original/man8/mount.8:492
13344 "Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets. This option can be "
13345 "used to follow I<fstab>, but mount operations are done in another place, for "
13349 #. type: Plain text
13350 #: original/man8/mount.8:494
13351 msgid "B<mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir>"
13352 msgstr "B<mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir>"
13354 #. type: Plain text
13355 #: original/man8/mount.8:496
13357 "mounts all from system I<fstab> to I</chroot>, all missing mountpoint are "
13358 "created (due to X-mount.mkdir). See also B<--fstab> to use an alternative "
13362 #. type: Plain text
13363 #: original/man8/mount.8:499
13364 msgid "B<-T>, B<--fstab> I<path>"
13365 msgstr "B<-T>, B<--fstab> I<path>"
13367 #. type: Plain text
13368 #: original/man8/mount.8:501
13370 "Specifies an alternative I<fstab> file. If I<path> is a directory, then the "
13371 "files in the directory are sorted by B<strverscmp>(3); files that start with "
13372 "\".\" or without an I<.fstab> extension are ignored. The option can be "
13373 "specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or "
13374 "chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard "
13375 "system configuration."
13378 #. type: Plain text
13379 #: original/man8/mount.8:503
13381 "Note that B<mount> does not pass the option B<--fstab> to the B</sbin/mount."
13382 ">I<type> helpers, meaning that the alternative I<fstab> files will be "
13383 "invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but user "
13384 "(non-root) mounts always require I<fstab> to verify the user\\(cqs rights."
13387 #. type: Plain text
13388 #: original/man8/mount.8:506
13389 msgid "B<-t>, B<--types> I<fstype>"
13390 msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<fstype>"
13392 #. type: Plain text
13393 #: original/man8/mount.8:508
13395 "The argument following the B<-t> is used to indicate the filesystem type. "
13396 "The filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the running "
13397 "kernel. See I</proc/filesystems> and I</lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs> "
13398 "for a complete list of the filesystems. The most common are ext2, ext3, "
13399 "ext4, xfs, btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
13402 #. type: Plain text
13403 #: original/man8/mount.8:510
13405 "The programs B<mount> and B<umount>(8) support filesystem subtypes. The "
13406 "subtype is defined by a \\(aq.subtype\\(aq suffix. For example \\(aqfuse."
13407 "sshfs\\(aq. It\\(cqs recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any "
13408 "prefix to the mount source (for example \\(aqsshfs#example.com\\(aq is "
13412 #. type: Plain text
13413 #: original/man8/mount.8:512
13415 "If no B<-t> option is given, or if the B<auto> type is specified, B<mount> "
13416 "will try to guess the desired type. B<mount> uses the B<libblkid>(3) library "
13417 "for guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up anything that "
13418 "looks familiar, B<mount> will try to read the file I</etc/filesystems>, or, "
13419 "if that does not exist, I</proc/filesystems>. All of the filesystem types "
13420 "listed there will be tried, except for those that are labeled \"nodev\" (e."
13421 "g. I<devpts>, I<proc> and I<nfs>). If I</etc/filesystems> ends in a line "
13422 "with a single *, mount will read I</proc/filesystems> afterwards. While "
13423 "trying, all filesystem types will be mounted with the mount option B<silent>."
13426 #. type: Plain text
13427 #: original/man8/mount.8:514
13429 "The B<auto> type may be useful for user-mounted floppies. Creating a file I</"
13430 "etc/filesystems> can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., to try vfat "
13431 "before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel module autoloader."
13434 #. type: Plain text
13435 #: original/man8/mount.8:516
13437 "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the B<-t> "
13438 "option as well as in an I</etc/fstab> entry. The list of filesystem types "
13439 "for the B<-t> option can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the filesystem "
13440 "types on which no action should be taken. The prefix B<no> has no effect "
13441 "when specified in an I</etc/fstab> entry."
13443 "B<-t> オプションでの複数タイプ指定は、 I</etc/fstab> エントリーと同様、 カン"
13444 "マ区切りのリストで指定する。 B<-t> オプションでのファイルシステムタイプの指定"
13445 "にあたっては、 プレフィックスとして B<no> をつけることができる。 その場合に"
13446 "は、 アクションが何も実行されない。 プレフィックス B<no> は、 I</etc/fstab> "
13447 "エントリーにおいて指定したとしても、 何の効果もない。"
13449 #. type: Plain text
13450 #: original/man8/mount.8:518
13452 "The prefix B<no> can be meaningful with the B<-a> option. For example, the "
13456 #. type: Plain text
13457 #: original/man8/mount.8:520
13458 msgid "B<mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs>"
13459 msgstr "B<mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs>"
13461 #. type: Plain text
13462 #: original/man8/mount.8:522
13463 msgid "mounts all filesystems except those of type I<msdos> and I<smbfs>."
13466 #. type: Plain text
13467 #: original/man8/mount.8:524
13469 "For most types all the B<mount> program has to do is issue a simple "
13470 "B<mount>(2) system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem type is "
13471 "required. For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, ncpfs) an ad "
13472 "hoc code is necessary. The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and ncpfs filesystems "
13473 "have a separate mount program. In order to make it possible to treat all "
13474 "types in a uniform way, B<mount> will execute the program B</sbin/mount."
13475 ">I<type> (if that exists) when called with type I<type>. Since different "
13476 "versions of the B<smbmount> program have different calling conventions, B</"
13477 "sbin/mount.smbfs> may have to be a shell script that sets up the desired "
13481 #. type: Plain text
13482 #: original/man8/mount.8:529
13483 msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified I<uuid>."
13484 msgstr "指定された I<uuid> を持つパーティションをマウントする。"
13486 #. type: Plain text
13487 #: original/man8/mount.8:537
13488 msgid "B<-w>, B<--rw>, B<--read-write>"
13489 msgstr "B<-w>, B<--rw>, B<--read-write>"
13491 #. type: Plain text
13492 #: original/man8/mount.8:539
13494 "Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the "
13495 "B<mount> default is to try read-only if the previous mount syscall with read-"
13496 "write flags on write-protected devices of filesystems failed."
13499 #. type: Plain text
13500 #: original/man8/mount.8:541
13501 msgid "A synonym is B<-o rw>."
13504 #. type: Plain text
13505 #: original/man8/mount.8:543
13507 "Note that specifying B<-w> on the command line forces B<mount> to never try "
13508 "read-only mount on write-protected devices or already mounted read-only "
13513 #: original/man8/mount.8:554
13515 msgid "FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS"
13518 #. type: Plain text
13519 #: original/man8/mount.8:557
13521 "Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the I</etc/fstab> "
13525 #. type: Plain text
13526 #: original/man8/mount.8:559
13528 "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the system "
13529 "kernel. To check the current setting see the options in I</proc/mounts>. "
13530 "Note that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default mount "
13531 "options (see for example B<tune2fs -l> output for ext_N_ filesystems)."
13534 #. type: Plain text
13535 #: original/man8/mount.8:561
13537 "The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted (but not "
13538 "every filesystem actually honors them - e.g., the B<sync> option today has "
13539 "an effect only for ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs and xfs):"
13542 #. type: Plain text
13543 #: original/man8/mount.8:563
13547 #. type: Plain text
13548 #: original/man8/mount.8:565
13550 "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the "
13554 #. type: Plain text
13555 #: original/man8/mount.8:568
13559 #. type: Plain text
13560 #: original/man8/mount.8:570
13562 "Do not use the B<noatime> feature, so the inode access time is controlled by "
13563 "kernel defaults. See also the descriptions of the B<relatime> and "
13564 "B<strictatime> mount options."
13567 #. type: Plain text
13568 #: original/man8/mount.8:573
13570 msgstr "B<noatime>"
13572 #. type: Plain text
13573 #: original/man8/mount.8:575
13575 "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g. for faster access "
13576 "on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all inode types "
13577 "(directories too), so it implies B<nodiratime>."
13580 #. type: Plain text
13581 #: original/man8/mount.8:578
13585 #. type: Plain text
13586 #: original/man8/mount.8:580
13587 msgid "Can be mounted with the B<-a> option."
13590 #. type: Plain text
13591 #: original/man8/mount.8:583
13595 #. type: Plain text
13596 #: original/man8/mount.8:585
13598 "Can only be mounted explicitly (i.e., the B<-a> option will not cause the "
13599 "filesystem to be mounted)."
13602 #. type: Plain text
13603 #: original/man8/mount.8:588
13605 "B<context=>I<context>, B<fscontext=>I<context>, B<defcontext=>I<context>, "
13606 "and B<rootcontext=>I<context>"
13608 "B<context=>I<context>, B<fscontext=>I<context>, B<defcontext=>I<context>, "
13609 "and B<rootcontext=>I<context>"
13611 #. type: Plain text
13612 #: original/man8/mount.8:590
13614 "The B<context=> option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not "
13615 "support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with "
13616 "VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an "
13617 "ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation. You can also use "
13618 "B<context=> on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy. It also helps "
13619 "in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier 2.4."
13620 "E<lt>xE<gt> kernel versions. Even where xattrs are supported, you can save "
13621 "time not having to label every file by assigning the entire disk one "
13622 "security context."
13625 #. type: Plain text
13626 #: original/man8/mount.8:592
13628 "A commonly used option for removable media is B<context=\"system_u:object_r:"
13632 #. type: Plain text
13633 #: original/man8/mount.8:594
13635 "The B<fscontext=> option works for all filesystems, regardless of their "
13636 "xattr support. The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem label to "
13637 "a specific security context. This filesystem label is separate from the "
13638 "individual labels on the files. It represents the entire filesystem for "
13639 "certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount or file creation. "
13640 "Individual file labels are still obtained from the xattrs on the files "
13641 "themselves. The context option actually sets the aggregate context that "
13642 "fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the same label for individual "
13646 #. type: Plain text
13647 #: original/man8/mount.8:596
13649 "You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using "
13650 "B<defcontext=> option. This overrides the value set for unlabeled files in "
13651 "the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
13654 #. type: Plain text
13655 #: original/man8/mount.8:598
13657 "The B<rootcontext=> option allows you to explicitly label the root inode of "
13658 "a FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to userspace. "
13659 "This was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux."
13662 #. type: Plain text
13663 #: original/man8/mount.8:600
13665 "Note that the kernel rejects any remount request that includes the context "
13666 "option, B<even> when unchanged from the current context."
13669 #. type: Plain text
13670 #: original/man8/mount.8:602
13672 "B<Warning: the> I<context> B<value might contain commas>, in which case the "
13673 "value has to be properly quoted, otherwise B<mount> will interpret the comma "
13674 "as a separator between mount options. Don\\(cqt forget that the shell strips "
13675 "off quotes and thus B<double quoting is required>. For example:"
13678 #. type: Plain text
13679 #: original/man8/mount.8:608
13681 "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\(rs \\(aqcontext=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:"
13682 "c127,c456\",noexec\\(aq"
13684 "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\(rs \\(aqcontext=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:"
13685 "c127,c456\",noexec\\(aq"
13687 #. type: Plain text
13688 #: original/man8/mount.8:613
13689 msgid "For more details, see B<selinux>(8)."
13692 #. type: Plain text
13693 #: original/man8/mount.8:615
13694 msgid "B<defaults>"
13695 msgstr "B<defaults>"
13697 #. type: Plain text
13698 #: original/man8/mount.8:617
13700 "Use the default options: B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, B<auto>, "
13701 "B<nouser>, and B<async>."
13704 #. type: Plain text
13705 #: original/man8/mount.8:619
13707 "Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel "
13708 "and filesystem type. See the beginning of this section for more details."
13711 #. type: Plain text
13712 #: original/man8/mount.8:622
13716 #. type: Plain text
13717 #: original/man8/mount.8:624
13718 msgid "Interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
13721 #. type: Plain text
13722 #: original/man8/mount.8:627
13726 #. type: Plain text
13727 #: original/man8/mount.8:629
13728 msgid "Do not interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
13731 #. type: Plain text
13732 #: original/man8/mount.8:632
13733 msgid "B<diratime>"
13734 msgstr "B<diratime>"
13736 #. type: Plain text
13737 #: original/man8/mount.8:634
13739 "Update directory inode access times on this filesystem. This is the default. "
13740 "(This option is ignored when B<noatime> is set.)"
13743 #. type: Plain text
13744 #: original/man8/mount.8:637
13745 msgid "B<nodiratime>"
13746 msgstr "B<nodiratime>"
13748 #. type: Plain text
13749 #: original/man8/mount.8:639
13751 "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This option "
13752 "is implied when B<noatime> is set.)"
13755 #. type: Plain text
13756 #: original/man8/mount.8:642
13758 msgstr "B<dirsync>"
13760 #. type: Plain text
13761 #: original/man8/mount.8:644
13763 "All directory updates within the filesystem should be done synchronously. "
13764 "This affects the following system calls: B<creat>(2), B<link>(2), "
13765 "B<unlink>(2), B<symlink>(2), B<mkdir>(2), B<rmdir>(2), B<mknod>(2) and "
13769 #. type: Plain text
13770 #: original/man8/mount.8:647
13774 #. type: Plain text
13775 #: original/man8/mount.8:649
13776 msgid "Permit execution of binaries."
13779 #. type: Plain text
13780 #: original/man8/mount.8:652
13784 #. type: Plain text
13785 #: original/man8/mount.8:654
13787 "Do not permit direct execution of any binaries on the mounted filesystem."
13790 #. type: Plain text
13791 #: original/man8/mount.8:657
13795 #. type: Plain text
13796 #: original/man8/mount.8:659
13798 "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user\\(cqs "
13799 "groups matches the group of the device. This option implies the options "
13800 "B<nosuid> and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
13801 "option line B<group,dev,suid>)."
13804 #. type: Plain text
13805 #: original/man8/mount.8:662
13806 msgid "B<iversion>"
13807 msgstr "B<iversion>"
13809 #. type: Plain text
13810 #: original/man8/mount.8:664
13812 "Every time the inode is modified, the i_version field will be incremented."
13815 #. type: Plain text
13816 #: original/man8/mount.8:667
13817 msgid "B<noiversion>"
13818 msgstr "B<noiversion>"
13820 #. type: Plain text
13821 #: original/man8/mount.8:669
13822 msgid "Do not increment the i_version inode field."
13825 #. type: Plain text
13826 #: original/man8/mount.8:672
13830 #. type: Plain text
13831 #: original/man8/mount.8:674
13832 msgid "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See B<fcntl>(2)."
13835 #. type: Plain text
13836 #: original/man8/mount.8:677
13840 #. type: Plain text
13841 #: original/man8/mount.8:679
13842 msgid "Do not allow mandatory locks on this filesystem."
13845 #. type: Plain text
13846 #: original/man8/mount.8:682
13848 msgstr "B<_netdev>"
13850 #. type: Plain text
13851 #: original/man8/mount.8:684
13853 "The filesystem resides on a device that requires network access (used to "
13854 "prevent the system from attempting to mount these filesystems until the "
13855 "network has been enabled on the system)."
13858 #. type: Plain text
13859 #: original/man8/mount.8:687
13863 #. type: Plain text
13864 #: original/man8/mount.8:689
13865 msgid "Do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
13868 #. type: Plain text
13869 #: original/man8/mount.8:692
13870 msgid "B<relatime>"
13871 msgstr "B<relatime>"
13873 #. type: Plain text
13874 #: original/man8/mount.8:694
13876 "Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time is "
13877 "only updated if the previous access time was earlier than the current modify "
13878 "or change time. (Similar to B<noatime>, but it doesn\\(cqt break B<mutt>(1) "
13879 "or other applications that need to know if a file has been read since the "
13880 "last time it was modified.)"
13883 #. type: Plain text
13884 #: original/man8/mount.8:696
13886 "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this "
13887 "option (unless B<noatime> was specified), and the B<strictatime> option is "
13888 "required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux 2.6.30, "
13889 "the file\\(cqs last access time is always updated if it is more than 1 day "
13893 #. type: Plain text
13894 #: original/man8/mount.8:699
13895 msgid "B<norelatime>"
13896 msgstr "B<norelatime>"
13898 #. type: Plain text
13899 #: original/man8/mount.8:701
13901 "Do not use the B<relatime> feature. See also the B<strictatime> mount option."
13904 #. type: Plain text
13905 #: original/man8/mount.8:704
13906 msgid "B<strictatime>"
13907 msgstr "B<strictatime>"
13909 #. type: Plain text
13910 #: original/man8/mount.8:706
13912 "Allows to explicitly request full atime updates. This makes it possible for "
13913 "the kernel to default to B<relatime> or B<noatime> but still allow userspace "
13914 "to override it. For more details about the default system mount options see "
13918 #. type: Plain text
13919 #: original/man8/mount.8:709
13920 msgid "B<nostrictatime>"
13921 msgstr "B<nostrictatime>"
13923 #. type: Plain text
13924 #: original/man8/mount.8:711
13925 msgid "Use the kernel\\(cqs default behavior for inode access time updates."
13928 #. type: Plain text
13929 #: original/man8/mount.8:714
13930 msgid "B<lazytime>"
13931 msgstr "B<lazytime>"
13933 #. type: Plain text
13934 #: original/man8/mount.8:716
13936 "Only update times (atime, mtime, ctime) on the in-memory version of the file "
13940 #. type: Plain text
13941 #: original/man8/mount.8:718
13943 "This mount option significantly reduces writes to the inode table for "
13944 "workloads that perform frequent random writes to preallocated files."
13947 #. type: Plain text
13948 #: original/man8/mount.8:720
13949 msgid "The on-disk timestamps are updated only when:"
13952 #. type: Plain text
13953 #: original/man8/mount.8:730
13955 "the inode needs to be updated for some change unrelated to file timestamps"
13958 #. type: Plain text
13959 #: original/man8/mount.8:741
13960 msgid "the application employs B<fsync>(2), B<syncfs>(2), or B<sync>(2)"
13963 #. type: Plain text
13964 #: original/man8/mount.8:752
13965 msgid "an undeleted inode is evicted from memory"
13968 #. type: Plain text
13969 #: original/man8/mount.8:763
13970 msgid "more than 24 hours have passed since the inode was written to disk."
13973 #. type: Plain text
13974 #: original/man8/mount.8:767
13975 msgid "B<nolazytime>"
13976 msgstr "B<nolazytime>"
13978 #. type: Plain text
13979 #: original/man8/mount.8:769
13980 msgid "Do not use the lazytime feature."
13983 #. type: Plain text
13984 #: original/man8/mount.8:772
13988 #. type: Plain text
13989 #: original/man8/mount.8:774
13991 "Honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing "
13992 "programs from this filesystem."
13995 #. type: Plain text
13996 #: original/man8/mount.8:777
14000 #. type: Plain text
14001 #: original/man8/mount.8:779
14003 "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when "
14004 "executing programs from this filesystem. In addition, SELinux domain "
14005 "transitions require permission nosuid_transition, which in turn needs also "
14006 "policy capability nnp_nosuid_transition."
14009 #. type: Plain text
14010 #: original/man8/mount.8:782
14014 #. type: Plain text
14015 #: original/man8/mount.8:784
14016 msgid "Turn on the silent flag."
14019 #. type: Plain text
14020 #: original/man8/mount.8:787
14024 #. type: Plain text
14025 #: original/man8/mount.8:789
14026 msgid "Turn off the silent flag."
14029 #. type: Plain text
14030 #: original/man8/mount.8:792
14034 #. type: Plain text
14035 #: original/man8/mount.8:794
14037 "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner of "
14038 "the device. This option implies the options B<nosuid> and B<nodev> (unless "
14039 "overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<owner,dev,suid>)."
14042 #. type: Plain text
14043 #: original/man8/mount.8:797
14045 msgstr "B<remount>"
14047 #. type: Plain text
14048 #: original/man8/mount.8:799
14050 "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used to "
14051 "change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly "
14052 "filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point."
14055 #. type: Plain text
14056 #: original/man8/mount.8:801
14058 "The remount operation together with the B<bind> flag has special semantics. "
14059 "See above, the subsection B<Bind mounts>."
14062 #. type: Plain text
14063 #: original/man8/mount.8:803
14065 "The remount functionality follows the standard way the B<mount> command "
14066 "works with options from I<fstab>. This means that B<mount> does not read "
14067 "I<fstab> (or I<mtab>) only when both I<device> and I<dir> are specified."
14070 #. type: Plain text
14071 #: original/man8/mount.8:805
14072 msgid "B<mount -o remount,rw /dev/foo /dir>"
14073 msgstr "B<mount -o remount,rw /dev/foo /dir>"
14075 #. type: Plain text
14076 #: original/man8/mount.8:807
14078 "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff from "
14079 "I<fstab> (or I<mtab>) is ignored, except the loop= option which is "
14080 "internally generated and maintained by the mount command."
14083 #. type: Plain text
14084 #: original/man8/mount.8:809
14085 msgid "B<mount -o remount,rw /dir>"
14086 msgstr "B<mount -o remount,rw /dir>"
14088 #. type: Plain text
14089 #: original/man8/mount.8:811
14091 "After this call, mount reads I<fstab> and merges these options with the "
14092 "options from the command line (B<-o>). If no mountpoint is found in "
14093 "I<fstab>, then a remount with unspecified source is allowed."
14096 #. type: Plain text
14097 #: original/man8/mount.8:813
14099 "B<mount> allows the use of B<--all> to remount all already mounted "
14100 "filesystems which match a specified filter (B<-O> and B<-t>). For example:"
14103 #. type: Plain text
14104 #: original/man8/mount.8:815
14105 msgid "B<mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat>"
14106 msgstr "B<mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat>"
14108 #. type: Plain text
14109 #: original/man8/mount.8:817
14111 "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of the "
14112 "filesystems is remounted by B<mount -o remount,ro /dir> semantic. This means "
14113 "the B<mount> command reads I<fstab> or I<mtab> and merges these options with "
14114 "the options from the command line."
14117 #. type: Plain text
14118 #: original/man8/mount.8:820
14122 #. type: Plain text
14123 #: original/man8/mount.8:822
14124 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only."
14127 #. type: Plain text
14128 #: original/man8/mount.8:825
14132 #. type: Plain text
14133 #: original/man8/mount.8:827
14134 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-write."
14137 #. type: Plain text
14138 #: original/man8/mount.8:830
14142 #. type: Plain text
14143 #: original/man8/mount.8:832
14145 "All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously. In the case of media "
14146 "with a limited number of write cycles (e.g. some flash drives), B<sync> may "
14147 "cause life-cycle shortening."
14150 #. type: Plain text
14151 #: original/man8/mount.8:835
14155 #. type: Plain text
14156 #: original/man8/mount.8:837
14158 "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting "
14159 "user is written to the I<mtab> file (or to the private libmount file in I</"
14160 "run/mount> on systems without a regular I<mtab>) so that this same user can "
14161 "unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options B<noexec>, "
14162 "B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
14163 "option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
14166 #. type: Plain text
14167 #: original/man8/mount.8:840
14171 #. type: Plain text
14172 #: original/man8/mount.8:842
14174 "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it "
14175 "does not imply any other options."
14178 #. type: Plain text
14179 #: original/man8/mount.8:845
14183 #. type: Plain text
14184 #: original/man8/mount.8:847
14186 "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some other "
14187 "ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options B<noexec>, "
14188 "B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
14189 "option line B<users,exec,dev,suid>)."
14192 #. type: Plain text
14193 #: original/man8/mount.8:850
14197 #. type: Plain text
14198 #: original/man8/mount.8:852
14200 "All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as userspace "
14201 "application-specific options. These options are not stored in user space (e."
14202 "g., I<mtab> file), nor sent to the mount.I<type> helpers nor to the "
14203 "B<mount>(2) system call. The suggested format is B<X->I<appname>.I<option>."
14206 #. type: Plain text
14207 #: original/man8/mount.8:855
14211 #. type: Plain text
14212 #: original/man8/mount.8:857
14214 "The same as B<X->* options, but stored permanently in user space. This means "
14215 "the options are also available for B<umount>(8) or other operations. Note "
14216 "that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it\\(cqs "
14217 "necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the "
14218 "options will be always available (for example after a move mount operation "
14219 "or in unshared namespace)."
14222 #. type: Plain text
14223 #: original/man8/mount.8:859
14225 "Note that before util-linux v2.30 the x-* options have not been maintained "
14226 "by libmount and stored in user space (functionality was the same as for X-* "
14227 "now), but due to the growing number of use-cases (in initrd, systemd etc.) "
14228 "the functionality has been extended to keep existing I<fstab> configurations "
14229 "usable without a change."
14232 #. type: Plain text
14233 #: original/man8/mount.8:862
14234 msgid "B<X-mount.mkdir>[=I<mode>]"
14235 msgstr "B<X-mount.mkdir>[=I<mode>]"
14237 #. type: Plain text
14238 #: original/man8/mount.8:864
14240 "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exit yet. The "
14241 "optional argument I<mode> specifies the filesystem access mode used for "
14242 "B<mkdir>(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This functionality "
14243 "is supported only for root users or when mount executed without suid "
14244 "permissions. The option is also supported as x-mount.mkdir, this notation is "
14245 "deprecated since v2.30."
14248 #. type: Plain text
14249 #: original/man8/mount.8:867
14250 msgid "B<nosymfollow>"
14251 msgstr "B<nosymfollow>"
14253 #. type: Plain text
14254 #: original/man8/mount.8:869
14256 "Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths. Symlinks can still be created, "
14257 "and B<readlink>(1), B<readlink>(2), B<realpath>(1), and B<realpath>(3) all "
14258 "still work properly."
14262 #: original/man8/mount.8:870
14264 msgid "FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS"
14267 #. type: Plain text
14268 #: original/man8/mount.8:873
14270 "This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems. "
14271 "Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages "
14272 "for details. Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
14276 #: original/man8/mount.8:879
14278 msgid "B<Filesystem(s)>"
14279 msgstr "B<Filesystem(s)>"
14282 #: original/man8/mount.8:882
14284 msgid "B<Manual page>"
14288 #: original/man8/mount.8:886
14294 #: original/man8/mount.8:889
14296 msgid "B<btrfs>(5)"
14297 msgstr "B<btrfs>(5)"
14300 #: original/man8/mount.8:893
14306 #: original/man8/mount.8:896
14308 msgid "B<mount.cifs>(8)"
14309 msgstr "B<mount.cifs>(8)"
14312 #: original/man8/mount.8:900
14314 msgid "ext2, ext3, ext4"
14315 msgstr "ext2, ext3, ext4"
14318 #: original/man8/mount.8:903
14321 msgstr "B<ext4>(5)"
14324 #: original/man8/mount.8:907
14330 #: original/man8/mount.8:910
14333 msgstr "B<fuse>(8)"
14336 #: original/man8/mount.8:914
14342 #: original/man8/mount.8:917
14348 #: original/man8/mount.8:921
14354 #: original/man8/mount.8:924
14356 msgid "B<tmpfs>(5)"
14357 msgstr "B<tmpfs>(5)"
14360 #: original/man8/mount.8:928
14366 #: original/man8/mount.8:931
14371 #. type: Plain text
14372 #: original/man8/mount.8:936
14374 "Note that some of the pages listed above might be available only after you "
14375 "install the respective userland tools."
14378 #. type: Plain text
14379 #: original/man8/mount.8:938
14381 "The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by "
14382 "filesystem. All options follow the B<-o> flag."
14385 #. type: Plain text
14386 #: original/man8/mount.8:940
14388 "What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel. Further "
14389 "information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel "
14390 "source subdirectory I<Documentation/filesystems>."
14394 #: original/man8/mount.8:940
14396 msgid "Mount options for adfs"
14399 #. type: Plain text
14400 #: original/man8/mount.8:943 original/man8/mount.8:954
14401 #: original/man8/mount.8:1030 original/man8/mount.8:1070
14402 #: original/man8/mount.8:1269 original/man8/mount.8:1316
14403 msgid "B<uid=>I<value> and B<gid=>I<value>"
14404 msgstr "B<uid=>I<value> and B<gid=>I<value>"
14406 #. type: Plain text
14407 #: original/man8/mount.8:945
14409 "Set the owner and group of the files in the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0)."
14412 #. type: Plain text
14413 #: original/man8/mount.8:948
14414 msgid "B<ownmask=>I<value> and B<othmask=>I<value>"
14415 msgstr "B<ownmask=>I<value> and B<othmask=>I<value>"
14417 #. type: Plain text
14418 #: original/man8/mount.8:950
14420 "Set the permission mask for ADFS \\(aqowner\\(aq permissions and \\(aqother"
14421 "\\(aq permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively). See "
14422 "also I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst>."
14426 #: original/man8/mount.8:951
14428 msgid "Mount options for affs"
14431 #. type: Plain text
14432 #: original/man8/mount.8:956
14434 "Set the owner and group of the root of the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, "
14435 "but with option B<uid> or B<gid> without specified value, the UID and GID of "
14436 "the current process are taken)."
14439 #. type: Plain text
14440 #: original/man8/mount.8:959
14441 msgid "B<setuid=>I<value> and B<setgid=>I<value>"
14442 msgstr "B<setuid=>I<value> and B<setgid=>I<value>"
14444 #. type: Plain text
14445 #: original/man8/mount.8:961
14446 msgid "Set the owner and group of all files."
14449 #. type: Plain text
14450 #: original/man8/mount.8:964 original/man8/mount.8:1022
14451 #: original/man8/mount.8:1035 original/man8/mount.8:1326
14452 msgid "B<mode=>I<value>"
14453 msgstr "B<mode=>I<value>"
14455 #. type: Plain text
14456 #: original/man8/mount.8:966
14458 "Set the mode of all files to I<value> & 0777 disregarding the original "
14459 "permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. "
14460 "The value is given in octal."
14463 #. type: Plain text
14464 #: original/man8/mount.8:969
14466 msgstr "B<protect>"
14468 #. type: Plain text
14469 #: original/man8/mount.8:971
14470 msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the filesystem."
14473 #. type: Plain text
14474 #: original/man8/mount.8:974
14478 #. type: Plain text
14479 #: original/man8/mount.8:976
14481 "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the "
14482 "mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. "
14486 #. type: Plain text
14487 #: original/man8/mount.8:979
14489 msgstr "B<verbose>"
14491 #. type: Plain text
14492 #: original/man8/mount.8:981
14493 msgid "Print an informational message for each successful mount."
14496 #. type: Plain text
14497 #: original/man8/mount.8:984
14498 msgid "B<prefix=>I<string>"
14499 msgstr "B<prefix=>I<string>"
14501 #. type: Plain text
14502 #: original/man8/mount.8:986
14503 msgid "Prefix used before volume name, when following a link."
14506 #. type: Plain text
14507 #: original/man8/mount.8:989
14508 msgid "B<volume=>I<string>"
14509 msgstr "B<volume=>I<string>"
14511 #. type: Plain text
14512 #: original/man8/mount.8:991
14514 "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before \\(aq/\\(aq when following a "
14518 #. type: Plain text
14519 #: original/man8/mount.8:994
14520 msgid "B<reserved=>I<value>"
14521 msgstr "B<reserved=>I<value>"
14523 #. type: Plain text
14524 #: original/man8/mount.8:996
14525 msgid "(Default: 2.) Number of unused blocks at the start of the device."
14528 #. type: Plain text
14529 #: original/man8/mount.8:999
14530 msgid "B<root=>I<value>"
14531 msgstr "B<root=>I<value>"
14533 #. type: Plain text
14534 #: original/man8/mount.8:1001
14535 msgid "Give explicitly the location of the root block."
14538 #. type: Plain text
14539 #: original/man8/mount.8:1004
14540 msgid "B<bs=>I<value>"
14541 msgstr "B<bs=>I<value>"
14543 #. type: Plain text
14544 #: original/man8/mount.8:1006
14545 msgid "Give blocksize. Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096."
14548 #. type: Plain text
14549 #: original/man8/mount.8:1009
14550 msgid "B<grpquota>|B<noquota>|B<quota>|B<usrquota>"
14551 msgstr "B<grpquota>|B<noquota>|B<quota>|B<usrquota>"
14553 #. type: Plain text
14554 #: original/man8/mount.8:1011
14556 "These options are accepted but ignored. (However, quota utilities may react "
14557 "to such strings in I</etc/fstab>.)"
14561 #: original/man8/mount.8:1012
14563 msgid "Mount options for debugfs"
14566 #. type: Plain text
14567 #: original/man8/mount.8:1015
14569 "The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on I</"
14570 "sys/kernel/debug>. As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the following "
14574 #. type: Plain text
14575 #: original/man8/mount.8:1017 original/man8/mount.8:1243
14576 msgid "B<uid=>I<n>B<, gid=>I<n>"
14577 msgstr "B<uid=>I<n>B<, gid=>I<n>"
14579 #. type: Plain text
14580 #: original/man8/mount.8:1019
14581 msgid "Set the owner and group of the mountpoint."
14584 #. type: Plain text
14585 #: original/man8/mount.8:1024
14586 msgid "Sets the mode of the mountpoint."
14587 msgstr "マウントポイントのモードを設定する。 "
14590 #: original/man8/mount.8:1025
14592 msgid "Mount options for devpts"
14595 #. type: Plain text
14596 #: original/man8/mount.8:1028
14598 "The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on I</"
14599 "dev/pts>. In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens I</dev/"
14600 "ptmx>; the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the "
14601 "process and the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as I</dev/pts/"
14602 ">E<lt>numberE<gt>."
14605 #. type: Plain text
14606 #: original/man8/mount.8:1032
14608 "This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the "
14609 "specified values. When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID and "
14610 "GID of the creating process. For example, if there is a tty group with GID "
14611 "5, then B<gid=5> will cause newly created pseudo terminals to belong to the "
14615 #. type: Plain text
14616 #: original/man8/mount.8:1037
14618 "Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value. The "
14619 "default is 0600. A value of B<mode=620> and B<gid=5> makes \"mesg y\" the "
14620 "default on newly created pseudo terminals."
14623 #. type: Plain text
14624 #: original/man8/mount.8:1040
14625 msgid "B<newinstance>"
14626 msgstr "B<newinstance>"
14628 #. type: Plain text
14629 #: original/man8/mount.8:1042
14631 "Create a private instance of the devpts filesystem, such that indices of "
14632 "pseudo terminals allocated in this new instance are independent of indices "
14633 "created in other instances of devpts."
14636 #. type: Plain text
14637 #: original/man8/mount.8:1044
14639 "All mounts of devpts without this B<newinstance> option share the same set "
14640 "of pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode). Each mount of devpts with "
14641 "the B<newinstance> option has a private set of pseudo terminal indices."
14644 #. type: Plain text
14645 #: original/man8/mount.8:1046
14647 "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It is "
14648 "implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this "
14649 "mount option is valid only if B<CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES> is enabled "
14650 "in the kernel configuration."
14653 #. type: Plain text
14654 #: original/man8/mount.8:1048
14656 "To use this option effectively, I</dev/ptmx> must be a symbolic link to "
14657 "I<pts/ptmx>. See I<Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt> in the Linux kernel "
14658 "source tree for details."
14661 #. type: Plain text
14662 #: original/man8/mount.8:1051
14663 msgid "B<ptmxmode=>I<value>"
14664 msgstr "B<ptmxmode=>I<value>"
14666 #. type: Plain text
14667 #: original/man8/mount.8:1053
14668 msgid "Set the mode for the new I<ptmx> device node in the devpts filesystem."
14671 #. type: Plain text
14672 #: original/man8/mount.8:1055
14674 "With the support for multiple instances of devpts (see B<newinstance> option "
14675 "above), each instance has a private I<ptmx> node in the root of the devpts "
14676 "filesystem (typically I</dev/pts/ptmx>)."
14679 #. type: Plain text
14680 #: original/man8/mount.8:1057
14682 "For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of the "
14683 "new I<ptmx> node is 0000. B<ptmxmode=>I<value> specifies a more useful mode "
14684 "for the I<ptmx> node and is highly recommended when the B<newinstance> "
14685 "option is specified."
14688 #. type: Plain text
14689 #: original/man8/mount.8:1059
14691 "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with "
14692 "2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if "
14693 "B<CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES> is enabled in the kernel configuration."
14697 #: original/man8/mount.8:1060
14699 msgid "Mount options for fat"
14702 #. type: Plain text
14703 #: original/man8/mount.8:1063
14705 "(Note: I<fat> is not a separate filesystem, but a common part of the "
14706 "I<msdos>, I<umsdos> and I<vfat> filesystems.)"
14709 #. type: Plain text
14710 #: original/man8/mount.8:1065
14711 msgid "B<blocksize=>{B<512>|B<1024>|B<2048>}"
14712 msgstr "B<blocksize=>{B<512>|B<1024>|B<2048>}"
14714 #. type: Plain text
14715 #: original/man8/mount.8:1067
14716 msgid "Set blocksize (default 512). This option is obsolete."
14719 #. type: Plain text
14720 #: original/man8/mount.8:1072 original/man8/mount.8:1245
14721 #: original/man8/mount.8:1271
14723 "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the "
14724 "current process.)"
14727 #. type: Plain text
14728 #: original/man8/mount.8:1075 original/man8/mount.8:1274
14729 msgid "B<umask=>I<value>"
14730 msgstr "B<umask=>I<value>"
14732 #. type: Plain text
14733 #: original/man8/mount.8:1077 original/man8/mount.8:1276
14735 "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The "
14736 "default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
14739 #. type: Plain text
14740 #: original/man8/mount.8:1080
14741 msgid "B<dmask=>I<value>"
14742 msgstr "B<dmask=>I<value>"
14744 #. type: Plain text
14745 #: original/man8/mount.8:1082
14747 "Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of the "
14748 "current process. The value is given in octal."
14751 #. type: Plain text
14752 #: original/man8/mount.8:1085
14753 msgid "B<fmask=>I<value>"
14754 msgstr "B<fmask=>I<value>"
14756 #. type: Plain text
14757 #: original/man8/mount.8:1087
14759 "Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of the "
14760 "current process. The value is given in octal."
14763 #. type: Plain text
14764 #: original/man8/mount.8:1090
14765 msgid "B<allow_utime=>I<value>"
14766 msgstr "B<allow_utime=>I<value>"
14768 #. type: Plain text
14769 #: original/man8/mount.8:1092
14770 msgid "This option controls the permission check of mtime/atime."
14773 #. type: Plain text
14774 #: original/man8/mount.8:1094
14778 #. type: Plain text
14779 #: original/man8/mount.8:1096
14781 "If current process is in group of file\\(cqs group ID, you can change "
14785 #. type: Plain text
14786 #: original/man8/mount.8:1101
14787 msgid "Other users can change timestamp."
14790 #. type: Plain text
14791 #: original/man8/mount.8:1105
14793 "The default is set from \\(aqdmask\\(aq option. (If the directory is "
14794 "writable, B<utime>(2) is also allowed. I.e. ~dmask & 022)"
14797 #. type: Plain text
14798 #: original/man8/mount.8:1107
14800 "Normally B<utime>(2) checks that the current process is owner of the file, "
14801 "or that it has the B<CAP_FOWNER> capability. But FAT filesystems don\\(cqt "
14802 "have UID/GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. With this "
14803 "option you can relax it."
14806 #. type: Plain text
14807 #: original/man8/mount.8:1109
14808 msgid "B<check=>I<value>"
14809 msgstr "B<check=>I<value>"
14811 #. type: Plain text
14812 #: original/man8/mount.8:1111
14813 msgid "Three different levels of pickiness can be chosen:"
14816 #. type: Plain text
14817 #: original/man8/mount.8:1113
14818 msgid "B<r>[B<elaxed>]"
14819 msgstr "B<r>[B<elaxed>]"
14821 #. type: Plain text
14822 #: original/man8/mount.8:1115
14824 "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are "
14825 "truncated (e.g. I<verylongname.foobar> becomes I<verylong.foo>), leading and "
14826 "embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)."
14829 #. type: Plain text
14830 #: original/man8/mount.8:1118
14831 msgid "B<n>[B<ormal>]"
14832 msgstr "B<n>[B<ormal>]"
14834 #. type: Plain text
14835 #: original/man8/mount.8:1120
14837 "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, E<lt>, spaces, etc.) "
14838 "are rejected. This is the default."
14841 #. type: Plain text
14842 #: original/man8/mount.8:1123
14843 msgid "B<s>[B<trict>]"
14844 msgstr "B<s>[B<trict>]"
14846 #. type: Plain text
14847 #: original/man8/mount.8:1125
14849 "Like \"normal\", but names that contain long parts or special characters "
14850 "that are sometimes used on Linux but are not accepted by MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) "
14854 #. type: Plain text
14855 #: original/man8/mount.8:1129
14856 msgid "B<codepage=>I<value>"
14857 msgstr "B<codepage=>I<value>"
14859 #. type: Plain text
14860 #: original/man8/mount.8:1131
14862 "Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT "
14863 "filesystems. By default, codepage 437 is used."
14866 #. type: Plain text
14867 #: original/man8/mount.8:1134 original/man8/mount.8:1284
14868 #: original/man8/mount.8:1341
14869 msgid "B<conv=>I<mode>"
14870 msgstr "B<conv=>I<mode>"
14872 #. type: Plain text
14873 #: original/man8/mount.8:1136
14874 msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or be ignored."
14877 #. type: Plain text
14878 #: original/man8/mount.8:1139
14879 msgid "B<cvf_format=>I<module>"
14880 msgstr "B<cvf_format=>I<module>"
14882 #. type: Plain text
14883 #: original/man8/mount.8:1141
14885 "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module "
14886 "cvf__module_ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports kmod, the "
14887 "cvf_format=xxx option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. This "
14888 "option is obsolete."
14891 #. type: Plain text
14892 #: original/man8/mount.8:1144
14893 msgid "B<cvf_option=>I<option>"
14894 msgstr "B<cvf_option=>I<option>"
14896 #. type: Plain text
14897 #: original/man8/mount.8:1146
14898 msgid "Option passed to the CVF module. This option is obsolete."
14901 #. type: Plain text
14902 #: original/man8/mount.8:1149
14906 #. type: Plain text
14907 #: original/man8/mount.8:1151
14909 "Turn on the I<debug> flag. A version string and a list of filesystem "
14910 "parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters "
14911 "appear to be inconsistent)."
14914 #. type: Plain text
14915 #: original/man8/mount.8:1154
14917 msgstr "B<discard>"
14919 #. type: Plain text
14920 #: original/man8/mount.8:1156
14922 "If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device when "
14923 "blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-"
14924 "provisioned LUNs."
14927 #. type: Plain text
14928 #: original/man8/mount.8:1159
14929 msgid "B<dos1xfloppy>"
14930 msgstr "B<dos1xfloppy>"
14932 #. type: Plain text
14933 #: original/man8/mount.8:1161
14935 "If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, "
14936 "determined by backing device size. These static parameters match defaults "
14937 "assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB floppies and "
14941 #. type: Plain text
14942 #: original/man8/mount.8:1164
14943 msgid "B<errors=>{B<panic>|B<continue>|B<remount-ro>}"
14944 msgstr "B<errors=>{B<panic>|B<continue>|B<remount-ro>}"
14946 #. type: Plain text
14947 #: original/man8/mount.8:1166
14949 "Specify FAT behavior on critical errors: panic, continue without doing "
14950 "anything, or remount the partition in read-only mode (default behavior)."
14953 #. type: Plain text
14954 #: original/man8/mount.8:1169
14955 msgid "B<fat=>{B<12>|B<16>|B<32>}"
14956 msgstr "B<fat=>{B<12>|B<16>|B<32>}"
14958 #. type: Plain text
14959 #: original/man8/mount.8:1171
14961 "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type "
14962 "detection routine. Use with caution!"
14965 #. type: Plain text
14966 #: original/man8/mount.8:1174 original/man8/mount.8:1363
14967 msgid "B<iocharset=>I<value>"
14968 msgstr "B<iocharset=>I<value>"
14970 #. type: Plain text
14971 #: original/man8/mount.8:1176
14973 "Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit "
14974 "Unicode characters. The default is iso8859-1. Long filenames are stored on "
14975 "disk in Unicode format."
14978 #. type: Plain text
14979 #: original/man8/mount.8:1179
14980 msgid "B<nfs=>{B<stale_rw>|B<nostale_ro>}"
14981 msgstr "B<nfs=>{B<stale_rw>|B<nostale_ro>}"
14983 #. type: Plain text
14984 #: original/man8/mount.8:1181
14985 msgid "Enable this only if you want to export the FAT filesystem over NFS."
14988 #. type: Plain text
14989 #: original/man8/mount.8:1183
14991 "B<stale_rw>: This option maintains an index (cache) of directory inodes "
14992 "which is used by the nfs-related code to improve look-ups. Full file "
14993 "operations (read/write) over NFS are supported but with cache eviction at "
14994 "NFS server, this could result in spurious B<ESTALE> errors."
14997 #. type: Plain text
14998 #: original/man8/mount.8:1185
15000 "B<nostale_ro>: This option bases the inode number and file handle on the on-"
15001 "disk location of a file in the FAT directory entry. This ensures that "
15002 "B<ESTALE> will not be returned after a file is evicted from the inode cache. "
15003 "However, it means that operations such as rename, create and unlink could "
15004 "cause file handles that previously pointed at one file to point at a "
15005 "different file, potentially causing data corruption. For this reason, this "
15006 "option also mounts the filesystem readonly."
15009 #. type: Plain text
15010 #: original/man8/mount.8:1187
15012 "To maintain backward compatibility, B<-o nfs> is also accepted, defaulting "
15016 #. type: Plain text
15017 #: original/man8/mount.8:1190
15021 #. type: Plain text
15022 #: original/man8/mount.8:1192
15024 "This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as "
15025 "used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally). This is "
15026 "particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras) that are "
15027 "set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
15030 #. type: Plain text
15031 #: original/man8/mount.8:1195
15032 msgid "B<time_offset=>I<minutes>"
15033 msgstr "B<time_offset=>I<minutes>"
15035 #. type: Plain text
15036 #: original/man8/mount.8:1197
15038 "Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to UTC. "
15039 "I.e., I<minutes> will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert it to UTC "
15040 "used internally by Linux. This is useful when the time zone set in the "
15041 "kernel via B<settimeofday>(2) is not the time zone used by the filesystem. "
15042 "Note that this option still does not provide correct time stamps in all "
15043 "cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different DST setting will be "
15047 #. type: Plain text
15048 #: original/man8/mount.8:1200 original/man8/mount.8:1263
15052 #. type: Plain text
15053 #: original/man8/mount.8:1202
15055 "Turn on the I<quiet> flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return "
15056 "errors, although they fail. Use with caution!"
15059 #. type: Plain text
15060 #: original/man8/mount.8:1205
15064 #. type: Plain text
15065 #: original/man8/mount.8:1207
15067 "FAT has the B<ATTR_RO> (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the B<ATTR_RO> of "
15068 "the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as a "
15069 "flag (e.g. it\\(cqs set for the customized folder)."
15072 #. type: Plain text
15073 #: original/man8/mount.8:1209
15075 "If you want to use B<ATTR_RO> as read-only flag even for the directory, set "
15079 #. type: Plain text
15080 #: original/man8/mount.8:1212
15081 msgid "B<showexec>"
15082 msgstr "B<showexec>"
15084 #. type: Plain text
15085 #: original/man8/mount.8:1214
15087 "If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if the "
15088 "extension part of the name is .EXE, .COM, or .BAT. Not set by default."
15091 #. type: Plain text
15092 #: original/man8/mount.8:1217
15093 msgid "B<sys_immutable>"
15094 msgstr "B<sys_immutable>"
15096 #. type: Plain text
15097 #: original/man8/mount.8:1219
15099 "If set, B<ATTR_SYS> attribute on FAT is handled as B<IMMUTABLE> flag on "
15100 "Linux. Not set by default."
15103 #. type: Plain text
15104 #: original/man8/mount.8:1222
15108 #. type: Plain text
15109 #: original/man8/mount.8:1224
15111 "If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal. Not "
15115 #. type: Plain text
15116 #: original/man8/mount.8:1227
15118 msgstr "B<usefree>"
15120 #. type: Plain text
15121 #: original/man8/mount.8:1229
15123 "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on B<FSINFO>. It\\(cqll be used to "
15124 "determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it\\(cqs not "
15125 "used by default, because recent Windows don\\(cqt update it correctly in "
15126 "some case. If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on B<FSINFO> is correct, by "
15127 "this option you can avoid scanning disk."
15130 #. type: Plain text
15131 #: original/man8/mount.8:1232
15132 msgid "B<dots>, B<nodots>, B<dotsOK=>[B<yes>|B<no>]"
15133 msgstr "B<dots>, B<nodots>, B<dotsOK=>[B<yes>|B<no>]"
15135 #. type: Plain text
15136 #: original/man8/mount.8:1234
15138 "Various misguided attempts to force Unix or DOS conventions onto a FAT "
15143 #: original/man8/mount.8:1235
15145 msgid "Mount options for hfs"
15148 #. type: Plain text
15149 #: original/man8/mount.8:1238
15150 msgid "B<creator=>I<cccc>B<, type=>I<cccc>"
15151 msgstr "B<creator=>I<cccc>B<, type=>I<cccc>"
15153 #. type: Plain text
15154 #: original/man8/mount.8:1240
15156 "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for creating "
15157 "new files. Default values: \\(aq????\\(aq."
15160 #. type: Plain text
15161 #: original/man8/mount.8:1248
15162 msgid "B<dir_umask=>I<n>B<, file_umask=>I<n>B<, umask=>I<n>"
15163 msgstr "B<dir_umask=>I<n>B<, file_umask=>I<n>B<, umask=>I<n>"
15165 #. type: Plain text
15166 #: original/man8/mount.8:1250
15168 "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files and "
15169 "directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process."
15172 #. type: Plain text
15173 #: original/man8/mount.8:1253
15174 msgid "B<session=>I<n>"
15175 msgstr "B<session=>I<n>"
15177 #. type: Plain text
15178 #: original/man8/mount.8:1255
15180 "Select the CDROM session to mount. Defaults to leaving that decision to the "
15181 "CDROM driver. This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as underlying "
15185 #. type: Plain text
15186 #: original/man8/mount.8:1258
15187 msgid "B<part=>I<n>"
15188 msgstr "B<part=>I<n>"
15190 #. type: Plain text
15191 #: original/man8/mount.8:1260
15193 "Select partition number n from the device. Only makes sense for CDROMs. "
15194 "Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
15197 #. type: Plain text
15198 #: original/man8/mount.8:1265
15199 msgid "Don\\(cqt complain about invalid mount options."
15203 #: original/man8/mount.8:1266
15205 msgid "Mount options for hpfs"
15208 #. type: Plain text
15209 #: original/man8/mount.8:1279
15210 msgid "B<case=>{B<lower>|B<asis>}"
15211 msgstr "B<case=>{B<lower>|B<asis>}"
15213 #. type: Plain text
15214 #: original/man8/mount.8:1281
15216 "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: "
15220 #. type: Plain text
15221 #: original/man8/mount.8:1286 original/man8/mount.8:1343
15222 msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or being ignored."
15225 #. type: Plain text
15226 #: original/man8/mount.8:1289
15228 msgstr "B<nocheck>"
15230 #. type: Plain text
15231 #: original/man8/mount.8:1291
15232 msgid "Do not abort mounting when certain consistency checks fail."
15236 #: original/man8/mount.8:1292
15238 msgid "Mount options for iso9660"
15241 #. type: Plain text
15242 #: original/man8/mount.8:1295
15244 "ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-"
15245 "ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs. See also the I<udf> "
15249 #. type: Plain text
15250 #: original/man8/mount.8:1297
15252 "Normal I<iso9660> filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like "
15253 "restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in "
15254 "upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, number of "
15255 "links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
15258 #. type: Plain text
15259 #: original/man8/mount.8:1299
15261 "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-like "
15262 "features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that "
15263 "supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the "
15264 "filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem (except that "
15265 "it is read-only, of course)."
15268 #. type: Plain text
15269 #: original/man8/mount.8:1301
15273 #. type: Plain text
15274 #: original/man8/mount.8:1303
15276 "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available. Cf. B<map>."
15279 #. type: Plain text
15280 #: original/man8/mount.8:1306
15281 msgid "B<nojoliet>"
15282 msgstr "B<nojoliet>"
15284 #. type: Plain text
15285 #: original/man8/mount.8:1308
15287 "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf. "
15291 #. type: Plain text
15292 #: original/man8/mount.8:1311
15293 msgid "B<check=>{B<r>[B<elaxed>]|B<s>[B<trict>]}"
15294 msgstr "B<check=>{B<r>[B<elaxed>]|B<s>[B<trict>]}"
15296 #. type: Plain text
15297 #: original/man8/mount.8:1313
15299 "With B<check=relaxed>, a filename is first converted to lower case before "
15300 "doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with B<norock> "
15301 "and B<map=normal>. (Default: B<check=strict>.)"
15304 #. type: Plain text
15305 #: original/man8/mount.8:1318
15307 "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly "
15308 "overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: "
15312 #. type: Plain text
15313 #: original/man8/mount.8:1321
15314 msgid "B<map=>{B<n>[B<ormal>]|B<o>[B<ff>]|B<a>[B<corn>]}"
15315 msgstr "B<map=>{B<n>[B<ormal>]|B<o>[B<ff>]|B<a>[B<corn>]}"
15317 #. type: Plain text
15318 #: original/man8/mount.8:1323
15320 "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case "
15321 "ASCII, drops a trailing \\(aq;1\\(aq, and converts \\(aq;\\(aq to \\(aq."
15322 "\\(aq. With B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>. (Default: "
15323 "B<map=normal>.) B<map=acorn> is like B<map=normal> but also apply Acorn "
15324 "extensions if present."
15327 #. type: Plain text
15328 #: original/man8/mount.8:1328
15330 "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: "
15331 "read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a "
15335 #. type: Plain text
15336 #: original/man8/mount.8:1331 original/man8/mount.8:1903
15340 #. type: Plain text
15341 #: original/man8/mount.8:1333
15343 "Also show hidden and associated files. (If the ordinary files and the "
15344 "associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the "
15345 "ordinary files inaccessible.)"
15348 #. type: Plain text
15349 #: original/man8/mount.8:1336
15350 msgid "B<block=>{B<512>|B<1024>|B<2048>}"
15351 msgstr "B<block=>{B<512>|B<1024>|B<2048>}"
15353 #. type: Plain text
15354 #: original/man8/mount.8:1338
15355 msgid "Set the block size to the indicated value. (Default: B<block=1024>.)"
15358 #. type: Plain text
15359 #: original/man8/mount.8:1346
15363 #. type: Plain text
15364 #: original/man8/mount.8:1348
15366 "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount "
15367 "option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a "
15368 "file cannot be larger than 16 MB."
15371 #. type: Plain text
15372 #: original/man8/mount.8:1351
15373 msgid "B<session=>I<x>"
15374 msgstr "B<session=>I<x>"
15376 #. type: Plain text
15377 #: original/man8/mount.8:1353
15378 msgid "Select number of session on a multisession CD."
15381 #. type: Plain text
15382 #: original/man8/mount.8:1356
15383 msgid "B<sbsector=>I<xxx>"
15384 msgstr "B<sbsector=>I<xxx>"
15386 #. type: Plain text
15387 #: original/man8/mount.8:1358
15388 msgid "Session begins from sector xxx."
15391 #. type: Plain text
15392 #: original/man8/mount.8:1361
15394 "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only "
15395 "makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft\\(cqs Joliet extensions."
15398 #. type: Plain text
15399 #: original/man8/mount.8:1365
15401 "Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 bit "
15402 "characters. The default is iso8859-1."
15405 #. type: Plain text
15406 #: original/man8/mount.8:1368 original/man8/mount.8:1421
15407 #: original/man8/mount.8:1943 original/man8/mount.8:2092
15411 #. type: Plain text
15412 #: original/man8/mount.8:1370
15413 msgid "Convert 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to UTF-8."
15417 #: original/man8/mount.8:1371
15419 msgid "Mount options for jfs"
15422 #. type: Plain text
15423 #: original/man8/mount.8:1374 original/man8/mount.8:1411
15424 msgid "B<iocharset=>I<name>"
15425 msgstr "B<iocharset=>I<name>"
15427 #. type: Plain text
15428 #: original/man8/mount.8:1376
15430 "Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII. The default is to "
15431 "do no conversion. Use B<iocharset=utf8> for UTF8 translations. This requires "
15432 "B<CONFIG_NLS_UTF8> to be set in the kernel I<.config> file."
15435 #. type: Plain text
15436 #: original/man8/mount.8:1379
15437 msgid "B<resize=>I<value>"
15438 msgstr "B<resize=>I<value>"
15440 #. type: Plain text
15441 #: original/man8/mount.8:1381
15443 "Resize the volume to I<value> blocks. JFS only supports growing a volume, "
15444 "not shrinking it. This option is only valid during a remount, when the "
15445 "volume is mounted read-write. The B<resize> keyword with no value will grow "
15446 "the volume to the full size of the partition."
15449 #. type: Plain text
15450 #: original/man8/mount.8:1384
15451 msgid "B<nointegrity>"
15452 msgstr "B<nointegrity>"
15454 #. type: Plain text
15455 #: original/man8/mount.8:1386
15457 "Do not write to the journal. The primary use of this option is to allow for "
15458 "higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media. The integrity "
15459 "of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
15462 #. type: Plain text
15463 #: original/man8/mount.8:1389
15464 msgid "B<integrity>"
15465 msgstr "B<integrity>"
15467 #. type: Plain text
15468 #: original/man8/mount.8:1391
15470 "Default. Commit metadata changes to the journal. Use this option to remount "
15471 "a volume where the B<nointegrity> option was previously specified in order "
15472 "to restore normal behavior."
15475 #. type: Plain text
15476 #: original/man8/mount.8:1394
15477 msgid "B<errors=>{B<continue>|B<remount-ro>|B<panic>}"
15478 msgstr "B<errors=>{B<continue>|B<remount-ro>|B<panic>}"
15480 #. type: Plain text
15481 #: original/man8/mount.8:1396
15483 "Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and "
15484 "just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the filesystem "
15485 "read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
15488 #. type: Plain text
15489 #: original/man8/mount.8:1399
15490 msgid "B<noquota>|B<quota>|B<usrquota>|B<grpquota>"
15491 msgstr "B<noquota>|B<quota>|B<usrquota>|B<grpquota>"
15493 #. type: Plain text
15494 #: original/man8/mount.8:1401
15495 msgid "These options are accepted but ignored."
15499 #: original/man8/mount.8:1402
15501 msgid "Mount options for msdos"
15504 #. type: Plain text
15505 #: original/man8/mount.8:1405
15507 "See mount options for fat. If the I<msdos> filesystem detects an "
15508 "inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The "
15509 "filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
15513 #: original/man8/mount.8:1405
15515 msgid "Mount options for ncpfs"
15518 #. type: Plain text
15519 #: original/man8/mount.8:1408
15521 "Just like I<nfs>, the I<ncpfs> implementation expects a binary argument (a "
15522 "I<struct ncp_mount_data>) to the mount system call. This argument is "
15523 "constructed by B<ncpmount>(8) and the current version of B<mount> (2.12) "
15524 "does not know anything about ncpfs."
15528 #: original/man8/mount.8:1408
15530 msgid "Mount options for ntfs"
15533 #. type: Plain text
15534 #: original/man8/mount.8:1413
15536 "Character set to use when returning file names. Unlike VFAT, NTFS suppresses "
15537 "names that contain nonconvertible characters. Deprecated."
15540 #. type: Plain text
15541 #: original/man8/mount.8:1416
15542 msgid "B<nls=>I<name>"
15543 msgstr "B<nls=>I<name>"
15545 #. type: Plain text
15546 #: original/man8/mount.8:1418
15547 msgid "New name for the option earlier called I<iocharset>."
15550 #. type: Plain text
15551 #: original/man8/mount.8:1423
15552 msgid "Use UTF-8 for converting file names."
15555 #. type: Plain text
15556 #: original/man8/mount.8:1426
15557 msgid "B<uni_xlate=>{B<0>|B<1>|B<2>}"
15558 msgstr "B<uni_xlate=>{B<0>|B<1>|B<2>}"
15560 #. type: Plain text
15561 #: original/man8/mount.8:1428
15563 "For 0 (or \\(aqno\\(aq or \\(aqfalse\\(aq), do not use escape sequences for "
15564 "unknown Unicode characters. For 1 (or \\(aqyes\\(aq or \\(aqtrue\\(aq) or 2, "
15565 "use vfat-style 4-byte escape sequences starting with \":\". Here 2 gives a "
15566 "little-endian encoding and 1 a byteswapped bigendian encoding."
15569 #. type: Plain text
15570 #: original/man8/mount.8:1431
15571 msgid "B<posix=[0|1]>"
15572 msgstr "B<posix=[0|1]>"
15574 #. type: Plain text
15575 #: original/man8/mount.8:1433
15577 "If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and lower "
15578 "case. The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of being "
15579 "suppressed. This option is obsolete."
15582 #. type: Plain text
15583 #: original/man8/mount.8:1436
15584 msgid "B<uid=>I<value>, B<gid=>I<value> and B<umask=>I<value>"
15585 msgstr "B<uid=>I<value>, B<gid=>I<value> and B<umask=>I<value>"
15587 #. type: Plain text
15588 #: original/man8/mount.8:1438
15590 "Set the file permission on the filesystem. The umask value is given in "
15591 "octal. By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by somebody "
15596 #: original/man8/mount.8:1439
15598 msgid "Mount options for overlay"
15601 #. type: Plain text
15602 #: original/man8/mount.8:1442
15604 "Since Linux 3.18 the overlay pseudo filesystem implements a union mount for "
15605 "other filesystems."
15608 #. type: Plain text
15609 #: original/man8/mount.8:1444
15611 "An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an B<upper> filesystem and "
15612 "a B<lower> filesystem. When a name exists in both filesystems, the object in "
15613 "the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower filesystem is "
15614 "either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with the upper object."
15617 #. type: Plain text
15618 #: original/man8/mount.8:1446
15620 "The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does not "
15621 "need to be writable. The lower filesystem can even be another overlayfs. The "
15622 "upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is it must support the "
15623 "creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must provide a valid d_type "
15624 "in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
15627 #. type: Plain text
15628 #: original/man8/mount.8:1448
15630 "A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem "
15631 "type. The options B<lowerdir> and B<upperdir> are combined into a merged "
15632 "directory by using:"
15635 #. type: Plain text
15636 #: original/man8/mount.8:1456
15639 "mount -t overlay overlay \\(rs\n"
15640 " -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work /merged\n"
15642 "mount -t overlay overlay \\(rs\n"
15643 " -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work /merged\n"
15645 #. type: Plain text
15646 #: original/man8/mount.8:1464
15647 msgid "B<lowerdir=>I<directory>"
15648 msgstr "B<lowerdir=>I<directory>"
15650 #. type: Plain text
15651 #: original/man8/mount.8:1466
15652 msgid "Any filesystem, does not need to be on a writable filesystem."
15655 #. type: Plain text
15656 #: original/man8/mount.8:1469
15657 msgid "B<upperdir=>I<directory>"
15658 msgstr "B<upperdir=>I<directory>"
15660 #. type: Plain text
15661 #: original/man8/mount.8:1471
15662 msgid "The upperdir is normally on a writable filesystem."
15665 #. type: Plain text
15666 #: original/man8/mount.8:1474
15667 msgid "B<workdir=>I<directory>"
15668 msgstr "B<workdir=>I<directory>"
15670 #. type: Plain text
15671 #: original/man8/mount.8:1476
15673 "The workdir needs to be an empty directory on the same filesystem as "
15677 #. type: Plain text
15678 #: original/man8/mount.8:1479
15679 msgid "B<userxattr>"
15680 msgstr "B<userxattr>"
15682 #. type: Plain text
15683 #: original/man8/mount.8:1481
15685 "Use the \"B<user.overlay.>\" xattr namespace instead of \"B<trusted.overlay.>"
15686 "\". This is useful for unprivileged mounting of overlayfs."
15689 #. type: Plain text
15690 #: original/man8/mount.8:1484
15691 msgid "B<redirect_dir=>{B<on>|B<off>|B<follow>|B<nofollow>}"
15694 #. type: Plain text
15695 #: original/man8/mount.8:1486
15697 "If the I<redirect_dir> feature is enabled, then the directory will be copied "
15698 "up (but not the contents). Then the \"{B<trusted>|B<user>}.overlay.redirect"
15699 "\" extended attribute is set to the path of the original location from the "
15700 "root of the overlay. Finally the directory is moved to the new location."
15703 #. type: Plain text
15704 #: original/man8/mount.8:1488 original/man8/rtcwake.8:176
15708 #. type: Plain text
15709 #: original/man8/mount.8:1490
15710 msgid "Redirects are enabled."
15713 #. type: Plain text
15714 #: original/man8/mount.8:1493 original/man8/rtcwake.8:166
15718 #. type: Plain text
15719 #: original/man8/mount.8:1495
15721 "Redirects are not created and only followed if \"redirect_always_follow\" "
15722 "feature is enabled in the kernel/module config."
15725 #. type: Plain text
15726 #: original/man8/mount.8:1498
15730 #. type: Plain text
15731 #: original/man8/mount.8:1500
15732 msgid "Redirects are not created, but followed."
15735 #. type: Plain text
15736 #: original/man8/mount.8:1503
15737 msgid "B<nofollow>"
15738 msgstr "B<nofollow>"
15740 #. type: Plain text
15741 #: original/man8/mount.8:1505
15743 "Redirects are not created and not followed (equivalent to \"redirect_dir=off"
15744 "\" if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is not enabled)."
15747 #. type: Plain text
15748 #: original/man8/mount.8:1509
15749 msgid "B<index=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
15750 msgstr "B<index=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
15752 #. type: Plain text
15753 #: original/man8/mount.8:1511
15755 "Inode index. If this feature is disabled and a file with multiple hard links "
15756 "is copied up, then this will \"break\" the link. Changes will not be "
15757 "propagated to other names referring to the same inode."
15760 #. type: Plain text
15761 #: original/man8/mount.8:1514
15762 msgid "B<uuid=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
15763 msgstr "B<uuid=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
15765 #. type: Plain text
15766 #: original/man8/mount.8:1516
15768 "Can be used to replace UUID of the underlying filesystem in file handles "
15769 "with null, and effectively disable UUID checks. This can be useful in case "
15770 "the underlying disk is copied and the UUID of this copy is changed. This is "
15771 "only applicable if all lower/upper/work directories are on the same "
15772 "filesystem, otherwise it will fallback to normal behaviour."
15775 #. type: Plain text
15776 #: original/man8/mount.8:1519
15777 msgid "B<nfs_export=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
15780 #. type: Plain text
15781 #: original/man8/mount.8:1522
15783 "When the underlying filesystems supports NFS export and the \"nfs_export\" "
15784 "feature is enabled, an overlay filesystem may be exported to NFS."
15787 #. type: Plain text
15788 #: original/man8/mount.8:1529
15790 "With the â
\80\9cnfs_exportâ
\80\9d feature, on copy_up of any lower object, an index "
15791 "entry is created under the index directory. The index entry name is the "
15792 "hexadecimal representation of the copy up origin file handle. For a non-"
15793 "directory object, the index entry is a hard link to the upper inode. For a "
15794 "directory object, the index entry has an extended attribute \"{B<trusted>|"
15795 "B<user>}.overlay.upper\" with an encoded file handle of the upper directory "
15799 #. type: Plain text
15800 #: original/man8/mount.8:1531
15802 "When encoding a file handle from an overlay filesystem object, the following "
15806 #. type: Plain text
15807 #: original/man8/mount.8:1542
15808 msgid "For a non-upper object, encode a lower file handle from lower inode"
15811 #. type: Plain text
15812 #: original/man8/mount.8:1553
15813 msgid "For an indexed object, encode a lower file handle from copy_up origin"
15816 #. type: Plain text
15817 #: original/man8/mount.8:1564
15819 "For a pure-upper object and for an existing non-indexed upper object, encode "
15820 "an upper file handle from upper inode"
15823 #. type: Plain text
15824 #: original/man8/mount.8:1568
15825 msgid "The encoded overlay file handle includes"
15828 #. type: Plain text
15829 #: original/man8/mount.8:1579
15830 msgid "Header including path type information (e.g. lower/upper)"
15833 #. type: Plain text
15834 #: original/man8/mount.8:1590
15835 msgid "UUID of the underlying filesystem"
15838 #. type: Plain text
15839 #: original/man8/mount.8:1601
15840 msgid "Underlying filesystem encoding of underlying inode"
15843 #. type: Plain text
15844 #: original/man8/mount.8:1605
15846 "This encoding format is identical to the encoding format file handles that "
15847 "are stored in extended attribute \"{B<trusted>|B<user>}.overlay.origin\". "
15848 "When decoding an overlay file handle, the following steps are followed"
15851 #. type: Plain text
15852 #: original/man8/mount.8:1616
15853 msgid "Find underlying layer by UUID and path type information."
15856 #. type: Plain text
15857 #: original/man8/mount.8:1627
15858 msgid "Decode the underlying filesystem file handle to underlying dentry."
15861 #. type: Plain text
15862 #: original/man8/mount.8:1638
15863 msgid "For a lower file handle, lookup the handle in index directory by name."
15866 #. type: Plain text
15867 #: original/man8/mount.8:1649
15869 "If a whiteout is found in index, return ESTALE. This represents an overlay "
15870 "object that was deleted after its file handle was encoded."
15873 #. type: Plain text
15874 #: original/man8/mount.8:1660
15876 "For a non-directory, instantiate a disconnected overlay dentry from the "
15877 "decoded underlying dentry, the path type and index inode, if found."
15880 #. type: Plain text
15881 #: original/man8/mount.8:1671
15883 "For a directory, use the connected underlying decoded dentry, path type and "
15884 "index, to lookup a connected overlay dentry."
15887 #. type: Plain text
15888 #: original/man8/mount.8:1677
15890 "Decoding a non-directory file handle may return a disconnected dentry. "
15891 "copy_up of that disconnected dentry will create an upper index entry with no "
15895 #. type: Plain text
15896 #: original/man8/mount.8:1689
15898 "When overlay filesystem has multiple lower layers, a middle layer directory "
15899 "may have a \"redirect\" to lower directory. Because middle layer \"redirects"
15900 "\" are not indexed, a lower file handle that was encoded from the \"redirect"
15901 "\" origin directory, cannot be used to find the middle or upper layer "
15902 "directory. Similarly, a lower file handle that was encoded from a "
15903 "descendant of the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to "
15904 "reconstruct a connected overlay path. To mitigate the cases of directories "
15905 "that cannot be decoded from a lower file handle, these directories are "
15906 "copied up on encode and encoded as an upper file handle. On an overlay "
15907 "filesystem with no upper layer this mitigation cannot be used NFS export in "
15908 "this setup requires turning off redirect follow (e.g. "
15909 "\"I<redirect_dir=nofollow>\")."
15912 #. type: Plain text
15913 #: original/man8/mount.8:1691
15915 "The overlay filesystem does not support non-directory connectable file "
15916 "handles, so exporting with the I<subtree_check> exportfs configuration will "
15917 "cause failures to lookup files over NFS."
15920 #. type: Plain text
15921 #: original/man8/mount.8:1693
15923 "When the NFS export feature is enabled, all directory index entries are "
15924 "verified on mount time to check that upper file handles are not stale. This "
15925 "verification may cause significant overhead in some cases."
15928 #. type: Plain text
15929 #: original/man8/mount.8:1696
15931 "Note: the mount options I<index=off,nfs_export=on> are conflicting for a "
15932 "read-write mount and will result in an error."
15935 #. type: Plain text
15936 #: original/man8/mount.8:1699
15937 msgid "B<xinfo=>{B<on>|B<off>|B<auto>}"
15938 msgstr "B<xinfo=>{B<on>|B<off>|B<auto>}"
15940 #. type: Plain text
15941 #: original/man8/mount.8:1701
15943 "The \"xino\" feature composes a unique object identifier from the real "
15944 "object st_ino and an underlying fsid index. The \"xino\" feature uses the "
15945 "high inode number bits for fsid, because the underlying filesystems rarely "
15946 "use the high inode number bits. In case the underlying inode number does "
15947 "overflow into the high xino bits, overlay filesystem will fall back to the "
15948 "non xino behavior for that inode."
15951 #. type: Plain text
15952 #: original/man8/mount.8:1703
15953 msgid "For a detailed description of the effect of this option please refer to"
15956 #. type: Plain text
15957 #: original/man8/mount.8:1707
15958 msgid "B<metacopy=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
15959 msgstr "B<metacopy=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
15961 #. type: Plain text
15962 #: original/man8/mount.8:1709
15964 "When metadata only copy up feature is enabled, overlayfs will only copy up "
15965 "metadata (as opposed to whole file), when a metadata specific operation like "
15966 "chown/chmod is performed. Full file will be copied up later when file is "
15967 "opened for WRITE operation."
15970 #. type: Plain text
15971 #: original/man8/mount.8:1711
15973 "In other words, this is delayed data copy up operation and data is copied up "
15974 "when there is a need to actually modify data."
15977 #. type: Plain text
15978 #: original/man8/mount.8:1714
15979 msgid "B<volatile>"
15980 msgstr "B<volatile>"
15982 #. type: Plain text
15983 #: original/man8/mount.8:1716
15985 "Volatile mounts are not guaranteed to survive a crash. It is strongly "
15986 "recommended that volatile mounts are only used if data written to the "
15987 "overlay can be recreated without significant effort."
15990 #. type: Plain text
15991 #: original/man8/mount.8:1718
15993 "The advantage of mounting with the \"volatile\" option is that all forms of "
15994 "sync calls to the upper filesystem are omitted."
15997 #. type: Plain text
15998 #: original/man8/mount.8:1720
16000 "In order to avoid a giving a false sense of safety, the syncfs (and fsync) "
16001 "semantics of volatile mounts are slightly different than that of the rest of "
16002 "VFS. If any writeback error occurs on the upperdirâ
\80\99s filesystem after a "
16003 "volatile mount takes place, all sync functions will return an error. Once "
16004 "this condition is reached, the filesystem will not recover, and every "
16005 "subsequent sync call will return an error, even if the upperdir has not "
16006 "experience a new error since the last sync call."
16009 #. type: Plain text
16010 #: original/man8/mount.8:1722
16012 "When overlay is mounted with \"volatile\" option, the directory \"$workdir/"
16013 "work/incompat/volatile\" is created. During next mount, overlay checks for "
16014 "this directory and refuses to mount if present. This is a strong indicator "
16015 "that user should throw away upper and work directories and create fresh one. "
16016 "In very limited cases where the user knows that the system has not crashed "
16017 "and contents of upperdir are intact, The \"volatile\" directory can be "
16022 #: original/man8/mount.8:1723
16024 msgid "Mount options for reiserfs"
16027 #. type: Plain text
16028 #: original/man8/mount.8:1726
16029 msgid "Reiserfs is a journaling filesystem."
16032 #. type: Plain text
16033 #: original/man8/mount.8:1728
16037 #. type: Plain text
16038 #: original/man8/mount.8:1730
16040 "Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 filesystem, "
16041 "using the 3.6 format for newly created objects. This filesystem will no "
16042 "longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
16045 #. type: Plain text
16046 #: original/man8/mount.8:1733
16047 msgid "B<hash=>{B<rupasov>|B<tea>|B<r5>|B<detect>}"
16048 msgstr "B<hash=>{B<rupasov>|B<tea>|B<r5>|B<detect>}"
16050 #. type: Plain text
16051 #: original/man8/mount.8:1735
16053 "Choose which hash function reiserfs will use to find files within "
16057 #. type: Plain text
16058 #: original/man8/mount.8:1737
16060 msgstr "B<rupasov>"
16062 #. type: Plain text
16063 #: original/man8/mount.8:1739
16065 "A hash invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. It is fast and preserves locality, "
16066 "mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash values. This option "
16067 "should not be used, as it causes a high probability of hash collisions."
16070 #. type: Plain text
16071 #: original/man8/mount.8:1742
16075 #. type: Plain text
16076 #: original/man8/mount.8:1744
16078 "A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge. It uses hash "
16079 "permuting bits in the name. It gets high randomness and, therefore, low "
16080 "probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost. This may be used if "
16081 "B<EHASHCOLLISION> errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
16084 #. type: Plain text
16085 #: original/man8/mount.8:1747
16089 #. type: Plain text
16090 #: original/man8/mount.8:1749
16092 "A modified version of the rupasov hash. It is used by default and is the "
16093 "best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-name "
16097 #. type: Plain text
16098 #: original/man8/mount.8:1752
16102 #. type: Plain text
16103 #: original/man8/mount.8:1754
16105 "Instructs B<mount> to detect which hash function is in use by examining the "
16106 "filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the reiserfs "
16107 "superblock. This is only useful on the first mount of an old format "
16111 #. type: Plain text
16112 #: original/man8/mount.8:1758
16113 msgid "B<hashed_relocation>"
16114 msgstr "B<hashed_relocation>"
16116 #. type: Plain text
16117 #: original/man8/mount.8:1760 original/man8/mount.8:1765
16119 "Tunes the block allocator. This may provide performance improvements in some "
16123 #. type: Plain text
16124 #: original/man8/mount.8:1763
16125 msgid "B<no_unhashed_relocation>"
16126 msgstr "B<no_unhashed_relocation>"
16128 #. type: Plain text
16129 #: original/man8/mount.8:1768
16130 msgid "B<noborder>"
16131 msgstr "B<noborder>"
16133 #. type: Plain text
16134 #: original/man8/mount.8:1770
16136 "Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. This "
16137 "may provide performance improvements in some situations."
16140 #. type: Plain text
16141 #: original/man8/mount.8:1773
16145 #. type: Plain text
16146 #: original/man8/mount.8:1775
16148 "Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in "
16149 "some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs\\(cqs fast recovery from "
16150 "crashes. Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all "
16151 "journaling operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. "
16152 "Implementation of I<nolog> is a work in progress."
16155 #. type: Plain text
16156 #: original/man8/mount.8:1778
16160 #. type: Plain text
16161 #: original/man8/mount.8:1780
16163 "By default, reiserfs stores small files and \\(aqfile tails\\(aq directly "
16164 "into its tree. This confuses some utilities such as B<lilo>(8). This option "
16165 "is used to disable packing of files into the tree."
16168 #. type: Plain text
16169 #: original/man8/mount.8:1783
16170 msgid "B<replayonly>"
16171 msgstr "B<replayonly>"
16173 #. type: Plain text
16174 #: original/man8/mount.8:1785
16176 "Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually mount "
16177 "the filesystem. Mainly used by I<reiserfsck>."
16180 #. type: Plain text
16181 #: original/man8/mount.8:1788
16182 msgid "B<resize=>I<number>"
16183 msgstr "B<resize=>I<number>"
16185 #. type: Plain text
16186 #: original/man8/mount.8:1790
16188 "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. "
16189 "Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has I<number> blocks. This "
16190 "option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume "
16191 "management (LVM). There is a special I<resizer> utility which can be "
16195 #. type: Plain text
16196 #: original/man8/mount.8:1794
16197 msgid "B<user_xattr>"
16198 msgstr "B<user_xattr>"
16200 #. type: Plain text
16201 #: original/man8/mount.8:1796
16202 msgid "I<Enable Extended User Attributes. See the >B<attr>I<(1) manual page.>"
16205 #. type: Plain text
16206 #: original/man8/mount.8:1799
16210 #. type: Plain text
16211 #: original/man8/mount.8:1801
16212 msgid "I<Enable POSIX Access Control Lists. See the >B<acl>I<(5) manual page.>"
16215 #. type: Plain text
16216 #: original/man8/mount.8:1804
16217 msgid "B<barrier=none>I< / >B<barrier=flush>"
16218 msgstr "B<barrier=none>I< / >B<barrier=flush>"
16220 #. type: Plain text
16221 #: original/man8/mount.8:1806
16223 "I<This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling code. "
16224 ">B<barrier=none>I< disables, >B<barrier=flush>I< enables (default). This "
16225 "also requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs gets "
16226 "an error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a warning. "
16227 "Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal commits, making "
16228 "volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some performance penalty. If your "
16229 "disks are battery-backed in one way or another, disabling barriers may "
16230 "safely improve performance.>"
16234 #: original/man8/mount.8:1807
16236 msgid "Mount options for ubifs"
16239 #. type: Plain text
16240 #: original/man8/mount.8:1810
16242 "UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes. Note that "
16243 "B<atime> is not supported and is always turned off."
16246 #. type: Plain text
16247 #: original/man8/mount.8:1812
16248 msgid "The device name may be specified as"
16251 #. type: Plain text
16252 #: original/man8/mount.8:1816
16256 #. type: Plain text
16257 #: original/man8/mount.8:1818
16258 msgid "UBI device number B<X>, volume number B<Y>"
16261 #. type: Plain text
16262 #: original/man8/mount.8:1821
16266 #. type: Plain text
16267 #: original/man8/mount.8:1823
16268 msgid "UBI device number B<0>, volume number B<Y>"
16271 #. type: Plain text
16272 #: original/man8/mount.8:1826
16273 msgid "B<ubiX:NAME>"
16274 msgstr "B<ubiX:NAME>"
16276 #. type: Plain text
16277 #: original/man8/mount.8:1828
16278 msgid "UBI device number B<X>, volume with name B<NAME>"
16281 #. type: Plain text
16282 #: original/man8/mount.8:1831
16283 msgid "B<ubi:NAME>"
16284 msgstr "B<ubi:NAME>"
16286 #. type: Plain text
16287 #: original/man8/mount.8:1833
16288 msgid "UBI device number B<0>, volume with name B<NAME>"
16291 #. type: Plain text
16292 #: original/man8/mount.8:1839
16293 msgid "Alternative B<!> separator may be used instead of B<:>."
16296 #. type: Plain text
16297 #: original/man8/mount.8:1841
16298 msgid "The following mount options are available:"
16301 #. type: Plain text
16302 #: original/man8/mount.8:1843
16303 msgid "B<bulk_read>"
16304 msgstr "B<bulk_read>"
16306 #. type: Plain text
16307 #: original/man8/mount.8:1845
16309 "Enable bulk-read. VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the "
16310 "filesystem. Bulk-Read is an internal optimization. Some flashes may read "
16311 "faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read requests. "
16312 "For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads more than one "
16316 #. type: Plain text
16317 #: original/man8/mount.8:1848
16318 msgid "B<no_bulk_read>"
16319 msgstr "B<no_bulk_read>"
16321 #. type: Plain text
16322 #: original/man8/mount.8:1850
16323 msgid "Do not bulk-read. This is the default."
16326 #. type: Plain text
16327 #: original/man8/mount.8:1853
16328 msgid "B<chk_data_crc>"
16329 msgstr "B<chk_data_crc>"
16331 #. type: Plain text
16332 #: original/man8/mount.8:1855
16333 msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums. This is the default."
16336 #. type: Plain text
16337 #: original/man8/mount.8:1858
16338 msgid "B<no_chk_data_crc>"
16339 msgstr "B<no_chk_data_crc>"
16341 #. type: Plain text
16342 #: original/man8/mount.8:1860
16344 "Do not check data CRC-32 checksums. With this option, the filesystem does "
16345 "not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the internal "
16346 "indexing information. This option only affects reading, not writing. CRC-32 "
16347 "is always calculated when writing the data."
16350 #. type: Plain text
16351 #: original/man8/mount.8:1863
16352 msgid "B<compr=>{B<none>|B<lzo>|B<zlib>}"
16353 msgstr "B<compr=>{B<none>|B<lzo>|B<zlib>}"
16355 #. type: Plain text
16356 #: original/man8/mount.8:1865
16358 "Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written. It "
16359 "is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the B<none> "
16364 #: original/man8/mount.8:1866
16366 msgid "Mount options for udf"
16369 #. type: Plain text
16370 #: original/man8/mount.8:1869
16372 "UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the Optical "
16373 "Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, frequently in "
16374 "the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, however, perfectly "
16375 "usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and other block devices. See "
16379 #. type: Plain text
16380 #: original/man8/mount.8:1871
16384 #. type: Plain text
16385 #: original/man8/mount.8:1873
16387 "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user. uid=forget can be "
16388 "specified independently of (or usually in addition to) uid=E<lt>userE<gt> "
16389 "and results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In fact the recorded uid "
16390 "is the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is "
16391 "given as either E<lt>userE<gt> which is a valid user name or the "
16392 "corresponding decimal user id, or the special string \"forget\"."
16395 #. type: Plain text
16396 #: original/man8/mount.8:1876
16400 #. type: Plain text
16401 #: original/man8/mount.8:1878
16403 "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group. gid=forget can "
16404 "be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) "
16405 "gid=E<lt>groupE<gt> and results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In "
16406 "fact the recorded gid is the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF "
16407 "standard. The value is given as either E<lt>groupE<gt> which is a valid "
16408 "group name or the corresponding decimal group id, or the special string "
16412 #. type: Plain text
16413 #: original/man8/mount.8:1881
16417 #. type: Plain text
16418 #: original/man8/mount.8:1883
16420 "Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem. The "
16421 "value is given in octal."
16424 #. type: Plain text
16425 #: original/man8/mount.8:1886
16429 #. type: Plain text
16430 #: original/man8/mount.8:1888
16432 "If B<mode=> is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from the "
16433 "filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
16436 #. type: Plain text
16437 #: original/man8/mount.8:1891
16441 #. type: Plain text
16442 #: original/man8/mount.8:1893
16444 "If B<dmode=> is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
16445 "filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
16448 #. type: Plain text
16449 #: original/man8/mount.8:1896
16453 #. type: Plain text
16454 #: original/man8/mount.8:1898
16456 "Set the block size. Default value prior to kernel version 2.6.30 was 2048. "
16457 "Since 2.6.30 and prior to 4.11 it was logical device block size with "
16458 "fallback to 2048. Since 4.11 it is logical block size with fallback to any "
16459 "valid block size between logical device block size and 4096."
16462 #. type: Plain text
16463 #: original/man8/mount.8:1900
16465 "For other details see the B<mkudffs>(8) 2.0+ manpage, sections "
16466 "B<COMPATIBILITY> and B<BLOCK SIZE>."
16469 #. type: Plain text
16470 #: original/man8/mount.8:1905
16471 msgid "Show otherwise hidden files."
16474 #. type: Plain text
16475 #: original/man8/mount.8:1908
16476 msgid "B<undelete>"
16477 msgstr "B<undelete>"
16479 #. type: Plain text
16480 #: original/man8/mount.8:1910
16481 msgid "Show deleted files in lists."
16484 #. type: Plain text
16485 #: original/man8/mount.8:1913
16487 msgstr "B<adinicb>"
16489 #. type: Plain text
16490 #: original/man8/mount.8:1915
16491 msgid "Embed data in the inode. (default)"
16494 #. type: Plain text
16495 #: original/man8/mount.8:1918
16496 msgid "B<noadinicb>"
16497 msgstr "B<noadinicb>"
16499 #. type: Plain text
16500 #: original/man8/mount.8:1920
16501 msgid "Don\\(cqt embed data in the inode."
16504 #. type: Plain text
16505 #: original/man8/mount.8:1923
16507 msgstr "B<shortad>"
16509 #. type: Plain text
16510 #: original/man8/mount.8:1925
16511 msgid "Use short UDF address descriptors."
16514 #. type: Plain text
16515 #: original/man8/mount.8:1928
16519 #. type: Plain text
16520 #: original/man8/mount.8:1930
16521 msgid "Use long UDF address descriptors. (default)"
16524 #. type: Plain text
16525 #: original/man8/mount.8:1933
16526 msgid "B<nostrict>"
16527 msgstr "B<nostrict>"
16529 #. type: Plain text
16530 #: original/man8/mount.8:1935
16531 msgid "Unset strict conformance."
16534 #. type: Plain text
16535 #: original/man8/mount.8:1938
16536 msgid "B<iocharset=>"
16537 msgstr "B<iocharset=>"
16539 #. type: Plain text
16540 #: original/man8/mount.8:1940
16542 "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with "
16543 "B<CONFIG_UDF_NLS> option."
16546 #. type: Plain text
16547 #: original/man8/mount.8:1945
16548 msgid "Set the UTF-8 character set."
16552 #: original/man8/mount.8:1946
16554 msgid "Mount options for debugging and disaster recovery"
16557 #. type: Plain text
16558 #: original/man8/mount.8:1949
16562 #. type: Plain text
16563 #: original/man8/mount.8:1951
16564 msgid "Ignore the Volume Recognition Sequence and attempt to mount anyway."
16567 #. type: Plain text
16568 #: original/man8/mount.8:1954
16569 msgid "B<session=>"
16570 msgstr "B<session=>"
16572 #. type: Plain text
16573 #: original/man8/mount.8:1956
16575 "Select the session number for multi-session recorded optical media. "
16576 "(default= last session)"
16579 #. type: Plain text
16580 #: original/man8/mount.8:1959
16582 msgstr "B<anchor=>"
16584 #. type: Plain text
16585 #: original/man8/mount.8:1961
16586 msgid "Override standard anchor location. (default= 256)"
16589 #. type: Plain text
16590 #: original/man8/mount.8:1964
16591 msgid "B<lastblock=>"
16592 msgstr "B<lastblock=>"
16594 #. type: Plain text
16595 #: original/man8/mount.8:1966
16596 msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
16600 #: original/man8/mount.8:1967
16602 msgid "Unused historical mount options that may be encountered and should be removed"
16605 #. type: Plain text
16606 #: original/man8/mount.8:1970
16607 msgid "B<uid=ignore>"
16608 msgstr "B<uid=ignore>"
16610 #. type: Plain text
16611 #: original/man8/mount.8:1972
16612 msgid "Ignored, use uid=E<lt>userE<gt> instead."
16615 #. type: Plain text
16616 #: original/man8/mount.8:1975
16617 msgid "B<gid=ignore>"
16618 msgstr "B<gid=ignore>"
16620 #. type: Plain text
16621 #: original/man8/mount.8:1977
16622 msgid "Ignored, use gid=E<lt>groupE<gt> instead."
16625 #. type: Plain text
16626 #: original/man8/mount.8:1980
16628 msgstr "B<volume=>"
16630 #. type: Plain text
16631 #: original/man8/mount.8:1982 original/man8/mount.8:1987
16632 #: original/man8/mount.8:1992 original/man8/mount.8:1997
16633 msgid "Unimplemented and ignored."
16636 #. type: Plain text
16637 #: original/man8/mount.8:1985
16638 msgid "B<partition=>"
16639 msgstr "B<partition=>"
16641 #. type: Plain text
16642 #: original/man8/mount.8:1990
16643 msgid "B<fileset=>"
16644 msgstr "B<fileset=>"
16646 #. type: Plain text
16647 #: original/man8/mount.8:1995
16648 msgid "B<rootdir=>"
16649 msgstr "B<rootdir=>"
16652 #: original/man8/mount.8:1998
16654 msgid "Mount options for ufs"
16657 #. type: Plain text
16658 #: original/man8/mount.8:2001
16659 msgid "B<ufstype=>I<value>"
16660 msgstr "B<ufstype=>I<value>"
16662 #. type: Plain text
16663 #: original/man8/mount.8:2003
16665 "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The problem "
16666 "are differences among implementations. Features of some implementations are "
16667 "undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of ufs automatically. That"
16668 "\\(cqs why the user must specify the type of ufs by mount option. Possible "
16672 #. type: Plain text
16673 #: original/man8/mount.8:2005
16677 #. type: Plain text
16678 #: original/man8/mount.8:2007
16680 "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don\\(cqt forget to give "
16681 "the B<-r> option.)"
16684 #. type: Plain text
16685 #: original/man8/mount.8:2010
16689 #. type: Plain text
16690 #: original/man8/mount.8:2012
16692 "For filesystems created by a BSD-like system (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."
16695 #. type: Plain text
16696 #: original/man8/mount.8:2015
16700 #. type: Plain text
16701 #: original/man8/mount.8:2017
16702 msgid "Used in FreeBSD 5.x supported as read-write."
16705 #. type: Plain text
16706 #: original/man8/mount.8:2020
16710 #. type: Plain text
16711 #: original/man8/mount.8:2022
16712 msgid "Synonym for ufs2."
16715 #. type: Plain text
16716 #: original/man8/mount.8:2025
16720 #. type: Plain text
16721 #: original/man8/mount.8:2027
16722 msgid "For filesystems created by SunOS or Solaris on Sparc."
16725 #. type: Plain text
16726 #: original/man8/mount.8:2030
16730 #. type: Plain text
16731 #: original/man8/mount.8:2032
16732 msgid "For filesystems created by Solaris on x86."
16735 #. type: Plain text
16736 #: original/man8/mount.8:2035
16740 #. type: Plain text
16741 #: original/man8/mount.8:2037
16742 msgid "For filesystems created by HP-UX, read-only."
16745 #. type: Plain text
16746 #: original/man8/mount.8:2040
16747 msgid "B<nextstep>"
16748 msgstr "B<nextstep>"
16750 #. type: Plain text
16751 #: original/man8/mount.8:2042
16753 "For filesystems created by NeXTStep (on NeXT station) (currently read only)."
16756 #. type: Plain text
16757 #: original/man8/mount.8:2045
16758 msgid "B<nextstep-cd>"
16759 msgstr "B<nextstep-cd>"
16761 #. type: Plain text
16762 #: original/man8/mount.8:2047
16763 msgid "For NextStep CDROMs (block_size == 2048), read-only."
16766 #. type: Plain text
16767 #: original/man8/mount.8:2050
16768 msgid "B<openstep>"
16769 msgstr "B<openstep>"
16771 #. type: Plain text
16772 #: original/man8/mount.8:2052
16774 "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same "
16775 "filesystem type is also used by Mac OS X."
16778 #. type: Plain text
16779 #: original/man8/mount.8:2056
16780 msgid "B<onerror=>I<value>"
16781 msgstr "B<onerror=>I<value>"
16783 #. type: Plain text
16784 #: original/man8/mount.8:2058
16785 msgid "Set behavior on error:"
16788 #. type: Plain text
16789 #: original/man8/mount.8:2060
16793 #. type: Plain text
16794 #: original/man8/mount.8:2062
16795 msgid "If an error is encountered, cause a kernel panic."
16798 #. type: Plain text
16799 #: original/man8/mount.8:2065
16800 msgid "[B<lock>|B<umount>|B<repair>]"
16801 msgstr "[B<lock>|B<umount>|B<repair>]"
16803 #. type: Plain text
16804 #: original/man8/mount.8:2067
16806 "These mount options don\\(cqt do anything at present; when an error is "
16807 "encountered only a console message is printed."
16811 #: original/man8/mount.8:2069
16813 msgid "Mount options for umsdos"
16816 #. type: Plain text
16817 #: original/man8/mount.8:2072
16819 "See mount options for msdos. The B<dotsOK> option is explicitly killed by "
16824 #: original/man8/mount.8:2072
16826 msgid "Mount options for vfat"
16829 #. type: Plain text
16830 #: original/man8/mount.8:2075
16832 "First of all, the mount options for I<fat> are recognized. The B<dotsOK> "
16833 "option is explicitly killed by I<vfat>. Furthermore, there are"
16836 #. type: Plain text
16837 #: original/man8/mount.8:2077
16838 msgid "B<uni_xlate>"
16839 msgstr "B<uni_xlate>"
16841 #. type: Plain text
16842 #: original/man8/mount.8:2079
16844 "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This "
16845 "lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode "
16846 "characters. Without this option, a \\(aq?\\(aq is used when no translation "
16847 "is possible. The escape character is \\(aq:\\(aq because it is otherwise "
16848 "invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u "
16849 "is the Unicode character, is: \\(aq:\\(aq, (u & 0x3f), ((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & "
16850 "0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
16853 #. type: Plain text
16854 #: original/man8/mount.8:2082
16858 #. type: Plain text
16859 #: original/man8/mount.8:2084
16861 "Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is obsolete."
16864 #. type: Plain text
16865 #: original/man8/mount.8:2087
16866 msgid "B<nonumtail>"
16867 msgstr "B<nonumtail>"
16869 #. type: Plain text
16870 #: original/man8/mount.8:2089
16872 "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying "
16876 #. type: Plain text
16877 #: original/man8/mount.8:2094
16879 "UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the "
16880 "console. It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or disabled "
16881 "with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false. If I<uni_xlate> gets set, UTF8 gets "
16885 #. type: Plain text
16886 #: original/man8/mount.8:2097
16887 msgid "B<shortname=>I<mode>"
16888 msgstr "B<shortname=>I<mode>"
16890 #. type: Plain text
16891 #: original/man8/mount.8:2099
16893 "Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into "
16894 "8.3 characters. If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the "
16895 "preferred one for display. There are four I<mode>s:"
16898 #. type: Plain text
16899 #: original/man8/mount.8:2101
16903 #. type: Plain text
16904 #: original/man8/mount.8:2103
16906 "Force the short name to lower case upon display; store a long name when the "
16907 "short name is not all upper case."
16910 #. type: Plain text
16911 #: original/man8/mount.8:2106
16915 #. type: Plain text
16916 #: original/man8/mount.8:2108
16918 "Force the short name to upper case upon display; store a long name when the "
16919 "short name is not all upper case."
16922 #. type: Plain text
16923 #: original/man8/mount.8:2111
16927 #. type: Plain text
16928 #: original/man8/mount.8:2113
16930 "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
16931 "all lower case or all upper case."
16934 #. type: Plain text
16935 #: original/man8/mount.8:2116
16939 #. type: Plain text
16940 #: original/man8/mount.8:2118
16942 "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
16943 "all upper case. This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
16947 #: original/man8/mount.8:2120
16949 msgid "Mount options for usbfs"
16952 #. type: Plain text
16953 #: original/man8/mount.8:2123
16954 msgid "B<devuid=>I<uid> and B<devgid=>I<gid> and B<devmode=>I<mode>"
16955 msgstr "B<devuid=>I<uid> and B<devgid=>I<gid> and B<devmode=>I<mode>"
16957 #. type: Plain text
16958 #: original/man8/mount.8:2125
16960 "Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs filesystem "
16961 "(default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644). The mode is given in octal."
16964 #. type: Plain text
16965 #: original/man8/mount.8:2128
16966 msgid "B<busuid=>I<uid> and B<busgid=>I<gid> and B<busmode=>I<mode>"
16967 msgstr "B<busuid=>I<uid> and B<busgid=>I<gid> and B<busmode=>I<mode>"
16969 #. type: Plain text
16970 #: original/man8/mount.8:2130
16972 "Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs "
16973 "filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555). The mode is given in octal."
16976 #. type: Plain text
16977 #: original/man8/mount.8:2133
16978 msgid "B<listuid=>I<uid> and B<listgid=>I<gid> and B<listmode=>I<mode>"
16979 msgstr "B<listuid=>I<uid> and B<listgid=>I<gid> and B<listmode=>I<mode>"
16981 #. type: Plain text
16982 #: original/man8/mount.8:2135
16984 "Set the owner and group and mode of the file I<devices> (default: uid=gid=0, "
16985 "mode=0444). The mode is given in octal."
16989 #: original/man8/mount.8:2136
16991 msgid "DM-VERITY SUPPORT (EXPERIMENTAL)"
16994 #. type: Plain text
16995 #: original/man8/mount.8:2139
16997 "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity "
16998 "checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The B<mount> command can "
16999 "open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before on the "
17000 "device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount "
17001 "(optionally via B<dlopen>(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the root "
17002 "hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be automatically "
17003 "reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
17006 #. type: Plain text
17007 #: original/man8/mount.8:2141
17008 msgid "B<verity.hashdevice=>I<path>"
17009 msgstr "B<verity.hashdevice=>I<path>"
17011 #. type: Plain text
17012 #: original/man8/mount.8:2143
17014 "Path to the hash tree device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-"
17018 #. type: Plain text
17019 #: original/man8/mount.8:2146
17020 msgid "B<verity.roothash=>I<hex>"
17021 msgstr "B<verity.roothash=>I<hex>"
17023 #. type: Plain text
17024 #: original/man8/mount.8:2148
17026 "Hex-encoded hash of the root of I<verity.hashdevice>. Mutually exclusive "
17027 "with I<verity.roothashfile.>"
17030 #. type: Plain text
17031 #: original/man8/mount.8:2151
17032 msgid "B<verity.roothashfile=>I<path>"
17033 msgstr "B<verity.roothashfile=>I<path>"
17035 #. type: Plain text
17036 #: original/man8/mount.8:2153
17038 "Path to file containing the hex-encoded hash of the root of I<verity."
17039 "hashdevice.> Mutually exclusive with I<verity.roothash.>"
17042 #. type: Plain text
17043 #: original/man8/mount.8:2156
17044 msgid "B<verity.hashoffset=>I<offset>"
17045 msgstr "B<verity.hashoffset=>I<offset>"
17047 #. type: Plain text
17048 #: original/man8/mount.8:2158
17050 "If the hash tree device is embedded in the source volume, I<offset> "
17051 "(default: 0) is used by dm-verity to get to the tree."
17054 #. type: Plain text
17055 #: original/man8/mount.8:2161
17056 msgid "B<verity.fecdevice=>I<path>"
17057 msgstr "B<verity.fecdevice=>I<path>"
17059 #. type: Plain text
17060 #: original/man8/mount.8:2163
17062 "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the source "
17063 "volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with "
17064 "B<CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC>."
17067 #. type: Plain text
17068 #: original/man8/mount.8:2166
17069 msgid "B<verity.fecoffset=>I<offset>"
17070 msgstr "B<verity.fecoffset=>I<offset>"
17072 #. type: Plain text
17073 #: original/man8/mount.8:2168
17075 "If the FEC device is embedded in the source volume, I<offset> (default: 0) "
17076 "is used by dm-verity to get to the FEC area. Optional."
17079 #. type: Plain text
17080 #: original/man8/mount.8:2171
17081 msgid "B<verity.fecroots=>I<value>"
17082 msgstr "B<verity.fecroots=>I<value>"
17084 #. type: Plain text
17085 #: original/man8/mount.8:2173
17086 msgid "Parity bytes for FEC (default: 2). Optional."
17089 #. type: Plain text
17090 #: original/man8/mount.8:2176
17091 msgid "B<verity.roothashsig=>I<path>"
17092 msgstr "B<verity.roothashsig=>I<path>"
17094 #. type: Plain text
17095 #: original/man8/mount.8:2178
17097 "Path to B<pkcs7>(1ssl) signature of root hash hex string. Requires "
17098 "crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with "
17099 "B<CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG>. For device reuse, signatures have "
17100 "to be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
17103 #. type: Plain text
17104 #: original/man8/mount.8:2181
17105 msgid "Supported since util-linux v2.35."
17108 #. type: Plain text
17109 #: original/man8/mount.8:2183
17110 msgid "For example commands:"
17113 #. type: Plain text
17114 #: original/man8/mount.8:2194
17117 "mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
17118 "dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
17119 "veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
17120 "openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\(rs\n"
17121 "-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n"
17122 "mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,\\(rs\n"
17123 "verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
17125 "mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
17126 "dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
17127 "veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
17128 "openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\(rs\n"
17129 "-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n"
17130 "mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,\\(rs\n"
17131 "verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
17133 #. type: Plain text
17134 #: original/man8/mount.8:2199
17136 "create squashfs image from I</etc> directory, verity hash device and mount "
17137 "verified filesystem image to I</mnt>. The kernel will verify that the root "
17138 "hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
17142 #: original/man8/mount.8:2199
17144 msgid "LOOP-DEVICE SUPPORT"
17145 msgstr "ループデバイスのサポート"
17147 #. type: Plain text
17148 #: original/man8/mount.8:2202
17150 "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, the "
17154 #. type: Plain text
17155 #: original/man8/mount.8:2206
17156 msgid "B<mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3>"
17157 msgstr "B<mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3>"
17159 #. type: Plain text
17160 #: original/man8/mount.8:2211
17162 "will set up the loop device I</dev/loop3> to correspond to the file I</tmp/"
17163 "disk.img>, and then mount this device on I</mnt>."
17166 #. type: Plain text
17167 #: original/man8/mount.8:2213
17169 "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option \\(aqB<-o loop>"
17170 "\\(aq is given), then B<mount> will try to find some unused loop device and "
17171 "use that, for example"
17174 #. type: Plain text
17175 #: original/man8/mount.8:2217
17176 msgid "B<mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop>"
17177 msgstr "B<mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop>"
17179 #. type: Plain text
17180 #: original/man8/mount.8:2222
17182 "The B<mount> command B<automatically> creates a loop device from a regular "
17183 "file if a filesystem type is not specified or the filesystem is known for "
17184 "libblkid, for example:"
17187 #. type: Plain text
17188 #: original/man8/mount.8:2226
17189 msgid "B<mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt>"
17190 msgstr "B<mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt>"
17192 #. type: Plain text
17193 #: original/man8/mount.8:2228
17194 msgid "B<mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt>"
17195 msgstr "B<mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt>"
17197 #. type: Plain text
17198 #: original/man8/mount.8:2233
17200 "This type of mount knows about three options, namely B<loop>, B<offset> and "
17201 "B<sizelimit>, that are really options to B<losetup>(8). (These options can "
17202 "be used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
17205 #. type: Plain text
17206 #: original/man8/mount.8:2235
17208 "Since Linux 2.6.25 auto-destruction of loop devices is supported, meaning "
17209 "that any loop device allocated by B<mount> will be freed by B<umount> "
17210 "independently of I</etc/mtab>."
17213 #. type: Plain text
17214 #: original/man8/mount.8:2237
17216 "You can also free a loop device by hand, using B<losetup -d> or B<umount -d>."
17219 #. type: Plain text
17220 #: original/man8/mount.8:2239
17222 "Since util-linux v2.29, B<mount> re-uses the loop device rather than "
17223 "initializing a new device if the same backing file is already used for some "
17224 "loop device with the same offset and sizelimit. This is necessary to avoid a "
17225 "filesystem corruption."
17228 #. type: Plain text
17229 #: original/man8/mount.8:2242
17230 msgid "B<mount> has the following exit status values (the bits can be ORed):"
17233 #. type: Plain text
17234 #: original/man8/mount.8:2251
17235 msgid "incorrect invocation or permissions"
17236 msgstr "不適切な実行または権限。"
17238 #. type: Plain text
17239 #: original/man8/mount.8:2256
17240 msgid "system error (out of memory, cannot fork, no more loop devices)"
17241 msgstr "システムエラー (メモリ不足、 fork 不能、 ループデバイスが足りない)"
17243 #. type: Plain text
17244 #: original/man8/mount.8:2261
17245 msgid "internal B<mount> bug"
17246 msgstr "B<mount> の内部バグ。"
17248 #. type: Plain text
17249 #: original/man8/mount.8:2266
17250 msgid "user interrupt"
17251 msgstr "ユーザーによる中断。"
17253 #. type: Plain text
17254 #: original/man8/mount.8:2271
17255 msgid "problems writing or locking I</etc/mtab>"
17258 #. type: Plain text
17259 #: original/man8/mount.8:2276
17260 msgid "mount failure"
17263 #. type: Plain text
17264 #: original/man8/mount.8:2281
17265 msgid "some mount succeeded"
17266 msgstr "マウントの一部が成功。"
17268 #. type: Plain text
17269 #: original/man8/mount.8:2283
17271 "The command B<mount -a> returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 "
17272 "(some failed, some succeeded)."
17276 #: original/man8/mount.8:2284 original/man8/umount.8:159
17278 msgid "EXTERNAL HELPERS"
17281 #. type: Plain text
17282 #: original/man8/mount.8:2287
17283 msgid "The syntax of external mount helpers is:"
17286 #. type: Plain text
17287 #: original/man8/mount.8:2289
17289 "B</sbin/mount.>I<suffix> I<spec dir> [B<-sfnv>] [B<-N> I<namespace>] [B<-o> "
17290 "I<options>] [B<-t> I<type>B<.>I<subtype>]"
17292 "B</sbin/mount.>I<suffix> I<spec dir> [B<-sfnv>] [B<-N> I<namespace>] [B<-o> "
17293 "I<options>] [B<-t> I<type>B<.>I<subtype>]"
17295 #. type: Plain text
17296 #: original/man8/mount.8:2291
17298 "where the I<suffix> is the filesystem type and the B<-sfnvoN> options have "
17299 "the same meaning as the normal mount options. The B<-t> option is used for "
17300 "filesystems with subtypes support (for example B</sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse."
17304 #. type: Plain text
17305 #: original/man8/mount.8:2293
17307 "The command B<mount> does not pass the mount options B<unbindable>, "
17308 "B<runbindable>, B<private>, B<rprivate>, B<slave>, B<rslave>, B<shared>, "
17309 "B<rshared>, B<auto>, B<noauto>, B<comment>, B<x->*, B<loop>, B<offset> and "
17310 "B<sizelimit> to the mount.E<lt>suffixE<gt> helpers. All other options are "
17311 "used in a comma-separated list as an argument to the B<-o> option."
17314 #. type: Plain text
17315 #: original/man8/mount.8:2298
17316 msgid "overrides the default location of the I<fstab> file (ignored for suid)"
17319 #. type: Plain text
17320 #: original/man8/mount.8:2303
17321 msgid "overrides the default location of the I<mtab> file (ignored for suid)"
17324 #. type: Plain text
17325 #: original/man8/mount.8:2313
17326 msgid "enables libblkid debug output"
17327 msgstr "libblkid デバッグ出力を有効にする。"
17329 #. type: Plain text
17330 #: original/man8/mount.8:2318
17331 msgid "enables loop device setup debug output"
17332 msgstr "ループデバイスセットアップのデバッグ出力を有効にする。"
17334 #. type: Plain text
17335 #: original/man8/mount.8:2322
17337 "See also \"B<The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts>\" section "
17341 #. type: Plain text
17342 #: original/man8/mount.8:2326
17343 msgid "filesystem table"
17346 #. type: Plain text
17347 #: original/man8/mount.8:2329
17348 msgid "I</run/mount>"
17349 msgstr "I</run/mount>"
17351 #. type: Plain text
17352 #: original/man8/mount.8:2331
17353 msgid "libmount private runtime directory"
17356 #. type: Plain text
17357 #: original/man8/mount.8:2334 original/man8/umount.8:203
17358 msgid "I</etc/mtab>"
17359 msgstr "I</etc/mtab>"
17361 #. type: Plain text
17362 #: original/man8/mount.8:2336
17363 msgid "table of mounted filesystems or symlink to I</proc/mounts>"
17366 #. type: Plain text
17367 #: original/man8/mount.8:2339
17368 msgid "I</etc/mtab~>"
17369 msgstr "I</etc/mtab~>"
17371 #. type: Plain text
17372 #: original/man8/mount.8:2341
17373 msgid "lock file (unused on systems with I<mtab> symlink)"
17376 #. type: Plain text
17377 #: original/man8/mount.8:2344
17378 msgid "I</etc/mtab.tmp>"
17379 msgstr "I</etc/mtab.tmp>"
17381 #. type: Plain text
17382 #: original/man8/mount.8:2346
17383 msgid "temporary file (unused on systems with I<mtab> symlink)"
17384 msgstr "テンポラリファイル ()。"
17386 #. type: Plain text
17387 #: original/man8/mount.8:2349
17388 msgid "I</etc/filesystems>"
17389 msgstr "I</etc/filesystems>"
17391 #. type: Plain text
17392 #: original/man8/mount.8:2351
17393 msgid "a list of filesystem types to try"
17394 msgstr "対象とするファイルシステムタイプの一覧。"
17397 #: original/man8/mount.8:2352 original/man8/nologin.8:82
17398 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:231 original/man8/swapon.8:232
17399 #: original/man8/umount.8:216 original/man8/vipw.8:48
17404 #. type: Plain text
17405 #: original/man8/mount.8:2355
17406 msgid "A B<mount> command existed in Version 5 AT&T UNIX."
17407 msgstr "B<mount> コマンドは Version 5 AT&T UNIX においてすでに存在している。 "
17409 #. type: Plain text
17410 #: original/man8/mount.8:2358
17411 msgid "It is possible for a corrupted filesystem to cause a crash."
17414 #. type: Plain text
17415 #: original/man8/mount.8:2360
17417 "Some Linux filesystems don\\(cqt support B<-o sync> and B<-o dirsync> (the "
17418 "ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems I<do> support synchronous updates "
17419 "(a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> option)."
17422 #. type: Plain text
17423 #: original/man8/mount.8:2362
17425 "The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all I<ext2fs>-"
17426 "specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a remount, for "
17427 "example, but you can\\(cqt change B<gid> or B<umask> for the I<fatfs>)."
17430 #. type: Plain text
17431 #: original/man8/mount.8:2364
17433 "It is possible that the files I</etc/mtab> and I</proc/mounts> don\\(cqt "
17434 "match on systems with a regular I<mtab> file. The first file is based only "
17435 "on the B<mount> command options, but the content of the second file also "
17436 "depends on the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS server \\(em "
17437 "in certain cases the B<mount> command may report unreliable information "
17438 "about an NFS mount point and the I</proc/mount> file usually contains more "
17439 "reliable information.) This is another reason to replace the I<mtab> file "
17440 "with a symlink to the I</proc/mounts> file."
17443 #. type: Plain text
17444 #: original/man8/mount.8:2366
17446 "Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e. the "
17447 "B<fcntl> and B<ioctl> families of functions) may lead to inconsistent "
17448 "results due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the "
17449 "B<noac> mount option is used."
17452 #. type: Plain text
17453 #: original/man8/mount.8:2368
17455 "The B<loop> option with the B<offset> or B<sizelimit> options used may fail "
17456 "when using older kernels if the B<mount> command can\\(cqt confirm that the "
17457 "size of the block device has been configured as requested. This situation "
17458 "can be worked around by using the B<losetup>(8) command manually before "
17459 "calling B<mount> with the configured loop device."
17462 #. type: Plain text
17463 #: original/man8/mount.8:2392
17465 "B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), B<nfs>(5), "
17466 "B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7), B<xattr>(7), B<e2label>(8), "
17467 "B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<lsblk>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), "
17468 "B<nfsd>(8), B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"
17470 "B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), B<nfs>(5), "
17471 "B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7), B<xattr>(7), B<e2label>(8), "
17472 "B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<lsblk>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), "
17473 "B<nfsd>(8), B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"
17475 #. type: Plain text
17476 #: original/man8/mount.8:2399
17478 "The B<mount> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
17481 "B<mount> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
17485 #: original/man8/nologin.8:10
17490 #. type: Plain text
17491 #: original/man8/nologin.8:32
17492 msgid "nologin - politely refuse a login"
17493 msgstr "nologin - ログインを適正に拒否する"
17495 #. type: Plain text
17496 #: original/man8/nologin.8:35
17497 msgid "B<nologin> [B<-V>] [B<-h>]"
17498 msgstr "B<nologin> [B<-V>] [B<-h>]"
17500 #. type: Plain text
17501 #: original/man8/nologin.8:38
17503 "B<nologin> displays a message that an account is not available and exits non-"
17504 "zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field to deny login access to an "
17507 "B<nologin> は、 アカウントが利用できないことを表すメッセージを表示して、 ゼロ"
17508 "以外の値を返す。 これはシェル上において、 アカウントに対するログイン拒否を行"
17509 "う処理を受け持つものとして、 意図されたコマンドである。 "
17511 #. type: Plain text
17512 #: original/man8/nologin.8:40
17514 "If the file I</etc/nologin.txt> exists, B<nologin> displays its contents to "
17515 "the user instead of the default message."
17517 "I</etc/nologin.txt> ファイルが存在する場合、 B<nologin> がユーザーに表示する"
17518 "メッセージは、 デフォルト内容ではなく、 このファイル内容になる。"
17520 #. type: Plain text
17521 #: original/man8/nologin.8:42
17522 msgid "The exit status returned by B<nologin> is always 1."
17523 msgstr "B<nologin> の返り値は、 常に 1 である。"
17525 #. type: Plain text
17526 #: original/man8/nologin.8:45
17527 msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command>"
17528 msgstr "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command>"
17530 #. type: Plain text
17531 #: original/man8/nologin.8:47
17532 msgid "B<--init-file>"
17533 msgstr "B<--init-file>"
17535 #. type: Plain text
17536 #: original/man8/nologin.8:49
17537 msgid "B<-i> B<--interactive>"
17538 msgstr "B<-i> B<--interactive>"
17540 #. type: Plain text
17541 #: original/man8/nologin.8:51
17542 msgid "B<--init-file> I<file>"
17543 msgstr "B<--init-file> I<file>"
17545 #. type: Plain text
17546 #: original/man8/nologin.8:53
17547 msgid "B<-i>, B<--interactive>"
17548 msgstr "B<-i>, B<--interactive>"
17550 #. type: Plain text
17551 #: original/man8/nologin.8:55
17552 msgid "B<-l>, B<--login>"
17553 msgstr "B<-l>, B<--login>"
17555 #. type: Plain text
17556 #: original/man8/nologin.8:57
17557 msgid "B<--noprofile>"
17558 msgstr "B<--noprofile>"
17560 #. type: Plain text
17561 #: original/man8/nologin.8:59
17565 #. type: Plain text
17566 #: original/man8/nologin.8:61
17568 msgstr "B<--posix>"
17570 #. type: Plain text
17571 #: original/man8/nologin.8:63
17572 msgid "B<--rcfile> I<file>"
17573 msgstr "B<--rcfile> I<file>"
17575 #. type: Plain text
17576 #: original/man8/nologin.8:65
17577 msgid "B<-r>, B<--restricted>"
17578 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--restricted>"
17580 #. type: Plain text
17581 #: original/man8/nologin.8:67
17582 msgid "These shell command-line options are ignored to avoid B<nologin> error."
17584 "上記のシェルコマンドラインオプションは、 B<nologin> のエラーを防ぐため、 無視"
17587 #. type: Plain text
17588 #: original/man8/nologin.8:80
17590 "B<nologin> is a per-account way to disable login (usually used for system "
17591 "accounts like http or ftp). B<nologin> uses I</etc/nologin.txt> as an "
17592 "optional source for a non-default message, the login access is always "
17593 "refused independently of the file."
17595 "B<nologin> がログインを拒否する方法は、 アカウントごとに行われる (通常は "
17596 "http や ftp のようなシステムアカウントに対して用いられる)。 B<nologin> は、 "
17597 "デフォルト以外のメッセージを表示するために、 任意に用意するファイルとして I</"
17598 "etc/nologin.txt> を利用するが、 ログインアクセスの拒否は、 このファイルの存在"
17601 #. type: Plain text
17602 #: original/man8/nologin.8:82
17604 "B<pam_nologin>(8) PAM module usually prevents all non-root users from "
17605 "logging into the system. B<pam_nologin>(8) functionality is controlled by I</"
17606 "var/run/nologin> or the I</etc/nologin> file."
17608 "PAM モジュール B<pam_nologin>(8) は、 通常、 root 以外のユーザーはシステムに"
17609 "ログインできないようにする。 B<pam_nologin>(8) の機能は、 I</var/run/"
17610 "nologin> ファイルまたは I</etc/nologin> ファイルにより制御される。 "
17612 #. type: Plain text
17613 #: original/man8/nologin.8:85
17614 msgid "The B<nologin> command appeared in 4.4BSD."
17615 msgstr "B<nologin> は 4.4BSD から登場した。 "
17617 #. type: Plain text
17618 #: original/man8/nologin.8:93
17619 msgid "B<login>(1), B<passwd>(5), B<pam_nologin>(8)"
17620 msgstr "B<login>(1), B<passwd>(5), B<pam_nologin>(8)"
17622 #. type: Plain text
17623 #: original/man8/nologin.8:100
17625 "The B<nologin> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
17628 "B<nologin> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
17632 #: original/man8/partx.8:10
17637 #. type: Plain text
17638 #: original/man8/partx.8:32
17640 "partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk "
17643 "partx - ディスク上のパーティションについてその存在と番号をカーネルに通知する"
17645 #. type: Plain text
17646 #: original/man8/partx.8:35
17648 "B<partx> [B<-a>|B<-d>|B<-P>|B<-r>|B<-s>|B<-u>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-n> I<M>:"
17651 "B<partx> [B<-a>|B<-d>|B<-P>|B<-r>|B<-s>|B<-u>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-n> I<M>:"
17654 #. type: Plain text
17655 #: original/man8/partx.8:37
17657 "B<partx> [B<-a>|B<-d>|B<-P>|B<-r>|B<-s>|B<-u>] [B<-t> I<type>] I<partition> "
17660 "B<partx> [B<-a>|B<-d>|B<-P>|B<-r>|B<-s>|B<-u>] [B<-t> I<type>] I<partition> "
17663 #. type: Plain text
17664 #: original/man8/partx.8:40
17666 "Given a device or disk-image, B<partx> tries to parse the partition table "
17667 "and list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove "
17668 "partitions from its bookkeeping."
17670 "B<partx> は、 引数としてデバイスやディスクイメージを渡されると、 パーティショ"
17671 "ンテーブルを解析して、 その内容を一覧表示しようとする。 また、 B<partx> は"
17672 "カーネルに指示して、 あるパーティションをカーネルに登録したり、 登録から削除"
17675 #. type: Plain text
17676 #: original/man8/partx.8:42
17678 "The I<disk> argument is optional when a I<partition> argument is provided. "
17679 "To force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to "
17680 "list nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For "
17683 "I<partition> 引数があるときは、 I<disk> 引数の指定は任意である。 あるパーティ"
17684 "ションを、 それがディスク全体であるかのようにスキャンさせたいときは (たとえ"
17685 "ば、 パーティションの中にサブパーティションが入れ子になっていて、 そのリスト"
17686 "を表示したいときは)、 引数に \"-\" (マイナス) を使用すればよい。 例を挙げよ"
17689 #. type: Plain text
17690 #: original/man8/partx.8:46
17691 msgid "partx --show - /dev/sda3"
17692 msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sda3"
17694 #. type: Plain text
17695 #: original/man8/partx.8:51
17696 msgid "This will see sda3 as a whole-disk rather than as a partition."
17698 "こうすると、 sda3 を 1 個のパーティションとしてではなく、 ひとつの完全なディ"
17701 #. type: Plain text
17702 #: original/man8/partx.8:53
17704 "B<partx is not an fdisk program> - adding and removing partitions does not "
17705 "change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and numbering "
17706 "of on-disk partitions."
17708 "B<partx は、 fdisk プログラムの 1 種ではない。> だから、 B<partx> でパーティ"
17709 "ションを登録したり、 削除したりしても、 ディスクが変更されるわけではない。 "
17710 "ディスク上のパーティションについて、 その存在と番号をカーネルに知らせているだ"
17713 #. type: Plain text
17714 #: original/man8/partx.8:56
17715 msgid "B<-a>, B<--add>"
17716 msgstr "B<-a>, B<--add>"
17718 #. type: Plain text
17719 #: original/man8/partx.8:58
17720 msgid "Add the specified partitions, or read the disk and add all partitions."
17722 "指定されたパーティションを登録する。 あるいはディスクを読んで、 すべてのパー"
17725 #. type: Plain text
17726 #: original/man8/partx.8:63
17727 msgid "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in human-readable format."
17729 "出力項目 (column) SIZE を、 読みやすい形ではなく、 バイト単位で表示する。"
17731 #. type: Plain text
17732 #: original/man8/partx.8:66
17733 msgid "B<-d>, B<--delete>"
17734 msgstr "B<-d>, B<--delete>"
17736 #. type: Plain text
17737 #: original/man8/partx.8:68
17739 "Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove "
17740 "non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with "
17741 "large B<--nr> ranges without care about the current partitions set on the "
17744 "指定されたパーティション、 またはすべてのパーティションを登録から削除する。 "
17745 "存在しないパーティションを消すのは、 間違った使い方ではない。 したがって、 こ"
17746 "のオプションは、 現在デバイス上にいくつパーティションがあるかを気にすることな"
17747 "く、 広い範囲を指定する B<--nr> オプションと一緒に使うことができる。 "
17749 #. type: Plain text
17750 #: original/man8/partx.8:71
17751 msgid "B<-g>, B<--noheadings>"
17752 msgstr "B<-g>, B<--noheadings>"
17754 #. type: Plain text
17755 #: original/man8/partx.8:73
17756 msgid "Do not print a header line with B<--show> or B<--raw>."
17758 "B<--show> や B<--raw> オプションを使用したとき、 ヘッダー行を表示しない。"
17760 #. type: Plain text
17761 #: original/man8/partx.8:78
17763 "List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This "
17764 "output format is DEPRECATED in favour of B<--show>. Do not use it in newly "
17767 "パーティションのリストを表示する。 すべての数値は、 512-byte セクター単位の表"
17768 "示であることに注意していただきたい。 この出力フォーマットは非推奨であり、 "
17769 "B<--show> を使った方がよい。 これからスクリプトを書くのなら、 このオプション"
17772 #. type: Plain text
17773 #: original/man8/partx.8:81
17774 msgid "B<-n>, B<--nr> I<M>B<:>I<N>"
17775 msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nr> I<M>B<:>I<N>"
17777 #. type: Plain text
17778 #: original/man8/partx.8:83
17780 "Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format "
17781 "I<M>B<->I<N> is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for "
17782 "example B<--nr -1:-1> means the last partition, and B<--nr -2:-1> means the "
17783 "last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:"
17785 "パーティションの範囲を指定する。 後方互換のために、 I<M>B<->I<N> という書き方"
17786 "も使用できる。 範囲にはマイナスの数値が含まれていてもよく、 たとえば B<--nr "
17787 "-1:-1> は、 最後のパーティションのことであり、 B<--nr -2:-1> は、 最後の二つ"
17788 "のパーティションのことである。 範囲の指定には、 次のような表現が使える。 "
17790 #. type: Plain text
17791 #: original/man8/partx.8:85
17795 #. type: Plain text
17796 #: original/man8/partx.8:87
17797 msgid "Specifies just one partition (e.g. B<--nr 3>)."
17798 msgstr "パーティションを 1 個だけ指定する (例 B<--nr 3>)。"
17800 #. type: Plain text
17801 #: original/man8/partx.8:90
17805 #. type: Plain text
17806 #: original/man8/partx.8:92
17807 msgid "Specifies the lower limit only (e.g. B<--nr 2:>)."
17808 msgstr "範囲の下限のみを指定する (例 B<--nr 2:>)。"
17810 #. type: Plain text
17811 #: original/man8/partx.8:95
17815 #. type: Plain text
17816 #: original/man8/partx.8:97
17817 msgid "Specifies the upper limit only (e.g. B<--nr :4>)."
17818 msgstr "範囲の上限のみを指定する (例 B<--nr :4>)。"
17820 #. type: Plain text
17821 #: original/man8/partx.8:100
17822 msgid "I<M>B<:>I<N>"
17823 msgstr "I<M>B<:>I<N>"
17825 #. type: Plain text
17826 #: original/man8/partx.8:102
17827 msgid "Specifies the lower and upper limits (e.g. B<--nr 2:4>)."
17828 msgstr "範囲の下限と上限を指定する (例 B<--nr 2:4>)。"
17830 #. type: Plain text
17831 #: original/man8/partx.8:108
17833 "Define the output columns to use for B<--show>, B<--pairs> and B<--raw> "
17834 "output. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. "
17835 "Use B<--help> to get I<list> of all supported columns. This option cannot be "
17836 "combined with the B<--add>, B<--delete>, B<--update> or B<--list> options."
17838 "B<--show>, B<--pairs>, B<--raw> の出力でどんな出力項目 (columns) を使うかを指"
17839 "定する。 何をどんな順番で出力するかを全く指定しない場合は、 デフォルトの配列"
17840 "が使用される。 指定できる項目すべてのリストを知るには、 B<--help> オプション"
17841 "を使用すればよい。 このオプションは、 B<--add>, B<--delete>, B<--update>, "
17842 "B<--list> といったオプションと組み合わせて使うことはできない。 "
17844 #. type: Plain text
17845 #: original/man8/partx.8:118
17846 msgid "List the partitions using the KEY=\"value\" format."
17847 msgstr "KEY=\"value\" というフォーマットでパーティションのリストを表示する。"
17849 #. type: Plain text
17850 #: original/man8/partx.8:123
17851 msgid "List the partitions using the raw output format."
17852 msgstr "「生の」出力フォーマットでパーティションのリストを表示する。"
17854 #. type: Plain text
17855 #: original/man8/partx.8:126
17856 msgid "B<-s>, B<--show>"
17857 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--show>"
17859 #. type: Plain text
17860 #: original/man8/partx.8:128
17862 "List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with "
17863 "the B<--output> option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors."
17865 "パーティションのリストを表示する。 出力する項目は、 B<--output> オプションを"
17866 "使って選択したり、 並べ替えたりすることができる。 (SIZE 以外の) すべての数値"
17867 "は、 512 バイトセクター単位の表記である。 "
17869 #. type: Plain text
17870 #: original/man8/partx.8:133
17871 msgid "Specify the partition table type."
17872 msgstr "パーティションテーブルのタイプを指定する。"
17874 #. type: Plain text
17875 #: original/man8/partx.8:136
17876 msgid "B<--list-types>"
17877 msgstr "B<--list-types>"
17879 #. type: Plain text
17880 #: original/man8/partx.8:138
17881 msgid "List supported partition types and exit."
17883 "サポートしているパーティションテーブルのタイプを一覧表示して、 終了する。"
17885 #. type: Plain text
17886 #: original/man8/partx.8:141
17887 msgid "B<-u>, B<--update>"
17888 msgstr "B<-u>, B<--update>"
17890 #. type: Plain text
17891 #: original/man8/partx.8:143
17892 msgid "Update the specified partitions."
17893 msgstr "指定されたパーティションを更新 (update) する。"
17895 #. type: Plain text
17896 #: original/man8/partx.8:146
17897 msgid "B<-S>, B<--sector-size> I<size>"
17898 msgstr "B<-S>, B<--sector-size> I<size>"
17900 #. type: Plain text
17901 #: original/man8/partx.8:148
17902 msgid "Overwrite default sector size."
17903 msgstr "デフォルトのセクターサイズを上書きする。"
17905 #. type: Plain text
17906 #: original/man8/partx.8:173
17908 "partx --show /dev/sdb3, partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb, partx --show /dev/"
17911 "partx --show /dev/sdb3, partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb, partx --show /dev/"
17914 #. type: Plain text
17915 #: original/man8/partx.8:175
17916 msgid "All three commands list partition 3 of /dev/sdb."
17918 "この 3 つのコマンドは、 どれも /dev/sdb の 3 番目のパーティションの情報を表示"
17921 #. type: Plain text
17922 #: original/man8/partx.8:178
17923 msgid "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"
17924 msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"
17926 #. type: Plain text
17927 #: original/man8/partx.8:180
17929 "Lists all subpartitions on I</dev/sdb3> (the device is used as whole-disk)."
17931 "I</dev/sdb3> というパーティションにあるすべてのサブパーティションの情報を表示"
17932 "する (I</dev/sdb3> というデバイスをひとつの完全なディクスと見なす)。"
17934 #. type: Plain text
17935 #: original/man8/partx.8:183
17936 msgid "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"
17937 msgstr "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"
17939 #. type: Plain text
17940 #: original/man8/partx.8:185
17941 msgid "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on I</dev/sdb> without header."
17943 "I</dev/sdb> の 5 番目のパーティションの開始セクターを、 ヘッダーをつけずに表"
17946 #. type: Plain text
17947 #: original/man8/partx.8:188
17948 msgid "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"
17949 msgstr "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"
17951 #. type: Plain text
17952 #: original/man8/partx.8:190
17954 "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on I</dev/"
17957 "I</dev/sda> の 5 番目のパーティションの大きさを、 セクター数と人間に読みやす"
17960 #. type: Plain text
17961 #: original/man8/partx.8:193
17962 msgid "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"
17963 msgstr "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"
17965 #. type: Plain text
17966 #: original/man8/partx.8:195
17967 msgid "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on I</dev/sdd>."
17969 "I</dev/sdd> の 3 番目から 5 番目までの (両者を含む) パーティションの内、 利用"
17970 "できるのものすべてをカーネルに登録する。 "
17972 #. type: Plain text
17973 #: original/man8/partx.8:198
17974 msgid "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd"
17975 msgstr "partx -d --nr -1 /dev/sdd"
17977 #. type: Plain text
17978 #: original/man8/partx.8:200
17979 msgid "Removes the last partition on I</dev/sdd>."
17980 msgstr "I</dev/sdd> の最後のパーティションをカーネルの登録から外す。"
17982 #. type: Plain text
17983 #: original/man8/partx.8:207
17984 msgid "The original version was written by"
17985 msgstr "最初のバージョンを書いたのは、"
17987 #. type: Plain text
17988 #: original/man8/partx.8:215
17990 "B<addpart>(8), B<delpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8)"
17992 "B<addpart>(8), B<delpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8)"
17994 #. type: Plain text
17995 #: original/man8/partx.8:222
17997 "The B<partx> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
18000 "B<partx> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
18004 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:10
18007 msgstr "PIVOT_ROOT"
18009 #. type: Plain text
18010 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:32
18011 msgid "pivot_root - change the root filesystem"
18014 #. type: Plain text
18015 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:35
18016 msgid "B<pivot_root> I<new_root> I<put_old>"
18017 msgstr "B<pivot_root> I<new_root> I<put_old>"
18019 #. type: Plain text
18020 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:38
18022 "B<pivot_root> moves the root file system of the current process to the "
18023 "directory I<put_old> and makes I<new_root> the new root file system. Since "
18024 "B<pivot_root>(8) simply calls B<pivot_root>(2), we refer to the man page of "
18025 "the latter for further details."
18028 #. type: Plain text
18029 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:40
18031 "Note that, depending on the implementation of B<pivot_root>, root and "
18032 "current working directory of the caller may or may not change. The following "
18033 "is a sequence for invoking B<pivot_root> that works in either case, assuming "
18034 "that B<pivot_root> and B<chroot> are in the current B<PATH>:"
18037 #. type: Plain text
18038 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:47
18042 "pivot_root . put_old\n"
18043 "exec chroot . command\n"
18046 #. type: Plain text
18047 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:52
18049 "Note that B<chroot> must be available under the old root and under the new "
18050 "root, because B<pivot_root> may or may not have implicitly changed the root "
18051 "directory of the shell."
18054 #. type: Plain text
18055 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:54
18057 "Note that B<exec chroot> changes the running executable, which is necessary "
18058 "if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also note that "
18059 "standard input, output, and error may still point to a device on the old "
18060 "root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed when invoking "
18061 "B<chroot> (see below; note the absence of leading slashes to make it work "
18062 "whether B<pivot_root> has changed the shell\\(cqs root or not)."
18065 #. type: Plain text
18066 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:68
18067 msgid "Change the root file system to I</dev/hda1> from an interactive shell:"
18070 #. type: Plain text
18071 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:77
18074 "mount /dev/hda1 /new-root\n"
18076 "pivot_root . old-root\n"
18077 "exec chroot . sh E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
18078 "umount /old-root\n"
18080 "mount /dev/hda1 /new-root\n"
18082 "pivot_root . old-root\n"
18083 "exec chroot . sh E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
18084 "umount /old-root\n"
18086 #. type: Plain text
18087 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:82
18089 "Mount the new root file system over NFS from 10.0.0.1:/my_root and run "
18093 #. type: Plain text
18094 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:95
18097 "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up # for portmap\n"
18098 "# configure Ethernet or such\n"
18099 "portmap # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
18100 "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
18101 "killall portmap # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
18103 "pivot_root . old_root\n"
18104 "exec chroot . sh -c \\(aqumount /old_root; exec /sbin/init\\(aq \\(rs\n"
18105 " E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
18107 "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up # for portmap\n"
18108 "# configure Ethernet or such\n"
18109 "portmap # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
18110 "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
18111 "killall portmap # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
18113 "pivot_root . old_root\n"
18114 "exec chroot . sh -c \\(aqumount /old_root; exec /sbin/init\\(aq \\(rs\n"
18115 " E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
18117 #. type: Plain text
18118 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:105
18120 "B<chroot>(1), B<pivot_root>(2), B<mount>(8), B<switch_root>(8), B<umount>(8)"
18122 "B<chroot>(1), B<pivot_root>(2), B<mount>(8), B<switch_root>(8), B<umount>(8)"
18124 #. type: Plain text
18125 #: original/man8/pivot_root.8:112
18127 "The B<pivot_root> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
18130 "B<pivot_root> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
18134 #: original/man8/raw.8:10
18139 #. type: Plain text
18140 #: original/man8/raw.8:32
18141 msgid "raw - bind a Linux raw character device"
18144 #. type: Plain text
18145 #: original/man8/raw.8:35
18146 msgid "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>> I<E<lt>majorE<gt>> I<E<lt>minorE<gt>>"
18148 "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>> I<E<lt>majorE<gt>> I<E<lt>minorE<gt>>"
18150 #. type: Plain text
18151 #: original/man8/raw.8:37
18152 msgid "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>> I</dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>>"
18153 msgstr "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>> I</dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>>"
18155 #. type: Plain text
18156 #: original/man8/raw.8:39
18157 msgid "B<raw> B<-q> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>>"
18158 msgstr "B<raw> B<-q> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>>"
18160 #. type: Plain text
18161 #: original/man8/raw.8:41
18162 msgid "B<raw> B<-qa>"
18163 msgstr "B<raw> B<-qa>"
18165 #. type: Plain text
18166 #: original/man8/raw.8:44
18168 "B<raw> is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any "
18169 "block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does not "
18170 "even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel module "
18174 #. type: Plain text
18175 #: original/man8/raw.8:46
18177 "B<raw> is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it "
18178 "queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, I</dev/raw/"
18179 "rawE<lt>NE<gt>> is the device name of an existing raw device node in the "
18180 "filesystem. The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified "
18181 "either in terms of its I<major> and I<minor> device numbers, or as a path "
18182 "name I</dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>> to an existing block device file."
18185 #. type: Plain text
18186 #: original/man8/raw.8:48
18188 "The bindings already in existence can be queried with the B<-q> option, "
18189 "which is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or "
18190 "with the B<-a> option to query all bound raw devices."
18193 #. type: Plain text
18194 #: original/man8/raw.8:50
18195 msgid "Unbinding can be done by specifying major and minor 0."
18198 #. type: Plain text
18199 #: original/man8/raw.8:52
18201 "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, "
18202 "just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not "
18203 "behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw "
18204 "device bypasses the kernel\\(cqs block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is "
18205 "done directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/"
18206 "O. If the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data "
18207 "copying at all is required to complete the I/O."
18210 #. type: Plain text
18211 #: original/man8/raw.8:54
18213 "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process\\(cqs memory, a "
18214 "few extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned "
18215 "in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must "
18216 "be an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory "
18217 "must also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is "
18218 "512 bytes for most devices."
18221 #. type: Plain text
18222 #: original/man8/raw.8:57
18223 msgid "B<-q>, B<--query>"
18224 msgstr "B<-q>, B<--query>"
18226 #. type: Plain text
18227 #: original/man8/raw.8:59
18229 "Set query mode. B<raw> will query an existing binding instead of setting a "
18233 #. type: Plain text
18234 #: original/man8/raw.8:64
18235 msgid "With B<-q>, specify that all bound raw devices should be queried."
18238 #. type: Plain text
18239 #: original/man8/raw.8:78
18241 "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer open2 devices, such "
18242 "as I</dev/sda1>, with the B<O_DIRECT> flag."
18245 #. type: Plain text
18246 #: original/man8/raw.8:81
18248 "The Linux B<dd>(1) command should be used without the B<bs=> option, or the "
18249 "blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes "
18250 "usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages "
18254 #. type: Plain text
18255 #: original/man8/raw.8:83
18257 "Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device "
18258 "buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer "
18259 "cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the "
18260 "actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as "
18261 "either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!"
18264 #. type: Plain text
18265 #: original/man8/raw.8:93
18267 "The B<raw> command is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded "
18270 "B<raw> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロードで"
18274 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:10
18276 msgid "READPROFILE"
18277 msgstr "READPROFILE"
18279 #. type: Plain text
18280 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:32
18281 msgid "readprofile - read kernel profiling information"
18282 msgstr "readprofile - カーネルのプロファイル情報を読み込む"
18284 #. type: Plain text
18285 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:35
18286 msgid "B<readprofile> [options]"
18287 msgstr "B<readprofile> [options]"
18290 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:35
18295 #. type: Plain text
18296 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:38
18297 msgid "This manpage documents version 2.0 of the program."
18300 #. type: Plain text
18301 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:41
18303 "The B<readprofile> command uses the I</proc/profile> information to print "
18304 "ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: the "
18305 "first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C function "
18306 "in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is the "
18307 "normalized `load\\(aq of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between the "
18308 "number of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled with "
18309 "blanks to ease readability."
18312 #. type: Plain text
18313 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:46
18315 "Print all symbols in the mapfile. By default the procedures with reported "
18316 "ticks are not printed."
18319 #. type: Plain text
18320 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:49
18321 msgid "B<-b>, B<--histbin>"
18322 msgstr "B<-b>, B<--histbin>"
18324 #. type: Plain text
18325 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:51
18326 msgid "Print individual histogram-bin counts."
18329 #. type: Plain text
18330 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:56
18332 "Info. This makes B<readprofile> only print the profiling step used by the "
18333 "kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and is "
18334 "chosen during kernel configuration (through B<make config>), or in the kernel"
18335 "\\(cqs command line. If the B<-t> (terse) switch is used together with B<-i> "
18336 "only the decimal number is printed."
18339 #. type: Plain text
18340 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:59
18341 msgid "B<-m>, B<--mapfile> I<mapfile>"
18342 msgstr "B<-m>, B<--mapfile> I<mapfile>"
18344 #. type: Plain text
18345 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:61
18347 "Specify a mapfile, which by default is I</usr/src/linux/System.map>. You "
18348 "should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn\\(cqt the "
18349 "last one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the name of "
18350 "the map file ends with I<.gz> it is decompressed on the fly."
18353 #. type: Plain text
18354 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:64
18355 msgid "B<-M>, B<--multiplier> I<multiplier>"
18356 msgstr "B<-M>, B<--multiplier> I<multiplier>"
18358 #. type: Plain text
18359 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:66
18361 "On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the "
18362 "kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU. This option allows you to "
18363 "set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. Linux "
18364 "2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems. This option also resets "
18365 "the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
18368 #. type: Plain text
18369 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:69
18370 msgid "B<-p>, B<--profile> I<pro-file>"
18371 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--profile> I<pro-file>"
18373 #. type: Plain text
18374 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:71
18376 "Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is I</proc/profile>. "
18377 "Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze\\(aq the kernel "
18378 "profiling at some time and read it later. The I</proc/profile> file can be "
18379 "copied using B<cat>(1) or B<cp>(1). There is no more support for compressed "
18380 "profile buffers, like in B<readprofile-1.1>, because the program needs to "
18381 "know the size of the buffer in advance."
18384 #. type: Plain text
18385 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:74 original/man8/tunelp.8:87
18386 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:93
18387 msgid "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
18388 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
18390 #. type: Plain text
18391 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:76
18393 "Reset the profiling buffer. This can only be invoked by root, because I</"
18394 "proc/profile> is readable by everybody but writable only by the superuser. "
18395 "However, you can make B<readprofile> set-user-ID 0, in order to reset the "
18396 "buffer without gaining privileges."
18399 #. type: Plain text
18400 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:79
18401 msgid "B<-s, --counters>"
18402 msgstr "B<-s, --counters>"
18404 #. type: Plain text
18405 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:81
18406 msgid "Print individual counters within functions."
18409 #. type: Plain text
18410 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:86
18412 "Verbose. The output is organized in four columns and filled with blanks. The "
18413 "first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the second is the name "
18414 "of the function, the third is the number of clock ticks and the last is the "
18418 #. type: Plain text
18419 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:100
18420 msgid "I</proc/profile>"
18421 msgstr "I</proc/profile>"
18423 #. type: Plain text
18424 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:102
18425 msgid "A binary snapshot of the profiling buffer."
18428 #. type: Plain text
18429 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:105
18430 msgid "I</usr/src/linux/System.map>"
18431 msgstr "I</usr/src/linux/System.map>"
18433 #. type: Plain text
18434 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:107
18435 msgid "The symbol table for the kernel."
18438 #. type: Plain text
18439 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:110
18440 msgid "I</usr/src/linux/*>"
18441 msgstr "I</usr/src/linux/*>"
18443 #. type: Plain text
18444 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:112
18445 msgid "The program being profiled :-)"
18448 #. type: Plain text
18449 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:116
18451 "B<readprofile> only works with a 1.3.x or newer kernel, because I</proc/"
18452 "profile> changed in the step from 1.2 to 1.3."
18455 #. type: Plain text
18456 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:118
18458 "This program only works with ELF kernels. The change for a.out kernels is "
18459 "trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
18462 #. type: Plain text
18463 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:120
18465 "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling "
18466 "module is available, and it wouldn\\(cqt be easy to build. To enable "
18467 "profiling, you can specify B<profile>=I<2> (or another number) on the kernel "
18468 "commandline. The number you specify is the two-exponent used as profiling "
18472 #. type: Plain text
18473 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:122
18475 "Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited. This means that many "
18476 "profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled. Watch out for "
18477 "misleading information."
18480 #. type: Plain text
18481 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:125
18482 msgid "Browse the profiling buffer ordering by clock ticks:"
18485 #. type: Plain text
18486 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:130
18488 msgid " readprofile | sort -nr | less\n"
18489 msgstr " readprofile | sort -nr | less\n"
18491 #. type: Plain text
18492 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:135
18493 msgid "Print the 20 most loaded procedures:"
18494 msgstr "プロシージャーロード回数の上位 20 個を表示する。"
18496 #. type: Plain text
18497 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:140
18499 msgid " readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n"
18500 msgstr " readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n"
18502 #. type: Plain text
18503 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:145
18504 msgid "Print only filesystem profile:"
18505 msgstr "ファイルシステムのプロファイルのみを表示する。"
18507 #. type: Plain text
18508 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:150
18510 msgid " readprofile | grep _ext2\n"
18511 msgstr " readprofile | grep _ext2\n"
18513 #. type: Plain text
18514 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:155
18515 msgid "Look at all the kernel information, with ram addresses:"
18518 #. type: Plain text
18519 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:160
18521 msgid " readprofile -av | less\n"
18522 msgstr " readprofile -av | less\n"
18524 #. type: Plain text
18525 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:165
18526 msgid "Browse a \\(aqfrozen\\(aq profile buffer for a non current kernel:"
18529 #. type: Plain text
18530 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:170
18532 msgid " readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n"
18533 msgstr " readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n"
18535 #. type: Plain text
18536 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:175
18537 msgid "Request profiling at 2kHz per CPU, and reset the profiling buffer:"
18540 #. type: Plain text
18541 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:180
18543 msgid " sudo readprofile -M 20\n"
18544 msgstr " sudo readprofile -M 20\n"
18546 #. type: Plain text
18547 #: original/man8/readprofile.8:190
18549 "The B<readprofile> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
18552 "B<readprofile> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
18556 #: original/man8/resizepart.8:10
18559 msgstr "RESIZEPART"
18561 #. type: Plain text
18562 #: original/man8/resizepart.8:32
18563 msgid "resizepart - tell the kernel about the new size of a partition"
18564 msgstr "resizepart - パーティションの新たなサイズについてカーネルに通知する"
18566 #. type: Plain text
18567 #: original/man8/resizepart.8:35
18568 msgid "B<resizepart> I<device partition length>"
18569 msgstr "B<resizepart> I<device partition length>"
18571 #. type: Plain text
18572 #: original/man8/resizepart.8:38
18574 "B<resizepart> tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified "
18575 "partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize partition\" "
18578 "B<resizepart> は Linux カーネルに対して、 指定されたパーティションの新たなサ"
18579 "イズを通知する。 このコマンドは、 \"resize partition\" ioctl を用いる単純な"
18582 #. type: Plain text
18583 #: original/man8/resizepart.8:55
18584 msgid "The new length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
18585 msgstr "パーティションの新たなサイズ (512 バイトセクター単位)。"
18587 #. type: Plain text
18588 #: original/man8/resizepart.8:64
18590 "B<addpart>(8), B<delpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), "
18593 "B<addpart>(8), B<delpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), "
18596 #. type: Plain text
18597 #: original/man8/resizepart.8:71
18599 "The B<resizepart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
18602 "B<resizepart> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
18606 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:10
18611 #. type: Plain text
18612 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:32
18613 msgid "rfkill - tool for enabling and disabling wireless devices"
18614 msgstr "rfkill - ワイヤレスデバイスの有効化、無効化を行うツール"
18616 #. type: Plain text
18617 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:35
18618 msgid "B<rfkill> [options] [I<command>] [I<ID>|I<type> ...]"
18619 msgstr "B<rfkill> [options] [I<command>] [I<ID>|I<type> ...]"
18621 #. type: Plain text
18622 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:38
18623 msgid "B<rfkill> lists, enabling and disabling wireless devices."
18624 msgstr "B<rfkill> はワイヤレスデバイスを一覧表示し、 有効化、無効化を行う。 "
18626 #. type: Plain text
18627 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:40
18629 "The command \"list\" output format is deprecated and maintained for backward "
18630 "compatibility only. The new output format is the default when no command is "
18631 "specified or when the option B<--output> is used."
18633 "\"list\" コマンドによる出力形式は廃止予定であり、 下位互換性のためだけにメン"
18634 "テナンスされている。 コマンドが指定されていない場合、 あるいはオプション B<--"
18635 "output> が用いられた場合には、 新たな出力形式がデフォルトとなる。 "
18637 #. type: Plain text
18638 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:55
18639 msgid "B<-o>, B<--output>"
18640 msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output>"
18642 #. type: Plain text
18643 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:57
18645 "Specify which output columns to print. Use B<--help> to get a list of "
18646 "available columns."
18648 "出力にどの項目を表示するかを指定する。 利用可能な項目一覧を得るには、 B<--"
18651 #. type: Plain text
18652 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:81
18656 #. type: Plain text
18657 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:86
18661 #. type: Plain text
18662 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:88
18663 msgid "Listen for rfkill events and display them on stdout."
18666 #. type: Plain text
18667 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:91
18668 msgid "B<list> [I<id>|I<type> ...]"
18669 msgstr "B<list> [I<id>|I<type> ...]"
18671 #. type: Plain text
18672 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:93
18674 "List the current state of all available devices. The command output format "
18675 "is deprecated, see the section DESCRIPTION. It is a good idea to check with "
18676 "B<list> command I<id> or I<type> scope is appropriate before setting "
18677 "B<block> or B<unblock>. Special I<all> type string will match everything. "
18678 "Use of multiple I<ID> or I<type> arguments is supported."
18681 #. type: Plain text
18682 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:96
18683 msgid "B<block id>|B<type> [...]"
18684 msgstr "B<block id>|B<type> [...]"
18686 #. type: Plain text
18687 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:98
18688 msgid "Disable the corresponding device."
18691 #. type: Plain text
18692 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:101
18693 msgid "B<unblock id>|B<type> [...]"
18694 msgstr "B<unblock id>|B<type> [...]"
18696 #. type: Plain text
18697 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:103
18699 "Enable the corresponding device. If the device is hard-blocked, for example "
18700 "via a hardware switch, it will remain unavailable though it is now soft-"
18704 #. type: Plain text
18705 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:106
18706 msgid "B<toggle id>|B<type> [...]"
18707 msgstr "B<toggle id>|B<type> [...]"
18709 #. type: Plain text
18710 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:108
18711 msgid "Enable or disable the corresponding device."
18714 #. type: Plain text
18715 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:118
18718 " rfkill --output ID,TYPE\n"
18719 " rfkill block all\n"
18720 " rfkill unblock wlan\n"
18721 " rfkill block bluetooth uwb wimax wwan gps fm nfc\n"
18724 #. type: Plain text
18725 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:124
18726 msgid "B<rfkill> was originally written by"
18727 msgstr "B<rfkill> の元々の作者は以下である "
18729 #. type: Plain text
18730 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:126 original/man8/rfkill.8:130
18731 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:69
18735 #. type: Plain text
18736 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:128
18737 msgid "The code has been later modified by"
18740 #. type: Plain text
18741 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:132
18742 msgid "for the util-linux project."
18745 #. type: Plain text
18746 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:134
18747 msgid "This manual page was written by"
18748 msgstr "本マニュアルを書いたのは、"
18750 #. type: Plain text
18751 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:136
18752 msgid "for the Debian project (and may be used by others)."
18755 #. type: Plain text
18756 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:140
18757 msgid "B<powertop>(8), B<systemd-rfkill>(8),"
18758 msgstr "B<powertop>(8), B<systemd-rfkill>(8),"
18760 #. type: Plain text
18761 #: original/man8/rfkill.8:148
18763 "The B<rfkill> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
18766 "B<rfkill> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
18770 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:10
18775 #. type: Plain text
18776 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:32
18777 msgid "rtcwake - enter a system sleep state until specified wakeup time"
18780 #. type: Plain text
18781 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:35
18783 "B<rtcwake> [options] [B<-d> I<device>] [B<-m> I<standby_mode>] {B<-s> "
18784 "I<seconds>|B<-t> I<time_t>}"
18786 "B<rtcwake> [options] [B<-d> I<device>] [B<-m> I<standby_mode>] {B<-s> "
18787 "I<seconds>|B<-t> I<time_t>}"
18789 #. type: Plain text
18790 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:38
18792 "This program is used to enter a system sleep state and to automatically wake "
18793 "from it at a specified time."
18796 #. type: Plain text
18797 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:40
18799 "This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, and "
18800 "leave it no later than a specified time. It uses any RTC framework driver "
18801 "that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
18804 #. type: Plain text
18805 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:42
18807 "This is normally used like the old B<apmsleep> utility, to wake from a "
18808 "suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM). Most platforms "
18809 "can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
18812 #. type: Plain text
18813 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:44
18815 "On some systems, this can also be used like B<nvram-wakeup>, waking from "
18816 "states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk). Not all systems have persistent media "
18817 "that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
18820 #. type: Plain text
18821 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:46
18823 "Note that alarm functionality depends on hardware; not every RTC is able to "
18824 "setup an alarm up to 24 hours in the future."
18827 #. type: Plain text
18828 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:48
18830 "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example "
18831 "wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction of "
18832 "a second after the return key is pressed. B<rtcwake> tries to avoid this "
18833 "problem and it waits to terminal to settle down before entering a system "
18837 #. type: Plain text
18838 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:51
18839 msgid "B<-A>, B<--adjfile> I<file>"
18840 msgstr "B<-A>, B<--adjfile> I<file>"
18842 #. type: Plain text
18843 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:53
18844 msgid "Specify an alternative path to the adjust file."
18847 #. type: Plain text
18848 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:58
18850 "Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local time) "
18851 "from the I<adjtime> file, where B<hwclock>(8) stores that information. This "
18855 #. type: Plain text
18856 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:61
18857 msgid "B<--date> I<timestamp>"
18858 msgstr "B<--date> I<timestamp>"
18860 #. type: Plain text
18861 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:63
18863 "Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp. Format of the timestamp "
18864 "can be any of the following:"
18868 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:70
18870 msgid "YYYYMMDDhhmmss"
18871 msgstr "YYYYMMDDhhmmss"
18874 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:77
18876 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss"
18877 msgstr "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss"
18880 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:84
18882 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm"
18883 msgstr "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm"
18886 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:87
18888 msgid "(seconds will be set to 00)"
18892 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:91
18895 msgstr "YYYY-MM-DD"
18898 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:94
18900 msgid "(time will be set to 00:00:00)"
18904 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:98
18910 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:101
18912 msgid "(date will be set to today)"
18916 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:105
18922 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:108
18924 msgid "(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)"
18928 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:112
18934 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:115
18936 msgid "(time is set to 00:00:00)"
18940 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:119
18945 #. type: Plain text
18946 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:127
18947 msgid "B<-d>, B<--device> I<device>"
18948 msgstr "B<-d>, B<--device> I<device>"
18950 #. type: Plain text
18951 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:129
18953 "Use the specified I<device> instead of B<rtc0> as realtime clock. This "
18954 "option is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC. You may "
18955 "specify B<rtc1>, B<rtc2>, ... here."
18958 #. type: Plain text
18959 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:132
18960 msgid "B<-l>, B<--local>"
18961 msgstr "B<-l>, B<--local>"
18963 #. type: Plain text
18964 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:134
18966 "Assume that the hardware clock is set to local time, regardless of the "
18967 "contents of the I<adjtime> file."
18970 #. type: Plain text
18971 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:137
18972 msgid "B<--list-modes>"
18973 msgstr "B<--list-modes>"
18975 #. type: Plain text
18976 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:139
18977 msgid "List available B<--mode> option arguments."
18980 #. type: Plain text
18981 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:142
18982 msgid "B<-m>, B<--mode> I<mode>"
18983 msgstr "B<-m>, B<--mode> I<mode>"
18985 #. type: Plain text
18986 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:144
18987 msgid "Go into the given standby state. Valid values for I<mode> are:"
18990 #. type: Plain text
18991 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:146
18993 msgstr "B<standby>"
18995 #. type: Plain text
18996 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:148
18998 "ACPI state S1. This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, while "
18999 "providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system. This is "
19000 "the default mode."
19003 #. type: Plain text
19004 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:151
19008 #. type: Plain text
19009 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:153
19011 "The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the "
19012 "processors idled. This state is a general state that does not need any "
19013 "platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, "
19014 "because the system is still in a running state. (Available since Linux 3.9.)"
19017 #. type: Plain text
19018 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:156
19022 #. type: Plain text
19023 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:158
19025 "ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM). This state offers significant power savings "
19026 "as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except for "
19027 "memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
19030 #. type: Plain text
19031 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:161
19035 #. type: Plain text
19036 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:163
19038 "ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk). This state offers the greatest power "
19039 "savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform support "
19040 "for power management. This state operates similarly to Suspend-to-RAM, but "
19041 "includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
19044 #. type: Plain text
19045 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:168
19047 "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling \\(aq/sbin/shutdown\\(aq. "
19048 "Not officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
19051 #. type: Plain text
19052 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:171
19056 #. type: Plain text
19057 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:173
19058 msgid "Don\\(cqt suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time."
19061 #. type: Plain text
19062 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:178
19064 "Don\\(cqt suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. This "
19065 "mode is useful for debugging."
19068 #. type: Plain text
19069 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:181
19071 msgstr "B<disable>"
19073 #. type: Plain text
19074 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:183
19075 msgid "Disable a previously set alarm."
19078 #. type: Plain text
19079 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:186
19083 #. type: Plain text
19084 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:188
19086 "Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on E<lt>timeE<gt>\". The "
19087 "time is in ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 "
19091 #. type: Plain text
19092 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:192
19093 msgid "B<-n>, B<--dry-run>"
19094 msgstr "B<-n>, B<--dry-run>"
19096 #. type: Plain text
19097 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:194
19099 "This option does everything apart from actually setting up the alarm, "
19100 "suspending the system, or waiting for the alarm."
19103 #. type: Plain text
19104 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:197
19105 msgid "B<-s>, B<--seconds> I<seconds>"
19106 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--seconds> I<seconds>"
19108 #. type: Plain text
19109 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:199
19110 msgid "Set the wakeup time to I<seconds> in the future from now."
19113 #. type: Plain text
19114 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:202
19115 msgid "B<-t>, B<--time> I<time_t>"
19116 msgstr "B<-t>, B<--time> I<time_t>"
19118 #. type: Plain text
19119 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:204
19121 "Set the wakeup time to the absolute time I<time_t>. I<time_t> is the time in "
19122 "seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC. Use the B<date>(1) tool to convert "
19123 "between human-readable time and I<time_t>."
19126 #. type: Plain text
19127 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:207
19128 msgid "B<-u>, B<--utc>"
19129 msgstr "B<-u>, B<--utc>"
19131 #. type: Plain text
19132 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:209
19134 "Assume that the hardware clock is set to UTC (Universal Time Coordinated), "
19135 "regardless of the contents of the I<adjtime> file."
19138 #. type: Plain text
19139 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:228
19141 "Some PC systems can\\(cqt currently exit sleep states such as B<mem> using "
19142 "only the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from userspace "
19143 "code to make the framebuffer work again."
19146 #. type: Plain text
19147 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:234
19149 "The program was posted several times on LKML and other lists before "
19150 "appearing in kernel commit message for Linux 2.6 in the GIT commit "
19151 "87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d."
19154 #. type: Plain text
19155 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:237
19156 msgid "The program was written by"
19157 msgstr "このプログラムを書いたのは、"
19159 #. type: Plain text
19160 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:239
19161 msgid "and improved by"
19162 msgstr "これを改善したのは、 "
19164 #. type: Plain text
19165 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:243
19167 "This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of "
19170 "This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of "
19173 #. type: Plain text
19174 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:245
19175 msgid "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
19176 msgstr "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
19178 #. type: Plain text
19179 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:249
19180 msgid "B<hwclock>(8), B<date>(1)"
19181 msgstr "B<hwclock>(8), B<date>(1)"
19183 #. type: Plain text
19184 #: original/man8/rtcwake.8:256
19186 "The B<rtcwake> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
19189 "B<rtcwake> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
19193 #: original/man8/setarch.8:10
19198 #. type: Plain text
19199 #: original/man8/setarch.8:32
19201 "setarch - change reported architecture in new program environment and/or set "
19202 "personality flags"
19205 #. type: Plain text
19206 #: original/man8/setarch.8:35
19207 msgid "B<setarch> [I<arch>] [options] [I<program> [I<argument>...]]"
19208 msgstr "B<setarch> [I<arch>] [options] [I<program> [I<argument>...]]"
19210 #. type: Plain text
19211 #: original/man8/setarch.8:37
19212 msgid "B<setarch> B<--list>|B<-h>|B<-V>"
19213 msgstr "B<setarch> B<--list>|B<-h>|B<-V>"
19215 #. type: Plain text
19216 #: original/man8/setarch.8:39
19217 msgid "B<arch> [options] [I<program> [I<argument>...]]"
19218 msgstr "B<arch> [options] [I<program> [I<argument>...]]"
19220 #. type: Plain text
19221 #: original/man8/setarch.8:42
19222 msgid "B<setarch> modifies execution domains and process personality flags."
19225 #. type: Plain text
19226 #: original/man8/setarch.8:44
19228 "The execution domains currently only affects the output of B<uname -m>. For "
19229 "example, on an AMD64 system, running B<setarch i386> I<program> will cause "
19230 "I<program> to see i686 instead of I<x86_64> as the machine type. It can also "
19231 "be used to set various personality options. The default I<program> is B</bin/"
19235 #. type: Plain text
19236 #: original/man8/setarch.8:46
19238 "Since version 2.33 the I<arch> command line argument is optional and "
19239 "B<setarch> may be used to change personality flags (ADDR_LIMIT_*, "
19240 "SHORT_INODE, etc) without modification of the execution domain."
19243 #. type: Plain text
19244 #: original/man8/setarch.8:49
19248 #. type: Plain text
19249 #: original/man8/setarch.8:51
19251 "List the architectures that B<setarch> knows about. Whether B<setarch> can "
19252 "actually set each of these architectures depends on the running kernel."
19255 #. type: Plain text
19256 #: original/man8/setarch.8:54
19257 msgid "B<--uname-2.6>"
19258 msgstr "B<--uname-2.6>"
19260 #. type: Plain text
19261 #: original/man8/setarch.8:56
19263 "Causes the I<program> to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. "
19264 "Turns on B<UNAME26>."
19267 #. type: Plain text
19268 #: original/man8/setarch.8:64
19269 msgid "B<-3>, B<--3gb>"
19270 msgstr "B<-3>, B<--3gb>"
19272 #. type: Plain text
19273 #: original/man8/setarch.8:66
19275 "Specifies I<program> should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. Supported "
19276 "on x86. Turns on B<ADDR_LIMIT_3GB>."
19279 #. type: Plain text
19280 #: original/man8/setarch.8:69
19284 #. type: Plain text
19285 #: original/man8/setarch.8:71
19287 "This option has no effect. It is retained for backward compatibility only, "
19288 "and may be removed in future releases."
19291 #. type: Plain text
19292 #: original/man8/setarch.8:74
19293 msgid "B<-B>, B<--32bit>"
19294 msgstr "B<-B>, B<--32bit>"
19296 #. type: Plain text
19297 #: original/man8/setarch.8:76
19299 "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM and "
19300 "Alpha. Turns on B<ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT>."
19303 #. type: Plain text
19304 #: original/man8/setarch.8:79
19305 msgid "B<-F>, B<--fdpic-funcptrs>"
19306 msgstr "B<-F>, B<--fdpic-funcptrs>"
19308 #. type: Plain text
19309 #: original/man8/setarch.8:81
19311 "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to address "
19312 "descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do not support "
19313 "B<FDPIC> ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to ARM, Blackfin, "
19314 "Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
19317 #. type: Plain text
19318 #: original/man8/setarch.8:84
19319 msgid "B<-I>, B<--short-inode>"
19320 msgstr "B<-I>, B<--short-inode>"
19322 #. type: Plain text
19323 #: original/man8/setarch.8:86
19324 msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on B<SHORT_INODE>."
19327 #. type: Plain text
19328 #: original/man8/setarch.8:89
19329 msgid "B<-L>, B<--addr-compat-layout>"
19330 msgstr "B<-L>, B<--addr-compat-layout>"
19332 #. type: Plain text
19333 #: original/man8/setarch.8:91
19335 "Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the I<program> binary "
19336 "does not have B<PT_GNU_STACK> ELF header. Turns on B<ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT>."
19339 #. type: Plain text
19340 #: original/man8/setarch.8:94
19341 msgid "B<-R>, B<--addr-no-randomize>"
19342 msgstr "B<-R>, B<--addr-no-randomize>"
19344 #. type: Plain text
19345 #: original/man8/setarch.8:96
19347 "Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on "
19348 "B<ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE>."
19351 #. type: Plain text
19352 #: original/man8/setarch.8:99
19353 msgid "B<-S>, B<--whole-seconds>"
19354 msgstr "B<-S>, B<--whole-seconds>"
19356 #. type: Plain text
19357 #: original/man8/setarch.8:101
19358 msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on B<WHOLE_SECONDS>."
19361 #. type: Plain text
19362 #: original/man8/setarch.8:104
19363 msgid "B<-T>, B<--sticky-timeouts>"
19364 msgstr "B<-T>, B<--sticky-timeouts>"
19366 #. type: Plain text
19367 #: original/man8/setarch.8:106
19369 "This makes B<select>(2), B<pselect>(2), and B<ppoll>(2) system calls "
19370 "preserve the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount of "
19371 "time not slept when interrupted by a signal handler. Use when I<program> "
19372 "depends on this behavior. For more details see the timeout description in "
19373 "B<select>(2) manual page. Turns on B<STICKY_TIMEOUTS>."
19376 #. type: Plain text
19377 #: original/man8/setarch.8:109
19378 msgid "B<-X>, B<--read-implies-exec>"
19379 msgstr "B<-X>, B<--read-implies-exec>"
19381 #. type: Plain text
19382 #: original/man8/setarch.8:111
19384 "If this is set then B<mmap>(3p) B<PROT_READ> will also add the B<PROT_EXEC> "
19385 "bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will "
19386 "automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on "
19387 "B<READ_IMPLIES_EXEC>."
19390 #. type: Plain text
19391 #: original/man8/setarch.8:114
19392 msgid "B<-Z>, B<--mmap-page-zero>"
19393 msgstr "B<-Z>, B<--mmap-page-zero>"
19395 #. type: Plain text
19396 #: original/man8/setarch.8:116
19398 "SVr4 bug emulation that will set B<mmap>(3p) page zero as read-only. Use "
19399 "when I<program> depends on this behavior, and the source code is not "
19400 "available to be fixed. Turns on B<MMAP_PAGE_ZERO>."
19403 #. type: Plain text
19404 #: original/man8/setarch.8:136
19407 "setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog\n"
19408 "setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
19409 "setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm\n"
19410 "setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
19413 #. type: Plain text
19414 #: original/man8/setarch.8:148
19415 msgid "B<personality>(2), B<select>(2)"
19416 msgstr "B<personality>(2), B<select>(2)"
19418 #. type: Plain text
19419 #: original/man8/setarch.8:155
19421 "The B<setarch> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
19424 "B<setarch> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
19428 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:10
19433 #. type: Plain text
19434 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:32
19435 msgid "sfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
19436 msgstr "sfdisk - ディスクパーティションテーブルの表示や操作を行う"
19438 #. type: Plain text
19439 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:35
19440 msgid "B<sfdisk> [options] I<device> [B<-N> I<partition-number>]"
19441 msgstr "B<sfdisk> [options] I<device> [B<-N> I<partition-number>]"
19443 #. type: Plain text
19444 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:37
19445 msgid "B<sfdisk> [options] I<command>"
19446 msgstr "B<sfdisk> [options] I<command>"
19448 #. type: Plain text
19449 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:40
19451 "B<sfdisk> is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It "
19452 "runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a "
19455 "B<sfdisk> は、 ブロックデバイスのパーティション操作を行うスクリプト指向のツー"
19456 "ルである。 端末上で実行されたときは (標準入力が端末を指しているときは)、 対"
19459 #. type: Plain text
19460 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:42
19462 "Since version 2.26 B<sfdisk> supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
19463 "labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
19464 "Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
19465 "addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
19467 "B<sfdisk> は、 バージョン 2.26 以降、 MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN, SGI のディスクラベ"
19468 "ルをサポートしているが、 CHS (シリンダー/ヘッド/セクター) によるアドレッシン"
19469 "グの機能は提供していない。 CHS は Linux において重要となったことはなく、 この"
19470 "アドレッシングの考え方は、 最近のデバイスでは意味がない。 "
19472 #. type: Plain text
19473 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:44
19475 "B<sfdisk> protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The "
19476 "option B<--wipe always> disables this protection. Note that B<fdisk>(8) and "
19477 "B<cfdisk>(8) completely erase this area by default."
19479 "B<sfdisk> によるディスクラベルの新規生成時には、 第 1 ディスクセクターは保護"
19480 "される。 オプション B<--wipe always> は、 その保護を無効にする。 なお "
19481 "B<fdisk>(8) と B<cfdisk>(8) は、 デフォルトではこの領域を完全に消去する。"
19483 #. type: Plain text
19484 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:46
19486 "B<sfdisk> (since version 2.26) B<aligns the start and end of partitions> to "
19487 "block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the default "
19488 "values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are used for "
19489 "sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized (reduced or "
19490 "enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified exactly in "
19491 "sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative suffixes."
19493 "B<sfdisk> は、 (バージョン 2.26 以来) デフォルトの値が使用された場合や、 パー"
19494 "ティションの開始点に相対的なサイズが指定された場合、 あるいは、 サイズに "
19495 "(MiB などの) 乗数を表すサフィックスが使用された場合に、 B<パーティションの開"
19496 "始点と終了点を>ブロックデバイスの B<I/O リミットに合わせて整える>ようになって"
19497 "いる。 開始オフセットがセクターで厳密に指定された場合でも、 パーティションの"
19498 "サイズが相対的な形で、 すなわち乗数サフィックスをつけて指定されているなら"
19499 "ば、 I/O リミットに揃えるために、 パーティションサイズの最適化が行われるかも"
19500 "しれない (すなわち、 サイズが増減されるかもしれない)。 "
19502 #. type: Plain text
19503 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:48
19505 "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify "
19506 "partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case B<sfdisk> aligns all "
19507 "partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then "
19508 "to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default "
19509 "behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify "
19510 "offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case B<sfdisk> entirely follows "
19511 "specified numbers without any optimization."
19513 "推奨される方法は、 開始オフセットを全く指定せず、 パーティションサイズを "
19514 "MiB, GiB などの単位で指定する方法である。 その場合 B<sfdisk> は、 すべての"
19515 "パーティションをブロックデバイスの I/O リミットに合わせて整える (I/O リミット"
19516 "では細かすぎる場合には、 ディスクレイアウトに可搬性があるように、 メガバイト"
19517 "レベルの境界に揃える)。 デフォルトのこの動作が望ましくない場合は (よくあるこ"
19518 "ととして、 非常に小さなパーティションを作りたい場合)、 オフセットとサイズをセ"
19519 "クターで指定すればよい。 その場合 B<sfdisk> は、 指定された数値に全面的に従"
19522 #. type: Plain text
19523 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:50
19525 "B<sfdisk> does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN "
19526 "disk labels like B<fdisk>(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create all "
19527 "partitions including whole-disk system partitions."
19529 "B<sfdisk> は B<fdisk> と違って、 SGI や SUN のディスクラベルのために標準的な"
19530 "システムパーティションを作成しない。 ディスク全体を表すシステムパーティション"
19531 "を含めて、 すべてのパーティションを明示的に作成する必要がある。"
19533 #. type: Plain text
19534 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:52
19536 "B<sfdisk> uses B<BLKRRPART> (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure that "
19537 "the device is not used by system or other tools (see also B<--no-reread>). It"
19538 "\\(cqs possible that this feature or another B<sfdisk> activity races with "
19539 "B<udevd>. The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions is to use B<--"
19540 "lock> option. The exclusive lock will cause udevd to skip the event handling "
19543 "B<sfdisk> は (パーティションテーブルの再読み込みを行う) BLKRRPART ioctl を使"
19544 "用して、 対象とするデバイスがシステムや他のツールによって使用されていないこと"
19545 "を確認する (B<--no-reread> オプションを参照)。 この機能や B<sfdisk> の他の動"
19546 "作が、 B<udevd> と競合する可能性がある。 衝突が起きないようにするための推奨方"
19547 "法は、 B<--lock> オプションを使用することである。 排他的ロックがなされている"
19548 "と、 udevd はそのデバイスにおけるイベントハンドリングをスキップする。"
19550 #. type: Plain text
19551 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:54
19553 "The B<sfdisk> prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition "
19554 "number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if "
19555 "B<-N> not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
19557 "B<sfdisk> のプロンプトは、 ユーザーに対してのヒントでしかなく、 パーティショ"
19558 "ン番号が表示されても、 (B<-N> が指定されていなければ) そのパーティションテー"
19559 "ブルエントリーが生成されるわけではない。 これはギャップ (gap) を持つテーブル"
19562 #. type: Plain text
19563 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:57
19564 msgid "The commands are mutually exclusive."
19565 msgstr "以下のコマンドはどれか一つしか使えない。"
19567 #. type: Plain text
19568 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:59
19569 msgid "[B<-N> I<partition-number>] I<device>"
19570 msgstr "[B<-N> I<partition-number>] I<device>"
19572 #. type: Plain text
19573 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:61
19575 "The default B<sfdisk> command is to read the specification for the desired "
19576 "partitioning of I<device> from standard input, and then create a partition "
19577 "table according to the specification. See below for the description of the "
19578 "input format. If standard input is a terminal, then B<sfdisk> starts an "
19579 "interactive session."
19581 "デフォルトによる B<sfdisk> コマンドは、 I<device> にどんなパーティションを作"
19582 "成するかの具体的な指示を標準入力から読み込んで、 その指示に従ってパーティショ"
19583 "ンテーブルを作成する。 入力の書式がどのようなものになるかは、 後述の説明を参"
19584 "照のこと。 標準入力が端末の場合 B<sfdisk> は対話セッションを開始する。 "
19586 #. type: Plain text
19587 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:63
19589 "If the option B<-N> is specified, then the changes are applied to the "
19590 "partition addressed by I<partition-number>. The unspecified fields of the "
19591 "partition are not modified."
19593 "オプションの B<-N> が指定されている場合は、 I<partition-number> で指示された"
19594 "パーティションに変更が適用される。 そのパーティションのフィールドでも、 具体"
19595 "的な指定のないフィールドは、 変更されない。 "
19597 #. type: Plain text
19598 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:65
19600 "Note that it\\(cqs possible to address an unused partition with B<-N>. For "
19601 "example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used "
19602 "partitions may be smaller. In this case B<sfdisk> follows the default values "
19603 "from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused "
19604 "partition given with B<-N>. See also B<--append>."
19606 "なお B<-N> を用いて、 未使用のパーティションを指定することもできる。 たとえ"
19607 "ば MBR には、 いつでも 4 個のパーティションを登録できるが、 現在使用している"
19608 "パーティションは、 それより少ないことがある。 その場合 B<sfdisk> は、 B<-N> "
19609 "で指定された未使用のパーティションについては、 パーティションテーブルから取得"
19610 "されるデフォルトの値に従い、 プログラムに埋め込まれたデフォルトは使用しな"
19611 "い。 B<--append> も参照のこと。"
19613 #. type: Plain text
19614 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:68
19615 msgid "B<-A>, B<--activate> I<device> [I<partition-number>...]"
19616 msgstr "B<-A>, B<--activate> I<device> [I<partition-number>...]"
19618 #. type: Plain text
19619 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:70
19621 "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the "
19622 "bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder \\(aq-"
19623 "\\(aq may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the "
19624 "bootable flag on all partitions."
19626 "指定されたパーティション (複数指定可) のブート可能フラグを ON に切り替え、 指"
19627 "定されなかったすべてのパーティションのブート可能フラグを OFF にする。 すべて"
19628 "のパーティションのブート可能フラグを OFF にするには、 パーティションナンバー"
19629 "ではなく、 特別な引数 \\(aq-\\(aq を使えばよい。 "
19631 #. type: Plain text
19632 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:72
19634 "The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is "
19635 "detected, then B<sfdisk> prints warning and automatically enters PMBR."
19637 "このアクティベーションコマンドは、 MBR と PMBR (Protective MBR) に対してのみ"
19638 "サポートされている。 GPT のディスクラベルが検出された場合、 sfdisk は警告メッ"
19639 "セージを表示し、 自動的に PMBR にブートフラグを記入する。"
19641 #. type: Plain text
19642 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:74
19644 "If no I<partition-number> is specified, then list the partitions with an "
19647 "I<partition-number> が指定されていない場合は、 ブート可能フラグのついたパー"
19650 #. type: Plain text
19651 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:77
19652 msgid "B<--delete> I<device> [I<partition-number>...]"
19653 msgstr "B<--delete> I<device> [I<partition-number>...]"
19655 #. type: Plain text
19656 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:79
19657 msgid "Delete all or the specified partitions."
19658 msgstr "全パーティション、 あるいは指定パーティションを削除する。"
19660 #. type: Plain text
19661 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:82
19662 msgid "B<-d>, B<--dump> I<device>"
19663 msgstr "B<-d>, B<--dump> I<device>"
19665 #. type: Plain text
19666 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:84
19668 "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to "
19669 "B<sfdisk>. See the section B<BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE>."
19671 "B<sfdisk> の入力に使用できるフォーマットでデバイスのパーティションをダンプす"
19672 "る。 「B<パーティションテーブルのバックアップ>」セクションを参照。"
19674 #. type: Plain text
19675 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:87
19676 msgid "B<-g>, B<--show-geometry> [I<device>...]"
19677 msgstr "B<-g>, B<--show-geometry> [I<device>...]"
19679 #. type: Plain text
19680 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:89
19682 "List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward "
19683 "compatibility the deprecated option B<--show-pt-geometry> have the same "
19684 "meaning as this one."
19686 "全デバイス、 あるいは指定デバイスのジオメトリを一覧表示する。 後方互換のため"
19687 "に、 非推奨のオプション B<--show-pt-geometry> も、 このコマンドと同じ意味を"
19690 #. type: Plain text
19691 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:92
19692 msgid "B<-J>, B<--json> I<device>"
19693 msgstr "B<-J>, B<--json> I<device>"
19695 #. type: Plain text
19696 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:94
19698 "Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that B<sfdisk> is not "
19699 "able to use JSON as input format."
19701 "JSON フォーマットでデバイスのパーティションをダンプする。 B<sfdisk> は、 入力"
19702 "書式として JSON フォーマットを使用できない点に注意すること。"
19704 #. type: Plain text
19705 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:97
19706 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<device>...]"
19707 msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<device>...]"
19709 #. type: Plain text
19710 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:99
19712 "List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be "
19713 "used together with B<--verify>."
19715 "全デバイス、あるいは指定デバイスのパーティションを一覧表示する。 このコマンド"
19716 "は B<--verify> とともに使うことができる。 "
19718 #. type: Plain text
19719 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:102
19720 msgid "B<-F>, B<--list-free> [I<device>...]"
19721 msgstr "B<-F>, B<--list-free> [I<device>...]"
19723 #. type: Plain text
19724 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:104
19725 msgid "List the free unpartitioned areas on all or the specified devices."
19727 "全デバイス、 あるいは指定デバイスに対して、 パーティションが切られていない未"
19730 #. type: Plain text
19731 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:107
19732 msgid "B<--part-attrs> I<device partition-number> [I<attributes>]"
19733 msgstr "B<--part-attrs> I<device partition-number> [I<attributes>]"
19735 #. type: Plain text
19736 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:109
19738 "Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If I<attributes> is not specified, "
19739 "then print the current partition settings. The I<attributes> argument is a "
19740 "comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, "
19741 "the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently "
19742 "supported attribute bits are:"
19744 "GPT パーティションの属性ビット (attribute bits) を変更する。 I<attributes> の"
19745 "指定がない場合は、 現在のパーティション設定を表示する。 引数 I<attributes> "
19746 "は、 カンマまたはスペースで区切ったビット数値またはビット名のリストである。 "
19747 "たとえば \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" という文字列は、 3 個のビットを設定す"
19748 "る。 現在サポートされている属性ビットは以下のとおり。"
19750 #. type: Plain text
19751 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:111
19752 msgid "B<Bit 0 (RequiredPartition)>"
19753 msgstr "B<ビット 0 (RequiredPartition)>"
19755 #. type: Plain text
19756 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:113
19758 "If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. "
19759 "The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the "
19760 "contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform "
19761 "to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is "
19762 "removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system."
19764 "このビットがセットされている場合、 パーティションは、 プラットフォームが機能"
19765 "するために必要なものである。 つまりパーティション内容を削除または修正する"
19766 "と、 プラットフォーム機能を失ったり、 プラットフォームの起動や操作に失敗した"
19767 "りすることにつながる。 このことをパーティション生成が示しているものである。 "
19768 "このパーティションを削除すると、 システムは正常に動作しない。 したがってシス"
19769 "テムハードウェアの一部分であるものとして捉えるべきである。"
19771 #. type: Plain text
19772 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:116
19773 msgid "B<Bit 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)>"
19774 msgstr "B<ビット 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)>"
19776 #. type: Plain text
19777 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:118
19779 "EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read "
19782 "EFI ファームウェアはパーティション内容を無視し、 そこからの読み込みは行おうと"
19785 #. type: Plain text
19786 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:121
19787 msgid "B<Bit 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)>"
19788 msgstr "B<ビット 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)>"
19790 #. type: Plain text
19791 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:123
19792 msgid "The partition may be bootable by legacy BIOS firmware."
19794 "このパーティションは、 レガシーな BIOS ファームウェアによってブート可能であ"
19797 #. type: Plain text
19798 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:126
19799 msgid "B<Bits 3-47>"
19800 msgstr "B<ビット 3-47>"
19802 #. type: Plain text
19803 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:128
19805 "Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the "
19806 "UEFI specification."
19808 "未定義でありゼロとしなければならない。 UEFI 仕様の将来版への拡張として予約さ"
19811 #. type: Plain text
19812 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:131
19813 msgid "B<Bits 48-63>"
19814 msgstr "B<ビット 48-63>"
19816 #. type: Plain text
19817 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:133
19819 "Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on "
19820 "the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, "
19821 "61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to "
19822 "disable automount."
19824 "GUID に固有の目的で予約されている。 このビットの使用は、 パーティションタイプ"
19825 "によってさまざまである。 たとえば Microsoft では、 読み込み専用をビット 60、"
19826 "別パーティションのシャドーコピーを 61、隠しパーティションを 62、自動マウント"
19829 #. type: Plain text
19830 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:137
19831 msgid "B<--part-label> I<device partition-number> [I<label>]"
19832 msgstr "B<--part-label> I<device partition-number> [I<label>]"
19834 #. type: Plain text
19835 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:139
19837 "Change the GPT partition name (label). If I<label> is not specified, then "
19838 "print the current partition label."
19840 "GPT パーティションの名前 (ラベル) を変更する。 I<label> の指定がない場合は、 "
19841 "現在のパーティションラベルを表示する。 "
19843 #. type: Plain text
19844 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:142
19845 msgid "B<--part-type> I<device partition-number> [I<type>]"
19846 msgstr "B<--part-type> I<device partition-number> [I<type>]"
19848 #. type: Plain text
19849 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:144
19851 "Change the partition type. If I<type> is not specified, then print the "
19852 "current partition type."
19854 "パーティションタイプを変更する。 I<type> の指定がない場合は、 現在のパーティ"
19857 #. type: Plain text
19858 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:146
19860 "The I<type> argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. "
19861 "\"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. \\(aqL\\(aq). For backward compatibility "
19862 "the options B<-c> and B<--id> have the same meaning as this one."
19864 "I<type> 引数は、 MBR では 16 進数値、 GPT では GUID であり、 またタイプエイリ"
19865 "アス (たとえば \"linux\") やタイプのショートカット (たとえば \\(aqL\\(aq) で"
19866 "ある。 後方互換のため、 オプション B<-c> と B<--id> も、 このコマンドと同じ意"
19869 #. type: Plain text
19870 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:149
19871 msgid "B<--part-uuid> I<device partition-number> [I<uuid>]"
19872 msgstr "B<--part-uuid> I<device partition-number> [I<uuid>]"
19874 #. type: Plain text
19875 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:151
19877 "Change the GPT partition UUID. If I<uuid> is not specified, then print the "
19878 "current partition UUID."
19880 "GPT パーティションの UUID を変更する。 I<uuid> の指定がない場合は、 現在の"
19881 "パーティション UUID を表示する。 "
19883 #. type: Plain text
19884 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:154
19885 msgid "B<--disk-id> I<device> [I<id>]"
19886 msgstr "B<--disk-id> I<device> [I<id>]"
19888 #. type: Plain text
19889 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:156
19891 "Change the disk identifier. If I<id> is not specified, then print the "
19892 "current identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for "
19895 "ディスク識別子を変更する。 I<id> の指定がない場合は、 現在の識別子を表示す"
19896 "る。 識別子は GPT に対しては UUID であり、 MBR に対しては負でない整数である。"
19898 #. type: Plain text
19899 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:159
19900 msgid "B<-r>, B<--reorder> I<device>"
19901 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reorder> I<device>"
19903 #. type: Plain text
19904 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:161
19905 msgid "Renumber the partitions, ordering them by their start offset."
19907 "パーティションの番号をつけ直す。 すなわち、 パーティションの番号を開始オフ"
19910 #. type: Plain text
19911 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:164
19912 msgid "B<-s>, B<--show-size> [I<device>...]"
19913 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--show-size> [I<device>...]"
19915 #. type: Plain text
19916 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:166
19918 "List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. "
19919 "This command is DEPRECATED in favour of B<blockdev>(8)."
19921 "すべての、 または指定されたデバイスのサイズを、1024 バイト単位で一覧表示す"
19922 "る。 このコマンドは「非推奨」である。 B<blockdev>(8) の使用をお勧めする。 "
19924 #. type: Plain text
19925 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:169
19926 msgid "B<-T>, B<--list-types>"
19927 msgstr "B<-T>, B<--list-types>"
19929 #. type: Plain text
19930 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:171
19932 "Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified "
19935 "現在のディスクラベル、 または B<--label> オプションで指定されたディスクラベル"
19936 "でサポートされているパーティションのタイプ (type) のすべてを表示する。 "
19938 #. type: Plain text
19939 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:174
19940 msgid "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<device>...]"
19941 msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<device>...]"
19943 #. type: Plain text
19944 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:176
19945 msgid "Test whether the partition table and partitions seem correct."
19947 "パーティションテーブルとパーティションが、 正しく見えるかどうかを検査する。"
19949 #. type: Plain text
19950 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:179
19951 msgid "B<--relocate> I<oper> I<device>"
19952 msgstr "B<--relocate> I<oper> I<device>"
19954 #. type: Plain text
19955 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:181
19957 "Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT "
19958 "header only. The argument I<oper> can be:"
19960 "パーティションテーブルヘッダーを再配置する。 本コマンドが現在サポートしている"
19961 "のは GTP ヘッダーのみである。 引数 I<oper> は以下のいずれかである。"
19963 #. type: Plain text
19964 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:183
19965 msgid "B<gpt-bak-std>"
19966 msgstr "B<gpt-bak-std>"
19968 #. type: Plain text
19969 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:185
19971 "Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device."
19972 msgstr "GPT バックアップヘッダーを、 デバイス最終の標準位置に移動する。"
19974 #. type: Plain text
19975 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:188
19976 msgid "B<gpt-bak-mini>"
19977 msgstr "B<gpt-bak-mini>"
19979 #. type: Plain text
19980 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:190
19982 "Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard "
19983 "requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools "
19984 "can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard."
19986 "GPT バックアップヘッダーを、 最終パーティションの後ろに移動する。 なお UEFI "
19987 "規格においては、 このバックアップヘッダーはデバイスの最終位置にあることが必要"
19988 "である。 またパーティショニングツールでは、 この規格に準拠するように、 ヘッ"
19989 "ダーの自動的な再配置を行っている。"
19991 #. type: Plain text
19992 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:195
19993 msgid "B<-a>, B<--append>"
19994 msgstr "B<-a>, B<--append>"
19996 #. type: Plain text
19997 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:197
19999 "Don\\(cqt create a new partition table, but only append the specified "
20002 "新しいパーティションテーブルを作成しない。 既存のパーティションテーブルに対し"
20003 "て、 指定されたパーティションの追加のみを行う。"
20005 #. type: Plain text
20006 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:199
20008 "Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not "
20009 "the last partition in the partition table. See also B<-N> to specify entry "
20010 "in the partition table."
20012 "なお上の場合に、 それがパーティションテーブルの最終パーティションではなかった"
20013 "としても、 未使用パーティションが再利用されるかもしれない点に注意すること。 "
20014 "パーティションテーブル内のエントリーを指定する方法については B<-N> も参照のこ"
20017 #. type: Plain text
20018 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:202 original/man8/wipefs.8:60
20019 msgid "B<-b>, B<--backup>"
20020 msgstr "B<-b>, B<--backup>"
20022 #. type: Plain text
20023 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:204
20025 "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the "
20026 "partitioning. The default backup file name is I<~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-"
20027 "E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak>; to use another name see option B<-O>, B<--backup-"
20030 "パーティショニングを始める前に、 現在のパーティションテーブルが格納されている"
20031 "セクターをバックアップする。 デフォルトのバックアップファイル名は、 I<~/"
20032 "sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak> である。 別の名前を使う場合"
20033 "は、 オプション B<-O>, B<--backup-file> の説明を参照のこと。"
20035 #. type: Plain text
20036 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:207
20037 msgid "B<--color>[B<=>I<when>]"
20038 msgstr "B<--color>[B<=>I<when>]"
20040 #. type: Plain text
20041 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:214
20042 msgid "Disable all consistency checking."
20043 msgstr "整合性チェックを一切行わないようにする。"
20045 #. type: Plain text
20046 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:217
20048 msgstr "B<--Linux>"
20050 #. type: Plain text
20051 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:219
20053 "Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux "
20054 "(and other modern operating systems) is the default."
20056 "非推奨なオプションであり無視される。 パーティションの作成は、 Linux (あるいは"
20057 "今日のオペレーティングシステム) で問題なく使えるのがデフォルトである。"
20059 #. type: Plain text
20060 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:227 original/man8/wipefs.8:95
20061 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-act>"
20062 msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-act>"
20064 #. type: Plain text
20065 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:229
20066 msgid "Do everything except writing to the device."
20067 msgstr "デバイスへの書き込み以外をすべて行う。"
20069 #. type: Plain text
20070 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:232
20071 msgid "B<--no-reread>"
20072 msgstr "B<--no-reread>"
20074 #. type: Plain text
20075 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:234
20077 "Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is "
20080 "デバイスが使用中かどうかを、 パーティションテーブルの再読み込みを行う ioctl "
20083 #. type: Plain text
20084 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:237
20085 msgid "B<--no-tell-kernel>"
20086 msgstr "B<--no-tell-kernel>"
20088 #. type: Plain text
20089 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:239
20091 "Don\\(cqt tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is "
20092 "recommended together with B<--no-reread> to modify a partition on used disk. "
20093 "The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
20095 "パーティションの変更についてカーネルに通知しない。 使用中のディスクのパーティ"
20096 "ションを変更する場合、 このオプションを B<--no-reread> とともに使用することを"
20097 "お勧めする。 変更したパーティションは、 使用 (たとえばマウントなどを) するべ"
20100 #. type: Plain text
20101 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:242
20102 msgid "B<-O>, B<--backup-file> I<path>"
20103 msgstr "B<-O>, B<--backup-file> I<path>"
20105 #. type: Plain text
20106 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:244
20108 "Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset "
20109 "are always appended to the file name."
20111 "バックアップファイルの名前をデフォルトから変更する。 ファイル名の末尾に、 デ"
20112 "バイス名とオフセットが必ず追加されることに注意すること。"
20114 #. type: Plain text
20115 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:247
20116 msgid "B<--move-data>[B<=>I<path>]"
20117 msgstr "B<--move-data>[B<=>I<path>]"
20119 #. type: Plain text
20120 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:249
20122 "Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning "
20123 "of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has "
20124 "to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option "
20125 "requires option B<-N> in order to be processed on one specific partition "
20128 "たとえば、 パーティションの先頭をディスクの別の位置に移動するといった場合"
20129 "に、 パーティションの再配置をした後で、 データを移動する。 パーティションのサ"
20130 "イズは、 操作の前後で同じでなければならない。 新旧の位置は、 オーバーラップし"
20131 "ていても構わない。 このオプションは、 B<-N> オプションを必須とする。 特定の "
20132 "1 パーティションに対してのみ、 処理を行うためである。 "
20134 #. type: Plain text
20135 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:251
20137 "The optional I<path> specifies log file name. The log file contains "
20138 "information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word "
20139 "\"@default\" as a I<path> forces sfdisk to use I<~/sfdisk-E<lt>devnameE<gt>."
20140 "move> for the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
20142 "任意指定の引数 I<path> にはログファイルを指定する。 このログファイルには、 "
20143 "パーティションのデータに関するすべての read/wite 操作の情報が含まれる。 "
20144 "I<path> に \"@default\" という語を指定すると、 B<sfdisk> はログファイルとし"
20145 "て I<~/sfdisk-E<lt>devnameE<gt>.move> を使う。 このログは、 v2.35 以降、 任意"
20148 #. type: Plain text
20149 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:253
20151 "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. B<Don\\(cqt forget to "
20152 "backup your data!>"
20154 "この操作は危険であり、 アトミックでもないことに注意すること。 したがって B<"
20155 "データのバックアップを取ることを忘れないこと!>"
20157 #. type: Plain text
20158 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:255
20159 msgid "See also B<--move-use-fsync>."
20160 msgstr " B<--move-use-fsync> も参照のこと。"
20162 #. type: Plain text
20163 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:257
20165 "In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before "
20166 "the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the "
20167 "next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), "
20168 "and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original "
20169 "sdc1 will become sdc2)."
20171 "次の例では、 最初のコマンドは、 第 1 パーティションの前に 100MiB の空き領域を"
20172 "作成し、 第 1 パーティションのデータ (ファイルシステムなど) を後方に移動して"
20173 "いる。 2 番目のコマンドは、 今作った空き領域に (オフセット 2048 から) 新パー"
20174 "ティションを作っている。 最後のコマンドは、 ディスク上の順番と一致するよう"
20175 "に、 パーティションの番号をつけ直している (元の sdc1 が sdc2 になる)。 "
20177 #. type: Plain text
20178 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:259
20180 "B<echo \\(aq+100M,\\(aq | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1> B<echo \\(aq2048,"
20181 "\\(aq | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append> B<sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder>"
20183 "B<echo \\(aq+100M,\\(aq | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1> B<echo \\(aq2048,"
20184 "\\(aq | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append> B<sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder>"
20186 #. type: Plain text
20187 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:262
20188 msgid "B<--move-use-fsync>"
20189 msgstr "B<--move-use-fsync>"
20191 #. type: Plain text
20192 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:264
20194 "Use the B<fsync>(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new "
20195 "location by B<--move-data>."
20197 "B<--move-data> でデータを新しい場所に移動する際、 書き込みをするたびにシステ"
20198 "ムコール B<fsync>(2) を使用する。 "
20200 #. type: Plain text
20201 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:274 original/man8/umount.8:114
20202 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:71 original/man8/wipefs.8:112
20203 msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
20204 msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
20206 #. type: Plain text
20207 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:276
20208 msgid "Suppress extra info messages."
20209 msgstr "追加情報のメッセージを出さないようにする。"
20211 #. type: Plain text
20212 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:279
20213 msgid "B<-u>, B<--unit S>"
20214 msgstr "B<-u>, B<--unit S>"
20216 #. type: Plain text
20217 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:281
20219 "Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not "
20220 "supported when using the B<--show-size> command."
20222 "非推奨オプションである。 使用できる単位がセクターのみになる。 このオプション"
20223 "は、 B<--show-size> コマンドを使用しているときは、 サポートされない。 "
20225 #. type: Plain text
20226 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:284
20227 msgid "B<-X>, B<--label> I<type>"
20228 msgstr "B<-X>, B<--label> I<type>"
20230 #. type: Plain text
20231 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:286
20233 "Specify the disk label type (e.g., B<dos>, B<gpt>, ...). If this option is "
20234 "not given, then B<sfdisk> defaults to the existing label, but if there is no "
20235 "label on the device yet, then the type defaults to B<dos>. The default or "
20236 "the current label may be overwritten by the \"label: E<lt>nameE<gt>\" script "
20237 "header line. The option B<--label> does not force B<sfdisk> to create empty "
20238 "disk label (see the B<EMPTY DISK LABEL> section below)."
20240 "ディスクラベルの型を指定する (たとえば B<dos>, B<gpt>, ...)。 このオプション"
20241 "が指定されていない場合、 B<sfdisk> は、 デバイスにすでに存在しているディスク"
20242 "ラベルをデフォルトとして使用するが、 デバイスにまだディスクラベルが存在しない"
20243 "ときは、 デフォルトのラベル型を B<dos> にする。 こうしたデフォルトや現在のラ"
20244 "ベルは、 スクリプトのヘッダー行 \"label: E<lt>nameE<gt>\" で上書きすることが"
20245 "できる。 この B<--label> オプションを指定しても、 B<sfdisk> が空のディスクラ"
20246 "ベルを生成することはない (以下の「B<空のディスクラベル>」セクションを参照)。"
20248 #. type: Plain text
20249 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:289
20250 msgid "B<-Y>, B<--label-nested> I<type>"
20251 msgstr "B<-Y>, B<--label-nested> I<type>"
20253 #. type: Plain text
20254 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:291
20256 "Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist "
20257 "already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on "
20258 "devices with GPT."
20260 "ネストしたディスクラベルを強制的に編集する。 プライマリーなディスクラベルはあ"
20261 "らかじめ存在していなければならない。 このオプションを使えば、 たとえば GPT の"
20262 "デバイス上で hybrid/protective MBR を編集することができる。"
20264 #. type: Plain text
20265 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:296
20267 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
20268 "order to avoid possible collisions. The argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
20269 "B<never> or B<always>. When this option is not given, the default is "
20270 "B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; "
20271 "except the old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before "
20272 "create a new partition-table if the argument I<when> is not B<never>. The "
20273 "B<auto> mode also does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is "
20274 "necessary to use the B<always> mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected "
20275 "signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is "
20276 "created. See also the B<wipefs>(8) command."
20278 "デバイスからファイルシステムや RAID やパーティションテーブルのシグナチャーを"
20279 "消去する。 衝突が起きないようにするためである。 引数の I<when> には、 "
20280 "B<auto>, B<never>, B<always> のいずれかを指定する。 このオプションが指定され"
20281 "なかった場合のデフォルトは B<auto> であり、 その場合シグナチャーが消去される"
20282 "のは、 原則として対話モードのときだけである。 古いパーティションテーブルシグ"
20283 "ナチャーだけは例外で、 引数の I<when> が B<never> でないかぎり、 新しいパー"
20284 "ティションテーブルが作成される前に、 必ず消去される。 B<auto> モードの場合"
20285 "も、 第 1 セクター (ブートセクター) の消去は行わない。 この領域を消去するに"
20286 "は B<always> モードを用いることが必要である。 いずれの場合でも検出されたシグ"
20287 "ナチャーが、 警告メッセージとして通知されて、 その後に新しいパーティション"
20288 "テーブルが生成される。 B<wipefs>(8) コマンドも参照のこと。"
20290 #. type: Plain text
20291 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:301
20293 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
20294 "partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument I<when> can "
20295 "be B<auto>, B<never> or B<always>. When this option is not given, the "
20296 "default is B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in "
20297 "interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected "
20298 "signatures are reported by warning messages after a new partition is "
20299 "created. See also B<wipefs>(8) command."
20301 "新たに生成するパーティションからファイルシステムや RAID やパーティションテー"
20302 "ブルのシグナチャーを消去する。 これは衝突が起きないようにするためである。 引"
20303 "数 I<when> には B<auto>, B<never>, B<always> を指定する。 このオプションが指"
20304 "定されない場合のデフォルトは B<auto> であり、 その場合シグナチャーが消去され"
20305 "るのは、 対話モードのときであり、 ユーザーが承認した後である。 いずれの場合で"
20306 "も、 検出されたシグナチャーは警告メッセージとして通知され、 それは新たなパー"
20307 "ティションが生成された後である。 B<wipefs>(8) コマンドも参照のこと。"
20309 #. type: Plain text
20310 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:304
20311 msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
20312 msgstr "B<-v>, B<--version>"
20315 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:312
20317 msgid "INPUT FORMATS"
20320 #. type: Plain text
20321 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:315
20322 msgid "B<sfdisk> supports two input formats and generic header lines."
20324 "B<sfdisk> は 2 種類の入力書式と、 両方に共通するヘッダー行をサポートしてい"
20328 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:315
20330 msgid "Header lines"
20333 #. type: Plain text
20334 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:318
20336 "The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the "
20337 "partition table. The header-line format is:"
20339 "任意指定のヘッダー行では、 パーティションテーブル全体に適用される情報を指定す"
20340 "る。 ヘッダー行の書式は以下である。"
20342 #. type: Plain text
20343 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:320
20344 msgid "B<E<lt>nameE<gt>: E<lt>valueE<gt>>"
20345 msgstr "B<E<lt>nameE<gt>: E<lt>valueE<gt>>"
20347 #. type: Plain text
20348 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:322
20349 msgid "The currently recognized headers are:"
20350 msgstr "現在のところ、 認識されるヘッダーは以下のものである。"
20352 #. type: Plain text
20353 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:324
20357 #. type: Plain text
20358 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:326
20359 msgid "Specify the partitioning unit. The only supported unit is B<sectors>."
20361 "パーティション分割で使う単位を指定する。 サポートされている単位は、 "
20362 "B<sectors> (セクター数) だけである。"
20364 #. type: Plain text
20365 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:329
20369 #. type: Plain text
20370 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:331
20371 msgid "Specify the partition table type. For example B<dos> or B<gpt>."
20373 "パーティションテーブルの型 (partition table type) を指定する。 たとえば "
20374 "B<dos> や B<gpt> である。 "
20376 #. type: Plain text
20377 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:334
20378 msgid "B<label-id>"
20379 msgstr "B<label-id>"
20381 #. type: Plain text
20382 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:336
20384 "Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number "
20385 "(with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
20387 "パーティションテーブルの識別名を指定する。 識別名は、 MBR では (前に 0x のつ"
20388 "いた) 16 進数であり、 GPT では UUID である。 "
20390 #. type: Plain text
20391 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:339
20392 msgid "B<first-lba>"
20393 msgstr "B<first-lba>"
20395 #. type: Plain text
20396 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:341
20397 msgid "Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions."
20398 msgstr "GPT パーティションで使用できる最初のセクターを指定する。"
20400 #. type: Plain text
20401 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:344
20402 msgid "B<last-lba>"
20403 msgstr "B<last-lba>"
20405 #. type: Plain text
20406 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:346
20407 msgid "Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions."
20408 msgstr "GPT パーティションで使用できる最後のセクターを指定する。"
20410 #. type: Plain text
20411 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:349
20412 msgid "B<table-length>"
20413 msgstr "B<table-length>"
20415 #. type: Plain text
20416 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:351
20417 msgid "Specify the maximal number of GPT partitions."
20418 msgstr "GPT パーティションの最大数を指定する。"
20420 #. type: Plain text
20421 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:354
20425 #. type: Plain text
20426 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:356
20428 "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The "
20429 "default is 1MiB and it\\(cqs strongly recommended to use the default. Do not "
20430 "modify this variable if you\\(cqre not sure."
20432 "パーティションの開始、終了位置を整えるとき、 計算に使用する最小のサイズをバイ"
20433 "ト単位で指定する。 デフォルトは 1MiB であり、 このデフォルトの使用を強くお勧"
20434 "めする。 不明な場合は、 この変数を変更しないこと。"
20436 #. type: Plain text
20437 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:359
20438 msgid "B<sector-size>"
20439 msgstr "B<sector-size>"
20441 #. type: Plain text
20442 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:361
20444 "Specify sector size. This header is informative only and it is not used when "
20445 "sfdisk creates a new partition table, in this case the real device specific "
20446 "value is always used and sector size from the dump is ignored."
20448 "セクターのサイズを指定する。 このヘッダーは参考用にあるだけであり、 "
20449 "B<sfdisk> が新しいパーティションテーブルを作成するときに使うわけではない。 そ"
20450 "のときは、 実際のデバイスに固有な値が常に使用され、 ダンプによって取得したセ"
20453 #. type: Plain text
20454 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:364
20456 "Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition "
20457 "is specified in the input."
20459 "なおヘッダー行が使用できるのは、 入力中で最初のパーティションを指定する前だけ"
20463 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:364
20465 msgid "Unnamed-fields format"
20466 msgstr "フィールド名なしの書式"
20468 #. type: Plain text
20469 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:369
20470 msgid "I<start size type bootable>"
20471 msgstr "I<start size type bootable>"
20473 #. type: Plain text
20474 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:374
20475 msgid "where each line fills one partition descriptor."
20476 msgstr "こうした各行は、 1 つのパーティションについての記述になっている。"
20478 #. type: Plain text
20479 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:376
20481 "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma or semicolon possibly followed by "
20482 "whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. Numbers can be "
20483 "octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a field is "
20484 "absent, empty or specified as \\(aq-\\(aq a default value is used. But when "
20485 "the B<-N> option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each "
20486 "field is its previous value."
20488 "フィールドは、 空白 (whitespace)、 カンマ、 またはセミコロンによって区切られ"
20489 "る。 カンマなどの後ろには、 空白があってもよく、 先頭と末尾の空白は無視され"
20490 "る。 数値には 8 進、10 進、16 進数が使える。 デフォルトは 10 進数である。 "
20491 "フィールドが存在しない場合、 空の場合、 \\(aq-\\(aq として指定されている場合"
20492 "は、 デフォルト値が使用される。 ただし B<-N> オプション (単一パーティションへ"
20493 "の変更) が指定されているときは、 各フィールドのデフォルトは、 前回と同じ値に"
20496 #. type: Plain text
20497 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:378
20499 "The default value of I<start> is the first non-assigned sector aligned "
20500 "according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first "
20501 "partition is 1 MiB. The offset may be followed by the multiplicative "
20502 "suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is "
20503 "interpreted as offset in bytes."
20505 "I<start> のデフォルト値は、 位置やサイズをデバイスの I/O リミットに合わせて整"
20506 "えたセクターの、 まだ割り当てられていない最初のものである。 ただし、 最初の"
20507 "パーティションのデフォルトの開始オフセットは、 1 MiB だ。 指定するオフセット"
20508 "には、 乗数を表すサフィックスを続けることができ (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, "
20509 "EiB, ZiB, YiB)、 その場合、 数値はバイト単位のオフセットと解釈される。 "
20511 #. type: Plain text
20512 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:380
20514 "The default value of I<size> indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until "
20515 "the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default "
20516 "interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one "
20517 "of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) "
20518 "then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it "
20519 "is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A \\(aq+\\(aq can be "
20520 "used instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note "
20521 "\\(aq+\\(aq is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; "
20522 "existing partitions will be resized as required."
20524 "I<size> のデフォルト値は「できるだけ大きく」である。 すなわち、 次のパーティ"
20525 "ションまで、 またはデバイスの終わりまでである。 数値の指定は、 デフォルトでは"
20526 "セクター数と解釈されるが、 数値に乗数を表すサフィックスの 1 つ (KiB, MiB, "
20527 "GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) が続く場合は、 バイト単位のパーティションサ"
20528 "イズと解釈され、 その上でデバイスの I/O リミットに合わせてサイズが整えられ"
20529 "る。 数値に代えて、 1 個の \\(aq+\\(aq を使用することもでき、 その場合は、 "
20530 "パーティションをできるだけ大きく広げる。 \\(aq+\\(aq は、 新規パーティション"
20531 "では、 デフォルトの動作と同じであることに注意すること。 すでに存在している"
20532 "パーティションは、 必要に応じてサイズが変更される。 "
20534 #. type: Plain text
20535 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:382
20537 "The partition I<type> is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is "
20538 "optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It\\(cqs "
20539 "recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between "
20540 "deprecated shortcut \\(aqE\\(aq and \\(aq0E\\(aq MBR hex code. For backward "
20541 "compatibility B<sfdisk> tries to interpret I<type> as a shortcut as a first "
20542 "possibility in partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. B<--part-"
20543 "type> command) it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
20545 "パーティションタイプ I<type> は、 MBR (DOS) に対しては 16 進数で指定し、プレ"
20546 "フィックス 0x をつけるかどうかは任意である。 また GPT に対しては GUID とす"
20547 "る。 ショートカットやエイリアス指定も可能である。 非推奨となっているショート"
20548 "カットである \\(aqE\\(aq や \\(aq0E\\(aq の16 進数コードとの衝突を避けるた"
20549 "め、 MBR 16 進コードには 2 文字の英字を用いることが推奨される。 後方互換のた"
20550 "め、 B<sfdisk> が I<type> を解釈する際には、 パーティショニングスクリプト内で"
20551 "はショートカットであるものとして初めに解釈しようとする。 一方で別の場面 (たと"
20552 "えば B<--part-type> コマンド) では、 最後の可能性としてショートカットと解釈し"
20555 #. type: Plain text
20556 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:384
20558 "Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to "
20559 "shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")."
20561 "v2.36 以降 libfdisk は、 ショートカットの拡張として、 パーティションタイプの"
20562 "エイリアスをサポートしている。 エイリアスにはわかりやすい語句が用いられてい"
20563 "る (たとえば \"linux\")。"
20565 #. type: Plain text
20566 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:386
20568 "Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the "
20569 "case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in "
20570 "the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")."
20572 "v2.37 以降 libfdisk は、 入力としてパーティションタイプ名をサポートしてい"
20573 "る。 その際には、 大文字小文字の別や、 英数字以外の文字は無視される (たとえ"
20574 "ば \"Linux /usr x86\" は \"linux usr-x86\" と同じになる)。"
20576 #. type: Plain text
20577 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:388
20578 msgid "Supported shortcuts and aliases:"
20579 msgstr "サポートされているショートカットとエイリアスは、 以下のとおりである。"
20581 #. type: Plain text
20582 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:390
20583 msgid "B<L - alias \\(aqlinux\\(aq>"
20584 msgstr "B<L - alias \\(aqlinux\\(aq>"
20586 #. type: Plain text
20587 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:392
20589 "Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT."
20591 "Linux。 MBR では 83 を意味し、 GPT では 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 "
20594 #. type: Plain text
20595 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:395
20596 msgid "B<S - alias \\(aqswap\\(aq>"
20597 msgstr "B<S - alias \\(aqswap\\(aq>"
20599 #. type: Plain text
20600 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:397
20602 "swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT"
20604 "swap 領域。 MBR では 82 を意味し、 GPT では 0657FD6D-"
20605 "A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F を意味する。"
20607 #. type: Plain text
20608 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:400
20609 msgid "B<Ex - alias \\(aqextended\\(aq>"
20610 msgstr "B<Ex - alias \\(aqextended\\(aq>"
20612 #. type: Plain text
20613 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:402
20615 "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut \\(aqE\\(aq "
20616 "is deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
20618 "MBR 拡張パーティション。 MBR では 05 を意味する。 元々のショートカット \\(aqE"
20619 "\\(aq は、 0x0E MBR パーティションタイプと衝突するため、 非推奨になっている。"
20621 #. type: Plain text
20622 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:405
20623 msgid "B<H - alias \\(aqhome\\(aq>"
20624 msgstr "B<H - alias \\(aqhome\\(aq>"
20626 #. type: Plain text
20627 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:407
20628 msgid "home partition; means 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 for GPT"
20630 "ホームパーティション。 GPT では 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 を意味す"
20633 #. type: Plain text
20634 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:410
20635 msgid "B<U - alias \\(aquefi\\(aq>"
20636 msgstr "B<U - alias \\(aquefi\\(aq>"
20638 #. type: Plain text
20639 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:412
20641 "EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-"
20642 "BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT"
20644 "EFI システムパーティション。 MBR では EF を意味し、 GPT では C12A7328-"
20645 "F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B を意味する。 "
20647 #. type: Plain text
20648 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:415
20649 msgid "B<R - alias \\(aqraid\\(aq>"
20650 msgstr "B<R - alias \\(aqraid\\(aq>"
20652 #. type: Plain text
20653 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:417
20655 "Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT"
20657 "Linux RAID。 MBR では FD を意味し、 GPT では A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-"
20658 "A006-743F0F84911E を意味する。 "
20660 #. type: Plain text
20661 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:420
20662 msgid "B<V - alias \\(aqlvm\\(aq>"
20663 msgstr "B<V - alias \\(aqlvm\\(aq>"
20665 #. type: Plain text
20666 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:422
20667 msgid "LVM; means 8E for MBR and E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 for GPT"
20669 "LVM。 MBR では 8E を意味し、 GPT では E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 を"
20672 #. type: Plain text
20673 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:425
20674 msgid "The default I<type> value is I<linux>."
20675 msgstr "I<type> のデフォルトの値は、 I<linux> である。"
20677 #. type: Plain text
20678 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:427
20680 "The shortcut \\(aqX\\(aq for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in "
20681 "favour of \\(aqEx\\(aq."
20683 "Linux 拡張パーティション (85) に対するショートカットは、 \\(aqEx\\(aq に置き"
20684 "換えられており、 \\(aqX\\(aq は推奨されていない。"
20686 #. type: Plain text
20687 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:429
20689 "I<bootable> is specified as [B<*>|B<->], with as default not-bootable. The "
20690 "value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has been "
20691 "booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and for "
20692 "other operating systems."
20694 "I<bootable> は [B<*>|B<->] という形で指定する。 デフォルトは not-bootable で"
20695 "ある。 このフィールドの値は、 Linux には関係がない (Linux が動いているなら、 "
20696 "すでに問題なくブートしているわけだ)。 だが、 ブートローダーやオペレーティング"
20697 "システムによっては、 何らかの役割を果たしていることもあり得る。 "
20700 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:429
20702 msgid "Named-fields format"
20703 msgstr "フィールド名のある書式"
20705 #. type: Plain text
20706 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:432
20708 "This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying "
20709 "additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format "
20710 "to keep your scripts more readable."
20712 "この書式は、 フィールド名なしの書式とくらべて、 より読みやすく、 堅牢であ"
20713 "り、 拡張性もあって、 追加の情報 (たとえば、 UUID) を指定することも可能にな"
20714 "る。 こちらの書式を使用して、 作成するスクリプトをより読みやすくしておくこと"
20717 #. type: Plain text
20718 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:436
20719 msgid "[I<device> B<:>] I<name>[B<=>I<value>], ..."
20720 msgstr "[I<device> B<:>] I<name>[B<=>I<value>], ..."
20722 #. type: Plain text
20723 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:441
20725 "The I<device> field is optional. B<sfdisk> extracts the partition number "
20726 "from the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. "
20727 "This functionality is mostly used by B<--dump>. Don\\(cqt use it if you are "
20730 "I<device> フィールドの指定は任意である。 B<sfdisk> は、 パーティション番号を"
20731 "このデバイス名から取り出す。 そこで、 これを使用すれば、 パーティションを任意"
20732 "の順番で指定することが可能になる。 この機能は、 主に B<--dump> で使用されてい"
20733 "る。 パーティション番号に確信がない場合は、 I<device> フィールドを使用しては"
20736 #. type: Plain text
20737 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:443
20739 "The I<value> can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition "
20740 "name\"). The currently supported fields are:"
20742 "I<value> は、 引用符で囲むことができる (たとえば、 name=\"This is partition "
20743 "name\")。 現在のところ、 次のフィールドがサポートされている。 "
20745 #. type: Plain text
20746 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:445
20747 msgid "B<start=>I<number>"
20748 msgstr "B<start=>I<number>"
20750 #. type: Plain text
20751 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:447
20753 "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The "
20754 "default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. The offset may be "
20755 "followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
20756 "and YiB) then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
20758 "デフォルトは、 位置やサイズをデバイスの I/O リミットに合わせて整えたセクター"
20759 "の、 まだ割り当てられていない最初のもの。 ただし、 最初のパーティションのデ"
20760 "フォルトの開始オフセットは 1 MiB である。 指定するオフセットには、 乗数を表す"
20761 "サフィックスを続けることができ (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB)、 そ"
20762 "の場合、 数値はバイト単位のオフセットと解釈される。 "
20764 #. type: Plain text
20765 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:450
20766 msgid "B<size=>I<number>"
20767 msgstr "B<size=>I<number>"
20769 #. type: Plain text
20770 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:452
20772 "Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the "
20773 "multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then it"
20774 "\\(cqs interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to "
20775 "device I/O limits."
20777 "パーティションのサイズをセクター数で指定する。 数値には乗数を表すサフィックス"
20778 "を続けることができる (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB)。 その場合、 数"
20779 "値はバイト単位のサイズと解釈され、 サイズがデバイスの I/O リミットに合わせて"
20782 #. type: Plain text
20783 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:455
20784 msgid "B<bootable>"
20785 msgstr "B<bootable>"
20787 #. type: Plain text
20788 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:457
20789 msgid "Mark the partition as bootable."
20790 msgstr "パーティションにブート可能の印をつける。"
20792 #. type: Plain text
20793 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:460
20794 msgid "B<attrs=>I<string>"
20795 msgstr "B<attrs=>I<string>"
20797 #. type: Plain text
20798 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:462
20800 "Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See B<--part-"
20801 "attrs> for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
20803 "パーティションの属性。 普通は、 GPT パーティションの属性ビットである。 GPT-"
20804 "bits ストリングのフォーマットについては、 B<--part-attrs> を参照のこと。 "
20806 #. type: Plain text
20807 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:465
20808 msgid "B<uuid=>I<string>"
20809 msgstr "B<uuid=>I<string>"
20811 #. type: Plain text
20812 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:467
20813 msgid "GPT partition UUID."
20814 msgstr "GPT パーティションの UUID。"
20816 #. type: Plain text
20817 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:470
20818 msgid "B<name=>I<string>"
20819 msgstr "B<name=>I<string>"
20821 #. type: Plain text
20822 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:472
20823 msgid "GPT partition name."
20824 msgstr "GPT パーティションの名前。 "
20826 #. type: Plain text
20827 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:475
20828 msgid "B<type=>I<code>"
20829 msgstr "B<type=>I<code>"
20831 #. type: Plain text
20832 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:477
20834 "A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT "
20835 "partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. type="
20836 "\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields format "
20837 "for more details. For backward compatibility the B<Id=> field has the same "
20840 "MBR パーティションでは (0x を前につけない) 16 進数、 GPT パーティションでは "
20841 "GUID。 フィールド名なしの書式、またはタイプ名 (たとえば type=\"Linux /usr "
20842 "(x86)\") と同様に、 短縮表記も使える。 フィールド名なしの書式についての詳細"
20843 "は、前節を参照のこと。 後方互換のために、 B<Id=> フィールドも同じ意味を持って"
20847 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:478
20849 msgid "EMPTY DISK LABEL"
20852 #. type: Plain text
20853 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:481
20855 "B<sfdisk> does not create partition table without partitions by default. The "
20856 "lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The empty "
20857 "partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: E<lt>nameE<gt>\" "
20858 "script header line without any partitions lines. For example:"
20860 "B<sfdisk> は、 デフォルトではパーティションの存在しないパーティションテーブル"
20861 "を作成しない。 デフォルトでは、 パーティションを記述する行が、 スクリプト中に"
20862 "存在しなければならない。 そこで、 空のパーティションテーブルを作りたかった"
20863 "ら、 それを明示的に要求しなければならない。 すなわち、 スクリプトヘッダー行"
20864 "の \"label: E<lt>nameE<gt>\" を使用して、 パーティションを記述する行を一切指"
20865 "定しないようにする。 たとえば以下のとおり。"
20867 #. type: Plain text
20868 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:485
20869 msgid "B<echo \\(aqlabel: gpt\\(aq | sfdisk /dev/sdb>"
20870 msgstr "B<echo \\(aqlabel: gpt\\(aq | sfdisk /dev/sdb>"
20872 #. type: Plain text
20873 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:490
20875 "creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the B<--append> disables this "
20878 "上記のコマンドは、 空の GPT パーティションテーブルを作成する。 なお、 B<--"
20879 "append> オプションは、 この動作を無効にすることに注意すること。"
20882 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:490
20884 msgid "BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE"
20885 msgstr "パーティションテーブルのバックアップ"
20887 #. type: Plain text
20888 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:493
20890 "It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. B<sfdisk> supports two "
20893 "使用しているデバイスのレイアウトを保存しておくことが推奨される。 B<sfdisk> "
20894 "は 2 種類の方法をサポートしている。"
20896 #. type: Plain text
20897 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:495
20899 "Use the B<--dump> option to save a description of the device layout to a "
20900 "text file. The dump format is suitable for later B<sfdisk> input. For "
20903 "B<--dump> オプションを使えば、 デバイスレイアウトの明細をテキストファイルに保"
20904 "存できる。 このダンプのフォーマットは、 後日 B<sfdisk> の入力に使えるもので"
20905 "ある。 たとえば次のようにする。 "
20907 #. type: Plain text
20908 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:499
20909 msgid "B<sfdisk --dump /dev/sda E<gt> sda.dump>"
20910 msgstr "B<sfdisk --dump /dev/sda E<gt> sda.dump>"
20912 #. type: Plain text
20913 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:504
20914 msgid "This can later be restored by:"
20915 msgstr "保存した状態は、 次のようにして後に復元することができる。"
20917 #. type: Plain text
20918 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:508
20919 msgid "B<sfdisk /dev/sda E<lt> sda.dump>"
20920 msgstr "B<sfdisk /dev/sda E<lt> sda.dump>"
20922 #. type: Plain text
20923 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:513
20925 "If you want to do a full (binary) backup of all sectors where the partition "
20926 "table is stored, then use the B<--backup> option. It writes the sectors to "
20927 "I<~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak> files. The default name of "
20928 "the backup file can be changed with the B<--backup-file> option. The backup "
20929 "files contain only raw data from the I<device>. Note that the same concept "
20930 "of backup files is used by B<wipefs>(8). For example:"
20932 "パーティションテーブルが格納されているセクターすべての完全な (バイナリの) "
20933 "バックアップがしたかったら、 B<--backup> オプションを使用すればよい。 そうす"
20934 "ると、 該当するセクターが I<~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak> "
20935 "といったファイルに書き出される。 バックアップファイルのこのデフォルト名は、 "
20936 "B<--backup-file> オプションで変更することができる。 こうしたバックアップファ"
20937 "イルには、 I<device> にあった raw data しか含まれていない。 ちなみに、 同じ発"
20938 "想のバックアップファイルが、 B<wipefs>(8) でも使われている。 以下にその例を示"
20941 #. type: Plain text
20942 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:517
20943 msgid "B<sfdisk --backup /dev/sda>"
20944 msgstr "B<sfdisk --backup /dev/sda>"
20946 #. type: Plain text
20947 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:522
20948 msgid "The GPT header can later be restored by:"
20949 msgstr "次のようにすれば GPT ヘッダーを後に復元することができる。"
20951 #. type: Plain text
20952 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:527
20954 "dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda \\(rs seek=$0x00000200 bs=1 "
20957 "dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda \\(rs seek=$0x00000200 bs=1 "
20960 #. type: Plain text
20961 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:532
20963 "Note that B<sfdisk> since version 2.26 no longer provides the B<-I> option "
20964 "to restore sectors. B<dd>(1) provides all necessary functionality."
20966 "なお B<sfdisk> は、 バージョン 2.26 以降、 セクターを復元するための B<-I> オ"
20967 "プションを提供していない。 必要な機能はすべて B<dd> コマンドが提供している。 "
20969 #. type: Plain text
20970 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:535
20972 "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file I</etc/terminal-colors.d/"
20975 "自動的なカラー表示は、 I</etc/terminal-colors.d/sfdisk.disable> という空ファ"
20978 #. type: Plain text
20979 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:537
20981 "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5) for more details about colorization "
20982 "configuration. The logical color names supported by B<sfdisk> are:"
20984 "カラー表示の設定についての詳細は、 B<termianl-colors.d>(5) を参照のこと。 "
20985 "B<sfdisk> は、 以下の論理カラー名をサポートしている。 "
20987 #. type: Plain text
20988 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:555
20989 msgid "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
20990 msgstr "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
20992 #. type: Plain text
20993 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:557
20994 msgid "enables B<sfdisk> debug output."
20995 msgstr "B<sfdisk> デバッグ出力を有効にする。"
20997 #. type: Plain text
20998 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:560
20999 msgid "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
21000 msgstr "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
21002 #. type: Plain text
21003 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:581
21005 "Since version 2.26 B<sfdisk> no longer provides the B<-R> or B<--re-read> "
21006 "option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use B<blockdev --"
21007 "rereadpt> instead."
21009 "バージョン 2.26 以降 B<sfdisk> は、 カーネルにパーティションテーブルを再読込"
21010 "させる B<-R> や B<--re-read> オプションを提供していない。 代わりに "
21011 "B<blockdev --rereadpt> を使用すること。"
21013 #. type: Plain text
21014 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:583
21016 "Since version 2.26 B<sfdisk> does not provide the B<--DOS>, B<--IBM>, B<--"
21017 "DOS-extended>, B<--unhide>, B<--show-extended>, B<--cylinders>, B<--heads>, "
21018 "B<--sectors>, B<--inside-outer>, B<--not-inside-outer> options."
21020 "バージョン 2.26 以降 B<sfdisk> は、 以下のオプションを提供していない。 B<--"
21021 "DOS>, B<--IBM>, B<--DOS-extended>, B<--unhide>, B<--show-extended>, B<--"
21022 "cylinders>, B<--heads>, B<--sectors>, B<--inside-outer>, B<--not-inside-"
21025 #. type: Plain text
21026 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:588
21028 "The current B<sfdisk> implementation is based on the original B<sfdisk> from "
21029 "Andries E. Brouwer."
21031 "現在の B<sfdisk> の実装は、 Andries E. Brouwer による最初の B<sfdisk> を元に"
21034 #. type: Plain text
21035 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:595
21036 msgid "B<fdisk>(8), B<cfdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8)"
21037 msgstr "B<fdisk>(8), B<cfdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8)"
21039 #. type: Plain text
21040 #: original/man8/sfdisk.8:602
21042 "The B<sfdisk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
21045 "B<sfdisk> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
21049 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:10
21054 #. type: Plain text
21055 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:32
21056 msgid "sulogin - single-user login"
21059 #. type: Plain text
21060 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:35
21061 msgid "B<sulogin> [options] [I<tty>]"
21062 msgstr "B<sulogin> [options] [I<tty>]"
21064 #. type: Plain text
21065 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:38
21067 "B<sulogin> is invoked by B<init> when the system goes into single-user mode."
21070 #. type: Plain text
21071 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:40
21072 msgid "The user is prompted:"
21075 #. type: Plain text
21076 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:42
21078 "Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal "
21082 #. type: Plain text
21083 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:44
21085 "If the root account is locked and B<--force> is specified, no password is "
21089 #. type: Plain text
21090 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:46
21092 "B<sulogin> will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional "
21093 "I<tty> device that can be specified on the command line (typically I</dev/"
21097 #. type: Plain text
21098 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:48
21100 "When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the "
21101 "prompt, the system will continue to boot."
21104 #. type: Plain text
21105 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:51
21106 msgid "B<-e>, B<--force>"
21107 msgstr "B<-e>, B<--force>"
21109 #. type: Plain text
21110 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:53
21112 "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via "
21113 "B<getpwnam>(3) fails, then examine I</etc/passwd> and I</etc/shadow> to get "
21114 "the password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root "
21115 "account is locked by \\(aq!\\(aq or \\(aq*\\(aq at the begin of the password "
21116 "then B<sulogin> will B<start a root shell without asking for a password>."
21119 #. type: Plain text
21120 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:55
21122 "Only use the B<-e> option if you are sure the console is physically "
21123 "protected against unauthorized access."
21126 #. type: Plain text
21127 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:58
21128 msgid "B<-p>, B<--login-shell>"
21129 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--login-shell>"
21131 #. type: Plain text
21132 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:60
21134 "Specifying this option causes B<sulogin> to start the shell process as a "
21138 #. type: Plain text
21139 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:63
21140 msgid "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<seconds>"
21141 msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<seconds>"
21143 #. type: Plain text
21144 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:65
21146 "Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, "
21147 "B<sulogin> will wait forever."
21150 #. type: Plain text
21151 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:79
21153 "B<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> to "
21154 "determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it "
21155 "will try to execute root\\(cqs shell from I</etc/passwd>. If that fails, it "
21156 "will fall back to I</bin/sh>."
21159 #. type: Plain text
21160 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:82
21162 "B<sulogin> was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg for sysvinit and later "
21163 "ported to util-linux by Dave Reisner and Karel Zak."
21166 #. type: Plain text
21167 #: original/man8/sulogin.8:89
21169 "The B<sulogin> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
21172 "B<sulogin> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
21176 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:10
21181 #. type: Plain text
21182 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:32
21183 msgid "swaplabel - print or change the label or UUID of a swap area"
21184 msgstr "swaplabel - スワップ領域のラベル/UUID の表示または変更"
21186 #. type: Plain text
21187 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:35
21188 msgid "B<swaplabel> [B<-L> I<label>] [B<-U> I<UUID>] I<device>"
21189 msgstr "B<swaplabel> [B<-L> I<label>] [B<-U> I<UUID>] I<device>"
21191 #. type: Plain text
21192 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:38
21194 "B<swaplabel> will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition "
21195 "located on I<device> (or regular file)."
21197 "B<swaplabel> は、 I<device> (または通常ファイル) 上にあるスワップパーティショ"
21198 "ンに対して、 そのラベルまたは UUID の表示または変更を行う。"
21200 #. type: Plain text
21201 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:40
21203 "If the optional arguments B<-L> and B<-U> are not given, B<swaplabel> will "
21204 "simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of I<device>."
21206 "任意の引数 B<-L> と B<-U> が指定されなかった場合、 B<swaplabel> は I<device> "
21207 "における、 その時点でのスワップ領域のラベルと UUID を単に表示するのみである。"
21209 #. type: Plain text
21210 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:42
21212 "If an optional argument is present, then B<swaplabel> will change the "
21213 "appropriate value on I<device>. These values can also be set during swap "
21214 "creation using B<mkswap>(8). The B<swaplabel> utility allows changing the "
21215 "label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
21217 "任意指定の引数が存在する場合、 B<swaplabel> は I<device> 上の所定の値を変更す"
21218 "る。 この値は B<mkswap>(8) によってスワップを生成する際に指定することもでき"
21219 "る。 B<swaplabel> ユーティリティーは、 現在使用中のスワップデバイスに対し"
21220 "て、 そのラベルや UUID を変更することが可能である。"
21222 #. type: Plain text
21223 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:52
21225 "Specify a new I<label> for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most "
21226 "16 characters long. If I<label> is longer than 16 characters, B<swaplabel> "
21227 "will truncate it and print a warning message."
21229 "デバイスに対して新たな I<label> を指定する。 スワップパーティションのラベルの"
21230 "文字数は最大 16 文字である。 I<label> が 16 文字を超える場合、 B<swaplabel> "
21231 "は文字を切り詰めて、 警告メッセージを表示する。"
21233 #. type: Plain text
21234 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:57
21236 "Specify a new I<UUID> for the device. The I<UUID> must be in the standard "
21237 "8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by B<uuidgen>(1)."
21239 "デバイスに対して新たな I<UUID> を指定する。 I<UUID> は標準的な 8-4-4-4-12 文"
21240 "字のフォーマットでなければならない。 たとえばこれは B<uuidgen>(1) によって出"
21243 #. type: Plain text
21244 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:67
21245 msgid "B<swaplabel> was written by"
21246 msgstr "B<swaplabel> の作者は以下である "
21248 #. type: Plain text
21249 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:75
21250 msgid "B<uuidgen>(1), B<mkswap>(8), B<swapon>(8)"
21251 msgstr "B<uuidgen>(1), B<mkswap>(8), B<swapon>(8)"
21253 #. type: Plain text
21254 #: original/man8/swaplabel.8:82
21256 "The B<swaplabel> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
21259 "B<swaplabel> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
21263 #: original/man8/swapon.8:10
21268 #. type: Plain text
21269 #: original/man8/swapon.8:32
21271 "swapon, swapoff - enable/disable devices and files for paging and swapping"
21274 #. type: Plain text
21275 #: original/man8/swapon.8:35
21276 msgid "B<swapon> [options] [I<specialfile>...]"
21277 msgstr "B<swapon> [options] [I<specialfile>...]"
21279 #. type: Plain text
21280 #: original/man8/swapon.8:37
21281 msgid "B<swapoff> [B<-va>] [I<specialfile>...]"
21282 msgstr "B<swapoff> [B<-va>] [I<specialfile>...]"
21284 #. type: Plain text
21285 #: original/man8/swapon.8:40
21287 "B<swapon> is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to "
21291 #. type: Plain text
21292 #: original/man8/swapon.8:42
21294 "The device or file used is given by the I<specialfile> parameter. It may be "
21295 "of the form B<-L> I<label> or B<-U> I<uuid> to indicate a device by label or "
21299 #. type: Plain text
21300 #: original/man8/swapon.8:44
21302 "Calls to B<swapon> normally occur in the system boot scripts making all swap "
21303 "devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved "
21304 "across several devices and files."
21307 #. type: Plain text
21308 #: original/man8/swapon.8:46
21310 "B<swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files. When the B<-"
21311 "a> flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices and files "
21312 "(as found in I</proc/swaps> or I</etc/fstab>)."
21315 #. type: Plain text
21316 #: original/man8/swapon.8:51
21318 "All devices marked as \"swap\" in I</etc/fstab> are made available, except "
21319 "for those with the \"noauto\" option. Devices that are already being used as "
21320 "swap are silently skipped."
21323 #. type: Plain text
21324 #: original/man8/swapon.8:54
21325 msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard>[B<=>I<policy>]"
21326 msgstr "B<-d>, B<--discard>[B<=>I<policy>]"
21328 #. type: Plain text
21329 #: original/man8/swapon.8:56
21331 "Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or "
21332 "trim operation. This may improve performance on some Solid State Devices, "
21333 "but often it does not. The option allows one to select between two available "
21334 "swap discard policies:"
21337 #. type: Plain text
21338 #: original/man8/swapon.8:58
21339 msgid "B<--discard=once>"
21340 msgstr "B<--discard=once>"
21342 #. type: Plain text
21343 #: original/man8/swapon.8:60
21345 "to perform a single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at "
21349 #. type: Plain text
21350 #: original/man8/swapon.8:63
21351 msgid "B<--discard=pages>"
21352 msgstr "B<--discard=pages>"
21354 #. type: Plain text
21355 #: original/man8/swapon.8:65
21357 "to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are available for "
21361 #. type: Plain text
21362 #: original/man8/swapon.8:68
21364 "If no policy is selected, the default behavior is to enable both discard "
21365 "types. The I</etc/fstab> mount options B<discard>, B<discard=once>, or "
21366 "B<discard=pages> may also be used to enable discard flags."
21369 #. type: Plain text
21370 #: original/man8/swapon.8:71
21371 msgid "B<-e>, B<--ifexists>"
21372 msgstr "B<-e>, B<--ifexists>"
21374 #. type: Plain text
21375 #: original/man8/swapon.8:73
21377 "Silently skip devices that do not exist. The I</etc/fstab> mount option "
21378 "B<nofail> may also be used to skip non-existing device."
21381 #. type: Plain text
21382 #: original/man8/swapon.8:76
21383 msgid "B<-f>, B<--fixpgsz>"
21384 msgstr "B<-f>, B<--fixpgsz>"
21386 #. type: Plain text
21387 #: original/man8/swapon.8:78
21389 "Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match "
21390 "that of the current running kernel. B<mkswap>(8) initializes the whole "
21391 "device and does not check for bad blocks."
21394 #. type: Plain text
21395 #: original/man8/swapon.8:86
21396 msgid "B<-L> I<label>"
21397 msgstr "B<-L> I<label>"
21399 #. type: Plain text
21400 #: original/man8/swapon.8:88
21402 "Use the partition that has the specified I<label>. (For this, access to I</"
21403 "proc/partitions> is needed.)"
21405 "指定された I<label> を持つパーティションを用いる。 (そのため I</proc/"
21406 "partitions> へのアクセスが必要である。)"
21408 #. type: Plain text
21409 #: original/man8/swapon.8:93
21411 "Specify swap options by an fstab-compatible comma-separated string. For "
21415 #. type: Plain text
21416 #: original/man8/swapon.8:95
21417 msgid "B<swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2>"
21418 msgstr "B<swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2>"
21420 #. type: Plain text
21421 #: original/man8/swapon.8:97
21423 "The I<opts> string is evaluated last and overrides all other command line "
21427 #. type: Plain text
21428 #: original/man8/swapon.8:100
21429 msgid "B<-p>, B<--priority> I<priority>"
21430 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--priority> I<priority>"
21432 #. type: Plain text
21433 #: original/man8/swapon.8:102
21435 "Specify the priority of the swap device. I<priority> is a value between -1 "
21436 "and 32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See B<swapon>(2) for a "
21437 "full description of swap priorities. Add B<pri=>I<value> to the option field "
21438 "of I</etc/fstab> for use with B<swapon -a>. When no priority is defined, it "
21442 #. type: Plain text
21443 #: original/man8/swapon.8:105
21444 msgid "B<-s>, B<--summary>"
21445 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--summary>"
21447 #. type: Plain text
21448 #: original/man8/swapon.8:107
21450 "Display swap usage summary by device. Equivalent to B<cat /proc/swaps>. This "
21451 "output format is DEPRECATED in favour of B<--show> that provides better "
21452 "control on output data."
21455 #. type: Plain text
21456 #: original/man8/swapon.8:110
21457 msgid "B<--show>[B<=>I<column>...]"
21458 msgstr "B<--show>[B<=>I<column>...]"
21460 #. type: Plain text
21461 #: original/man8/swapon.8:112
21463 "Display a definable table of swap areas. See the B<--help> output for a list "
21464 "of available columns."
21467 #. type: Plain text
21468 #: original/man8/swapon.8:120
21469 msgid "B<--noheadings>"
21470 msgstr "B<--noheadings>"
21472 #. type: Plain text
21473 #: original/man8/swapon.8:122
21474 msgid "Do not print headings when displaying B<--show> output."
21475 msgstr "B<--show> による出力を表示する際に、 ヘッダー行を表示しない。"
21477 #. type: Plain text
21478 #: original/man8/swapon.8:127
21479 msgid "Display B<--show> output without aligning table columns."
21482 #. type: Plain text
21483 #: original/man8/swapon.8:130
21485 msgstr "B<--bytes>"
21487 #. type: Plain text
21488 #: original/man8/swapon.8:132
21490 "Display swap size in bytes in B<--show> output instead of in user-friendly "
21494 #. type: Plain text
21495 #: original/man8/swapon.8:135
21496 msgid "B<-U> I<uuid>"
21497 msgstr "B<-U> I<uuid>"
21499 #. type: Plain text
21500 #: original/man8/swapon.8:137
21501 msgid "Use the partition that has the specified I<uuid>."
21502 msgstr "指定された I<uuid> を持つパーティションを用いる。"
21504 #. type: Plain text
21505 #: original/man8/swapon.8:151
21506 msgid "B<swapoff> has the following exit status values since v2.36:"
21509 #. type: Plain text
21510 #: original/man8/swapon.8:160
21511 msgid "system has insufficient memory to stop swapping (OOM)"
21514 #. type: Plain text
21515 #: original/man8/swapon.8:165
21516 msgid "swapoff syscall failed for another reason"
21519 #. type: Plain text
21520 #: original/man8/swapon.8:170
21521 msgid "non-swapoff syscall system error (out of memory, ...)"
21524 #. type: Plain text
21525 #: original/man8/swapon.8:175
21526 msgid "usage or syntax error"
21529 #. type: Plain text
21530 #: original/man8/swapon.8:180
21531 msgid "all swapoff failed on B<--all>"
21534 #. type: Plain text
21535 #: original/man8/swapon.8:185
21536 msgid "some swapoff succeeded on B<--all>"
21539 #. type: Plain text
21540 #: original/man8/swapon.8:188
21542 "The command B<swapoff --all> returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or "
21543 "64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
21546 #. type: Plain text
21547 #: original/man8/swapon.8:191
21549 "+ The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means "
21550 "success in all versions."
21553 #. type: Plain text
21554 #: original/man8/swapon.8:205
21555 msgid "I</dev/sd??>"
21556 msgstr "I</dev/sd??>"
21558 #. type: Plain text
21559 #: original/man8/swapon.8:207
21560 msgid "standard paging devices"
21563 #. type: Plain text
21564 #: original/man8/swapon.8:212
21565 msgid "ascii filesystem description table"
21569 #: original/man8/swapon.8:214
21571 msgid "Files with holes"
21574 #. type: Plain text
21575 #: original/man8/swapon.8:217
21577 "The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to "
21578 "the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem. This is a "
21579 "problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like "
21583 #. type: Plain text
21584 #: original/man8/swapon.8:219
21586 "Commands like B<cp>(1) or B<truncate>(1) create files with holes. These "
21587 "files will be rejected by B<swapon>."
21590 #. type: Plain text
21591 #: original/man8/swapon.8:221
21593 "Preallocated files created by B<fallocate>(1) may be interpreted as files "
21594 "with holes too depending of the filesystem. Preallocated swap files are "
21595 "supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
21598 #. type: Plain text
21599 #: original/man8/swapon.8:223
21601 "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use B<dd>(1) and I</"
21606 #: original/man8/swapon.8:223
21611 #. type: Plain text
21612 #: original/man8/swapon.8:226
21614 "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with nocow "
21615 "attribute. See the B<btrfs>(5) manual page for more details."
21619 #: original/man8/swapon.8:226
21624 #. type: Plain text
21625 #: original/man8/swapon.8:229
21626 msgid "Swap over B<NFS> may not work."
21630 #: original/man8/swapon.8:229
21635 #. type: Plain text
21636 #: original/man8/swapon.8:232
21638 "B<swapon> automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with old "
21639 "software suspend data (e.g., S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, ...). The problem is that "
21640 "if we don\\(cqt do it, then we get data corruption the next time an attempt "
21641 "at unsuspending is made."
21644 #. type: Plain text
21645 #: original/man8/swapon.8:235
21646 msgid "The B<swapon> command appeared in 4.0BSD."
21647 msgstr "B<swapon> コマンドは 4.0BSD から登場した。 "
21649 #. type: Plain text
21650 #: original/man8/swapon.8:245
21652 "B<swapoff>(2), B<swapon>(2), B<fstab>(5), B<init>(8), B<fallocate>(1), "
21653 "B<mkswap>(8), B<mount>(8), B<rc>(8)"
21655 "B<swapoff>(2), B<swapon>(2), B<fstab>(5), B<init>(8), B<fallocate>(1), "
21656 "B<mkswap>(8), B<mount>(8), B<rc>(8)"
21658 #. type: Plain text
21659 #: original/man8/swapon.8:252
21661 "The B<swapon> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
21664 "B<swapon> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
21668 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:10
21670 msgid "SWITCH_ROOT"
21671 msgstr "SWITCH_ROOT"
21673 #. type: Plain text
21674 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:32
21676 "switch_root - switch to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree"
21679 #. type: Plain text
21680 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:35
21681 msgid "B<switch_root> [B<-hV>]"
21682 msgstr "B<switch_root> [B<-hV>]"
21684 #. type: Plain text
21685 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:37
21686 msgid "B<switch_root> I<newroot init> [I<arg>...]"
21687 msgstr "B<switch_root> I<newroot init> [I<arg>...]"
21689 #. type: Plain text
21690 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:40
21692 "B<switch_root> moves already mounted I</proc>, I</dev>, I</sys> and I</run> "
21693 "to I<newroot> and makes I<newroot> the new root filesystem and starts "
21697 #. type: Plain text
21698 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:42
21700 "B<WARNING: switch_root removes recursively all files and directories on the "
21701 "current root filesystem.>"
21704 #. type: Plain text
21705 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:45
21706 msgid "B<-h, --help>"
21707 msgstr "B<-h, --help>"
21709 #. type: Plain text
21710 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:50
21711 msgid "B<-V, --version>"
21712 msgstr "B<-V, --version>"
21714 #. type: Plain text
21715 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:56
21716 msgid "B<switch_root> returns 0 on success and 1 on failure."
21717 msgstr "B<switch_root> は、 処理成功時に 0、 失敗時に 1 を返す。"
21719 #. type: Plain text
21720 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:59
21722 "B<switch_root> will fail to function if I<newroot> is not the root of a "
21723 "mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet this "
21724 "requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn any "
21725 "directory into a mount point:"
21728 #. type: Plain text
21729 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:64
21731 msgid "mount --bind $DIR $DIR\n"
21732 msgstr "mount --bind $DIR $DIR\n"
21734 #. type: Plain text
21735 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:78
21736 msgid "B<chroot>(2), B<init>(8), B<mkinitrd>(8), B<mount>(8)"
21737 msgstr "B<chroot>(2), B<init>(8), B<mkinitrd>(8), B<mount>(8)"
21739 #. type: Plain text
21740 #: original/man8/switch_root.8:85
21742 "The B<switch_root> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
21745 "B<switch_root> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
21749 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:10
21754 #. type: Plain text
21755 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:32
21756 msgid "tunelp - set various parameters for the lp device"
21759 #. type: Plain text
21760 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:35
21761 msgid "B<tunelp> [options] I<device>"
21762 msgstr "B<tunelp> [options] I<device>"
21764 #. type: Plain text
21765 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:38
21767 "B<tunelp> sets several parameters for the /dev/lpI<?> devices, for better "
21768 "performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won\\(cqt work "
21769 "without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using "
21770 "interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device "
21771 "characteristics accordingly."
21774 #. type: Plain text
21775 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:41
21776 msgid "B<-i>, B<--irq> I<argument>"
21777 msgstr "B<-i>, B<--irq> I<argument>"
21779 #. type: Plain text
21780 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:43
21782 "specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set "
21783 "to something non-zero, B<-t> and B<-c> have no effect. If your port does not "
21784 "use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command B<tunelp -i "
21785 "0> restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should "
21786 "work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven "
21787 "printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be "
21791 #. type: Plain text
21792 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:45
21794 "B<NOTE>: This option will have no effect with kernel 2.1.131 or later since "
21795 "the irq is handled by the parport driver. You can change the parport irq for "
21796 "example via I</proc/parport/*/irq>. Read I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/"
21797 "admin-guide/parport.rst> for more details on parport."
21800 #. type: Plain text
21801 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:48
21802 msgid "B<-t>, B<--time> I<milliseconds>"
21803 msgstr "B<-t>, B<--time> I<milliseconds>"
21805 #. type: Plain text
21806 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:50
21808 "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer doesn"
21809 "\\(cqt take a character for the number of tries dictated by the B<-c> "
21810 "parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, "
21811 "and don\\(cqt care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don"
21812 "\\(cqt care how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow "
21813 "printer with a buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give "
21814 "you very low system load. This value generally should be lower for printing "
21815 "graphics than text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance."
21818 #. type: Plain text
21819 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:53
21820 msgid "B<-c>, B<--chars> I<characters>"
21821 msgstr "B<-c>, B<--chars> I<characters>"
21823 #. type: Plain text
21824 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:55
21826 "is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before "
21827 "sleeping for B<-t> I<TIME>. It is the number of times around a loop that "
21828 "tries to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for "
21829 "most printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are some "
21830 "printers that become jerky otherwise, but you I<must> set this to "
21831 "\\(aq1\\(aq to handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using "
21832 "interrupts. If you have a very fast printer, a value of 10 might make more "
21833 "sense even if in polling mode. If you have a I<really> old printer, you can "
21834 "increase this further."
21837 #. type: Plain text
21838 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:57
21840 "Setting B<-t> I<TIME> to 0 is equivalent to setting B<-c> I<CHARS> to "
21844 #. type: Plain text
21845 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:60
21846 msgid "B<-w>, B<--wait> I<milliseconds>"
21847 msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wait> I<milliseconds>"
21849 #. type: Plain text
21850 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:62
21852 "is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While "
21853 "most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some "
21854 "printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may make it "
21855 "possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use "
21856 "longer cables. It\\(cqs also possible to decrease this value to 0 if your "
21857 "printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
21860 #. type: Plain text
21861 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:65
21862 msgid "B<-a>, B<--abort> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"
21863 msgstr "B<-a>, B<--abort> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"
21865 #. type: Plain text
21866 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:67
21868 "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you "
21869 "are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error "
21870 "and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you "
21871 "aren\\(cqt, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the "
21872 "printer isn\\(cqt ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice "
21876 #. type: Plain text
21877 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:70
21878 msgid "B<-o>, B<--check-status> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"
21879 msgstr "B<-o>, B<--check-status> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"
21881 #. type: Plain text
21882 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:72
21884 "This option is much like B<-a>. It makes any B<open>(2) of this device check "
21885 "to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or "
21886 "other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of B<lpd>."
21889 #. type: Plain text
21890 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:75
21891 msgid "B<-C>, B<--careful> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"
21892 msgstr "B<-C>, B<--careful> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"
21894 #. type: Plain text
21895 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:77
21897 "This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is on, "
21898 "the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not reporting "
21899 "any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is particularly "
21900 "useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when turned off."
21903 #. type: Plain text
21904 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:79
21906 "B<NOTE>: This option is obsolete because it\\(cqs the default in 2.1.131 "
21910 #. type: Plain text
21911 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:82
21912 msgid "B<-s>, B<--status>"
21913 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--status>"
21915 #. type: Plain text
21916 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:84
21918 "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number "
21919 "from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, "
21920 "B<-q> off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied."
21923 #. type: Plain text
21924 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:89
21926 "This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of 1.1.80 or "
21930 #. type: Plain text
21931 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:92
21932 msgid "B<-q>, B<--print-irq> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"
21933 msgstr "B<-q>, B<--print-irq> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"
21935 #. type: Plain text
21936 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:94
21937 msgid "This option sets printing the display of the current IRQ setting."
21940 #. type: Plain text
21941 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:99
21942 msgid "I</dev/lp?>, I</proc/parport/*/*>"
21943 msgstr "I</dev/lp?>, I</proc/parport/*/*>"
21945 #. type: Plain text
21946 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:102
21948 "B<-o>, B<-C>, and B<-s> all require a Linux kernel version of 1.1.76 or "
21952 #. type: Plain text
21953 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:104
21954 msgid "B<-C> requires a Linux version prior to 2.1.131."
21957 #. type: Plain text
21958 #: original/man8/tunelp.8:111
21960 "The B<tunelp> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
21963 "B<tunelp> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
21967 #: original/man8/umount.8:10
21972 #. type: Plain text
21973 #: original/man8/umount.8:32
21974 msgid "umount - unmount filesystems"
21975 msgstr "umount - ファイルシステムをアンマウントする"
21977 #. type: Plain text
21978 #: original/man8/umount.8:35
21979 msgid "B<umount> B<-a> [B<-dflnrv>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<option>...]"
21980 msgstr "B<umount> B<-a> [B<-dflnrv>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<option>...]"
21982 #. type: Plain text
21983 #: original/man8/umount.8:37
21984 msgid "B<umount> [B<-dflnrv>] {I<directory>|I<device>}"
21985 msgstr "B<umount> [B<-dflnrv>] {I<directory>|I<device>}"
21987 #. type: Plain text
21988 #: original/man8/umount.8:39
21989 msgid "B<umount> B<-h>|B<-V>"
21990 msgstr "B<umount> B<-h>|B<-V>"
21992 #. type: Plain text
21993 #: original/man8/umount.8:42
21995 "The B<umount> command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file "
21996 "hierarchy. A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it has "
21997 "been mounted. Giving the special device on which the filesystem lives may "
21998 "also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case this device "
21999 "was mounted on more than one directory."
22002 #. type: Plain text
22003 #: original/man8/umount.8:44
22005 "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is \\(aqbusy\\(aq - for "
22006 "example, when there are open files on it, or when some process has its "
22007 "working directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The offending "
22008 "process could even be B<umount> itself - it opens libc, and libc in its turn "
22009 "may open for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids this problem, but "
22010 "it may introduce other issues. See B<--lazy> description below."
22013 #. type: Plain text
22014 #: original/man8/umount.8:49
22016 "All of the filesystems described in I</proc/self/mountinfo> (or in "
22017 "deprecated I</etc/mtab>) are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, "
22018 "sysfs, rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may be "
22019 "replaced by B<--types> umount option."
22022 #. type: Plain text
22023 #: original/man8/umount.8:52
22024 msgid "B<-A>, B<--all-targets>"
22025 msgstr "B<-A>, B<--all-targets>"
22027 #. type: Plain text
22028 #: original/man8/umount.8:54
22030 "Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified "
22031 "filesystem. The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or the "
22032 "device name (or UUID, etc.). When this option is used together with B<--"
22033 "recursive>, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are recursively "
22034 "unmounted. This option is only supported on systems where I</etc/mtab> is a "
22035 "symlink to I</proc/mounts>."
22038 #. type: Plain text
22039 #: original/man8/umount.8:59
22041 "Do not canonicalize paths. The paths canonicalization is based on B<stat>(2) "
22042 "and B<readlink>(2) system calls. These system calls may hang in some cases "
22043 "(for example on NFS if server is not available). The option has to be used "
22044 "with canonical path to the mount point."
22047 #. type: Plain text
22048 #: original/man8/umount.8:61
22049 msgid "This option is silently ignored by B<umount> for non-root users."
22052 #. type: Plain text
22053 #: original/man8/umount.8:63
22055 "For more details about this option see the B<mount>(8) man page. Note that "
22056 "B<umount> does not pass this option to the B</sbin/umount.>I<type> helpers."
22059 #. type: Plain text
22060 #: original/man8/umount.8:66
22061 msgid "B<-d>, B<--detach-loop>"
22062 msgstr "B<-d>, B<--detach-loop>"
22064 #. type: Plain text
22065 #: original/man8/umount.8:68
22067 "When the unmounted device was a loop device, also free this loop device. "
22068 "This option is unnecessary for devices initialized by B<mount>(8), in this "
22069 "case \"autoclear\" functionality is enabled by default."
22072 #. type: Plain text
22073 #: original/man8/umount.8:71
22077 #. type: Plain text
22078 #: original/man8/umount.8:73
22080 "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount "
22081 "helper execution; this \\(aqfakes\\(aq unmounting the filesystem. It can be "
22082 "used to remove entries from the deprecated I</etc/mtab> that were unmounted "
22083 "earlier with the B<-n> option."
22086 #. type: Plain text
22087 #: original/man8/umount.8:78
22088 msgid "Force an unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system)."
22091 #. type: Plain text
22092 #: original/man8/umount.8:80
22094 "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not hang. "
22095 "It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to "
22096 "avoid unwanted readlink and stat system calls on unreachable NFS in "
22100 #. type: Plain text
22101 #: original/man8/umount.8:83
22102 msgid "B<-i>, B<--internal-only>"
22103 msgstr "B<-i>, B<--internal-only>"
22105 #. type: Plain text
22106 #: original/man8/umount.8:85
22108 "Do not call the B</sbin/umount.>I<filesystem> helper even if it exists. By "
22109 "default such a helper program is called if it exists."
22112 #. type: Plain text
22113 #: original/man8/umount.8:88
22114 msgid "B<-l>, B<--lazy>"
22115 msgstr "B<-l>, B<--lazy>"
22117 #. type: Plain text
22118 #: original/man8/umount.8:90
22120 "Lazy unmount. Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and clean "
22121 "up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy anymore."
22124 #. type: Plain text
22125 #: original/man8/umount.8:92
22127 "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you\\(cqre going to use "
22128 "this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. The "
22129 "recommended use-case for B<umount -l> is to prevent hangs on shutdown due to "
22130 "an unreachable network share where a normal umount will hang due to a downed "
22131 "server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not be possible."
22134 #. type: Plain text
22135 #: original/man8/umount.8:97
22137 "Perform umount in the mount namespace specified by I<ns>. I<ns> is either "
22138 "PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that "
22142 #. type: Plain text
22143 #: original/man8/umount.8:99
22145 "B<umount> switches to the namespace when it reads I</etc/fstab>, writes I</"
22146 "etc/mtab> (or writes to I</run/mount>) and calls B<umount>(2) system call, "
22147 "otherwise it runs in the original namespace. It means that the target mount "
22148 "namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements "
22149 "necessary to execute B<umount>(2) command."
22152 #. type: Plain text
22153 #: original/man8/umount.8:106
22154 msgid "Unmount without writing in I</etc/mtab>."
22155 msgstr "I</etc/mtab> への書き込みを行わずにアンマウントする。"
22157 #. type: Plain text
22158 #: original/man8/umount.8:109
22159 msgid "B<-O>, B<--test-opts> I<option>..."
22160 msgstr "B<-O>, B<--test-opts> I<option>..."
22162 #. type: Plain text
22163 #: original/man8/umount.8:111
22165 "Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in I</etc/"
22166 "fstab>. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. "
22167 "Each option can be prefixed with B<no> to indicate that no action should be "
22168 "taken for this option."
22170 "指定されたオプションが I</etc/fstab> において設定されている場合に、 そのよう"
22171 "なファイルシステムのみをアンマウントする。複数オプションを指定するには、 カン"
22172 "マで区切ったリストとする。 各オプションには、 プレフィックスとして B<no> をつ"
22173 "けることができる。 その場合には、そのオプションに対してアクションを行わないこ"
22176 #. type: Plain text
22177 #: original/man8/umount.8:116
22178 msgid "Suppress \"not mounted\" error messages."
22179 msgstr "「マウントされていない」というメッセージを出力しない。 "
22181 #. type: Plain text
22182 #: original/man8/umount.8:119
22183 msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
22184 msgstr "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
22186 #. type: Plain text
22187 #: original/man8/umount.8:121
22189 "Recursively unmount each specified directory. Recursion for each directory "
22190 "will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any reason. The "
22191 "relationship between mountpoints is determined by I</proc/self/mountinfo> "
22192 "entries. The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint path; a recursive "
22193 "unmount by device name (or UUID) is unsupported. Since version 2.37 it "
22194 "umounts also all over-mounted filesystems (more filesystems on the same "
22198 #. type: Plain text
22199 #: original/man8/umount.8:126
22200 msgid "When an unmount fails, try to remount the filesystem read-only."
22203 #. type: Plain text
22204 #: original/man8/umount.8:129
22205 msgid "B<-t>, B<--types> I<type>..."
22206 msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<type>..."
22208 #. type: Plain text
22209 #: original/man8/umount.8:131
22211 "Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the "
22212 "specified I<type>. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated "
22213 "list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with B<no> to indicate "
22214 "that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned types. Note that "
22215 "B<umount> reads information about mounted filesystems from kernel (I</proc/"
22216 "mounts>) and filesystem names may be different than filesystem names used in "
22217 "the I</etc/fstab> (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
22221 #: original/man8/umount.8:147
22223 msgid "NON-SUPERUSER UMOUNTS"
22226 #. type: Plain text
22227 #: original/man8/umount.8:150
22229 "Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems. However, when I<fstab> "
22230 "contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can umount the corresponding "
22231 "filesystem. For more details see B<mount>(8) man page."
22234 #. type: Plain text
22235 #: original/man8/umount.8:152
22237 "Since version 2.34 the B<umount> command can be used to perform umount "
22238 "operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user"
22239 "\\(cqs ID. In this case fstab B<user=> mount option is not required."
22242 #. type: Plain text
22243 #: original/man8/umount.8:154
22245 "Since version 2.35 B<umount> command does not exit when user permissions are "
22246 "inadequate by internal libmount security rules. It drops suid permissions "
22247 "and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to support use-cases "
22248 "where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user "
22249 "namespaces, etc)."
22253 #: original/man8/umount.8:154
22255 msgid "LOOP DEVICE"
22258 #. type: Plain text
22259 #: original/man8/umount.8:157
22261 "The B<umount> command will automatically detach loop device previously "
22262 "initialized by B<mount>(8) command independently of I</etc/mtab>."
22265 #. type: Plain text
22266 #: original/man8/umount.8:159
22268 "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
22269 "B<losetup>(8) output for more details), otherwise it\\(cqs necessary to use "
22270 "the option B<--detach-loop> or call B<losetup -d E<lt>deviceE<gt>>. The "
22271 "autoclear feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
22274 #. type: Plain text
22275 #: original/man8/umount.8:162
22276 msgid "The syntax of external unmount helpers is:"
22279 #. type: Plain text
22280 #: original/man8/umount.8:166
22282 "B<umount.>I<suffix> {I<directory>|I<device>} [B<-flnrv>] [B<-N> "
22283 "I<namespace>] [B<-t> I<type>.I<subtype>]"
22285 "B<umount.>I<suffix> {I<directory>|I<device>} [B<-flnrv>] [B<-N> "
22286 "I<namespace>] [B<-t> I<type>.I<subtype>]"
22288 #. type: Plain text
22289 #: original/man8/umount.8:171
22291 "where I<suffix> is the filesystem type (or the value from a B<uhelper=> or "
22292 "B<helper=> marker in the mtab file). The B<-t> option can be used for "
22293 "filesystems that have subtype support. For example:"
22296 #. type: Plain text
22297 #: original/man8/umount.8:175
22298 msgid "B<umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs>"
22299 msgstr "B<umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs>"
22301 #. type: Plain text
22302 #: original/man8/umount.8:180
22304 "A B<uhelper=>I<something> marker (unprivileged helper) can appear in the I</"
22305 "etc/mtab> file when ordinary users need to be able to unmount a mountpoint "
22306 "that is not defined in I</etc/fstab> (for example for a device that was "
22307 "mounted by B<udisks>(1))."
22310 #. type: Plain text
22311 #: original/man8/umount.8:182
22313 "A B<helper=>I<type> marker in the mtab file will redirect all unmount "
22314 "requests to the B</sbin/umount.>I<type> helper independently of UID."
22317 #. type: Plain text
22318 #: original/man8/umount.8:184
22320 "Note that I</etc/mtab> is currently deprecated and B<helper=> and other "
22321 "userspace mount options are maintained by libmount."
22324 #. type: Plain text
22325 #: original/man8/umount.8:189
22326 msgid "overrides the default location of the fstab file (ignored for suid)"
22329 #. type: Plain text
22330 #: original/man8/umount.8:194
22331 msgid "overrides the default location of the mtab file (ignored for suid)"
22334 #. type: Plain text
22335 #: original/man8/umount.8:199
22336 msgid "enables B<libmount> debug output"
22337 msgstr "B<libmount> デバッグ出力を有効にする。"
22339 #. type: Plain text
22340 #: original/man8/umount.8:205
22342 "table of mounted filesystems (deprecated and usually replaced by symlink to "
22346 #. type: Plain text
22347 #: original/man8/umount.8:210
22348 msgid "table of known filesystems"
22351 #. type: Plain text
22352 #: original/man8/umount.8:213
22353 msgid "I</proc/self/mountinfo>"
22354 msgstr "I</proc/self/mountinfo>"
22356 #. type: Plain text
22357 #: original/man8/umount.8:215
22358 msgid "table of mounted filesystems generated by kernel."
22359 msgstr "マウントされているファイルシステムの一覧。"
22361 #. type: Plain text
22362 #: original/man8/umount.8:219
22363 msgid "A B<umount> command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
22364 msgstr "B<umount> コマンドは Version 6 の AT&T UNIX から導入された。"
22366 #. type: Plain text
22367 #: original/man8/umount.8:225
22368 msgid "B<umount>(2), B<losetup>(8), B<mount_namespaces>(7), B<mount>(8)"
22369 msgstr "B<umount>(2), B<losetup>(8), B<mount_namespaces>(7), B<mount>(8)"
22371 #. type: Plain text
22372 #: original/man8/umount.8:232
22374 "The B<umount> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
22377 "B<umount> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
22381 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:10
22386 #. type: Plain text
22387 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:32
22388 msgid "uuidd - UUID generation daemon"
22389 msgstr "uuidd - UUID 生成デーモン"
22391 #. type: Plain text
22392 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:35
22393 msgid "B<uuidd> [options]"
22394 msgstr "B<uuidd> [options]"
22396 #. type: Plain text
22397 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:38
22399 "The B<uuidd> daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally "
22400 "unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and "
22401 "guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads "
22402 "running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs."
22405 #. type: Plain text
22406 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:43
22408 "Run uuidd in debugging mode. This prevents uuidd from running as a daemon."
22411 #. type: Plain text
22412 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:46
22413 msgid "B<-F>, B<--no-fork>"
22414 msgstr "B<-F>, B<--no-fork>"
22416 #. type: Plain text
22417 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:48
22418 msgid "Do not daemonize using a double-fork."
22421 #. type: Plain text
22422 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:51
22423 msgid "B<-k>, B<--kill>"
22424 msgstr "B<-k>, B<--kill>"
22426 #. type: Plain text
22427 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:53
22428 msgid "If currently a uuidd daemon is running, kill it."
22431 #. type: Plain text
22432 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:56
22433 msgid "B<-n>, B<--uuids> I<number>"
22434 msgstr "B<-n>, B<--uuids> I<number>"
22436 #. type: Plain text
22437 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:58
22439 "When issuing a test request to a running B<uuidd>, request a bulk response "
22440 "of I<number> UUIDs."
22443 #. type: Plain text
22444 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:61
22445 msgid "B<-P>, B<--no-pid>"
22446 msgstr "B<-P>, B<--no-pid>"
22448 #. type: Plain text
22449 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:63
22450 msgid "Do not create a pid file."
22451 msgstr "pid ファイルを生成しない。 "
22453 #. type: Plain text
22454 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:66
22455 msgid "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<path>"
22456 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<path>"
22458 #. type: Plain text
22459 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:68
22461 "Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the "
22462 "pid file is written to I<{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid>."
22465 #. type: Plain text
22466 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:73
22467 msgid "Suppress some failure messages."
22468 msgstr "失敗を表す一部のメッセージを出力しない。 "
22470 #. type: Plain text
22471 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:76
22472 msgid "B<-r>, B<--random>"
22473 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--random>"
22475 #. type: Plain text
22476 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:78
22478 "Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to "
22479 "return a random-based UUID."
22482 #. type: Plain text
22483 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:81
22484 msgid "B<-S>, B<--socket-activation>"
22485 msgstr "B<-S>, B<--socket-activation>"
22487 #. type: Plain text
22488 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:83
22490 "Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling "
22491 "process. This implies B<--no-fork> and B<--no-pid>. This option is intended "
22492 "to be used only with B<systemd>(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure "
22496 #. type: Plain text
22497 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:86
22498 msgid "B<-s>, B<--socket> I<path>"
22499 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--socket> I<path>"
22501 #. type: Plain text
22502 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:88
22504 "Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the "
22505 "pathname used is I<{runstatedir}/uuidd/request>. This option is primarily "
22506 "for debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the B<libuuid> "
22510 #. type: Plain text
22511 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:91
22512 msgid "B<-T>, B<--timeout> I<number>"
22513 msgstr "B<-T>, B<--timeout> I<number>"
22515 #. type: Plain text
22516 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:93
22517 msgid "Make B<uuidd> exit after I<number> seconds of inactivity."
22520 #. type: Plain text
22521 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:96
22522 msgid "B<-t>, B<--time>"
22523 msgstr "B<-t>, B<--time>"
22525 #. type: Plain text
22526 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:98
22528 "Test B<uuidd> by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it "
22529 "to return a time-based UUID."
22532 #. type: Plain text
22533 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:103
22534 msgid "Output version information and exit."
22535 msgstr "バージョン情報を表示して終了する。"
22537 #. type: Plain text
22538 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:108
22539 msgid "Display help screen and exit."
22540 msgstr "ヘルプ画面を表示して終了する。"
22542 #. type: Plain text
22543 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:112
22544 msgid "Start up a daemon, print 42 random keys, and then stop the daemon:"
22545 msgstr "デーモンを起動し、 42 個の乱数キーを表示して、 デーモンを終了する。 "
22547 #. type: Plain text
22548 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:119
22551 "uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
22552 "uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
22553 "uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
22555 "uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
22556 "uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
22557 "uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
22560 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:122
22565 #. type: Plain text
22566 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:125
22567 msgid "The B<uuidd> daemon was written by"
22568 msgstr "B<uuidd> デーモンを書いたのは、"
22570 #. type: Plain text
22571 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:130
22572 msgid "B<uuid>(3), B<uuidgen>(1)"
22573 msgstr "B<uuid>(3), B<uuidgen>(1)"
22575 #. type: Plain text
22576 #: original/man8/uuidd.8:137
22578 "The B<uuidd> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
22581 "B<uuidd> コマンドは、 util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
22585 #: original/man8/vipw.8:10
22590 #. type: Plain text
22591 #: original/man8/vipw.8:32
22592 msgid "vipw, vigr - edit the password or group file"
22593 msgstr "vipw, vigr - パスワードファイル、グループファイルを編集する"
22595 #. type: Plain text
22596 #: original/man8/vipw.8:35
22597 msgid "B<vipw> [options]"
22598 msgstr "B<vipw> [options]"
22600 #. type: Plain text
22601 #: original/man8/vipw.8:37
22602 msgid "B<vigr> [options]"
22603 msgstr "B<vigr> [options]"
22605 #. type: Plain text
22606 #: original/man8/vipw.8:40
22608 "B<vipw> edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and "
22609 "does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the "
22610 "password file is already locked for editing by another user, B<vipw> will "
22611 "ask you to try again later. The default editor for B<vipw> and B<vigr> is "
22612 "B<vi>(1). B<vigr> edits the group file in the same manner as B<vipw> does "
22615 "B<vipw> はパスワードファイルを編集するものであり、 事前に適切なファイルロック"
22616 "を行う。 またパスワードファイルのロックを解除する際に、 必要となる処理を行"
22617 "う。 パスワードファイルが、 他ユーザーの編集によってロックされている場合、 "
22618 "B<vipw> は、 後で実行するように指示する。 B<vipw> と B<vigr> におけるデフォル"
22619 "トエディターは B<vi>(1) である。 B<vipw> が passwd ファイルを編集することと同"
22620 "じように、 B<vigr> はグループファイルを編集する。 "
22622 #. type: Plain text
22623 #: original/man8/vipw.8:43
22625 "If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by B<vipw> "
22627 msgstr "以下の環境変数が存在している場合、 B<vipw> と B<vigr> が利用する。 "
22629 #. type: Plain text
22630 #: original/man8/vipw.8:45
22634 #. type: Plain text
22635 #: original/man8/vipw.8:47
22637 "The editor specified by the string B<EDITOR> will be invoked instead of the "
22638 "default editor B<vi>(1)."
22640 "起動するエディターを、 デフォルトエディターである B<vi>(1) ではなく、 "
22641 "B<EDITOR> の文字列により指定されるものとする。 "
22643 #. type: Plain text
22644 #: original/man8/vipw.8:51
22646 "The B<vipw> command appeared in 4.0BSD. The B<vigr> command appeared in Util-"
22649 "B<vipw> コマンドは 4.0BSD から登場した。 B<vigr> コマンドは Util-Linux 2.6 か"
22652 #. type: Plain text
22653 #: original/man8/vipw.8:57
22654 msgid "B<vi>(1), B<passwd>(1), B<flock>(2), B<passwd>(5)"
22655 msgstr "B<vi>(1), B<passwd>(1), B<flock>(2), B<passwd>(5)"
22657 #. type: Plain text
22658 #: original/man8/vipw.8:60
22660 "The B<vigr> and B<vipw> commands are part of the util-linux package and are "
22663 "B<vigr> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロードで"
22667 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:10
22672 #. type: Plain text
22673 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:32
22674 msgid "wdctl - show hardware watchdog status"
22675 msgstr "wdctl - ハードウェアのウォッチドッグ (watchdog) の状態を表示する"
22677 #. type: Plain text
22678 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:35
22679 msgid "B<wdctl> [options] [I<device>...]"
22680 msgstr "B<wdctl> [options] [I<device>...]"
22682 #. type: Plain text
22683 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:38
22685 "Show hardware watchdog status. The default device is I</dev/watchdog>. If "
22686 "more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one blank "
22689 "ハードウェアウォッチドッグステータスを表示する。 デフォルトのデバイスは I</"
22690 "dev/watchdog> である。 複数のデバイスが指定された場合は、 出力内容が、 1 つず"
22693 #. type: Plain text
22694 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:40
22696 "If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the "
22697 "device, then B<wdctl> reads data from sysfs. In this case information about "
22698 "supported features (flags) might be missing."
22700 "デバイスがすでに利用中であるか、 ユーザーがデバイス読み込み権限を持っていない"
22701 "場合、 B<wdctl> は sysfs からデータ読み込みを行う。 その場合、 サポートされて"
22702 "いる機能 (フラグ) は、 表示されないことがある。 "
22704 #. type: Plain text
22705 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:42
22707 "Note that the number of supported watchdog features is hardware specific."
22709 "なお、 サポートされているウォッチドッグ機能の数は、 ハードウェアに依存する。 "
22711 #. type: Plain text
22712 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:45
22713 msgid "B<-f>, B<--flags> I<list>"
22714 msgstr "B<-f>, B<--flags> I<list>"
22716 #. type: Plain text
22717 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:47
22718 msgid "Print only the specified flags."
22719 msgstr "指定されたフラグのみ表示する。"
22721 #. type: Plain text
22722 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:50
22723 msgid "B<-F>, B<--noflags>"
22724 msgstr "B<-F>, B<--noflags>"
22726 #. type: Plain text
22727 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:52
22728 msgid "Do not print information about flags."
22729 msgstr "フラグに関する情報を表示しない。 "
22731 #. type: Plain text
22732 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:55
22733 msgid "B<-I>, B<--noident>"
22734 msgstr "B<-I>, B<--noident>"
22736 #. type: Plain text
22737 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:57
22738 msgid "Do not print watchdog identity information."
22739 msgstr "ウォッチドッグの識別情報を表示しない。"
22741 #. type: Plain text
22742 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:62
22743 msgid "Do not print a header line for flags table."
22744 msgstr "フラグテーブルに関するヘッダー行を表示しない。"
22746 #. type: Plain text
22747 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:67
22749 "Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags. If no output "
22750 "arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use B<--help> to get "
22751 "list of all supported columns."
22753 "ウォッチドッグフラグの表内で利用する出力カラムを定義する。 出力配置の方法が指"
22754 "定されなかった場合、 デフォルトセットが使用される。 B<--help> オプションを使"
22755 "用すれば、 サポートされているカラム一覧が取得できる。 "
22757 #. type: Plain text
22758 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:70
22759 msgid "B<-O>, B<--oneline>"
22760 msgstr "B<-O>, B<--oneline>"
22762 #. type: Plain text
22763 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:72
22765 "Print all wanted information on one line in key=\"value\" output format."
22766 msgstr "必要な情報を 1 行内に、 key=\"value\" の形式で出力する。 "
22768 #. type: Plain text
22769 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:80
22770 msgid "B<-s>, B<-settimeout> I<seconds>"
22771 msgstr "B<-s>, B<-settimeout> I<seconds>"
22773 #. type: Plain text
22774 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:82
22775 msgid "Set the watchdog timeout in seconds."
22776 msgstr "ウォッチドッグタイムアウトを秒単位で指定する。 "
22778 #. type: Plain text
22779 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:85
22780 msgid "B<-T>, B<--notimeouts>"
22781 msgstr "B<-T>, B<--notimeouts>"
22783 #. type: Plain text
22784 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:87
22785 msgid "Do not print watchdog timeouts."
22786 msgstr "ウォッチドッグタイムアウトを表示しない。 "
22788 #. type: Plain text
22789 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:90
22790 msgid "B<-x>, B<--flags-only>"
22791 msgstr "B<-x>, B<--flags-only>"
22793 #. type: Plain text
22794 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:92
22795 msgid "Same as B<-I -T>."
22796 msgstr "B<-I -T> に同じ。 "
22798 #. type: Plain text
22799 #: original/man8/wdctl.8:114
22801 "The B<wdctl> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
22804 "B<wdctl> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
22808 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:10
22813 #. type: Plain text
22814 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:32
22815 msgid "wipefs - wipe a signature from a device"
22816 msgstr "wipefs - デバイスからシグナチャーを消去する"
22818 #. type: Plain text
22819 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:35
22820 msgid "B<wipefs> [options] I<device>..."
22821 msgstr "B<wipefs> [options] I<device>..."
22823 #. type: Plain text
22824 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:37
22825 msgid "B<wipefs> [B<--backup>] B<-o> I<offset device>..."
22826 msgstr "B<wipefs> [B<--backup>] B<-o> I<offset device>..."
22828 #. type: Plain text
22829 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:39
22830 msgid "B<wipefs> [B<--backup>] B<-a> I<device>..."
22831 msgstr "B<wipefs> [B<--backup>] B<-a> I<device>..."
22833 #. type: Plain text
22834 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:42
22836 "B<wipefs> can erase filesystem, raid or partition-table signatures (magic "
22837 "strings) from the specified I<device> to make the signatures invisible for "
22838 "libblkid. B<wipefs> does not erase the filesystem itself nor any other data "
22841 "B<wipefs> を使えば、 指定された I<device> からファイルシステム、 raid、 パー"
22842 "ティションテーブルなどのシグナチャー (signatures, マジックストリング) を消去"
22843 "して、 シグナチャーを libblkid から見えなくすることができる。 B<wipefs> は、 "
22844 "デバイスからファイルシステムそのものを消去するわけではない。 また、 シグナ"
22845 "チャー以外のいかなるデータも消去しない。 "
22847 #. type: Plain text
22848 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:44
22850 "When used without any options, B<wipefs> lists all visible filesystems and "
22851 "the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to "
22852 "change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your "
22853 "scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using B<--output> "
22854 "I<columns-list> in environments where a stable output is required."
22856 "B<wipefs> は、 オプションなしで使用すると、 見ることが可能なすべてのファイル"
22857 "システムと、 その基本的なシグナチャーのオフセットを一覧表示する。 デフォルト"
22858 "で何を出力するかは、 バージョンによって違うことがよくあるので、 スクリプトで"
22859 "使うときは、 デフォルトの出力の使用は、 なるべく避けた方がよい。 いつでも一定"
22860 "の出力が必要な場合には、 B<--output> I<column-list> を使用して、 表示させたい"
22861 "項目が何と何かを、 必ず明確に指定するべきである。 "
22863 #. type: Plain text
22864 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:46
22866 "B<wipefs> calls the BLKRRPART ioctl when it has erased a partition-table "
22867 "signature to inform the kernel about the change. The ioctl is called as the "
22868 "last step and when all specified signatures from all specified devices are "
22869 "already erased. This feature can be used to wipe content on partitions "
22870 "devices as well as partition table on a disk device, for example by B<wipefs "
22871 "-a /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdc>."
22873 "B<wipefs> は、 パーティションテーブルのシグナチャーの消去が済むと、 "
22874 "BLKRRPART ioctl を呼んで、 変更についてカーネルに知らせる。 ioctl を呼ぶの"
22875 "は、 最後のステップなので、 そのときには、 指定されたすべてのデバイスの、 指"
22876 "定されたすべてのシグナチャーは、 すでに消去されているわけである。 この機能"
22877 "は、 パーティションデバイスの内容消去と、 ディスクデバイスのパーティション"
22878 "テーブル消去に用いることができる。 たとえば、 B<wipefs -a /dev/sdc1 /dev/"
22879 "sdc2 /dev/sdc> のように実行する。 "
22881 #. type: Plain text
22882 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:48
22884 "Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic "
22885 "strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The B<wipefs> command (since "
22886 "v2.31) lists all the offset where a magic strings have been detected."
22888 "ファイルシステムやパーティションテーブルによっては、 複数のマジックストリング"
22889 "をデバイスに保存するものがある (たとえば、 FAT, ZFS, GPT など)。 B<wipefs> コ"
22890 "マンドは (v2.31 以来) マジックストリングを検出したすべてのオフセット位置を列"
22893 #. type: Plain text
22894 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:50
22896 "When option B<-a> is used, all magic strings that are visible for "
22897 "B<libblkid>(3) are erased. In this case the B<wipefs> scans the device again "
22898 "after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found."
22900 "オプション B<-a> を使用すると、 B<libblkid>(3) から見えるすべてのマジックスト"
22901 "リングが消去される。 その際、 B<wipefs> は、 変更 (消去) を行うごとに、 デバ"
22902 "イスを再度スキャンして、 マジックストリングがひとつも見つからなくなるまで、 "
22905 #. type: Plain text
22906 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:52
22908 "Note that by default B<wipefs> does not erase nested partition tables on non-"
22909 "whole disk devices. For this the option B<--force> is required."
22911 "気をつけていただきたいが、 B<wipefs> は、 デフォルトでは、 ディスク全体ではな"
22912 "いデバイスにある、 ネストしたパーティションテーブルを消去しない。 そうするた"
22913 "めには、 B<--force> オプションが必要である。 "
22915 #. type: Plain text
22916 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:57
22918 "Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be "
22919 "restricted with the B<-t> option."
22921 "処理可能なシグナチャーをすべて消去する。 消去するシグナチャーを何と何にするか"
22922 "は、 B<-t> オプションによって絞り込むことができる。 "
22924 #. type: Plain text
22925 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:62
22927 "Create a signature backup to the file I<$HOME/wipefs-E<lt>devnameE<gt>-"
22928 "E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak>. For more details see the B<EXAMPLE> section."
22930 "ファイル I<$HOME/wipefs-E<lt>devnameE<gt>-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak> にシグナ"
22931 "チャーのバックアップを作成する。 詳しくは、 「B<用例>」をご覧いただきたい。 "
22933 #. type: Plain text
22934 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:67
22936 "Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order "
22937 "to erase a partition-table signature on a block device."
22939 "ファイルシステムがマウントされている場合でも、 消去を強行する。 このオプショ"
22940 "ンは、 ブロックデバイス上のパーティションテーブルシグナチャーを消去するために"
22943 #. type: Plain text
22944 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:85
22945 msgid "B<-i>, B<--noheadings>"
22946 msgstr "B<-i>, B<--noheadings>"
22948 #. type: Plain text
22949 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:90
22950 msgid "B<-O>, B<--output> I<list>"
22951 msgstr "B<-O>, B<--output> I<list>"
22953 #. type: Plain text
22954 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:97
22955 msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the B<write>(2) call."
22956 msgstr "B<write>(2) 呼び出し以外のすべてを行うようにする。"
22958 #. type: Plain text
22959 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:102
22961 "Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from "
22962 "the device. The I<offset> number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the "
22963 "number will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify "
22964 "multiple B<-o> options."
22966 "デバイスから消去すべきシグナチャーの位置を (バイト単位で) 指定する。 "
22967 "I<offset> にはプレフィックス \"0x\" をつけてもよく、 その場合は、 数値が 16 "
22968 "進数と見なされることになる。 複数の B<-o> オプションを指定することもできる。 "
22970 #. type: Plain text
22971 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:104
22973 "The I<offset> argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
22974 "(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
22975 "(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or "
22976 "the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB "
22979 "引数 I<offset> には、 KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) のような乗数を表すサ"
22980 "フィックスをつけることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB も同様に使え"
22981 "る。 (\"iB\" を続けるのは任意であり、 たとえば、 \"K\" は \"KiB\" と同じ意味"
22982 "である)。 あるいは、 KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000) といったサフィックスをつけて"
22983 "もよい。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様に使える。 "
22985 #. type: Plain text
22986 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:107
22987 msgid "B<-p>, B<--parsable>"
22988 msgstr "B<-p>, B<--parsable>"
22990 #. type: Plain text
22991 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:109
22993 "Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially "
22994 "unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by "
22995 "\\(aq\\(rsx\\(aq."
22997 "人間に見やすい (printable) フォーマットではなく、 プログラムが解析しやすい "
22998 "(parsable) フォーマットで出力する。 文字列中の問題を起こしそうな文字はすべ"
22999 "て、 対応する \\(aq\\(rsx\\(aq を頭に点けた 16 進数にエンコードされる。 "
23001 #. type: Plain text
23002 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:114
23003 msgid "Suppress any messages after a successful signature wipe."
23004 msgstr "シグナチャーの消去に成功した場合は、 いかなるメッセージも表示しない。"
23006 #. type: Plain text
23007 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:119
23009 "Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be "
23010 "specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be "
23011 "prefixed with \\(aqno\\(aq to specify the types on which no action should be "
23012 "taken. For more details see B<mount>(8)."
23014 "表示または消去するシグナチャーを絞り込む。 複数のタイプを指定するには、 カン"
23015 "マで区切ったリストにすればよい。 リスト、 または個々のタイプの前に、 \\(aqno"
23016 "\\(aq というプレフィックスをつけることができ、 その場合は、 作業の対象にすべ"
23017 "きではないタイプを指定することになる。 もっと詳しく知りたければ、 "
23018 "B<mount>(8) のマニュアルをご覧になるとよい。 "
23020 #. type: Plain text
23021 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:130
23022 msgid "enables B<libblkid>(3) debug output."
23023 msgstr "B<libblkid>(3) デバッグ出力を有効にする。 "
23025 #. type: Plain text
23026 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:139
23027 msgid "B<wipefs /dev/sda>*"
23028 msgstr "B<wipefs /dev/sda>*"
23030 #. type: Plain text
23031 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:141
23032 msgid "Prints information about sda and all partitions on sda."
23033 msgstr "sda と sda 上のすべてのパーティションの情報を表示する。"
23035 #. type: Plain text
23036 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:144
23037 msgid "B<wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb>"
23038 msgstr "B<wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb>"
23040 #. type: Plain text
23041 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:146
23043 "Erases all signatures from the device I</dev/sdb> and creates a signature "
23044 "backup file I<~/wipefs-sdb-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak> for each signature."
23046 "デバイス I</dev/sdb> からすべてのシグナチャーを消去し、 シグナチャーそれぞれ"
23047 "に対して、 I<~/wipefs-sdb-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak> というバックアップファイルを"
23050 #. type: Plain text
23051 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:149
23053 "B<dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$0x00000438 bs=1 "
23056 "B<dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$0x00000438 bs=1 "
23059 #. type: Plain text
23060 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:151
23062 "Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file I<~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438."
23065 "バックアップファイル I<~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak> から ext2 のシグナチャー"
23068 #. type: Plain text
23069 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:159
23070 msgid "B<blkid>(8), B<findfs>(8)"
23071 msgstr "B<blkid>(8), B<findfs>(8)"
23073 #. type: Plain text
23074 #: original/man8/wipefs.8:166
23076 "The B<wipefs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
23079 "B<wipfs> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
23083 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:10
23088 #. type: Plain text
23089 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:32
23090 msgid "zramctl - set up and control zram devices"
23091 msgstr "zramctl - zram デバイスの設定と制御を行う"
23093 #. type: Plain text
23094 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:37
23095 msgid "B<zramctl> [options]"
23096 msgstr "B<zramctl> [options]"
23098 #. type: Plain text
23099 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:40
23100 msgid "Reset zram:"
23101 msgstr "zram をリセットする。"
23103 #. type: Plain text
23104 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:42
23105 msgid "B<zramctl> B<-r> I<zramdev>..."
23106 msgstr "B<zramctl> B<-r> I<zramdev>..."
23108 #. type: Plain text
23109 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:45
23110 msgid "Print name of first unused zram device:"
23111 msgstr "zram デバイスに対して、 利用していない最初のデバイス名を表示する。 "
23113 #. type: Plain text
23114 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:47
23115 msgid "B<zramctl> B<-f>"
23116 msgstr "B<zramctl> B<-f>"
23118 #. type: Plain text
23119 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:50
23120 msgid "Set up a zram device:"
23121 msgstr "zram デバイスをセットアップする。"
23123 #. type: Plain text
23124 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:52
23126 "B<zramctl> [B<-f> | I<zramdev>] [B<-s> I<size>] [B<-t> I<number>] [B<-a> "
23129 "B<zramctl> [B<-f> | I<zramdev>] [B<-s> I<size>] [B<-t> I<number>] [B<-a> "
23132 #. type: Plain text
23133 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:56
23135 "B<zramctl> is used to quickly set up zram device parameters, to reset zram "
23136 "devices, and to query the status of used zram devices."
23138 "B<zramctl> は zram デバイスのパラメーターを、 すぐに用意するために利用され"
23139 "る。 つまり zram デバイスのリセット時や、 使用中 zram デバイスのステータス検"
23142 #. type: Plain text
23143 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:58
23144 msgid "If no option is given, all non-zero size zram devices are shown."
23146 "オプションが指定されなかった場合、 サイズが 0 以外の zram デバイスがすべて表"
23149 #. type: Plain text
23150 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:60
23152 "Note that I<zramdev> node specified on command line has to already exist. "
23153 "The command B<zramctl> creates a new I</dev/zramE<lt>NE<gt>> nodes only when "
23154 "B<--find> option specified. It\\(cqs possible (and common) that after system "
23155 "boot I</dev/zramE<lt>NE<gt>> nodes are not created yet."
23157 "コマンドラインから指定する I<zramdev> ノードは、 あらかじめ存在しているもので"
23158 "なければならない。 コマンド B<zramctl> が、 新たに I</dev/zramE<lt>NE<gt>> と"
23159 "いうノードを生成するのは、 B<--find> オプションが指定されたときだけである。 "
23160 "システム起動後に、 I</dev/zramE<lt>NE<gt>> が生成されていなくてもかまわない "
23163 #. type: Plain text
23164 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:63
23165 msgid "B<-a>, B<--algorithm lzo>|B<lz4>|B<lz4hc>|B<deflate>|B<842>"
23166 msgstr "B<-a>, B<--algorithm lzo>|B<lz4>|B<lz4hc>|B<deflate>|B<842>"
23168 #. type: Plain text
23169 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:65
23171 "Set the compression algorithm to be used for compressing data in the zram "
23174 "zram デバイス内において、 圧縮データに用いられる圧縮アルゴリズムを設定する。"
23176 #. type: Plain text
23177 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:68
23178 msgid "B<-f>, B<--find>"
23179 msgstr "B<-f>, B<--find>"
23181 #. type: Plain text
23182 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:70
23184 "Find the first unused zram device. If a B<--size> argument is present, then "
23185 "initialize the device."
23187 "利用していない最初の zram デバイスを検索する。 B<--size> 引数が指定された場"
23188 "合、 そのデバイスは初期化される。 "
23190 #. type: Plain text
23191 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:75
23192 msgid "Do not print a header line in status output."
23193 msgstr "ステータスの出力時に、 ヘッダー行を表示しない。"
23195 #. type: Plain text
23196 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:80
23198 "Define the status output columns to be used. If no output arrangement is "
23199 "specified, then a default set is used. Use B<--help> to get a list of all "
23200 "supported columns."
23202 "ステータスの出力として使用するカラムを定義する。 出力配置の方法が指定されな"
23203 "かった場合、 デフォルトセットが使用される。 B<--help> オプションを使用すれ"
23204 "ば、 サポートされているカラム一覧が取得できる。 "
23206 #. type: Plain text
23207 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:90
23208 msgid "Use the raw format for status output."
23209 msgstr "ステータスの出力にあたって、 そのままのフォーマットを用いる。"
23211 #. type: Plain text
23212 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:95
23214 "Reset the options of the specified zram device(s). Zram device settings can "
23215 "be changed only after a reset."
23217 "指定された zram デバイスのオプションをリセットする。 zram デバイスの設定は、 "
23218 "リセットした後のみ、 変更が反映される。 "
23220 #. type: Plain text
23221 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:98
23222 msgid "B<-s>, B<--size> I<size>"
23223 msgstr "B<-s>, B<--size> I<size>"
23225 #. type: Plain text
23226 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:100
23228 "Create a zram device of the specified I<size>. Zram devices are aligned to "
23229 "memory pages; when the requested I<size> is not a multiple of the page size, "
23230 "it will be rounded up to the next multiple. When not otherwise specified, "
23231 "the unit of the I<size> parameter is bytes."
23233 "zram デバイスを、 指定された I<size> で生成する。 zram デバイスは、 メモリ"
23234 "ページに割り当てられる。 したがって、 要求された I<size> が、 ページサイズの"
23235 "倍数になっていなかった場合、 次の倍数値にまで切り上げられる。 When not "
23236 "otherwise specified, the unit of the I<size> parameter is bytes."
23238 #. type: Plain text
23239 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:102
23241 "The I<size> argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
23242 "(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
23243 "(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the "
23244 "suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and "
23247 "引数 I<offset> には、 KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) のような乗数を表すサ"
23248 "フィックスをつけることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB も同様に使え"
23249 "る。 (\"iB\" を続けるのは任意であり、 たとえば、 \"K\" は \"KiB\" と同じ意味"
23250 "である)。 あるいは、 KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000) といったサフィックスをつけて"
23251 "もよい。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様に使える。 "
23253 #. type: Plain text
23254 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:105
23255 msgid "B<-t>, B<--streams> I<number>"
23256 msgstr "B<-t>, B<--streams> I<number>"
23258 #. type: Plain text
23259 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:107
23261 "Set the maximum number of compression streams that can be used for the "
23262 "device. The default is use all CPUs and one stream for kernels older than "
23265 "デバイスにおいて利用可能な圧縮ストリームの最大数を設定する。 デフォルトは、 "
23266 "カーネル 4.6 よりも古い場合、 全 CPU を利用して、 1 ストリームを利用する。 "
23268 #. type: Plain text
23269 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:121
23270 msgid "B<zramctl> returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure."
23271 msgstr "B<zramctl> は処理成功時に 0 を返し、 失敗時に 0 以外を返す。"
23273 #. type: Plain text
23274 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:124
23275 msgid "I</dev/zram[0..N]>"
23276 msgstr "I</dev/zram[0..N]>"
23278 #. type: Plain text
23279 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:126
23280 msgid "zram block devices"
23281 msgstr "zram ブロックデバイス。"
23283 #. type: Plain text
23284 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:130
23286 "The following commands set up a zram device with a size of one gigabyte and "
23287 "use it as swap device."
23289 "以下のコマンドは、 1 ギガバイトサイズの zram デバイスをセットアップして、 こ"
23290 "れをスワップデバイスとして利用する。"
23292 #. type: Plain text
23293 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:141
23296 " # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n"
23298 " # mkswap /dev/zram0\n"
23299 " # swapon /dev/zram0\n"
23301 " # swapoff /dev/zram0\n"
23302 " # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n"
23304 " # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n"
23306 " # mkswap /dev/zram0\n"
23307 " # swapon /dev/zram0\n"
23309 " # swapoff /dev/zram0\n"
23310 " # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n"
23312 #. type: Plain text
23313 #: original/man8/zramctl.8:158
23315 "The B<zramctl> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
23318 "B<zramctl> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"